Fabco 50th Buyers Guide

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1: PIPE AND FITTINGS
SECTION 2: PURE WATER, INSTITUTIONAL AND LAB PIPING SYSTEMS
SECTION 3: VALVES AND VALVE AUTOMATION
SECTION 4: PLASTIC SHEET, ROD, GRATING AND WELDING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 5: LIQUID MONITORING
SECTION 6: PUMPS AND FILTRATION
SECTION 7: TANKS AND ACCESSORIES
SECTION 8: FLEXIBLE TUBING, HOSE & FITTINGS
SECTION 9: VENTILATION
SECTION 10: ENGINEERING INFORMATION
10
Corrosion Solutions for Today's Industry

Chemical Resistant Industrial Plastic
Products for Liquid and Fume Applications
PVC CPVC POLYPROPYLENE PVDF POLYETHYLENE TEFLON FRP
PIPE AND FITTINGS
LIQUID MONITORING
TANKS AND ACCESSORIES
Schedule 80 PVC Pipe

Schedule 80 PVC Fittings
PVC & CPVC S80 Expansion Joints
Clamp-It PVC Tapping Saddles
Schedule 40 White PVC Pipe
Schedule 40 White PVC Fittings
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Pipe
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Fittings
Schedule 80 & 40 Clear PVC Pipe
Schedule 40 Clear PVC Fittings
+GF+ Metric PVC Fittings
CPVC Pipe
Schedule 80 CPVC Fittings
PVC SDR Pressure Pipe
Solvent Cement and Primer
Natural Polypropylene Pipe
Natural Polypropylene Fittings
Schedule 80 PVDF Pipe
Red and Natural PVDF Fittings
Fusion Tools
HDPE Pipe
Fusion Machines
PE 100 Industrial Polyethylene
Double Containment Systems
+GF+ Contain-It
Plastic Lining & Core Piping
Insulated PVC Pipe
Fiberglass Pipe, Duct & Fittings
GVS-65 Gas Venting System
Variable area Flowmeters

+GF+ Signet Products
Flow Sensors & Instruments
pH/ORP Sensors and Instruments
Conductivity Instruments
Level Sensors and Instruments
Temperature Instruments
Pressure Sensors and Instruments
+GF+ Signet Other Products
+GF+ Signet Installation Fittings
Sonic-Pro S1, S2 & S3
Aquametrix Products
Aquametrix Shark
Multi-Parameter Controller
Aquametrix TX/P Shark
Differential pH/ORP Sensor
Oxygen Sensor/Controller
Conductivity Sensors
Stainless Steel Probes
Blue White DIGI Meter
Hawk Products
FLEXIBLE TUBING, HOSE &

FITTINGS
PLASTIC SHEET, ROD,

GRATING AND WELDING
EQUIPMENT
PVC Type I Sheet
PVC Type II Sheet
PVC Clear Sheet
CPVC Corzan Sheet
Homopolymer PP Sheet
Copolymer PP Sheet
High Density PE Sheet
Low Density PE Sheet
UHMW Sheet
Round Welding Rod
Acrylic Sheet
Lexan/Polycarbonate Sheet
Glass Backed Sheet
Perforated Sheet
PVDF Natural Sheet
PVC Door Strips and Sheet
Simona Plastic Rod
UHMW-PE/Plastic Rod
PVC and CPVC Shapes
Rod, Nuts, Bolts & Washers
FRP Grating
Pultruded Grating
Grating Accessories
Structural Shapes and Plate
Plates and Handrails
Ladders and Building Systems
Zinzer Welding Guns
Zinzer Welding Accessories
Laramy Torches
Laramy Welding Tips
Steinel Heat Gun and Nozzles
AutoTherm Welding Gun
Wegener Welding Guns
Wegener Extrusion Welders
VALVES AND VALVE

AUTOMATION
Chemkor True Union Ball Valves
Chemkor Butterfly Valves
ChemKor Ball Valves
Hayward Isolation Ball Valves
Hayward Lateral Ball Valves
Hayward Two-Way Ball Valves
Hayward Butterfly Valves
Hayward Wafer Check Valve
Hayward Valve Automation
Hayward Actuation & Controls
+GF+ True Union Ball Valves
+GF+ Type 567 Butterfly Valves
+GF+ Type 304 Y-Check Valves
+GF+ Type 543 3-Way Ball Valves
+GF+ Actuated Ball Valves
+GF+ Actuated Butterfly Valves
+GF+ Diastar Diaphragm Valves
Spears True union 2000 Valves
Spears PVC & CPVC Gate Valves
Swing Check Valves
Specialty Valves
Pressure Control Valves
Plast-O-Matic Valves & Controls
PURE WATER,
INSTITUTIONAL AND LAB
PIPING SYSTEMS
+GF+ Fuseal II PolyPro Pipe
+GF+ Fuseal II Fittings
Fuseal Double Containment Pipe
Fuseal Schedule 40 25/50 PVDF Pipe
+GF+ Electro Plus Fusion Machine
CPVC Corrosive Waste System
+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Pipe
+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Fittings
Progef Piping Systems
Sygef PVDF Piping Systems
Fusion Machines
+GF+ AquaTap
Throttle Master Needle Valves
Tuff Guard Gauge Isolators
Laboratory Faucets
Laboratory Turrets
Snyder Tank Systems

Tank-Saver Platform System
Chemical Resistance Chart
Vertical Tanks
Double-Wall Tanks
Open Top Tanks & Containments
Horizontal Tanks
Open Top Tanks Systems
Closed Top Tank Systems
Cone Bottom Tanks
Tank Fittings
Tank Accessories
Sodium Hypochlorite Storage
Sulfuric Acid Storage
Bleach Protection System
Tank Heaters
Tank Controls
Pool and Spa Hose

Clear PVC Hose
Clear Braided PVC Hose
PVC Hose
PE Tubing
PP Tubing
Specialty Tubing
Hose Clamps
Flexible Tubing
PVC Hose Insert Fittings
PP Cam Coupler Fittings
Tube Fittings
Compression Tube Fittings
HDPE & Nylon Insert Fittings
PUMPS AND FILTRATION
Corrosion Resistant Pumps

Hayward Filters
Hayward Filter Bags
Hayward Y-Strainers
Hayward Basket Strainers
Penguin Pumps
Penguin Filter Chambers
Penguin Filter Cartridges
Penguin Recovery Systems
Penguin Filtration Systems
Penguin Penductors
Mazzei Injectors
Flexflo A-100N
Flexflo Metering Pumps
Peristaltic Metering Pumps
Diaphragm Metering Pumps
Engineered Skid System
Chem-Feed Fixed Speed Units
Chem-Feed Variable Speed Units
Chem-Feed Metering Pumps
Model PC Flow Meter System
Koflo Products
VENTILATION
HF Centrifugal Fans
Universal FRP Fans
Instaduct
Instaduct PVC Fittings
Fire Retardant Duct Pipe
Instaduct CPVC Duct Pipe
Mass Tranfer Packing
Column Internals
Energy-Saving Hollow Balls
Eliminators
TORONTO:
2175 TESTON ROAD

MAPLE (TORONTO), ONTARIO L6A 1T3
TELEPHONE: 905.832.0600
TOLL FREE: 800.565.6189
FAX: 905.832.0992
EMAIL: INFO@FABCOPLASTICS.COM
EDMONTON:
12938 148 STREET

EDMONTON, ALBERTA T5L 2H8
TELEPHONE: 780.451.0238
TOLL FREE: 800.661.7926
FAX: 780.455.4816
EMAIL: EDMONTON@FABCOPLASTICS.COM
VANCOUVER:
9511-194A STREET
SURREY, BRITISH COLUMBIA V4N 4G4
TELEPHONE: 604.882.1564
TOLL FREE: 800.232.2422
FAX: 604.882.1432
EMAIL: SURREY@FABCOPLASTICS.COM
MONTREAL:
5000 AUTOROUTE (400)

LAVAL OUEST, CHOMEDEY, QUEBEC H7T 2Z8
TELEPHONE: 450.687.2721
TOLL FREE: 888.637.5278
FAX: 450.687.3635
EMAIL: MONTREAL@FABCOPLASTICS.COM
SASKATOON: BRANCH COMING SOON!
FABCO 50TH ANNIVERSARY BUYER'S GUIDE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST OR ONLINE AT
WWW.FABCOPLASTICS.COM
SECTION 1:
PIPE AND FITTINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Schedule 80 PVC Pipe 1-2

Schedule 80 PVC Fittings 1-3
PVC & CPVC S80 Expansion Joints 1-12
Clamp-It PVC Tapping Saddles 1-12
Schedule 40 White PVC Pipe 1-13
Schedule 40 White PVC Fittings 1-14
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Pipe 1-17
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Fittings 1-18
Schedule 80 & 40 Clear PVC Pipe 1-21
Schedule 40 Clear PVC Fittings 1-22
+GF+ Metric PVC Fittings 1-24
CPVC Pipe 1-26
Schedule 80 CPVC Fittings 1-27
PVC SDR Pressure Pipe 1-35
Solvent Cement and Primer 1-36
Natural Polypropylene Pipe 1-39

Natural Polypropylene Fittings 1-40
Schedule 80 PVDF Pipe 1-43
Red and Natural PVDF Fittings 1-44
Fusion Tools 1-47
HDPE Pipe 1-48
Fusion Machines 1-54
PE 100 Industrial Polyethylene 1-55
Double Containment Systems 1-57
+GF+ Contain-It 1-58
Plastic Lining & Core Piping 1-59
Insulated PVC Pipe 1-60
Fiberglass Pipe, Duct & Fittings 1-62
GVS-65 Gas Venting System 1-62
SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE

Chemkor Schedule 80 Pipe
PVC is the most frequently specified of all plastic piping materials. It has
been used successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized by distinctive
physical properties and is resistant to corrosion and chemical attack by acids,
alkalies, salt solutions and many other chemicals. It is attacked, however,
by polar solvents such as ketones and aromatics. Of the various types and
grades of PVC used in plastic piping, Type 1, Grade 1 PVC (Cell Classification
12454B) conforming to ASTM D1784, is the most common. The maximum
service temperature for PVC is 140F.
With a design stress of 2,000 psi, PVC has the highest long-term hydrostatic
strength (at 73F) of any other major thermoplastic material used for piping.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-2
Applications
Features
Swimming Pools and Spas

Chemical Feed Systems
Industrial Water Treatment Systems
Municipal Water Treatment Systems
Turn-key Treatment Skids
Cooling Towers
Metallic Plating Lines
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
Stocked in 10 or 20 lengths, bell and plain end

Available in custom lengths as a special
Bell end joints also available
Lightweight for quick and easy installation
Smooth interior walls reduce friction
Reduced friction limits energy requirements
Low maintenance reduces operating costs
OUTSIDE MAX. INSIDE

DIAMETER
DIAMETER
(IN)
(IN)
0.540
0.302
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
(IN)
0.119
WEIGHT
PER 100
FEET (LB)
10
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F PSI
1130
1/4 x 20 ft
010304
10
3/8 x 20 ft
010306
0.675
0.423
0.126
14
910
12
1/2 x 20 ft
010307
0.840
0.546
0.147
21
840
20
3/4 x 20 ft
010308
1.050
0.742
0.154
28
680
25
1 x 20 ft
010309
1.315
0.957
0.179
41
630
32
1 1/4 x 20 ft
010310
1.660
1.278
0.191
57
520
40
1 1/2 x 20 ft
010311
1.900
1.500
0.200
68
470
50
2 x 20 ft
010312
2.375
1.939
0.218
94
400
65
2 1/2 x 20 ft
010313
2.875
2.323
0.276
144
420
75
3 x 20 ft
010314
3.500
2.900
0.300
193
370
100
4 x 20 ft
010316
4.500
3.826
0.337
282
320
125
5 x 20 ft
010317
5.563
4.768
0.375
392
290
150
6 x 20 ft
010318
6.625
5.761
0.432
538
280
200
8 x 20 ft
010319
8.625
7.625
0.500
817
240
250
10 x 20 ft
010320
10.75
9.564
0.593
1212
230
300
12 x 20 ft
010322
12.75
11.376
0.687
1680
220
350
14 x 20 ft
010324
14.00
12.410
0.750
1979
220
400
16 x 20 ft
010326
16.00
14.214
0.843
2543
220
450
18 x 20 ft
010328
18.00
16.014
0.937
3183
220
500
20 x 20 ft
010330
20.00
17.814
1.031
4105
220
600
24 x 20 ft
010334
24.00
21.418
1.218
5823
210
Notes:
Applicable pressure de-ratings at elevated temperatures apply. All Plastic Piping systems must be
designed for potential Hydraulic Shock (water hammer), see Section 10, Engineering Data.
CHEMKOR pressure pipe conforms to CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM D1784, D1785.
Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading.
Not recommended for compressed air or gas service.
Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal
SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

Chemkor Schedule 80 Fittings
Notes:
PVC Schedule 80 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784,
ASTM D2467 (Soc Fittings), ASTM D2464 (Threaded Fittings).
Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B16.5 dimensioned.
Threaded crosses, wyes, reducing wyes, 30 elbows, 22 elbows, threaded fittings, line couplings,
repair couplings and many other fittings are available on request.
F indicates a fabricated fitting. F* Indicates moulded or fabricated available.
All 1/2 - 16 Molded flanges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F (23C).
All 10 - 24 Fabricated flanges have a 50 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F (23C).
No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be
considered.
All Socket Unions have a 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F (23C).
Please note some brands are not interchangeable, please specify if you are requesting a specific brand.
SOCKET TEES
THREAD TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
801002
3/8
801003
1/2
801005
3/4
801007
801010
1 1/4
801012
1 1/2
801015
801020
2 1/2
801025
801030
801040
801050
801060
801080
10
801100F*
12
801120F*
14
801140F
16
801160F
18
801180F
20
801200F
24
801240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
805002
3/8
805003
1/2
805005
3/4
805007
805010
1 1/4
805012
1 1/2
805015
www.fabcoplastics.com
805020
2 1/2
805025
805030
805040
SOCKET
REDUCING TEES
NOMINAL PIPE
PART
SIZE
NUMBER
3/4x3/4x1/2
1x1x1/2
1x1x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
2x2x1/2
2x2x3/4
2x2x1
2x2x1 1/2
3x3x2
4x4x2
3/4x3/4x1/2
1x1x1/2
1x1x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
2x2x1/2
2x2x 3/4
2x2x1
2x2x1 1/2
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x4
8x8x2
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x3
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
14x14x8
14x14x10
801101
801130
801131
801210
801211
801247
801248
801249
801251
801338
801420
801101
801130
801131
801210
801211
801247
801248
801249
801251
801338
801420
801422
801532
801578
801580
801582
801585
801623F*
801624F*
801626F*
801628F*
801664F*
801666F*
801668F*
801670F*
801698F
801700F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-3
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
802002
1/2
802005
3/4
802007
802010
802020
802030
90 THREAD
ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
808002
808003
808005
808007
808010
808012
808015
808020
808025
808030
808040
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
806002
806003
806005
806007
806010
806012
806015
806020
806025
806030
806040
806050F*
806060
806080
806100F*
806120F*
806140F
806160F
806180F
829200F
829240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
819002
819003
819005
819007
819010
819012
819015
819020
819025
819030
819040
SXFPT TEES
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-4
45 THREAD
ELBOWS
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
817002
817003
817005
817007
817010
817012
817015
817020
817025
817030
817040
817050F*
817060
817080
817100F*
817120F*
817140F
817160F
817180F
817200F
817240F
22-1/2 SOCKET
ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
816005
816007
816010
816012
816015
816020
816025
816030
816040
816060
816080
816100F
816120F
150LB SOCKET
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
851005
851007
851010
851012
851015
851020
851025
851030
851040
851050
851060
851080
851100F
851120F
851140F
851160F
851180F
851200F
851240F

150LB THREADED
FLANGES
150LB BLIND
FLANGES
SPIGOT VANSTONE
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
852005
852007
852010
852012
852015
852020
852025
852030
852040
852060
852080
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
853005
3/4
853007
853010
1 1/4
853012
1 1/2
853015
853020
2 1/2
853025
853030
853040
853050F
853060
853080
10
853100
12
853120
14
853140F
16
853160F
18
853180F
20
853200F
24
853240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
856005
856007
856010
856012
856015
856020
856025
856030
856040
856060
856080
856100
856120
856140P
856160P
856180P
856200S
856240S
P = GLASS FILLED
S = STEEL
SOCKET VANSTONE
FLANGES
FLANGE GASKETS
FLEX PVC 1/8
(PUNCHED)
FLANGE GASKETS
NEOPRENE 1/8
(PUNCHED)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
854005
854007
854010
854012
854015
854020
854025
854030
85-040
854050
854060
854080
854100
854120
854140
854160
854180F
854200F
854240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2"
P7000107
3/4"
P7000108
1"
P7000109
1 1/4"
P7000110
1 1/2"
P7000111
2"
P7000112
2 1/2"
P7000113
3"
P7000114
4"
P7000116
6"
P7000118
8"
P7000119
10"
P7000120
12"
P7000121
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2"
7000107
3/4"
7000108
1"
7000109
1 1/4"
7000110
1 1/2"
7000111
2"
7000112
2 1/2"
7000113
3"
7000114
4"
7000116
6"
7000118
8"
7000119
10"
7000120
12"
7000121
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-5
LOW TORQUE
FLANGE GASKETS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
EPDM
(MOULDED)
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
E70001005
E70001007
E70001010
E70001012
E70001015
E70001020
E70001025
E70001030
E70001040
E70001060
E70001080
E70001100
E70001120
LOW TORQUE
FLANGE GASKETS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
V70001005
V70001007
V70001010
V70001012
V70001015
V70001020
V70001025
V70001030
V70001040
V70001060
V70001080
V70001100
V70001120
2
3
VITON
4
5
6
LOW TORQUE
FLANGE GASKETS
TEFLON BONDED/EPDM
(MOULDED)
7
8
9
10
1-6
MALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
T70001005
T70001007
T70001010
T70001012
T70001015
T70001020
T70001025
T70001030
T70001040
T70001060
T70001080
T70001100
T70001120
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
PART
NUMBER
836005
836007
836010
836012
836015
836020
836025
836030
836040
836050F
836060
836080F
836100F
836120F
FEMALE ADAPTERS
REINFORCED
FEMALE
ADAPTERS
SOCKET CAPS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
PART
NUMBER
835002
835003
835005
835007
835010
835012
835015
835020
835025
835030
835040
835060F
835080F
835100F
835120F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
835002SR
3/8
835003SR
1/2
835005SR
3/4
835007SR
835010SR
1 1/4
835012SR
1 1/2
835015SR
835020SR
2 1/2
835025SR
835030SR
835040SR
835060SR
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
847002
847003
847005
847007
847010
847012
847015
847020
847025
847030
847040
847060
847080
847100F
847120F
847140F
847160F
847180F
847200F
847240F

THREADED CAPS
SOCKET CROSSES
SOCKET COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
848002
848003
848005
848007
848010
848012
848015
848020
848025
848030
848040
848060F
848080F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
820002
820005
820007
820010
820012
820015
820020
820025
820030
820040
820060F
820080F
820100F
820120F
820140F
820160F
820180F
820200F
820240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
829002
829003
829005
829007
829010
829012
829015
829020
829025
829030
829040
829050F
829060
829080
829100F
829120F
829140F
829160F
829180F
829200F
829240F
THREADED
COUPLINGS
THREADED PLUGS
SPIG PLUGS
GROOVED COUPLING
ADAPTER
(GROOVE X SOC)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
830002
830003
830005
830007
830010
830012
830015
830020
830025
830030
830040
830060F
830080F
830100F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
850002
3/8
850003
1/2
850005
3/4
850007
850010
1 1/4
850012
1 1/2
850015
850020
2 1/2
850025
850030
850040
850060F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
849005
3/4
849007
849010
1 1/4
849012
1 1/2
849015
849020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
833-012
833-015
833-020
833-025
833-030
833-040
833-050F
833-060
833-080F
833-100F
833-120F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-7
SOCKET UNIONS
(VITON O-RINGS)
2
3
4
THREADED UNIONS
(VITON O-RINGS)
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-8
NO LEAK FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
897002
3/8
897003
1/2
897005
3/4
897007
897010
1 1/4
897012
1 1/2
897015
897020
2 1/2
897025
897030
897040
897060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
898002
3/8
898003
1/2
898005
3/4
898007
898010
1 1/4
898012
1 1/2
898015
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SOCKET X SLIP)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/8 x 1/4
837052
1/2 x 1/4
837072
1/2 x 3/8
837073
3/4 x 1/4
837098
3/4 x 1/2
837101
1 x 1/4
837128
1 x 1/2
837130
1 x 3/4
837131
1 1/4 x 1/2
837166
1 1/4 x 3/4
837167
1 1/4 x 1
837168
1 1/2 x 1/2
837209
1 1/2 x 3/4
837210
1 1/2 x 1
837211
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
837212
2 x 1/2
837247
2 x 3/4
837248
2x1
837249
2 x 1 1/4
837250
2 x 1 1/2
837251
2 1/2 x 1
837289
2 1/2 x 1 1/4
837290
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
837291
2 1/2 x 2
837292
898020
2 1/2
898025
898030
3x1
837335
898040
3 x 1 1/4
837336
898060
3 x 1 1/2
837337
3x2
837338
3 x 2 1/2
837339
4x2
837420
4 x 2 1/2
837421
4x3
837422
6x3
837531
6x4
837532
8x6
837585
10 x 4
837624F
10 x 6
837626F
10 x 8
837628F
12 x 4
837664F
12 x 6
837666F
12 x 8
837668F
12 x 10
837670F
14 x 6
837696F
14 x 8
837698F
14 x 10
837700F
14 x 12
837704F
16 x 8
837734F
16 x 10
837736F
16 x 12
837738F
16 x 14
837740F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
8NLF005
8NLF007
8NLF010
8NLF012
8NLF015
8NLF020
8NLF025
8NLF030
8NLF040
8NLF050
8NLF060
8NLF080
8NLF100
8NLF120
8NLF140
8NLF160
8NLF180
8NLF200
8NLF240

REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SLIP X FPT)
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(FPT X MPT)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/4
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/4
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 1
2 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3x1
3 x 1 1/4
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4 x 2 1/2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x6
PART
NUMBER
838052
838072
838073
838098
838101
838128
838130
838131
838166
838167
838168
838209
838210
838211
838212
838247
838248
838249
838250
838251
838289
838290
838291
838292
838335
838336
838337
838338
838339
838420
838421
838422
838531
838532
838585
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/4
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/4
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 1
2 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3x1
3 x 1 1/4
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4 x 2 1/2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x6
PART
NUMBER
839052
839072
839073
839098
839101
839128
839130
839131
839166
839167
839168
839209
839210
839211
839212
839247
839248
839249
839250
839251
839289
839290
839291
839292
839335
839336
839337
839338
839339
839420
839421
839422
839531
839532
839585
ECCENTRIC REDUCER
COUPLING
(SOC)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1X3/4
1-1/4X1
1-1/2X1-1/4
2X1
2X1-1/4
2X1-1/2
2-1/2X1-1/4
2-1/2X1-1/2
2-1/2X2
3X1
3X1-1/4
3X1-1/2
3X2
3X2-1/2
4X1
4X1-1/4
4X1-1/2
4X2
4X2-1/2
4X3
5X4
6X2
6X2-1/2
6X3
6X4
6X5
8X1
8X1-1/2
8X2
8X3
8X4
8X5
8X6
10X4
10X5
10X6
10X8
12X4
12X6
12X8
12X10
14X6
14X8
14X10
14X12
16X6
16X8
16X10
16X12
16X14
18X6
18X8
18X10
18X12
18X14
18X16
829-131FE
829-168FE
829-212FE
829-249FE
829-250FE
829-251FE
829-290FE2
829-291FE2
829-292FE
829-335FE2
829-336FE2
829-337FE2
829-338FE
829-339FE
829-417FE3
829-418FE3
829-419FE3
829-420FE2
829-421FE2
829-422FE
829-490FE
829-528FE3
829-529FE3
829-530FE2
829-532FE
829-533FE
829-575FE5
829-577FE5
829-578FE4
829-580FE3
829-582FE2
829-583FE2
829-585FE
829-624FE3
829-625FE3
829-626FE2
829-628FE
829-664FE4
829-666FE3
829-668FE2
829-670FE
829-696FE3
829-698FE2
829-700FE
829-702FE
829-756FE5
829-758FE4
829-760FE2
829-762FE2
829-764FE
829-786FE6
829-788FE5
829-790FE4
829-792FE3
829-794FE2
829-796FE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-9
SOCKET REDUCING
COUPLINGS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-10
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2 x 1/4
829072
3/4 x 1/2
829101
1 x 1/2
829130
1 x 3/4
829131
1 1/4 x 1/2
829166
1 1/4 x 3/4
829167
1 1/4 x 1
829168
1 1/2 x 1/2
829209
1 1/2 x 3/4
829210
1 1/2 x 1
829211
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
829212
2 x 1/2
829247
2 x 3/4
829248
2x1
829249
2 x 1 1/4
829250
2 x 1 1/2
829251
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
829291
2 1/2 x 2
829292
3 x 1 1/2
829337
THREADED
REDUCING
COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2 x 1/4
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4 x 2 1/2
4x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
830072
830101
830130
830131
830166
830167
830168
830209
830210
830211
830212
830247
830248
830249
830250
830251
830291
830292
830337
830338
830339
830420
830421
830422
830532
830582
830585
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861037
3/8
861055
1/2
861063
3x2
829338
3 x 2 1/2
829339
4x2
829420
4 x 2 1/2
829421
4x3
829422
6x4
829532
8x4
829582
8x6
829585
10 x 4
829624F
3/4
861104
10 x 6
829626F
861133
10 x 8
829628F
1 1/4
861170
12 x 4
829664F
1 1/2
861213
12 x 6
829666F
861251
2 1/2
861260
829668F
861338
12 x 10
829670F
861422
14 x 6
829696F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861038
3/8
861056
1/2
861078
3/4
861105
861134
1 1/4
861171
1 1/2
861214
861252
12 x 8
THREADED NIPPLES
(CLOSE)
14 x 8
829698F
14 x 10
829700F
THREADED NIPPLES
14 x 12
829704F
(SHORT)
16 x 8
829734F
16 x 10
829736F
16 x 12
829738F
16 x 14
829740F

THREADED NIPPLES
(3 INCHES)
THREADED NIPPLES
(4 INCHES)
THREADED NIPPLES
(5 INCHES)
THREADED NIPPLES
(6 INCHES)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
2 x 1/2
866SV247
2 x 3/4
866SV248
2x1
866SV249
2 x 1 1/4
866SV250
861172
2 x 1 1/2
866SV251
1 1/2
861215
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
866SV291
3 x 1/2
866SV333
3 x 3/4
866SV334
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861041
3/8
861058
1/2
861081
3/4
861106
861135
1 1/4
2
861253
2 1/2
861261
861339
BOLT-ON SADDLES
3x1
866SV335
3 x 1 1/4
866SV336
3 x 1 1/2
866SV337
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861042
3x2
866SV338
3/8
861059
4 x 1/2
866SV415
1/2
861082
3/4
861107
4 x 3/4
866SV416
861136
1 1/4
861173
1 1/2
2
4x1
866SV417
4 x 1 1/4
866SV418
861216
4 x 1 1/2
866SV419
861254
4x2
866SV420
2 1/2
861265
861341
4x 2 1/2
866SV421
861423
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861043
3/8
861061
6 x 1 1/2
866SV527
1/2
861083
3/4
861108
6x2
866SV528
861137
6 x 2 1/2
866SV529
1 1/4
861174
6x3
866SV530
1 1/2
861217
6x4
866SV532
4x3
866SV422
6 x 1/2
866SV523
6 x 3/4
866SV524
6x1
866SV525
6 x 1 1/4
866SV526
861255
8 x 1/2
866SV573
2 1/2
861268
861342
8 x 3/4
866SV574
861430
8x1
866SV575
8 x 1 1/4
866SV576
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
861044
8 x 1 1/2
866SV577
8x2
866SV578
8 x 2 1/2
866SV579
3/8
861062
8x3
866SV580
1/2
861084
3/4
861109
8x4
866SV582
861138
1 1/4
861175
1 1/2
8x6
866SV585
10 x 4
866SV624
861218
10 x 6
866SV626
861256
12 x 4
866SV664
2 1/2
861269
861343
12 x 6
866SV666
861426
**CUSTOM SADDLES ARE AVAILABLE UP TO 24**
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-11
CLAMP-IT AND EXPANSION JOINTS

The Clamp-It Tapping saddles allow you to tap into existing piping systems without
having to cut out and insert a tee. The O-ring and O-ring groove are designed so
that there is no gap between the installed saddle and the pipe. When pressure is
applied the pipe compression is replaced by the fluid pressure without increasing
the pressure on the saddle. The hinge design eliminates the need for two clamping
wedges. The clamping wedge equally distributes the pressure over the entire width
of the saddle. It locks and aligns the saddle top and bottom into proper position.
Applications
Variable grade pressure sewer systems

Pressure water systems
Golf club irrigation
Mobile home parks
3
4
5
IPS SLIP
3/4
TAP
PART
NO.
2
432007
2 1/2 432507
3
453007
4
454007
6
456007
8
458007
SIZE
1 TAP
1 1/2
TAP
PART
NO.
432010
432510
453010
454010
456010
458010
PART
NO.
432012
432512
453012
454012
456012
458012
PART
NO.
432015
432515
453015
454015
456015
458015
10
2 TAP
PART
NO.
432520
453020
454020
456020
458020
PART
NO.
2
422007
2 1/2 422507
3
443007
4
444007
6
446007
8
448007
SIZE
1 TAP
1 1/4
TAP
1 1/2
TAP
PART
NO.
422010
422510
443010
444010
446010
448010
PART
NO.
422012
422512
443012
444012
446012
448012
PART
NO.
422015
422515
443015
444015
446015
448015
2 TAP
PART
NO.
422520
443020
444020
446020
448020
Meets ASTM D-1784 cell classification 12454B and ASTM D-2241; D-2466 and 1599 for dimensions and
testing performance.
PVC & CPVC S80 Expansion Joints

These expansion joints are fabricated from either PVC or CPVC and are available
for Iron pipe sizes from 1/2 to as high as 12. They contain multi O-ring
Viton Seals with Wiper O-ring and requires no repair or replacement.
3/4
TAP
Notes:
IPS FIPT
1 1/4
TAP
6 TRAVEL EXPANSION JOINTS

SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
1-12
PSI RATING
@ 73F
340
340
320
260
240
200
190
190
160
130
120
110
100
PVC
PART
NUMBER
826-005X6
826-007X6
826-010X6
826-012X6
826-015X6
826-020X6
826-025X6
826-030X6
826-040X6
826-060X6
826-080X6
826-100X6
826-120X6
12 TRAVEL EXPANSION JOINTS
CPVC
PART
NUMBER
526-005X6
526-007X6
526-010X6
526-012X6
526-015X6
526-020X6
526-025X6
526-030X6
526-040X6
526-060X6
526-080X6
526-100X6
TB2150ST
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
PSI RATING
@ 73F
340
340
320
260
240
200
190
190
160
130
120
110
100
PVC
PART
NUMBER
826-005X12
826-007X12
826-010X12
826-012X12
826-015X12
826-020X12
826-025X12
826-030X12
826-040X12
826-060X12
826-080X12
826-100X12
826-120X12
CPVC
PART
NUMBER
526-005X12
526-007X12
526-010X12
526-012X12
526-015X12
526-020X12
526-025X12
526-030X12
526-040X12
526-060X12
526-080X12
526-100X12
TB2150ST
SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC PIPE

Chemkor Schedule 40 White Pipe
For more than a quarter of a century PVC Type I, Grade I,
Schedule 40 piping systems have been successfully used
for pressure and drainage systems in industrial, residential,
commercial and agricultural installations. PVC Schedule 40 is
ideal for applications where transmission of liquids or materials
does not exceed 140F. The life expectancy of plastic systems
far exceeds that of metal systems and required maintenance
is simpler and less costly. Systems are not adversely affected
by environmental agents and buried systems are not adversely
affected by normal soil contaminants. The inherent insulating
qualities of PVC Schedule 40 provides substantial benefits in
temperature control, and in commercial installations, sound
transmission is greatly reduced. Joining is accomplished
through solvent cementing, threading or flanging, insulation
is generally not required, and extensive material handling
and fabricating equipment is not necessary. Many fitting
configurations available up to 24 in diameter upon request.
Applications
Features

Marine
Refrigeration
Drainage
Mobile Homes
Cooling Towers
Stocked in 10 or 20 lengths, bell or plain end

Available in various lengths as a special
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
10 FT PLAIN
END PART
NUMBER
20 FT
BOE PART
NUMBER
O.D. (IN)
MAX. I.D.
(IN)
12
1/2
010207WS
010207WB
0.84
0.622
0.109
16
590
20
3/4
010208WS
010208WB
1.05
0.824
0.113
22
480
25
010209WS
010209WB
1.315
1.049
0.133
32
450
32
1 1/4
010210WS
010210WB
1.66
1.38
0.14
43
370
40
1 1/2
010211WS
010211WB
1.9
1.61
0.145
52
330
50
010212WS
010212WB
2.375
2.069
0.154
69
280
65
2 1/2
010213WS
010213WB
2.875
2.469
0.203
109
300
75
010214WS
010214WB
3.5
3.068
0.216
144
260
100
010216WS
010216WB
4.5
4.026
0.237
203
220
150
010218WS
010218WB
6.625
6.031
0.28
354
180
200
010219WB
8.625
7.943
0.322
531
160
250
10
010220WB
10.75
9.976
0.356
753
140
300
12
010222WB
12.75
11.89
0.406
995
130
350
14
010224WB
14
13.072
0.438
1181
130
400
16
010226WB
16
14.94
0.5
1542
130
450
18
010228WB
18
16.809
0.562
2111
130
500
20
010230WB
20
18.743
0.593
2480
130
600
24
010234WB
24
22.544
0.687
3451
130
Notes:
WEIGHT
MIN. WALL
PER 100
THICKNESS
FEET
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
Certain configurations not available
Schedule 40 pipe is not recommended for threading.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-13
SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC FITTINGS
Chemkor Schedule 40 White Fittings

Notes:
PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784,
ASTM D2466.
Many other fittings up to 24 in diameter are available on request.
The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at
73.4F (23C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or
other conditions which should be considered.
All custom fabricated fittings are not subject to return.
2
3
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
4
5
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
6
7
90 ELBOWS
(FPT X MPT)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
417005W
417007W
417010W
417012W
417015W
417020W
417025W
417030W
417040W
417060W
417080W
90 ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
406005W
406007W
406010W
406012W
406015W
406020W
406025W
406030W
406040W
406060W
406080W
90 ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
412005W
(SPG X MALE SLIP)
3/4
412007W
412010W
1-1/4
412012W
1-1/2
412015W
412020W
(SOC X FPT)
(SOC X MPT)
90 ELBOWS
SOCKET TEES
9
10
1-14
90 ELBOWS
(FPT X FPT)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
408005W
3/4
408007W
408010W
1-1/4
408012W
1-1/2
408015W
408020W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
407005W
407007W
407010W
407012W
407015W
407020W
407025W
407030W
407040W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
PART
NUMBER
410005W
410007W
410010W
410012W
410015W
410020W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
409005W
3/4
409007W
409010W
1-1/4
409012W
1-1/2
409015W
409020W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
401005W
401007W
401010W
401012W
401015W
401020W
401025W
401030W
401040W
401060W
401080W

THREADED TEES
SOCKET COUPLINGS
THREADED
COUPLINGS
SOCKET CAPS
THREADED CAPS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
40005W
3/4
405007W
405010W
1-1/4
405012W
1-1/2
405015W
405020W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
429005W
3/4
429007W
429010W
1-1/4
429012W
1-1/2
429015W
429020W
2-1/2
429025W
429030W
429040W
429060W
429080W
10
429100W
12
429120W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
430005W
3/4
430007W
430010W
1-1/4
430012W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
10
PART
NUMBER
447005W
447007W
447010W
447012W
447015W
447020W
447025W
447030W
447040W
447050W
447060W
447080W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
448005W
448007W
448010W
448012W
448015W
448020W
448025W
448030W
448040W
448060W
MALE ADAPTERS
FEMALE ADAPTERS
SOCKET CROSSES
TEES
(SOC X SOC X FPT)
TEES
(SLIP X RED SLIP X RED
SLIP)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
436005W
436007W
436010W
436012W
436015W
436020W
436025W
436030W
436040W
436060W
436080W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
435005W
435007W
435010W
435012W
435015W
435020W
435025W
435030W
435040W
435060W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
420005W
420007W
420010W
420012W
420015W
420020W
420025W
420030W
420040W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
402005W
402007W
402010W
402012W
402015W
402020W
402025W
402030W
402040W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4x1/2x1/2
PART
NUMBER
401094W
1 x 3/4 x 1/2
401124W
1 x 3/4 x 3/4
401125W
1 1/4x1x1/2
401156W
1 1/4x1x3/4
401157W
1 1/4 x 1 x 1
401158W
1 1/2x1 1/4x1/2 401199W

2 x 1-1/2 x 1
401239W
2x1 1/2x1 1/2
401241W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-15
SOCKET REDUCING
TEES
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4x3/4x1/2
1 x 1 x 1/2
1 x 1 x 3/4
1 1/4x1 1/4x1/2
1 1/4x1 1/4x3/4
1 1/4x1 1/4x1
1 1/2x1 1/2x1/2
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
1 1/2x1 1/2x1 1/4
2 x 2 x 1/2
2 x 2 x 3/4
2x2x1
2 x 2 x 1-1/4
2 x 2 x 1-1/2
2 1/2x2 1/2x3/4
2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1
2 1/2x2 1/2x1 1/4
2 1/2x2 1/2x1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 2
3 x 3 x 3/4
3x3x1
3 x 3 x 1 1/4
3 x 3 x 1 1/2
3x3x2
4 x 4 x 3/4
4x4x1
4 x 4 x 1 1/4
4 x 4 x 1 1/2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
401101W
401130W
401131W
401166W
401167W
401168W
401209W
401210W
401211W
401212W
401247W
401248W
401249W
401250W
401251W
401288W
401289W
401290W
401291W
401292W
401334W
401335W
401336W
401337W
401338W
401416W
401417W
401418W
401419W
401420W
401422W
401528W
401530W
401532W
401580W
401582W
401585W
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE
(SOC X SOC X RED. FPT)
3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1 x 1/2
3/4x1/2x3/4
1 x 3/4 x 1
1 x 1 x 3/4
1 1/4x1 1/4x1/2
1 1/4x1 1/4x3/4
1 1/4x1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2x1 1/2x1/2
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x 1
2 x 2 x 1/2
2 x 2 x 3/4
2x2x1
2 x 2 x 1 1/4
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2x2 1/2x1 1/2
3 x 3 x 3/4
3x3x1
3 x 3 x 1-1/4
3 x 3 x 1-1/2
4x4x1
4x4x3
PART
NUMBER
402101W
402130W
401095W
401126W
402131W
402166W
402167W
402168W
402209W
402210W
402211W
402247W
402248W
402249W
402250W
402251W
402291W
402334W
402335W
402338W
402337W
402417W
402422W
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-16
TEES
SOCKET REDUCING TEES

(SOC X SOC X INC SOC)
REDUCER COUPLINGS
TEES
(SLIP X RED SLIP X RED
FPT)
NOMINAL
PART
PIPE SIZE NUMBER
1x1x1 1/4
401132W
1x1x1 1/2
401134W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
429101W
1 x 3/4
429131W
1 1/4 x 1
429168W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4x1/2x1/2
PART
NUMBER
402094W
3/4x1/2x3/4
402095W
1 x 3/4 x 1/2
402124W
1 x 3/4 x 3/4
402125W
1 1/2x1 1/4x1/2 402199W
ADAPTERS
(FPT X RED. SLIP)
90 REDUCING
ELBOWS
(SOC X SLIP)
90 REDUCING
ELBOWS
(SOC X FPT)
2 x 1/2
402251W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
435074W
1 x 3/4
435102W
1-1/4 x 1
435132W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
406101W
1 x 1/2
406130W
1 x 3/4
406131W
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
406212W
2 x 1/2
406251W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
407101W
1 x 1/2
407130W
1 x 3/4
407131W
1 1/4 x 1/2
407168W
SCHEDULE 40 GRAY PVC PIPE

Chemkor Schedule 40 Gray Pipe
For more than a quarter of a century PVC Type I, Grade I, Schedule
40 piping systems have been successfully used for pressure
and drainage systems in industrial, residential, commercial and
agricultural installations. PVC Schedule 40 is ideal for applications
where transmission of liquids or materials does not exceed 140F.
The life expectancy of plastic systems far exceeds that of metal
systems and required maintenance is less complicated and cost
effective. Systems are not adversely affected by environmental
agents and buried systems are not adversely affected by normal
soil contaminants. The inherent insulating qualities of PVC Schedule
40 provides substantial benefits in temperature control, and in
commercial installations, sound transmission is greatly reduced.
Joining is accomplished through solvent cementing, threading or
flanging, insulation is generally not required, and extensive material
handling and fabricating equipment is not necessary.
Applications
Features

Chemical Feed Systems
Refrigeration
Drainage
Municipal Water Treatment Systems
Cooling Towers
MAX. INSIDE MIN. WALL WEIGHT

DIAMETER
THICKNESS PER 100
(IN)
(IN)
FEET
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
PART
NUMBER
12
1/2 x 10 ft
010207BS
3,000
0.840
0.622
0.109
16
590
20
3/4 x 10 ft
010208BS
2,200
1.050
0.824
0.113
22
480
25
1 x 10 ft
010209BS
1,800
1.315
1.049
0.133
32
450
32
1 1/4 x 10 ft
010210BS
1,600
1.660
1.380
0.140
43
370
40
1 1/2 x 10 ft
010211BS
1,800
1.900
1.610
0.145
52
330
50
2 x 10 ft
010212BS
1,400
2.375
2.069
0.154
69
280
65
2 1/2 x 10 ft
010213BS
990
2.875
2.469
0.203
109
300
75
3 x 10 ft
010214BS
880
3.500
3.068
0.216
144
260
100
4 x 20 ft
010216B
1,140
4.500
4.026
0.237
203
220
125
5 x 20 ft
010217B
260
5.563
5.017
0.258
273
190
150
6 x 20 ft
010218B
520
6.625
6.031
0.280
354
180
200
8 x 20 ft
010222B
200
8.625
7.943
0.322
531
160
250
10 x 20 ft
010219B
160
10.75
9.976
0.356
753
140
300
12 x 20 ft
010220B
120
12.75
11.89
0.406
995
130
350
14 x 20 ft
010224
60
14.00
13.072
0.438
1181
130
400
16 x 20 ft
010226
40
16.00
14.940
0.500
1542
130
450
18 x 20 ft
010228
20
18.00
16.809
0.562
2111
130
500
20 x 20 ft
010230
20
20.00
18.743
0.593
2480
130
600
24 x 20 ft
010234
20
24.00
22.544
0.687
3451
130
Notes:
Schedule 40 pipe is not recommended for threading.
2
3
4
Stocked in 10 or 20 lengths, bell or plain end

Available in various lengths as a special
OUTSIDE
CRATE
DIAMETER
QTY FEET
(IN)
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-17
SCHEDULE 40 GRAY PVC FITTINGS
Chemkor Schedule 40 Gray Fittings

Notes:
PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784, ASTM
D2466.
All 8 fittings available in white PVC material only. All Schedule 40 reducing tees are standard tees with a
reducer bushing.
PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards ASTM D1784, ASTM
D2466.
The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4
F (23 C). No provisions have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or
All custom fabricated fittings are not subject to return. Many other fittings are available on request.
F indicates a fabricated fitting.
2
3
SOCKET TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
401005
401007
401010
401012
401015
401020
401025
401030
401040
401050
401060
401080W
401100F
401120F
401140F
401160F
401180F
401200F
401240F
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
406003
406005
406007
406010
406012
406015
406020
406025
406030
406040
406050
406060
406080W
406100F
406120F
406140F
406160F
406180F
406200F
406240F
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-18
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
417005
417007
417010
417012
417015
417020
417025
417030
417040
417050
417060
417080W
417100
417120
417140F
417160F
417180F
417200F
417240F
SOCKET COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
429005
429007
429010
429012
429015
429020
429025
429030
429040
429050
429060
429080W
429100F
829120F
429140F
429160F
429180F
429200F
429240F

FEMALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
435005
3/4
435007
435010
1 1/4
435012
1 1/2
435015
435020
2 1/2
435025
435030
435040
435050
SOCKET CAPS
REDUCER BUSHINGS
MALE ADAPTERS
FITTING ADAPTER
(SPGT X FPT)
45 SOCKET
LATERALS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
436005
3/4
436007
436010
1 1/4
436012
1 1/2
436015
436020
2 1/2
436025
436030
436040
436050
(SLIP X FPT)
436060
436080W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
478005
REDUCER BUSHINGS
3/4
478007
(SOCKET X SLIP)
478010
1 1/4
478012
1 1/2
478015
478020
2 1/2
478025
478030
478040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
10
475100F
12
475120F
14
475140F
16
475160F
18
475180F
20
475200F
24
475240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
PART
NUMBER
447005
447007
447010
447012
447015
447020
447025
447030
447040
447050
447060
447080W
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4x3
6x4
PART
NUMBER
438101
438130
438131
438166
438167
438168
438209
438210
438211
438212
438247
438248
438249
438250
438251
438292
438337
438338
438339
438420
438422
438532
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4x3
6x4
8x3
8x4
8x6
PART
NUMBER
437101
437130
437131
437166
437167
437168
437209
437210
437211
437212
437247
437248
437249
437250
437251
437292
437337
437338
437339
437420
437422
437532
437580F
437582F
437585F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-19
SOCKET REDUCING
COUPLING
2
3
45 SOCKET
REDUCING LATERAL
4
5
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
429101
SOCKET REDUCING
TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2
401101
1 x 3/4 x 3/4
401125
1 x 1 x 1/2
401130
1 x 1 x 3/4
401131
1 x 3/4
429131
1 1/4 x 1
429168
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
429212
1 1/4x1 1/4x1/2
401166
2 x 1 1/2
429251
1 1/4x1 1/4x3/4
401167
1 1/4x1 1/4x1
401168
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
401210
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
401211
2 x 2 x 3/4
401248
3x2
429338
4x3
429422
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
2x2x1
401249
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
401251
3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2
475101
3 x 3 x 3/4
401334
1 x 3/4 x 3/4
475125
3x3x1
401335
1 x 1 x 1/2
475130
3 x 3 x 1 1/2
401337
1 x 1 x 3/4
475131
3x3x2
401338
1 1/4x1 1/4x1/2
475166
4 x 4 x 3/4
401416
1 1/4x1 1/4x3/4
475167
4x4x1
401417
1 1/4x1 1/4x1
475168
4x4x2
401420
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
475210
4x4x3
401422
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
475211
2 x 2 x 3/4
475248
2x2x1
475249
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
475251
6
7
8
9
VANCOUVER BRANCH
10
1-20
SCHEDULE 80 & 40 CLEAR PVC PIPE

Clear PVC Pipe
Fabco Clear Rigid PVC piping provides a versatile, cost-effective alternative
for many piping applications, particularly those where visual monitoring of
processes is critical.
The benefits of rigid PVC piping are well recognized: exceptional corrosion
resistance; smooth interior walls for unimpeded flow and reduced
sediment buildup; non-contaminating for purity applications; fast, reliable
solvent-welded connections; good pressure-bearing capability; and ease
of handling and installation, to name a few.
All of these important benefits are now available in a unique product
with optimum clarity. This clarity provides the all-round visibility that
specialized applications demand whether it be clean room applications,
sight glass, dual-containment or various other processing applications
where continuous monitoring is necessary.
Applications
Sight Glass
Dual Containment
Food Processing
Chemical Processing
Medical use
Cosmetics
Visual Testing Equipment
Features
Available in SCH 40 and 80

dimensions
Available in to 8 diameters
Available in 10 lengths, plain
end
Joined using simple solvent
weld joining
Fully compatible with standard
PVC pipe and fittings
Corrosion resistant and
lightweight
Packaged in bags and boxes
on line to eliminate scratching
Notes:
* This size does not comply

with Schedule 40 as to I.D.
and Wall Thickness.
For water at 73.4 F (23 C)
with solvent cemented joints.
Working pressure decreases
by approximately 1.29% per
degree F over 73.4 F (23
C).
Complies with title 21 food &
drug, part #121 paragraph
121.2521 & 121.2597
Threading not recommended.
Schedule 40 type II grade I.
Per ASTM D1784cell
classification 12454B.
Schedule 40 pipe also
available in 20 ft lengths upon
request.
NOMINAL MIN. WALL WEIGHT

CRATE PRESSURE
PART
OD
PIPE
THICKNESS
PER
QTY
RATING
NUMBER
(IN)
SIZE (IN)
(IN)
FOOT
(FEET) AT 73.4F
ID
(IN)
SCHEDULE 80 PIPE (10 FT LENGTHS)
1/4 x 10
0.119
0.1
R8-250
100
570
0.540 0.302
3/8 x 10
0.126
0.138
R8-375
100
460
0.675 0.423
1/2 x 10
0.147
0.202
R8-500
350
420
0.840 0.546
3/4 x 10
0.154
0.273
R8-750
250
340
1.050 0.742
1 x 10
0.179
0.402
R8-1000
200
320
1.315 0.957
1 1/4 x 10
0.191
0.554
58-1250
120
260
1.660 1.278
1 1/2 x 10
0.200
0.673
R8-1500
100
240
1.900 1.500
2 x 10
0.218
0.932
R8-2000
60
200
2.375 1.939
3 x 10
0.300
1.903
R8-3000
40
190
3.500 2.900
4 x 10
0.337
2.782
R8-4000
30
160
4.500 3.826
6 x 10
0.432
5.913
R8-6000
10
140
6.625 5.761
NOMINAL MIN. WALL WEIGHT SCH 80 CRATE PRESSURE

OD
PIPE
THICKNESS
PER
PART
QTY
RATING
(IN)
SIZE (IN)
(IN)
FOOT NUMBER (FEET) AT 73.4F
ID
(IN)
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE (10 FT LENGTHS)

1/4 x 10
0.088
0.086
R4-250
350
390
0.540 0.344
3/8 x 10
0.091
0.115
R4-375
350
310
0.675 0.473
1/2 x 10
0.109
0.170
R4-500
350
300
0.840 0.602
3/4 x 10
0.113
0.226
R4-750
250
240
1.050 0.804
1 x 10
0.133
0.333
R4-1000
250
220
1.315 1.029
1 1/4 x 10
0.140
0.450
R4-1250
200
180
1.660 1.360
1 1/2 x 10
0.145
0.537
R4-1500
160
170
1.900 1.590
2 x 10
0.154
0.720
R4-2000
120
140
2.375 2.047
2 1/2 x 10
0.203
1.136
R4-2500
80
150
2.875 2.445
3 x 10
0.216
1.488
R4-3000
60
130
3.500 3.042
3 1/2 x 10
0.226
1.789
R4-3500
50
120
4.000 3.521
4 x 10
0.237
2.118
R4-4000
50
110
4.500 3.998
6 x 10
0.280
3.733
R4-6000
10
90
6.625 6.031
6x 1/8 x10
0.110
1.647
R4-6500*
10
45
6.625 6.335
8 x 10
0.322
5.619
R4-8000
10
80
8.625 7.942
10 x 10
0.365
7.966
R4-10000
10
70
10.75 9.976
12 x 10
0.406
10.534
48-12000
10
70
12.75 11.889
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-21
SCHEDULE 40 CLEAR PVC FITTINGS

Notes:
For water at 73.4 F (23 C) with solvent cemented joints. Working pressure decreases by
approximately 1.29% per degree F over 73.4F.
Complies with title 21 food & drug, part #121 paragraph 121.2521 & 121.2597.
Threading not recommended.
Schedule 40 type II grade I.
Per ASTM D1784cell classification 12454B.
Fittings are not a standard stock item/made to order or on special request.
MALE ADAPTERS
3
4
FEMALE ADAPTERS
5
6
SOCKET COUPLINGS
7
8
9
45 STREET ELBOWS
10
1-22
(SLIP X SOC)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
436003C
436005C
436007C
436010C
436012C
436015C
436020C
436025C
436030C
436040C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
435002C
435003C
435005C
435007C
435010C
435012C
435015C
435020C
435025C
435030C
435040C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
429002C
429003C
429005C
429007C
429010C
429012C
429015C
429020C
429025C
429030C
429040C
429060C
429080C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
427005C
427007C
427010C
427012C
427015C
427020C
427025C
427030C
427040C
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
90 STREET ELBOWS
(SPG X SLP)
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
417002C
3/8
417003C
1/2
417005C
3/4
417007C
417010C
1-1/4
417012C
1-1/2
417015C
417020C
2-1/2
417025C
417030C
417040C
417060C
417080C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
409005C
3/4
409007C
409010C
1-1/4
409012C
1-1/2
409015C
409020C
2-1/2
409025C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
406002C
3/8
406003C
1/2
406005C
3/4
406007C
406010C
1-1/4
406012C
1-1/2
406015C
406020C
2-1/2
406025C
406030C
406040C
406060C
406080C
SCHEDULE 40 CLEAR PVC FITTINGS

SOCKET TEES
SOCKET WYE
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
401002C
401003C
401005C
401007C
401010C
401012C
401015C
401020C
401025C
401030C
401040C
401060C
401080C
PART
NUMBER
475015C
475020C
475030C
475040C
475060C
475532C
SOCKET CAPS
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SOCKET X SLIP)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
447002C
447003C
447005C
447007C
447010C
447012C
447015C
447020C
447025C
447030C
447040C
447060C
447080C
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4X1/2
1X3/4
1-1/4X1
1-1/2X1
1-1/2X1-1/4
2X1-1/2
2-1/2X2
3X2
3X2-1/2
4X3
6X4
8X6
PART
NUMBER
437101C
437131C
437168C
437211C
437212C
437251C
437292C
437338C
437339C
437422C
437532C
437585C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-23
+GF+ METRIC PVC FITTINGS
1
2

A large number of machines, skids and fluid processing systems enter this country every year from Europe
and other metric countries. When they require maintenance, we have the parts you need. Manufactured to
strict DIN standards, these Georg Fischer fittings will meet your requirements.
SOCKET REDUCING
TEES
3
4
5
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SOC X SOC)
6
7
8
9
10
1-24
20 BEND 90
SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
25X20
32X20
32X25
40X20
40X25
40X32
50X20
50X25
50X32
50X40
63X25
63X32
63X40
63X50
75X32
75X40
75X50
90X63
90X32
90X50
90X63
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
12X8
16X12
20X16
25X20
32X20
32X25
40X20
40X25
40X32
50X20
50X25
50X32
50X40
63X32
63X40
63X50
75X50
75X63
90X50
90X63
90X75
721 200 134

721 200 141
721 200 138
721 200 155
721 200 151
721 200 147
721 200 009
721 200 010
721 200 164
721 200 161
721 200 011
721 200 178
721 200 174
721 200 170
721 200 181
721 200 182
721 200 183
721 200 184
721 200 142
721 200 144
721 200 145
PART
NUMBER
721 900 329
721 900 331
721 900 334
721 900 337
721 900 342
721 900 341
721 900 348
721 900 347
721 900 346
721 900 355
721 900 354
721 900 353
721 900 352
721 900 360
721 900 359
721 900 358
721 900 365
721 900 364
721 900 372
721 900 371
721 900 370
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
721
721
721
721
721
721
721
721
721
721
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
117
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
6 MM
8 MM
10 MM
12 MM
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
200 MM
225 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 100 101
721 100 102
721 100 103
721 100 104
721 100 105
721 100 106
721 100 107
721 100 108
721 100 109
721 100 110
721 100 111
721 100 112
721 100 113
721 100 114
721 100 117
721 100 119
721 100 120
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
200 MM
225 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 150 105
721 150 106
721 150 107
721 150 108
721 150 109
721 150 110
721 150 111
721 150 112
721 150 113
721 150 114
721 150 117
721 150 119
721 150 120
SOCKET TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
6 MM
8 MM
10 MM
12 MM
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
200 MM
225 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 200 101
721 200 102
721 200 103
721 200 104
721 200 105
721 200 106
721 200 107
721 200 108
721 200 109
721 200 110
721 200 111
721 200 112
721 200 113
721 200 114
721 200 117
721 200 119
721 200 120
+GF+ METRIC PVC FITTINGS

WYE LATERALS
SOCKET CROSSES
SOCKET COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
10 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 250 103
12 MM
721 250 104
16 MM
721 250 105
20 MM
721 250 106
25 MM
721 250 107
32 MM
721 250 108
40 MM
721 250 109
50 MM
721 250 110
63 MM
721 250 111
75 MM
721 250 112
90 MM
721 250 113
110 MM
721 250 114
160 MM
721 250 117
200 MM
721 250 119
225 MM
721 250 120
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
10 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 300 103
12 MM
721 300 104
16 MM
721 300 105
20 MM
721 300 106
25 MM
721 300 107
32 MM
721 300 108
40 MM
721 300 109
50 MM
721 300 110
63 MM
721 300 111
SOCKET UNIONS
75 MM
721 300 112
(EPDM)
90 MM
721 300 113
110 MM
721 300 114
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
6 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 910 101
BARRELL NIPPLES
SOCKET CAPS
8 MM
721 910 102
10 MM
721 910 103
12 MM
721 910 104
16 MM
721 910 105
20 MM
721 910 106
25 MM
721 910 107
SOCKET UNIONS
32 MM
721 910 108
(VITON)
40 MM
721 910 109
50 MM
721 910 110
63 MM
721 910 111
75 MM
721 910 112
90 MM
721 910 113
110 MM
721 910 114
160 MM
721 910 117
200 MM
721 910 119
225 MM
721 910 120
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
200 MM
225 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 900 905
721 900 906
721 900 907
721 900 908
721 900 909
721 900 910
721 900 911
721 900 912
721 900 913
721 900 914
721 900 917
721 900 919
721 900 920
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
12 MM
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
160 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 960 104
721 960 105
721 960 106
721 960 107
721 960 108
721 960 109
721 960 110
721 960 111
721 960 112
721 960 113
721 960 114
721 960 117
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
10 MM
12 MM
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 510 103
721 510 104
721 510 105
721 510 106
721 510 107
721 510 108
721 510 109
721 510 110
721 510 111
721 510 112
721 510 113
721 510 114
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
10 MM
12 MM
16 MM
20 MM
25 MM
32 MM
40 MM
50 MM
63 MM
75 MM
90 MM
110 MM
PART
NUMBER
721 510 128
721 510 129
721 510 130
721 510 131
721 510 132
721 510 133
721 510 134
721 510 135
721 510 136
721 510 137
721 510 138
721 510 139
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-25
CPVC PIPE
Chemkor CPVC Pipe
Fabco CPVC pipe is produced from a specialty blend of Corzan CPVC material
with unique physical properties desirable for piping applications (i.e., improved
impact resistance and good fire resistance capabilities). CPVC piping systems
can handle more than 75% of the temperature/pressure requirements of
todays typical process plants. CPVC pressure pipe has an upper working
temperature limit of 200F (93C). As with all thermoplastic piping systems,
CPVCs ability to withstand pressure varies with pipe diameter, wall thickness,
and temperature. For pressure piping applications it is recommended for
temperatures as high as 200F (93C) when appropriate temperature derating factors are applied. As the pipe diameter and temperature increases,
the pressure rating of the product decreases.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
PART
NUMBER
6
12
20
25
32
40
50
65
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
1/4 x 20 ft
1/2 x 20 ft
3/4 x 20 ft
1 x 20 ft
1 1/4 x 20 ft
1 1/2 x 20 ft
2 x 20 ft
2 1/2 x 20 ft
3 x 20 ft
4 x 20 ft
6 x 20 ft
8 x 20 ft
10 x 20 ft
12 x 20 ft
14 x 20 ft
16 x 20 ft
020304
020307
020308
020309
020310
020311
020312
020313
020314
020316
020318
020319
020320
020322
020324
020326
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
PART
NUMBER
12
20
25
32
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1/2 x 10 ft
3/4 x 10 ft
1 x 10 ft
1 1/4 x 10 ft
1 1/2 x 10 ft
2 x 10 ft
2 1/2 x 10 ft
3 x 10 ft
4 x 20 ft
5 x 20 ft
6 x 20 ft
8 x 20 ft
10 x 20 ft
12 x 20 ft
14 x 20 ft
16 x 20 ft
020204
020207
020308
020209
020210
020211
020212
020213
020214
020216
020218
020219
020220
020222
020224
020226
O.D. (IN)
MAX. I.D.
(IN)
MIN. WALL
WEIGHT PER
THICKNESS (IN)
100 FEET
SCHEDULE 80- PLAIN END
0.54
0.302
0.84
0.546
1.05
0.742
1.315
0.957
1.66
1.278
1.9
1.5
2.375
1.939
2.875
2.323
3.5
2.9
4.5
3.826
6.625
5.761
8.625
7.625
10.75
9.564
12.75
11.376
14
12.41
16
14.214
OUTSIDE MAX. INSIDE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
(IN)
(IN)
0.119
0.147
0.154
0.179
0.191
0.2
0.218
0.276
0.3
0.337
0.432
0.5
0.593
0.687
0.75
0.843
12
24
33
49
67
81
109
165
221
323
617
937
1342
1846
2222
2856
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
WEIGHT PER
100 FEET
SCHEDULE 40- PLAIN END

0.84
1.05
1.315
1.66
1.9
2.375
2.875
3.5
4.5
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
0.622
0.824
1.049
1.38
1.61
2.069
2.469
3.068
4.026
5.017
6.031
7.943
9.976
11.89
13.072
14.94
0.109
0.113
0.133
0.14
0.145
0.154
0.203
0.216
0.237
0.258
0.28
0.322
0.356
0.406
0.438
0.5
16
22
32
43
52
69
109
144
203
273
354
531
753
995
1181
1542
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
1130
850
690
630
520
470
400
425
375
320
280
250
230
230
220
220
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
590
480
450
370
330
280
300
260
220
190
180
160
140
130
130
130
Notes:
10
1-26
We do not recommend schedule 40 pipe for threading. Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for
threading. Not recommended for compressed air or gas service.
Pipe also available up to 24 diameter upon request.
SCHEDULE 80 CPVC FITTINGS

Chemkor Schedule 80 CPVC Fittings
Specify Fabco CPVC Piping for Commercial and
Residential Water Applications
Use CPVC Schedule 80 Piping Systems instead of Copper for Hot and
Cold water. Fabco CPVC Pipe Meets 25/50 Flame-Smoke Development
Standards (CAN/ULC-S102.2). Sweating copper is time-consuming
and Expensive. Copper prices, along with higher installation costs
can put Copper expenses to almost triple the installed cost of Fabcos
CPVC System. For Hot and Cold water, Specify CPVC Schedule 80 from
Fabco for your next Commercial or Residential project. (See notes)
Notes:
Applicable pressure de-ratings at elevated

temperatures apply. All Plastic Piping systems must
be designed for potential Hydraulic Shock (water
hammer), see Section 10, Engineering Data.
CPVC SCH 80 fittings are produced in accordance
with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM
F-439 (socket fittings), ASTM F-437 (threaded
fittings).
Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B.16.5 dimensioned.
Heavy duty wyes are produced from CPVC
according to ASTM D1784, Cell Class 23447B and
are pressure rated to 217 PSI.
Many other fittings are available on request. Some
Schedule 80 reducing tees are standard tees with a
reducer bushing
SOCKET TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
501002
3/8
501003
1/2
501005
3/4
501007
501010
1 1/4
501012
1 1/2
501015
501020
2 1/2
501025
501030
501040
501050
501060
501080
10
501100F*
12
501120F*
14
501140F
16
501160F
18
501180F
20
501200F
24
501240F
CPVC benefits over Copper

include:
50% less material cost
66% less labor cost
Less attractive to jobsite theft
Lower heat-loss
Easier to handle
Easy transition to copper/PEX
Corrosion free
The maximum continuous working pressure

of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at 73.4F(
23C). No provisions have been made
for pressure surges, water hammer, or
All custom fabricated fittings are not subject
to return. Many other fittings are available on
request.
F indicates a fabricated fitting. F* indicates fitting
is available molded or fabricated.
Fabricated fittings, custom manufactured and/
or modified FABCO products (Products, machined
products, modified standard products, etc.) cannot
be returned for credit or with restocking charge.
THREADED TEES
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
505002
505003
505005
505007
505010
505012
505015
505020
505025
505030
505040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
506002
506003
506005
506007
506010
506012
506015
506020
506025
506030
506040
506050F
506060
506080
506100F
506120F
506140F
506160F
506180F
506200F
506124F
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-27
90 THREADED
ELBOWS
2
3
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
4
5
6
45 THREADED
ELBOWS
7
8
MALE ADAPTERS
9
10
1-28
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
508002
508003
508005
508007
508010
508012
508015
508020
508025
508030
508040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
517002
517003
517005
517007
517010
517012
517015
517020
517025
517030
517040
517050F
517060
517080
517100F*
517120F*
517140F
517160F
517180F
517200F
517240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
519002
519003
519005
519007
519010
519012
519015
519020
519025
519030
519040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
PART
NUMBER
536005
536007
536010
536012
536015
536020
536025
536030
536040
536060F
536080F
536100F
FEMALE ADAPTERS
150 LB THREADED
FLANGES
150 LB SOCKET
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
535002
3/8
535003
1/2
535005
3/4
535007
535010
1 1/4
535012
1 1/2
535015
535020
2 1/2
535025
535030
535040
535060F
535080F
10
535100F
12
535120F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
552005
3/4
552007
552010
1 1/4
552012
1 1/2
552015
552020
2 1/2
552025
552030
552040
552060F
552080F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
551005
551007
551010
551012
551015
551020
551025
551030
551040
551050
551060
551080
551100F*
551120F*
551140F
551160F
551180F
551200F
551240F

150 LB BLIND
FLANGES
SPIGOT VANSTONE
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
553005
553007
553010
553012
553015
553020
553025
553030
553040
553050F
553060
553080
553100
553120
553140F
553160F
553180F
553200F
553240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
556005
556007
556010
556012
556015
556020
556025
556030
556040
556060
556080
556100
556120
556140F
556160F
556180F
556200F
556240F
SOCKET CAPS
THREADED CAPS
SOCKET CROSSES
SOCKET VANSTONE
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
554005
554007
554010
554012
554015
554020
554025
554030
554040
554050
554060
554080
554100
554120
554140
554160
554180F
554200F
554240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
547002
547003
547005
547007
547010
547012
547015
547020
547025
547030
547040
547060
547080
547100F
547120F
547140F
547160F
547180F
547200F
547240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
PART
NUMBER
548002
548003
548005
548007
548010
548012
548015
548020
548025
548030
548040
548060F
548080F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
520002
520005
520007
520010
520012
520015
520020
520025
520030
520040
520060F
520080F
520100F
520120F
520140F
520160F
520180F
520200F
520240F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-29
ECCENTRIC
REDUCER COUPLING
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-30
(SOC)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1X3/4
829-131CFE
1-1/4X1
829-168CFE
1-1/2X1-1/4
829-212CFE
2X1
829-249CFE
2X1-1/4
829-250CFE
2X1-1/2
829-251CFE
2-1/2X1-1/4
829-290CFE2
2-1/2X1-1/2
829-291CFE2
2-1/2X2
829-292CFE
3X1
829-335CFE2
3X1-1/4
829-336CFE2
3X1-1/2
829-337CFE2
3X2
829-338CFE
3X2-1/2
829-339CFE
4X1
829-417CFE3
4X1-1/4
829-418CFE3
4X1-1/2
829-419CFE3
4X2
829-420CFE2
4X2-1/2
829-421CFE2
4X3
829-422CFE
5X4
829-490CFE
6X2
829-528CFE3
6X2-1/2
829-529CFE3
6X3
829-530CFE2
6X4
829-532CFE
8X2
829-578CFE4
8X3
829-580CFE3
8X4
829-582CFE2
8X5
829-583CFE2
8X6
829-585CFE
10X4
829-624CFE3
10X5
829-625CFE3
10X6
829-626CFE2
10X8
829-628CFE
12X4
829-664CFE4
12X6
829-666CFE3
12X8
829-668CFE2
12X10
829-670CFE
14X6
829-696CFE3
14X8
829-698CFE2
14X10
829-700CFE
14X12
829-702CFE
16X6
829-756CFE5
16X8
829-758CFE4
16X10
829-760CFE3
16X12
829-762CFE2
16X14
829-764CFE
18X6
829-786CFE6
18X8
829-788CFE5
18X10
829-790CFE4
18X12
829-792CFE3
18X14
829-794CFE2
18X16
829-796CFE
GROOVED COUPLING
ADAPTER
(GROOVE X SOC)
45 SOCKET
LATERALS
SOCKET COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1 1/4
533-012
1 1/2
533-015
533-020
2 1/2
533-025
533-030
533-040
533-050F
533-060
533-080F
10
533-100F
12
533-120F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
575108F
10
575100F
12
575120F
14
575140F
16
575160F
18
575180F
20
575200F
24
575240F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
PART
NUMBER
529002
529003
529005
529007
529010
529012
529015
529020
529025
529030
529040
529050
529060
529080
529100
529120
529140F
529160F
529180F
529200F
529240F

THREADED
COUPLINGS
THREADED PLUGS
SOCKET UNIONS
(EPDM O-RINGS)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
530002
3/8
530003
1/2
530005
3/4
530007
530010
1 1/4
530012
1 1/2
530015
530020
2 1/2
530025
530030
530040
530060F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
550002
3/8
SOCKET UNIONS
(VITON 0-RINGS)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
557002
3/8
557003
1/2
557005
3/4
557007
557010
1 1/4
557012
1 1/2
557015
557020
2 1/2
557025
557030
557040
557060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
558002
550003
3/8
558003
1/2
550005
1/2
558005
3/4
550007
3/4
558007
550010
558010
1 1/4
550012
1 1/4
558012
1 1/2
550015
1 1/2
558015
550020
558020
2 1/2
550025
2 1/2
558025
550030
558030
550040
558040
550060F
558060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/4
597002
1/4
598002
3/8
597003
3/8
598003
1/2
597005
1/2
598005
3/4
597007
3/4
598007
THREADED UNIONS
(VITON O-RINGS)
THREADED UNIONS
(EPDM O-RINGS)
597010
598010
1 1/4
597012
1 1/4
598012
1 1/2
597015
1 1/2
598015
597020
598020
2 1/2
597025
2 1/2
598025
597030
598030
597040
598040
597060
598060
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-31
1
2
3
HEAVY DUTY WYES
LARGER SIZES AVAILABLE

ON REQUEST
SOCKET REDUCING
TEES
4
5
6
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SLIP X FPT)
7
8
9
10
1-32
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
575005
575007
575010
575012
575015
575020
575030
575040
575060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4x3/4x1/2
1 x 1 x 1/2
1 x 1 x 3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
2 x 2 x 1/2
2 x 2 x 3/4
2x2x1
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x4
8x8x4
8x8x6
10 x 10 x 6
10 x 10 x 8
12 x 12 x 8
12 x 12 x 10
501101
501130
501131
501210
501211
501247
501248
501249
501251
501338
501420
501422
501532
501582
501585
501626F
501628F
501668F
501670F
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/4
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4 x 2 1/2
4x3
6x4
PART
NUMBER
538072
538073
538098
538101
538130
538131
538166
538167
538168
538209
538210
538211
538212
538247
538248
538249
538250
538251
538292
538337
538338
538339
538420
538421
538422
538532
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SOCKET X SLIP)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2 x 1/4
537072
1/2 x 3/8
537073
3/4 x 1/4
537098
3/4 x 1/2
537101
1 x 1/2
537130
1 x 3/4
537131
1 1/4 x 1/2
537166
1 1/4 x 3/4
537167
1 1/4 x 1
537168
1 1/2 x 1/2
537209
1 1/2 x 3/4
537210
1 1/2 x 1
537211
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
537212
2 x 1/2
537247
2 x 3/4
537248
2x1
537249
2 x 1 1/4
537250
2 x 1 1/2
537251
2 1/2 x 2
537292
3 x 1 1/2
537337
3x2
537338
3 x 2 1/2
537339
4x2
537420
4 x 2 1/2
537421
4x3
537422
6x4
537532
8x6
537585
10 x 4
537624F
10 x 6
537626F
10 x 8
537628F
12 x 4
537664F
12 x 6
537666F
12 x 8
537668F
12 x 10
537670F
14 x 6
537696F
14 x 8
537698F
14 x 10
537700F
18 x 8
537748F
18 x 10
537750F
18 x 12
537752F
18 x 14
537754F
18 x 16
537756F

NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2 x 1/4
539072
1/2 x 3/8
539073
3/4 x 1/4
539098
3/4 x 1/2
539101
1 x 1/2
539130
1 x 3/4
539131
1 1/4 x 1/2
539166
1 1/4 x 3/4
539167
1 1/4 x 1
539168
1 1/2 x 1/2
539209
1 1/2 x 3/4
539210
1 1/2 x 1
539211
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
539212
2 x 1/2
539247
2 x 3/4
539248
2x1
539249
2 x 1 1/4
539250
2 x 1 1/2
539251
2 1/2 x 2
539292
3 x 1 1/2
539337
3x2
539338
3 x 2 1/2
539339
4x2
539420
4 x 2 1/2
539421
4x3
539422
6x4
539532
8x6
539585
18 x 8
429748F
18 x 10
429750F
18 x 12
429752F
18 x 14
429754F
18 x 16
429756F
20 x 12
429768F
20 x 14
429770F
20 x 16
429772F
20 x 18
429774F
24 x 14
429788F
24 x 16
429790F
24 x 18
429792F
24 x 20
429794F
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(FPT X MPT)
SOCKET REDUCING
COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1/2
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 1/2
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1/2
2 x 3/4
2x1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 1/2 x 2
3 x 1 1/2
3x2
3 x 2 1/2
4x2
4 x 2 1/2
4x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10 x 4
10 x 6
10 x 8
12 x 4
12 x 6
12 x 8
12 x 10
14 x 4
14 x 6
14 x 8
14 x 10
14 x 12
16 x 4
16 x 6
16 x 8
16 x 10
16 x 12
16 x 14
18 x 3
18 x 4
18 x 6
18 x 8
18 x 10
18 x 12
18 x 14
18 x 16
20 X 8
20 x 16
20 x 18
24 x 6
24 x 18
24 x 20
529101
529130
529131
529166
529167
529168
529209
529210
529211
529212
529247
529248
529249
529250
529251
529291
529292
529337
529338
529339
529420
529421
529422
529532
529582
529585
529624F
529626F
529628F
529664F
529666F
529668F
529670F
529-694F
529-696F
529-698F
529-700F
529-702F
529-754F
529-756F
529-758F
529-760F
529-762F
529-764F
529-783F
529-784F
529-786F
529-788F
529-790F
529-792F
529-794F
529-796F
529-818F
529-826F
529-828F
529-906F
529-918F
529-920F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-33
THREADED REDUCING
COUPLINGS
2
3
4
5
6
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561041
3/8
561058
1/2
561081
3/4
561106
530166
561135
1 1/4 x 3/4
530167
1 1/4
561172
1 1/4 x 1
530168
1 1/2
561215
1 1/2 x 1/2
530209
561253
1 1/2 x 3/4
530210
2 1/2
561261
1 1/2 x 1
530211
561339
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
530212
2 x 1/2
530247
THREADED NIPPLES
2 x 3/4
530248
(4 INCHES)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561042
2x1
530249
3/8
561059
2 x 1 1/4
530250
1/2
561082
2 x 1 1/2
530251
3/4
561107
2 1/2 x 1 1/2
530291
561136
2 1/2 x 2
530292
1 1/4
561173
3 x 1 1/2
530337
1 1/2
561216
561254
3x2
530338
2 1/2
561265
3 x 2 1/2
530339
561341
4x2
530420
561423
4 x 2 1/2
530421
4x3
530422
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561043
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
530101
1 x 1/2
530130
1 x 3/4
530131
1 1/4 x 1/2
THREADED NIPPLES
(3 INCHES)
THREADED NIPPLES
(5 INCHES)
THREADED NIPPLES
(CLOSE)
7
8
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561037
3/8
561061
1/2
561083
3/8
561055
3/4
561108
1/2
561063
561137
3/4
561104
1 1/4
561174
561133
1 1/2
561217
1 1/4
561170
561255
1 1/2
561213
2 1/2
561268
561251
561342
2 1/2
561260
561430
561338
561422
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561044
THREADED NIPPLES
(6 INCHES)
9
10
1-34
THREADED NIPPLES
(SHORT)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/4
PART
NUMBER
561038
3/8
561062
1/2
561084
3/4
561109
3/8
561056
561138
1/2
561078
1 1/4
561175
3/4
561105
1 1/2
561218
561134
561256
1 1/4
561171
2 1/2
561269
1 1/2
561214
561343
561252
561426
PVC SDR PRESSURE PIPE

PVC is the most frequently specified of all plastic piping materials. It
has been used successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized
by distinctive physical properties and is resistant to corrosion
and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions and many
other chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such
as ketones and aromatics. Of the various types and grades of
PVC used in plastic piping, SDR conforming to ASTM D1784, is
the most common. The maximum service temperature for PVC is
140F.
PART
NUMBER
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
010911
010912
010913
010914
010916
010917
010918
010919
010920
010922
010924
010926
010928
010930
010934
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
1 1/2 x 20 ft
2 x 20 ft
2 1/2 x 20 ft
3 x 20 ft
4 x 20 ft
5 x 20 ft
6 x 20 ft
8 x 20 ft
10 x 20 ft
12 x 20 ft
14 x 20 ft
16 x 20 ft
18 x 20 ft
20 x 20 ft
24 x 20 ft
PART
NUMBER
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
010628
010630
010634
450
500
600
1/2 x 10 ft
3/4 x 10 ft
1 x 10 ft
PART
NUMBER
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
011007
011008
011009
011010
011011
011012
011013
011014
011016
011017
011018
011019
011020
12
20
25
32
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
WEIGHT PER PRESSURE RATING

100 FEET
AT 73.4F
1
2
3
SERIES 160 (SDR-26) PRESSURE PIPE, 20 FOOT LENGTH, PLAIN END

2.375
1.900
2.875
3.500
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.750
12.750
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
24.000
2.173
1.734
2.635
3.210
4.134
5.109
6.085
7.921
9.874
11.710
12.860
14.696
16.534
18.370
22.043
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
0.091
0.080
0.110
0.135
0.173
0.214
0.255
0.332
0.413
0.490
0.538
0.615
0.693
0.769
0.923
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
43.2
28.4
62.2
91.5
149.4
228.8
322.8
546.8
849.2
1195.6
1443.0
1881.0
2386.0
2947.0
4252.0
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
4
5

100 FEET
AT 73.4F

20.000
18.000
24.000
18.970
17.070
22.748
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
0.488
0.439
0.585
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
1892.0
1537.0
2732.0
100
100
100

100 FEET
AT 73.4F
6
7

1/2 x 20 ft
3/4 x 20 ft
1 x 20 ft
1 1/4 x 20 ft
1 1/2 x 20 ft
2 x 20 ft
2 1/2 x 20 ft
3 x 20 ft
4x 20 ft
5 x 20 ft
6 x 20 ft
8 x 20 ft
10 x 20 ft
Notes:
1.050
0.840
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.750
0.910
0.696
1.169
1.482
1.700
2.129
2.581
3.146
4.046
5.001
5.995
7.755
9.667
0.060
0.062
0.063
0.079
0.090
0.113
0.137
0.167
0.214
0.265
0.316
0.410
0.511
12.9
10.4
17.0
26.3
33.9
52.1
75.4
110.6
182.5
279.2
396.4
667.9
1039.2
Pressure Rating at 73.4F(23C).

FABCO Pressure Pipe conforms to CSA standard B 137.3 and ASTM D 1784.
Pipe can be supplied on request as bell end or roll grooved (SDR21 and SDR 26).
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
8
9
10
1-35
SOLVENT CEMENT AND PRIMER
5
6
7
HEAVY BODIED
EXTRA HEAVY
BODIED
10
12 (315
mm) PVC
all classes &
schedules
Medium
AVAILABLE
COLOR
INDUSTRY
LISTING
GRAY
PW-G/DWV/SW
717 PVC*
Quality formulation for plumbing,

industrial, pool, irrigation and electrical
piping systems.
Good gap filling properties.
Medium set allows for more working
time in warm weather.
719 PVC
12 (315
mm) PVC
all classes &
schedules
Medium
CLEAR
and
GRAY
PW-G/DWV/SW
PW-G/DWV/SW
(Gray Only)
MEETS FOLLOWING
PERFORMANCE
SPECIFICATION
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.3
CSA B181.2
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.3
CSA B181.2
INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Premium, high-strength formulation for

30 (800
large size industrial piping systems.
mm) PVC,
Ideal for fabrication of large fittings and
all classes&
applications requiring high gap filling
schedules
properties.
Suitable for irrigation, conduit, other
pressure and non-pressure applications.
Slow
WHITE
and
GRAY
PW-G/DWV/SW
PW-G/DWV/SW
(Gray Only)
INDUSTRIAL GRADE
6 (160 mm)
High-strength formula for industrial,
PVC
irrigation, DWV, electrical conduit, pool 4 (110 mm)
& spa and plumbing, including PVC foam
Schedule 80
core pipe.
PVC PN 10
Can be used without primer on non& 16
pressure systems if local codes permit.
Fast
CLEAR
and
GRAY
PW-G/DWV/SW
PW-G/DWV/SW
(Gray Only)
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.3
CSA B181.2
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.3
CSA B181.2
PVC SPECIALTY SOLVENT CEMENTS

725 WET R DRY*
Premium formula for wet conditions

and/or quick pressurization.
Suitable for irrigation, plumbing, and
pool & spa applications.
Can be used without primer on nonpressure systems if local codes permit.
Premium formula for all weather

6 (160 mm)
conditions (-15F to 110F / -26C to
PVC
43C).
4 (110 mm)
Very Fast
Excellent for industrial, irrigation,
Schedule 80
electrical conduit, pool & spa and
PVC PN 10
plumbing, including PVC foam core pipe.
& 16
Plumbing quality cement for wet

conditions and/or quick pressurization.
HEAVY BODIED
6 (160 mm)
PVC
4 (110 mm) Extremely
Schedule 80
Fast
PVC PN 10
& 16
AQUA BLUE
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.3
CSA B181.2
727 HOT R COLD*
735 WET N FAST*
8
9
INDUSTRIAL GRADE
High-strength formula for industrial

piping systems.
Good gap filling properties
Medium set allows for more working
time in warm weather.
705 PVC
MEDIUM
BODIED
711 PVC
MEDIUM BODIED
MAX PIPE SIZE

(INTERFER- SET TIME
ENCE FIT)
PVC SOLVENT CEMENTS
CLEAR
PW-G/DWV/SW
6 (160 mm)
PVC
4 (110 mm) Extremely
Schedule 80
Fast
PVC PN 10
& 16
BLUE
6 (160 mm)
PVC
4 (110 mm)
Very Fast
Schedule 80
PVC PN 10
& 16
BLUE
to
CLEAR
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
738 HOT N FAST*
High strength and fast setting speed

make this cement ideal for irrigation,
pool and plumbing.
For wet or quick pressurization
conditions.
Blue cement fades to clear in sunlight.
NOTE: * Special Order Only
1-36
HEAVY
BODIED
PVC SPECIALTY SOLVENT CEMENTS

795 PVC*
Premium cement specially formulated

for use on flexible and/or rigid PVC.
Forms flexible high-strength joints.
MAX PIPE SIZE

(INTERFERENCE
FIT)
SET
TIME
AVAILABLE
COLOR
6 (160mm) PVC
3 (90 mm)
Schedule 80 PVC
PN 10 & 16
Fast
CLEAR
and
BLUE
INDUSTRY
LISTING
PW-G/DWV/SW
MEETS FOLLOWING
PERFORMANCE
SPECIFICATION
ASTM D 2564
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS
EXTRA HEAVY
BODIED
HEAVY BODIED
714 CPVC
Industrial quality for non-chemical

applications up to 180F (82C).
Approved for use on Corzan CPVC
piping systems.
724 CPVC
12 (315 mm)
CPVC, all classes
& schedules
Medium
GRAY
and
ORANGE
(Orange Only)
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM D 2846
ASTM F 493
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
CSA B137.6
PW-G/DWV/SW (Orange Only)
INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Premium, high-strength, chemicalresistant solvent cement for use with

CPVC and PVC piping systems carrying
acids, bases, salts, and hypochlorites.
Approved for use on Corzan CPVC
piping systems.
12 (315 mm)
CPVC, all classes
& schedules
Medium
24 (600 mm)
CPVC, all classes
& schedules
Slow
GRAY
and
ORANGE
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM F 493
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
GRAY
ASTM F 493
CLEAR
and
PURPLE
(Purple Only)
ASTM F 656
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
729 CPVC* INDUSTRIAL GRADE

Extra heavy body industrial quality
cement for applications requiring
high gap filling properties. Ideal for
fabrication of large sized fittings.
May be used for chemical applications.
PRIMERS AND CLEANERS

P-70 PRIMER INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Premium industrial strength primer essential for proper softening and

preparation of PVC and CPVC pipe and fitting surfaces.
Specially recommended for use on Schedule 80 (PN 10 and higher) and
large size pipe.
Excellent for cold weather applications.
P-75 PRIMER*
Premium, fast acting, industrial strength primer essential for proper

softening and preparation of PVC and CPVC pipe and fitting surfaces.
Specially formulated for wet and/or quick set applications.
PW-G/DWV/SW
AQUA
BLUE
PW-G/DWV/SW
ASTM F 656
NSF/ANSI 14
NSF/ANSI 61
6
7
C-65 CLEANER
For removal of oil and grease from the surfaces of PVC, CPVC, ABS and
STYRENE pipe and fittings for bonding.
Recommended for use before priming of pipe and fittings.
REPAIR AND FABRICATION ADHESIVES**
CLEAR
APPLICABLE
VISSET
SHELF
COLOR
FOR USE WITH COSITY TIME
LIFE
810
NonPVC
anodized CPVC
Thick syrupy, two-component, high strength reactive adhesive.
Product can withstand very high pressures and is high impact resistant. aluminum ABS 40,000
Acrylic
1 year WHITE 1 year
Great for repairing cracks or leaky pipe valves and fittings.
Other
cps
Clay
Excellent gap-filling properties. Ideal for fabricating fittings and joining
metals
Styrene
saddles to pipe. Good for bonding large diameter PVC and CPVC pipe
Concrete FRP
and fittings.
845*
Thick syrupy, two-component, high strength reactive adhesive. Same

NonPVC
formula as 810, but different packaging format.
anodized CPVC
Product can withstand very high pressures and is high impact resistant. aluminum ABS
40,000
Great for repairing cracks or leaky pipe valves and fittings.
Acrylic
1 year WHITE 1 year
Other
cps
Excellent gap-filling properties. Ideal for fabricating fittings and joining
Clay
metals
saddles to pipe. Good for bonding large diameter PVC and CPVC pipe
Styrene
and fittings.
Concrete FRP
Conveniently packaged in a dual cylinder cartridge for easy dispensing
and application to the bonding surfaces.
NOTE: * Special Order Only

**The following Weld-On adhesives have Low VOC emissions per SCAQMD Rule 1168. Use of these products can qualify for one
credit in the LEED Green Building Rating System Indoor Environmental Quality.
10
1-37

WELD-ON SOLVENT CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ACCESSORIES
3020
4020
6020
5020
7020
8020
Roll-A-Weld 3 roller for pipe diameters from 3

through 6; fits MT-653 empty quart triple tight neck
can.
Roll-A-Weld 4 roller for pipe diameters from 3

through 8; fits standard quart can as well as
MT-651 empty quart can.
APPLICATORS
ROLL-A-WELD ROLLERS AND SWABS
DAUBERS
Jumbo Roll-A-Weld 7 roller for pipe diameters of

6 or larger; fits MT-648 gallon can and cements
available in wide mouth cans.
Cap daubers
PB-1
CM BCP Can-Mate
Plastic handle brush. Fits standard pint

and quart cans.
DH Daubers fit pint & pint cans; DP daubers

fit pint & pint cans; DQ daubers fit quart cans.
Available in 3/8, , , and 1 dauber sizes.
Adjustable plastic handle. Natural bristle brush.

Fits standard pint and quart cans.
PRIMER ACCESSORIES
Empty Metal Cans (dauber not included)
CST-36 Cable Saw
36 cable saw with T-Handle for cutting plastic

pipe through 8 diameters.
Available Sizes: MT-648 Gallon can with 2 7/8 neck

MT-651 Quart can with 1 neck
MT-653 Quart can with triple tight neck (paint style)
MT-654 Pint can with 1 neck
Can-Mate Carrier Kit

Can-Tote Cement & Primer Carrier
ACCESSORIES
For carrying quart and pint cans.
Professional Hand Cleaner
An advanced hand cleaner in liquid and disposable

wipe format for removing residual solvent cements
(PVC, CPVC, ABS), primers & sealants. Also removes
dirt, oil, grease and much more.
Kit includes plastic carrier arm and two Can-Mate

CM-150 adjustable shaft 1 diameter daubers. Job
site convenience for carrying pint, pint or quart
cans of cement and primer.
Easy-Pour Spout
Makes pouring solvent cements and primers easy

and with less mess. Fits pint, quart and standard
gallon size metal cans.
Pipe and Fitting Pullers
For installation of large diameter plastic pipe

and fittings (PVC, CPVC, ABS). Available for pipe and
fittings sizes 4 - 12 diameter and
14 - 20 diameter. Lightweight, durable and can
easily be operated by one person.
DEB-2 Deburring Tool
For PVC, CPVC, ABS, PE & PB pipe

from through 2 IPS.
Mounted Power Beveling Tool
For beveling the ends of small diameter plastic pipe (PVC,CPVC,ABS) for solvent welding Nominal pipe sizes CTS - 3 IPS.
AVERAGE JOINT CURE SCHEDULE FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS*
RELATIVE HUMIDITY 60%

CURE TIME PIPE SIZES
CURE TIME PIPE
CURE TIME
OR LESS
1/2 TO 1 1/4
1 1/2 TO 2
2 1/2 TO 8
SIZES 10 TO 15 PIPE SIZES 15+
Temperature range during up to 160 160 to 370 psi up to 160 160 to 315 psi up to 160 psi 160 to 315 psi
up to 100 psi
up to 100 psi
assembly and cure periods psi (11 Bar) (11-26 Bar) psi (11 Bar) (11-22 Bar)
(11 Bar)
(11-22 Bar)
(7 Bar)
(7 Bar)
60-100F
15 min.
6 hrs.
30 min.
12 hrs.
1 1/2 hrs.
24 hrs.
48 hrs.
72 hrs.
40-60F
20 min.
12 hrs.
45 min.
24 hrs.
4 hrs.
48 hrs.
96 hrs
6 days
0-40F
30 min.
48 hrs.
1 hr.
96 hrs.
72 hrs.
8 days
8 days
14 days
Note - Joint cure schedule is the necessary time to allow before pressurizing system. In damp or humid weather allow 50% more cure time.
9
10
4 cotton swab with wire handle for use on

pipe diameter 6 or larger.
BRUSHES
4 swab for pipe diameters from 3 through

8; fits standard quart can as well as MT-651 empty
quart can.
Can-Mate daubers
Adjustable plastic applicator with telescoping

stem to fit pint, pint, and quart cans. Available in
, and 1 dauber sizes.
4 swab for pipe diameters of 6 or larger; fits

MT-648 empty gallon can and cements available in
wide mouth cans.
AVERAGE INITIAL SET SCHEDULE FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS*
TEMPERATURE RANGE
1/2 TO 1 1/4 (20-40MM) 1 1/2 TO 2 (50-63MM) 2 1/2 TO 8 (75-200MM) 10 TO 15 (250-380MM) 15+(380MM+)
60-100F
2 min.
5 min.
30 min.
2 hrs.
4 hrs.
40-60F
5 min.
10 min.
2 hrs.
8 hrs.
16 hrs.
0-40F
10 min.
15 min.
12 hrs.
24 hrs.
48 hrs.
Note - Initial set schedule is the necessary time to allow before the joint can be carefully handled. In damp or humid weather, allow 50% more set time.
AVERAGE NUMBER OF JOINTS/QUART (1KG) OF WELD-ON CEMENT*

1/2
3/4
1 1 1/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
15
PIPE DIAMETER
300
200
125
90
60
40
30
10
5
2-3
1-2
3/4
NUMBER OF JOINTS
For Primer: Double the number of joints shown for cement. Note: 1 Joint = 1 Socket
*These figures are estimates based on our laboratory tests.These figures should be used as a general guide only.
1-38
PRODUCT SHELF LIFE
18
1/2
WELD-ON PRODUCT SHELF-LIFE

Primers/Cleaners
3 years
PVC Solvent Cement
3 years
CPVC Solvent Cement
2 years
ABS Solvent Cement
3 years
NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE PIPE

Rigid Natural non-pigmented polypropylene used in the
manufacture of industrial piping components conform
to the requirements in ASTM D4101. All components
are manufactured from a high purity, unpigmented
compound.
Fittings are industrial, heavy duty, Schedule 80 hub
style. Fitting components that utilize socket type heat
fusion welded connections have socket lengths and wall
thicknesses conforming to ASTM D2467 and socket
diameters are in accordance with the manufacturers
printed recommendations to provide an interference
fit with the pipe. Components utilizing taper pipe
threads are to have thread lengths, diameters, and
configurations in conformance with ASTM D2464.
Unions are the Viton Oring seal type.
1
2
3
4
Applications
Features
Semi-conductor
Pharmaceutical
Chemical processing
Pulp and paper
Electronic
Biotechnology
Healthcare
Universities
Stocked in 20 lengths, plain end

Extremely corrosion resistant
Ideal for applications up to 180 F
Joined by the thermo-seal fusion process,
threading or flanging
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
PART
NUMBER
OUTSIDE
DIAMETER (IN)
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS (IN)
WEIGHT PER
100 FEET
PRESSURE
RATING AT 73.4F
12
1/2 x 20 ft
69306
0.840
0.147
14
410
20
3/4 x 20 ft
69307
1.050
0.154
18
330
25
1 x 20 ft
69308
1.315
0.179
27
310
40
1 1/2 x 20
69310
1.900
0.200
45
230
50
2 x 20 ft
69311
2.375
0.218
62
200
75
3 x 20 ft
69313
3.500
0.300
126
190
100
4 x 20 ft
69314
4.500
0.337
184
160
Notes:
Pipe sold in 100 foot bundles to 6.

Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and pipe ends, please consult our customer service
department.
Threading polypropylene schedule 80 pipe reduces working pressure to approximately 20 psi
(drainage). Threading polypropylene schedule 40 pipe is not recommended.
Larger diameter pipe is available on request. Please consult our customer service department.
These products are not recommended for compressed air or gas systems.
Black Polypropylene socket and threaded systems available on request. Please consult our customer
service department.
7
8
9
10
1-39
NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE FITTINGS
1
2
Natural Polypropylene Schedule 80 Fittings

Notes:
Socket valves, flanges, and unions, regardless of size are rated at 150 psi for water service at 73.4F
(23C).
Other fittings are available upon request
All 1/2 - 4 Moulded flanges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F (23C).
considered.
Larger sizes available on request.
SOCKET TEES
4
5
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
6
7
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
8
9
10
1-40
150 LB SOCKET
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
601005
3/4
601007
601010
1 1/2
601015
601020
601030
601040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
606005
3/4
606007
606010
1 1/2
606015
606020
606030
606040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
617005
3/4
617007
617010
1 1/2
617015
617020
617030
617040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
651005
651007
651010
651015
651020
651030
651040
150 LB BLIND
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
653005
653007
653010
653015
653020
653030
653040
SOCKET CAPS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
647005
647007
647010
647015
647020
647030
647040
FEMALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
635005
635007
635010
635015
635020
635030
635040
150 LB THREADED
FLANGES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
652005
652007
652010
652015
652020
652030
652040
THREADED TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
605005
605007
605010
605015
605020
605030
605040

90 THREADED
ELBOWS
45 THREADED
ELBOWS
THREADED CAPS
SOCKET COUPLINGS
THREADED
COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
608005
3/4
608007
608010
1 1/2
608015
608020
608030
608040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
619005
3/4
THREADED PLUGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
650005
3/4
650007
650010
1 1/2
650015
650020
650030
650040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
697005
619007
3/4
697007
697010
1 1/2
697015
697020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
698005
SOCKET UNIONS
(VITON O-RINGS)
619010
1 1/2
619015
619020
619030
619040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
648005
3/4
648007
648010
3/4
698007
1 1/2
648015
698010
648020
648030
1 1/2
698015
648040
698020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
629005
THREADED NIPPLES
3/4
629007
(CLOSE)
629010
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661063
1 1/2
629015
3/4
661104
629020
661133
629030
1 1/2
661213
629040
661251
661338
661422
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661078
3/4
661105
661134
1 1/2
661214
661252
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
630005
630007
630010
630015
630020
630030
630040
THREADED UNIONS
(VITON O-RINGS)
THREADED NIPPLES
(SHORT)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-41
THREADED NIPPLES
(3 INCHES)
2
3
THREADED NIPPLES
(4 INCHES)
4
5
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661081
3/4
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661084
661106
3/4
661109
661135
661138
1 1/2
661215
1 1/2
661218
661253
661256
661339
661343
661426
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4 x 1/2
PART
NUMBER
637101
1 x 1/2
637130
1 x 3/4
637131
1 1/2 x 1
637211
2x1
637249
2 x 1 1/2
637251
3x2
637338
4x3
637422
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4 x 1/2
639101
1 x 1/2
639130
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661082
3/4
661107
661136
1 1/2
661216
661254
661341
661423
THREADED NIPPLES
(6 INCHES)
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SOCKET X SLIP)
REDUCER BUSHINGS
THREADED NIPPLES
(5 INCHES)
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
PART
NUMBER
661083
3/4
661108
1 x 3/4
639131
661137
1 1/2 x 1
639211
1 1/2
661217
661255
2x1
639249
661342
2 x 1 1/2
639251
661430
(FPT X MPT)
7
8
9
10
1-42
SCHEDULE 80 PVDF PIPE

PVDF Schedule 80 Pipe
(Polyvinylidene Floride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and
abrasion resistant fluorocarbon material. It resists
distortion and retains most of its strength to 280F.
It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases and
organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet
or dry chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other
solid thermoplastic piping components can approach
the combination of strength, chemical resistance and
working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the
thermo-seal fusion process, threading or flanging.
The great versatility of the material, with its unique
combination of physical and chemical properties, as
well as the simple installation process of pipe, fittings
and valves, make it the piping system of choice
for applications in industries like semiconductor,
pharmaceutical, chemical processing, metal finishing,
pulp and paper.
Applications:
Features:
Semi-conductor
Pharmaceutical
Chemical processing
Pulp and paper
Electronic
Biotechnology
Healthcare
Universities
Available in 20 lengths, plain end

Available in Red Kynar or natural
Extremely corrosion resistant
Ideal for applications up to 280 F
Joined by the thermo-seal fusion process,
threading or flanging.
12
1/2 x 20 ft
20
3/4 x 20 ft
050308
70308
100
1.050
0.742
35
470
25
1 x 20 ft
050309
70309
80
1.315
0.957
51
430
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
NATURAL
70307
FEET PER
BUNDLE
140
OUTSIDE
DIAMETER
(IN)
0.840
INSIDE
DIAMETER
(IN)
0.546
WEIGHT
PER 100
FEET
26
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
580
40
1 1/2 x 20 ft
050311
70311
80
1.900
1.500
86
320
50
2 x 20 ft
050312
70312
60
2.375
1.939
119
270
75
3 x 20 ft
050313
70313
20
3.500
2.900
246
250
100
4 x 20 ft
050314
70314
20
4.500
3.826
360
250
150
6 x 20 ft
050315
70315
20
6.625
5.761
686
N.R.
Notes:
Threaded pipe and fittings shall be rated at 50% of the values given for socket.
Valves, unions and flanges (either socket or threaded) shall be pressure rated at 150 psi service at
73.4F(23C), non-shock and have a minimum burst requirement of 3.3 times the rated pressure.
Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and pipe ends, please consult our customer service
department.
Red Kynar pipe is pigmented to resist ultra-violet attack when handling high concentrations of
halogens. The pipe is completely compatible to Fabcos line of Kynar fittings and valves.
Larger diameter pipe is available upon request. Please consult customer service.
These products are not recommended for compressed air or gas systems.
N.R. = Not recommended for pressure applications.
Schedule 40 pipe available upon request.
2
3
4
5
PART
NUMBER
RED
050307
MM
6
7
8
9
10
1-43
RED AND NATURAL PVDF FITTINGS
PVDF Red and Natural Fittings

Notes:
2
3
Other fittings are available on request.

All 1/2-6 Molded flanges have a 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F (23C).
considered.
Webbed Honeycomb style flanges/blind flanges/vanstone flanges are available.
For threaded one end nipples or other length nipples, please call Fabco.
SOCKET TEES
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
4
5
90 SOCKET
ELBOWS
6
7
45 SOCKET
ELBOWS
8
9
10
1-44
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
150LB SOCKET
FLANGES
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5801005
701005
5801007
701007
5801010
701010
5801015
701015
5801020
701020
5801030
701030
5801040
701040
5801060
701060
RED
NOMINAL
NATURAL
PART
PIPE SIZE
PART NO.
NO.
1/2
5806005
706005
3/4
5806007
706007
5806010
706010
1 1/2
5806015
706015
5806020
706020
5806030
706030
5806040
706040
5806060
706060
RED
NOMINAL
NATURAL
PART
PIPE SIZE
PART NO.
NO.
1/2
5817005
717005
150LB BLIND
FLANGES
SOCKET CAPS
1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5853005
753005
3/4
5853007
753007
5853010
753010
1 1/2
5853015
753015
5853020
753020
5853030
753030
5853040
753040
5853060
753060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5847005
747005
3/4
5847007
747007
5847010
747010
1 1/2
5847015
747015
5847020
747020
5847030
747030
5847040
747040
5847060
747060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4
5817007
717007
5817010
717010
1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5829005
729005
1 1/2
5817015
717015
3/4
5829007
729007
5817020
717020
5829010
729010
5817030
717030
1 1/2
5829015
729015
5817040
717040
5829020
729020
5817060
717060
5829030
729030
5829040
729040
5829060
729060
1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5851005
751005
3/4
5851007
751007
5851010
751010
1 1/2
5851015
751015
5851020
751020
5851030
751030
5851040
751040
5851060
751060
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
SOCKET
COUPLINGS
THREADED
COUPLINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5830005
730005
3/4
5830007
730007
5830010
730010
1 1/2
5830015
730015
5830020
730020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE

THREADED
PLUGS
THREADED TEES
90 THREADED
ELBOWS
45 THREADED
ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
1/2
5850005
750005
1/2
5848005
748005
3/4
1
5850007
750007
3/4
5848007
748007
5850010
750010
5848010
748010
1 1/2
5850015
750015
1 1/2
5848015
748015
5850020
750020
5848020
748020
5850030
750030
5850040
750040
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
1/2
5835005
735005
THREADED CAPS
FEMALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
1/2
5805005
705005
3/4
5835007
735007
5835010
735010
1 1/2
5835015
735015
5835020
735020
SOCKET UNIONS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
(VITON O-RINGS)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5897005
797005
3/4
5897007
797007
3/4
5805007
705007
5805010
705010
1 1/2
5805015
705015
5805020
705020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
1/2
5808005
708005
5897010
797010
3/4
5808007
708007
1 1/2
5897015
797015
5808010
708010
5897020
797020
1 1/2
5808015
708015
5808020
708020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
THREADED
UNIONS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
(VITON O-RINGS)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5898005
798005
1/2
5819005
719005
3/4
5898007
798007
5898010
798010
150LB THREADED
FLANGES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3/4
5819007
719007
5819010
719010
1 1/2
5898015
798015
5898020
798020
8
9
1 1/2
5819015
719015
5819020
719020
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
1/2
5852005
752005
(CLOSE)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5861063
761063
3/4
5852007
752007
3/4
5861104
761104
5852010
752010
5861133
761133
1 1/2
5852015
752015
1 1/2
5861213
761213
5852020
752020
5861251
761251
10
1-45
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
5861078
761078
(6 INCH)
RED
PART
NO.
NATURAL
PART NO.
(SHORT)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5861084
761084
3/4
5861105
761105
3/4
5861109
761109
5861134
761134
5861138
761138
1 1/2
5861214
761214
1 1/2
5861218
761218
5861252
761252
5861256
761256
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
(3 INCH)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5861081
761081
3/4
5861106
2
3
4
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
5861135
761135
(SOCKET X SLIP)
3/4 x 1/2
1 1/2
5861215
761215
5861253
761253
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5837101
737101
1 x 1/2
5837130
737130
1 x 3/4
5837131
737131
1 1/2 x1
5837211
737211
2x1
5837249
737249
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
2 x 1 1/2
5837251
737251
3x2
5837338
737338
(4 INCH)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5861082
761082
4x3
5837422
737422
3/4
5861107
761107
6x4
5837532
737532
5
6
761106
REDUCER
BUSHINGS
5861136
761136
1 1/2
5861216
761216
5861254
761254
THREADED
NIPPLES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NATURAL
PART NO.
(5 INCH)
RED
PART
NO.
1/2
5861083
761083
3/4
5861108
761108
5861137
761137
1 1/2
5861217
761217
5861255
761255
REDUCER
BUSHINGS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
(FPT X MPT)
3/4 x 1/2
RED
NATURAL
PART
PART NO.
NO.
5839101
739101
1 x 1/2
5839130
739130
1 x 3/4
5839131
739131
1 1/2 x1
5839211
739211
2x1
5839249
739249
2 x 1 1/2
5839251
739251
8
9
10
1-46
FUSION TOOLS
Hand Held 1/2to 4 Fusion Tool
Each kit contains all of the components required for joining all sizes of
socket fusion connections specified for that kit, including heating tool,
male and female heat face sets with bolts, depth gages, cold ring pipe
clamp with inserts, pipe cutter, beveling tool, timer, thermal blanket,
auxiliary handle, hex key wrenches, thermostat adjustment tool,
joining instructions and rugged heavy duty tool box. Model C168860
is for pipe sizes 1/2-2 and C169060 is for pipe size 3 to 4. Both
models are 110 volts, single phase.
1
2
3
4
Model 75 1/2 - 2 Fusion Tool

The Model 75 Socket Fusion Tool is designed to join Polypropylene and PVDF
(Kynar) pipe, valves and fittings in 1/2 - 2 sizes. Two clamps hold the
pipe and one clamp, with an insertion stop, holds the corresponding fitting
or valve in the precise position for socket fusion. The basic machine comes
in a steel carrying case with the heating tool, wrench, fixtures, clamping unit
and joining instructions. The Socket Heat Face Sets are ordered separately.
This tool weighs less that 75 lbs and is 110 volts, single phase, and 630
Watts. Model 3500 is available for pipe sizes from 1/2 to 4 and Model
3600 is available for pipe sizes from 4 to 6.
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-47
HDPE PIPE
HDPE Pipe
Fabco Plastics is the leading Canadian

supplier of industrial plastic pipe including
HDPE. Our dedicated and knowledgeable
sales staff can provide high quality
technical
information
and
accurate
project quotations on a timely basis.
Fabco provides HDPE pipe to 63, custom
fabricated butt fusion fittings, butt fusion
equipment and easy to use electrofusion
fittings to 12.
The standard length of HDPE pipe is 50
feet, in sizes above 2 in diameter with
longer lengths available on request.
Coiled pipe is available in diameters up to
3 and is available in 250 and 500 foot
lengths. Larger pipe sizes and coil lengths
are available on special request.
2
3
4
5
Features:
HDPE Pipe is Leak Proof
HDPE pipe can be joined by thermal fusion to

form a joint that is as strong as the pipe itself
and is leak free. Thermal fusion eliminates
potential leak points every 8-20 feet commonly
found with Concrete, PVC and Ductile Iron pipe.
Leak proof joints also eliminate infiltration and
exfiltration problems experienced with other
pipe joining methods. Since fused joints are
self-restraining, costly thrust restraints or thrust
blocks are not required.
6
7
8
HDPE Pipe is Corrosion and Chemical

Resistant
HDPE pipe will not corrode, tuberculate or

support biological growth. It is the material of
choice in harsh chemical environments. HDPE
pipe has a smooth ID and maintains its flow
capability over time - Hazen Williams C Factor
remains 150, even after years of use.
HDPE Pipe is Flexible and Fatigue

Resistant
HDPE pipe can be bent to a radius 25 times

the nominal pipe diameter. This can eliminate
many fittings required for directional changes
compared to piping systems made from other
materials. In addition, the flexibility of HDPE
pipe makes it well suited for dynamic soils
and areas prone to earthquake. HDPE pipe
for pressure applications can accept repetitive
pressure surges that exceed the static pressure
rating of the pipe.
HDPE Pipe is Lightweight and Impact

Resistant
HDPE pipe is much easier to handle and install

than heavier, rigid metallic or concrete pipe,
allowing for cost advantages in the construction
process. It is structurally better able to
withstand an impact than other pipe materials,
especially in cold weather installations when
other pipes like PVC are prone to cracks and
breaks.
HDPE Pipe is Easy to Install
Flexibility and leak free joints allow for unique

and cost effective methods of installation of
HDPE pipe that the rigid Concrete, PVC and
Ductile Iron pipes cant use. These alternate
installation methods (Horizontal Directional
Drilling, Pipe Bursting, Sliplining, Plow and
Plant, Submerged or Floating Pipe) can
save considerable time and money in most
applications.
HDPE Pipe is Cost Effective and

Permanent
HDPE pipe is cost effective and has long term

cost advantages due to its physical properties,
leak free joints and reduced maintenance costs.
The Plastics Pipe Institute estimates the service
life for HDPE pipe to conservatively be 50-100
years.
10
1-48
HDPE PIPE
Average
Nominal
Outside
Pipe
DiamSize
eter
3
3.50
4
4.50
5
5.56
6
6.63
7
7.13
8
8.63
10
10.75
12
12.75
13
13.38
14
14.00
16
16.00
18
18.00
20
20.00
22
22.00
24
24.00
26
26.00
28
28.00
30
30.00
32(M)
31.59
36
36.00
40(M)
39.47
42
42.00
48(M)
47.38
54
54.00
55(M)
55.30
63(M)
63.21
DR32.5 (50
Average Min.
Inside
Wall
Diam- Thicketer
ness
4.206 0.138
5.200 0.171
6.193 0.204
6.660 0.219
8.062 0.265
10.049 0.331
11.918 0.392
12.503 0.412
13.087 0.431
14.956 0.492
16.826 0.554
18.695 0.615
20.565 0.677
22.434 0.738
24.304 0.800
26.174 0.862
28.043 0.923
29.533 0.972
33.652 1.108
36.894 1.214
39.260 1.292
44.291 1.458
50.478 1.662
51.688 1.701
59.086 1.945
PSI)
Average
Weight
(lbs/ft)
0.83
1.27
1.80
2.08
3.05
4.73
6.66
7.33
8.03
10.48
13.27
16.38
19.82
23.59
27.68
32.11
36.86
40.88
53.08
63.80
72.24
91.94
119.42
125.22
163.62
DR26 (64 PSI)

Average Min.
Average
Inside
Wall
Weight
Diam- Thick(lbs/ft)
eter
ness
4.133 0.173
1.03
5.109 0.214
1.57
6.085 0.255
2.23
6.544 0.274
2.58
7.922 0.332
3.78
9.873 0.413
5.87
11.710 0.490
8.25
12.284 0.514
9.08
12.858 0.538
9.95
14.695 0.615 12.99
16.532 0.692 16.45
18.369 0.769 20.30
20.206 0.846 24.57
22.043 0.923 29.24
23.880 1.000 34.31
25.717 1.077 39.80
27.554 1.154 45.68
29.018 1.215 50.67
33.065 1.385 65.79
36.251 1.518 79.07
38.575 1.615 89.54
43.519 1.822 113.96
49.597 2.077 148.02
50.786 2.127 155.20
58.055 2.431 202.81
DR11 (160 PSI)

Nominal Average
Pipe
Outside
Size
Diameter
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
13
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32(M)
36
3.50
4.50
5.56
6.63
7.13
8.63
10.75
12.75
13.38
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
31.59
36.00
Average
Inside
Diameter
2.825
3.633
4.491
5.348
5.752
6.963
8.678
10.293
10.797
11.302
12.916
14.531
16.145
17.760
19.375
20.989
22.604
24.218
25.505
29.062
Notes
DR21 (80 PSI)

Average Min.
Average
Inside
Wall
Weight
Diam- Thick(lbs/ft)
eter
ness
3.147 0.167
0.76
4.046 0.214
1.26
5.001 0.265
1.93
5.956 0.315
2.73
6.406 0.339
3.16
7.754 0.411
4.63
9.665 0.512
7.19
11.463 0.607 10.11
12.025 0.637 11.13
12.587 0.667 12.19
14.385 0.762 15.93
16.183 0.857 20.16
17.981 0.952 24.88
19.779 1.048 30.11
21.577 1.143 35.83
23.375 1.238 42.05
25.173 1.333 48.77
26.971 1.429 55.99
28.405 1.504 62.10
32.366 1.714 80.62
35.485 1.879 96.91
37.760 2.000 109.74
42.599 2.256 139.67
48.549 2.571 181.41
49.713 2.633 190.21
56.828 3.010 248.55
DR9 (200 PSI)
Min. Wall
Thickness
Average
Weight
(lbs/ft)
Average
Inside
Diameter
0.318
0.409
0.506
0.602
0.648
0.784
0.977
1.159
1.216
1.273
1.455
1.636
1.818
2.000
2.182
2.364
2.545
2.727
2.872
3.273
1.38
2.29
3.50
4.96
5.74
8.41
13.06
18.37
20.22
22.15
28.93
36.62
45.21
54.70
65.10
76.41
88.61
101.72
112.82
146.48
2.676
3.440
4.253
5.064
5.447
6.593
8.218
9.747
10.224
10.702
12.231
13.760
15.289
16.818
18.347
19.876
21.404
22.933
24.152
-
PSI)
Average
Weight
(lbs/ft)
0.93
1.54
2.35
3.33
3.85
5.65
8.77
12.34
13.58
14.87
19.43
24.59
30.35
36.73
43.71
51.30
59.50
68.30
75.75
98.35
118.22
133.86
170.37
221.29
232.03
-
DR7.3 (254 PSI)
Min. Wall
Thickness
Average
Weight
(lbs/ft)
Average
Inside
Diameter
Min. Wall
Thickness
Average
Weight
(lbs/ft)
0.389
0.500
0.618
0.736
0.792
0.958
1.194
1.417
1.486
1.556
1.778
2.000
2.222
2.444
2.667
2.889
3.111
3.333
3.510
-
1.65
2.73
4.17
5.92
6.85
10.03
15.59
21.92
24.13
26.43
34.53
43.70
53.95
65.28
77.68
91.17
105.71
121.38
134.62
-
2.484
3.193
3.947
4.701
5.056
6.120
7.628
9.047
9.491
9.934
11.353
12.773
14.192
15.611
17.030
18.449
-
0.479
0.616
0.762
0.908
0.976
1.182
1.473
1.747
1.832
1.918
2.192
2.466
2.740
3.014
3.288
3.562
-
1.97
3.26
4.99
7.07
8.18
11.98
18.62
26.19
28.82
31.58
41.24
52.20
64.44
77.98
92.80
108.91
-
Pipe dimensions are in accordance with ASTM F714 and AWWA C906.
Pressure ratings are for water at 73.4 deg F.
Some of the pipe sizes and/or DRs above are only available upon request.
Other diameters and DRs not listed may be available upon special request.
All dimensions are in inches unless otherwise specified.
Weights are calculated by the methodology established in PPIs TR7.
DR17 (100
Average Min.
Inside
Wall
Diam- Thicketer
ness
3.064 0.206
3.939 0.265
4.869 0.327
5.799 0.390
6.236 0.418
7.549 0.507
9.409 0.632
11.160 0.750
11.707 .0787
12.254 0.824
14.005 0.941
15.755 1.059
17.506 1.176
19.256 1.294
21.007 1.412
22.758 1.529
24.508 1.647
26.259 1.765
27.654 1.858
31.511 2.118
34.547 2.322
36.762 2.471
41.473 2.787
47.266 3.176
48.399 3.253
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-49
HDPE FITTINGS
Butt 45 Elbows
(Elongated)
SDR 11 (STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO) 160

PSI (WORKING PRESSURE AT 73.4F)
2
3
4
5
A (IN)
3.23
4.72
5.31
6.89
8.46
10.04
10.63
B (IN)
2.64
3.86
4.21
5.35
6.54
7.64
7.8
B
(IN)
C (IN)
WALL
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
1 1/4 IPS
1 1/2 IPS
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
2.28
2.48
2.83
3.07
3.23
4.72
5.31
6.89
8.46
10.04
10.63
2.05
2.17
2.44
2.64
2.64
3.86
4.21
5.35
6.54
7.64
7.8
0.095
0.119
0.151
0.173
0.216
0.318
0.409
0.603
0.785
0.978
1.16
D (IN)
E
WEIGHT
OD
(IN)
(LBS)
1.05
1.315
1.66
1.9
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
4.29
4.69
5.31
5.91
6.38
9.33
10.63
14.09
17.48
20.94
22.64
0.05
0.08
0.14
0.21
0.35
1.07
2
5.55
11.64
21.3
31.84
C (IN)WALL
0.14
0.206
0.264
0.39
0.508
0.633
0.75
D (IN) OD
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
E (IN)
6.38
9.33
10.63
14.09
17.48
20.94
22.64
WEIGHT (LBS)
0.23
0.72
1.32
3.77
8.03
14.44
21.3
Molded of PE 100/4710/3408 Black
Butt 90 Elbows
(Elongated)

NOMINAL
DIAMETER
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
1 1/4 IPS
1 1/2 IPS
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
10
A
(IN)
SDR 17 (STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO) 100 PSI (WORKING PRESSURE AT 73.4F)
NOMINAL DIAMETER
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
A
(IN)
2.68
2.91
3.35
3.7
4.25
5.91
6.89
9.06
11.81
13.78
14.96
B
(IN)
2.05
2.17
2.44
2.64
2.95
4.06
4.53
5.63
7.2
8.27
8.46
C (IN)
WALL
0.095
0.119
0.151
0.173
0.216
0.318
0.409
0.603
0.785
0.978
1.16
D (IN)
OD
1.05
1.315
1.66
1.9
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
E
WEIGHT
(IN)
(LBS)
3.2
0.05
3.57
0.09
4.18
0.16
4.65
0.22
5.44
0.43
7.66
1.25
9.14
2.42
12.37
6.76
16.13
15.08
19.15
27.06
21.33
41.05
NOMINAL DIAMETER
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN)
4.25
5.91
6.89
9.06
11.81
13.78
14.96
B (IN)
2.95
4.06
4.53
5.63
7.2
8.27
8.46
C (IN)WALL
0.14
0.206
0.264
0.39
0.508
0.633
0.75
D (IN) OD
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
E (IN)
5.44
7.66
9.14
12.37
16.13
19.15
21.33
WEIGHT (LBS)
0.28
0.8
1.64
4.8
10.05
18.33
27.47
1-50
HDPE FITTINGS
Butt End Caps
(Elongated)
SDR 11 (STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO)

160 PSI (WORKING PRESSURE AT 73.4F)
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
1 1/4 IPS
1 1/2 IPS
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN) B (IN)
2.05
2.2
2.52
2.83
3.23
4.72
5.31
6.89
8.66
9.84
11.77
0.095
0.119
0.151
0.173
0.216
0.318
0.409
0.603
0.785
0.978
1.16
C (IN) D (IN)
WALL
OD
1.05
1.77
1.315
1.77
1.66
1.99
1.9
2.2
2.375
2.52
3.5
3.7
4.5
3.98
6.625
4.84
8.625
5.83
10.75
6.3
12.75
7.52
WEIGHT
(LBS)
0.02
0.04
0.07
0.1
0.19
0.59
1.07
2.88
6.32
10.9
18.39
NOMINAL DIAMETER
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN)
3.23
4.72
5.31
6.89
8.66
9.84
11.77
B (IN)
0.14
0.206
0.264
0.39
0.508
0.633
0.75
C (IN)WALL
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
D (IN) OD
2.52
3.7
3.98
4.84
5.83
6.3
7.52
WEIGHT (LBS)
0.12
0.39
0.71
1.98
4.23
7.53
12.4
Butt Flange Adapters

(Elongated)

NOMINAL
DIAMETER
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
1 1/4 IPS
1 1/2 IPS
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN)
OD
1.05
1.315
1.66
1.9
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
B
C (IN) D (IN)
(IN)
1.85
0.39
4.02
2.36
0.39
4.02
2.8
0.39
4.02
3.15
0.39
4.02
3.94
0.55
6.1
5
0.67
6.1
6.61
0.79
6.1
8.5
1.02
8.07
10.63 1.26
10.67
12.99 1.38
11.5
15.75
1.5
10.83
E (IN) WEIGHT
WALL
(LBS)
0.095
0.07
0.119
0.11
0.151
0.16
0.173
0.12
0.216
0.48
0.318
0.93
0.409
1.66
0.603
4.07
0.785
8.73
0.978
14.11
1.16
19.88
NOMINAL DIAMETER
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN) OD
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
B (IN)
3.94
5
6.61
8.5
10.63
12.99
15.75
C (IN)
0.55
0.67
0.79
1.02
1.02
1.18
1.38
D (IN)
6.1
6.1
6.1
8.07
10.67
11.5
10.83
E (IN) WALL WEIGHT (LBS)

0.14
0.37
0.206
0.71
0.264
1.27
0.39
3.02
0.508
6.02
0.633
10.06
0.75
14.17
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-51
HDPE FITTINGS
Ductile Iron Backing Rings

Conventional Cross Section in Ductile Iron
Description: A conventional cross section (reduced section

modulus) in ductile iron.
Utilization: A back-up ring for IPS or APR connections. Buttweld
or integrally flared stub-ends.
Materials: Cast in ductile iron A536. Tensile strength 80,000 psi,
yield 55,000 psi, elongation 6%.
Dimensions: Vital dimensions AWWA C207, Mates with ANSI
B16.5, B16.47; AWWA C207.
Finish: Red oxide primer, hot dipped galvanized
3
PIPE DIAMETER
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
4
5
OD
3.5
4.63
5.0
6.0
7.5
9.0
11.0
13.5
16.0
19.0
FLANGE THICKNESS
0.44
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.75
Butt Reducers
BOLT #
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
12
12
BOLT HOLE DIAMETER BOLT CIRCLE

0.63
2.38
0.63
3.5
0.63
3.88
0.75
4.75
0.75
6.0
0.75
7.50
0.88
9.5
0.88
11.75
1.0
14.25
1.0
17.0
(Concentric Elongated)
SDR 17 (STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO) 100 PSI
(WORKING PRESSURE AT 73.4F)
NOMINAL
A
B
C
DIAMETER (IN) (IN) (IN)
3 x 2 IPS
4 x 2 IPS
4 x 3 IPS
6 x 3 IPS
6 x 4 IPS
8 x 6 IPS
10 x 8 IPS
12 x 8 IPS
12x10 IPS
7.87
9.06
9.06
11.42
11.42
12.8
14.37
16.54
16.54
3.94
4.33
4.33
5.12
5.12
6.1
6.25
7.09
7.09
2.95
2.95
3.94
3.94
4.33
5.12
5.813
6.1
6.69
D
(IN)
WALL
0.206
0.264
0.264
0.39
0.39
0.508
0.75
0.75
0.75
E
(IN)
OD
2.375
2.375
3.5
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
8.625
10.75
F
(IN)
OD
3.5
4.5
4.5
6.625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
12.75
G
WEIGHT
(IN)
(LBS)
WALL
0.14
0.47
0.14
0.8
0.206
0.94
0.206
2.18
0.264
2.39
0.39
4.92
0.508
10.21
0.508
12.82
0.633
14.43
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
2 x 1 IPS
3 x 2 IPS
4 x 2 IPS
4 x 3 IPS
6 x 3 IPS
6 x 4 IPS
8 x 6 IPS
10 x 8 IPS
12 x 8 IPS
12 x 10 IPS
9
10
ID
0.91
1.72
1.97
2.75
3.56
4.56
6.75
8.75
10.88
12.88
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
6.5
7.87
9.06
9.06
11.42
11.42
12.8
14.37
16.54
16.54
2.95
3.94
4.33
4.33
5.12
5.12
6.1
6.25
7.09
7.09
2.64
2.95
2.95
3.94
3.94
4.33
5.12
5.875
6.1
6.69
D (IN) WALL E (IN) OD F (IN) OD

0.216
0.318
0.409
0.409
0.603
0.603
0.785
1.16
1.16
1.16
1.9
2.375
2.375
3.5
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
8.625
10.75
2.375
3.5
4.5
4.5
6.625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
12.75
G (IN) WALL
WEIGHT (LBS)
0.173
0.216
0.216
0.318
0.318
0.409
0.603
0.785
0.785
0.978
0.29
0.7
1.21
1.41
3.21
3.54
7.31
14.45
19.11
21.66
1-52
HDPE FITTINGS
Butt Tees
(Elongated)
SDR 11 (STANDARD DIMENSION RATIO) 100 PSI

(WORKING PRESSURE AT 73.4F)
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
1 1/4 IPS
1 1/2 IPS
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN) B (IN) C (IN) D (IN) E (IN)

5
5.67
6.61
7.99
8.66
11.81
13.78
18.11
23.62
27.56
31.57
2.5
2.83
3.31
4
4.33
5.91
6.89
9.06
11.81
13.78
15.97
0.095
0.119
0.151
0.173
0.216
0.318
0.409
0.603
0.785
0.978
1.16
1.05
1.315
1.66
1.9
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
1.77
1.77
2.01
2.52
2.48
3.54
3.94
4.72
5.71
6.3
7.52
WEIGHT
(LBS)
0.09
0.17
0.3
0.47
0.82
2.18
4.02
10.91
24.61
42.6
67.85
NOMINAL DIAMETER
2 IPS
3 IPS
4 IPS
6 IPS
8 IPS
10 IPS
12 IPS
A (IN)
8.66
11.81
13.78
18.11
23.62
27.56
31.57
B (IN)
4.33
5.91
6.89
9.06
11.81
13.78
15.97
C (IN)
0.14
0.206
0.264
0.39
0.508
0.633
0.75
D (IN)
2.375
3.5
4.5
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
E (IN)
2.48
3.54
3.94
4.72
5.71
6.3
7.52
WEIGHT (LBS)
0.53
1.45
2.58
7.24
16.6
28.9
45.32
PIPE NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL

OD
L
D
D1
T
.63"
2.953
1.22
1.398
1.476
1.05"
3.189
1.417
1.496
1.594
1.315"
3.504
1.732
1.654
1.752
1.66"
3.898
2.087
1.811
1.949
1.9"
4.37
2.638
2.008
2.185
2.375"
5
3.13
2.185
2.5
3.5"
5.551
4.33
2.835
2.736
4.5"
5.98
5.55
3.307
2.95
6.625"
7.126
8.11
4.39
3.52
8.625"
9.094
10.551
5.433
4.469
10.75"
12.75"
(Fiber Reinforced)
STEEL INSERT, INJECTION MOLDED, HIGH STIFFNESS,

DIMENSIONAL AND HEAT STABILITY
PIPE
D
D2
D3
B
OD (MM-IN)
DIAMETER
(IN) (IN) (IN) (IN)
1/2"
20 - 1/2" - MOP 160 psi
3.74
0.63 1.102 0.472
3/4"
25 - 3/4" - MOP 160 psi
4.016 0.63 1.339 0.472
1"
32 - 1" - MOP 160 psi
4.488 0.630 1.654 0.630
1 1/4"
40 - 1 1/4" - MOP 160 psi
5.118 0.630 2.008 0.630
1 1/2"
50 - 1 1/2" - MOP 160 psi
5.236 0.630 2.441 0.709
2"
63 - 2" - MOP 160 psi
6.378 0.787 3.071 0.709
2 1/2"
75-2 1/2"- MOP 160 psi
7.244 0.787 3.622 0.709
3"
90 - 3" - MOP 160 psi
7.638 0.787 4.370 0.709
4"
110/125 - 4" - MOP 160 psi 9.015 0.787 5.236 0.709
6"
160 - 6" - MOP 160 psi
11.141 0.866 7.008 0.945
8"
200/225 - 8" - MOP 160 psi 13.582 0.866 9.291 0.945
10"
250 - 10" - MOP 160 psi
16.22 0.984 11.339 1.063
12"
315 - 12" - MOP 160 psi
19.17 0.984 13.307 1.260
3
4
5
SDR 17-7.4 PE 100/4710 BLACK. MOP WATER

160PSI / GAS 100PSI INJECTION MOLDED.
PP Gray Steel Backing Ring ANSI
Electro-Fusion Coupler
NOMINAL
SIZE DA (OD)
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
6
7
8
K
(IN)
2.38
2.75
3.120
3.500
3.880
4.750
5.500
6.000
7.500
9.500
11.750
14.250
17.000
9
10
1-53
FUSION MACHINES
McElroy 824 Fusion Machine
Four or three jaw capable for improved in-ditch fusion

For confined spaces can be converted to top-loading heater
& facer
DataLogger compatible
Rugged outriggers for stability
Removable 3 or 4 jaw carriage for in-ditch use
Hydraulic pipe lifts
Available in High, Medium or Low cylinder force
Patented Centerline guidance for equal distribution of force
around the joint
Serrated jaw & inserts to keep pipe from slipping during
fusion
Hydraulic facer for facing the heaviest wall pipe with ease
Advance Blade Design for smooth face and long life
Heater and facer can be easily converted to top loading for
confined spaces
Original industry standard for hydraulic control systems
ISO compliant industrial Teflon coated plates
2
3
4
5
MODEL NO.
A2435501
CYLINDER FORCE
High
INPUT VOLTAGE
REQUIREMENTS
220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph
MINIMUM POWER
REQUIREMENTS
29.8KVA/28.1KW
PLUG
TYPE
I
A2435502
Medium
220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph
29.8KVA/28.1KW
A2435503
Low
220V - 240V, 50/60Hz, 3Ph
29.8KVA/28.1KW
TracStar 630 Fusion Machine
Track mounted, self-contained, self-propelled, all-terrain

On-board generator for powering heater and other devices
Carriage can be easily removed for in-ditch use
On-board generator for powering heater and other devices
Also available as an Automated fusion machine
Four or three jaw capable for improved in-ditch fusion
For confined spaces can be converted to top-loading heater & facer
Dual Speed Tracks and dual hydraulic pipe lifts
Automated version available and DataLogger compatible
Self locking brakes
17+ hours operational fuel tank capacity
Patented Centerline guidance for equal distribution of force around
the joint
Serrated jaw & inserts to keep pipe from slipping during fusion
Hydraulic facer for facing the heaviest wall pipe with ease
Advance Blade Design for smooth face and long life
Wireless Remote Control ensures safe efficient working environment
and precise machine placement
7
8
9
10
1-54
MODEL NO.
AT2400101
AT2400102
AT2400103
CYLINDER FORCE
High
Medium
Low
INPUT VOLTAGE
REQUIREMENTS
N/A, On-Board Generator
MINIMUM POWER
REQUIREMENTS
N/A, SelfContained Diesel
PLUG
TYPE
N/A
N/A
N/A
PE 100 INDUSTRIAL POLYETHYLENE

+GF+ PE100 Industrial Polyethylene
How GF Piping Systems Supports the Industrial

Process Water Market
Consistent with Georg Fischer tradition, the introduction of GF PE100
Industrial Polyethylene ushers in a new generation piping system designed
specifically for broad based applications. The dynamic combination of
specifiable pipes, fittings, valves and cutting-edge fusion technologies
integrates well into the industrial process industry.
Due to its robust mechanical strength, high impact resistance (including
very low temperatures) and excellent chemical resistance, GF PE100
Industrial Polyethylene is the best all around product for your industrial
process application. Whether its process cooling water, industrial water
treatment, bulk water distribution or chemical processing, GF PE100 will
meet the challenges of your critical applications.
Applications:
Chilled Water - Feeds secondary cooling

applications (Heat exchangers, cooling towers)
Process Cooling Water (PCW) - Feeds cooling
water directly to a working tool or process
Bulk / Reuse Water - Transfers large quantities of
water from one process to a new process (Reclaim
of process fluids, transfer between settling steps,
transition from city water to processed water)
Industrial Water Treatment
Product Overview:
Raw Material
GF PE100 Polyethylene
(2 36) SDR11
(14 36) SDR17
Fittings
(2 12) Molded
(14 36) Fabricated
Valves
Compact Lateral (Tee) Valves
Full line of GF Valve Products
Industries:
Food Processing
Chemical Manufacturing
Power Generation
Semiconductor
MRI and X-Ray Centers
Plating Shops
Industrial Water Treatment
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Pulp and Paper Manufacturing
Solar
2
3
4
5
6
7
Fusion Technology
Infrared Butt Fusion

2 through 8 Polyethylene
Contact Butt Fusion
Electro-Fusion
Competitive Advantages
Ease of installation
Good chemical resistance
High impact resistance at very low
temperatures
Good abrasion resistance
Low weight
Excellent cost/performance ratio
Safely and securely joined by heat fusion
Fully integrated system from through 36
8
9
10
1-55
PE 100 INDUSTRIAL POLYETHYLENE
1
2
Fusion Technologies:
IR Plus Infrared Technology: CNC Fusion Technology
High joining strength
Controlled and Consistent
Economical
Process
CNC controlled repeatable and
Fully equipped fusion joining
machine
Pipe diameters through 8
Integrated remote welding unit
Monochrome display with icon
12 languages
traceable fusion
Perfect for big dimensions
Precise joining
Easy Fuse: Electrofusion

Technology
Precision controlled power

parameters
Voltage to compensate for
ambient conditions
ID resister, barcode or manual
operating modes
3
4
5
6
7
8
Superior Physical Properties:

With its abilities to absorb impact at low temperatures, PE100 Industrial Polyethylene is the best
choice for your critical cooling applications.
The Impact Resistance Test, commonly known as Izod, demonstrates this capability and proves that
with subsequent impact stress, polyethylene is not susceptible to surface damage.
This robust behavior combined with an acute resistance to fracture is a significant advantage over
other common thermoplastic piping systems.
9
10
1-56
DOUBLE CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

Spears Double Containment Systems
Double Containment Made
Simple! Simplified Design,
Easier Installation, Lower
Overall Cost
Spears
Double
Containment
Systems are engineered for
ease of installation and lower
associated installation costs.
Use anywhere secondary containment is required for potential loss of fluid media in main carrier system.
Complete systems include all necessary components - carrier pipe, containment pipe, centralizer brackets, valve
and valve boxes, plus a full assortment of simplified double containment configurations including elbows, tees,
closure and termination fittings. Carrier fittings are equipped with special extender couplings for connection
to carrier pipe. Simple, slip-on centralizer brackets used on the carrier pipe support this assembly inside the
containment pipe. This design allows the carrier fitting to float within the containment fitting, allowing ease
of movement for installation while reducing problems associated with thermal expansion and contraction during
operation.
Full Size Range for Virtually Any Application
Carrier x Containment Sizes 1/2x2, 3/4x3, 1x3, 1-1/2x4, 2x4, 3x6, 4x8, 6x10, 8x12, plus additional sizes on
request.
1
2
3
4
PVC & CPVC Carrier/Containment Combination Configured to Order
Select any combination of carrier and containment pipe/fittings from PVC Sch 40, PVC Clear Sch 40, PVC Sch
80, CPVC Sch 80.
Full Service Pressure Rating
Spears Double Containment carrier pipe and fittings are suitable for full Sch 40 or Sch 80 pressure applications,
except where limited by addition of valves, saddles and other system components with lower pressure ratings.
Secondary containment rated at 10 psi unless otherwise specified.
Easy, Slip-on
Centralizer Brackets
Simple,
slip-on
design
centralizes carrier pipe and
fittings in containment pipe.
Allows free movement of
components and provides
necessary space for routing
of leak detection cables.
Quick Glue-and-Connect Closure

Fittings
Special fittings designed for final closure of

containment pipe features gluewiping seal to
improve distribution of solvent cement during
assembly. After assembly of carrier connection,
simply solvent cement pipe and closure fitting
and slide assembly together. Wiping seals
assures spread of cement for proper bond.
5
6
7
8
In-Line Valve Boxes
Spears unique containment

enclosure of Valves provides
easy access while allowing for
addition of valve operation
extensions
or
mechanical
actuation. Special Tee-style
configuration easily connects
to
containment
system,
minimizes space requirements
and strengthens overall system
integrity.
Sensor Saddles
Easy-to-install threaded saddle

tees can be easily located
anywhere along containment
pipe for mounting user-supplied
leak detection sensors. Saddle
tee forms low-point reservior
for detection of anyfluid in the
containment system. Select
either Clamp-on style (for up
to 6" pipe) or Glue-on style (for
up to 8" and larger pipe).
Carrier & Containment

Expansion Joints
Temperature differentials can produce

significant expansion and contraction
changes between carrier pipe and
containment pipe. These forces can
severely damage system integrity. In
addition to Spears floating carrier
design, Spears in-line expansion
joints can be used on either carrier or
containment runs to compensate for
expansion and contraction changes.
9
10
1-57
+GF+ CONTAIN-IT
+GF+ Contain-It
Reliable Secondary Containment Piping System

The retrofit capability and chemical resistance of GF ContainIt make this an ideal choice for containment piping of chemical
process lines. With pipe split along its length, the Contain-It
piping system can be installed over virtually any tested carrier
system. The carrier system can be tested without interference
from the containment piping. Any leaks found during testing
can be easily repaired. Leak detection cable can be installed as
the split components are assembled, eliminating the need for
time consuming cable pulling or the inclusion of lines to pull the
cable.
Containment piping can be retrofitted over plastic and
metallic systems above and below ground, protecting employees,
equipment and the environment. Split Pipe and Fittings are
available in 4 and 6.
Solid pipe may be combined with split fittings in installations which
do not require retrofit capability or where it is preferred to pull a
leak detection cable. Solid Pipe is available in 4 and 6. Flexible
adapters allow connection to metal or chemical resistant plastic
carrier systems other than PVC. Centralizers center and support
the carrier pipe. They are available for IPS and metric, for one or
more carrier pipes.
2
3
4
5
6
7
The clear construction allows for total inspection of the annular space which, in above ground installations, may
eliminate the need for expensive leak detection systems. Polyvinyl Chlorides chemical resistance, high tensile
strength and good impact resistance provides a material that is suitable for a broad range of applications.
Contain-It PVC secondary containment system is suitable for the intermittent and short term exposure found in
containment piping.
Contain-It requires fewer and less expensive tools than other containment piping systems. With Contain-It,
there is no fusion welding, eliminating the need for fusion tools which simplifies the installation procedures.
Except for the common pipe preparation tools, all youll need for Contain-It are the Fitting Clips, Pipe Clamp, the
Drill and Counterbore Drill Bit, and the glue kit.
The Injection Bonding System provides a controlled application of the bonding media, eliminating the mess
usually associated with brush applied resins and solvent cements. Futhermore, fusion welding is eliminated
allowing installation using less expensive tools. The bonding media is injected into the length of the split pipe
using the injection gun to provide a pressure rated leak free seal.
Please contact customer service for a complete list of available fittings.
Features:
8
9
Interlocking construction
Engineered bonding media channels and flanges
Pre-drilled bonding media injection ports
Quick and easy fitting clips
Predetermined fitting clip locators
Split pipe and fittings

Fits over virtually any carrier system
Lightweight, easy to install
Clear construction
PART
NUMBER
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
(INCHES)
DESCRIPTION
CRATE
QTY
FEET
WEIGHT
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
MIN. WALL PER 100
DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS
FEET
8326-040AA
4"
4" Containment Pipe, Split x 10'
360
4.215
3.525
0.690
1.37
8326-060AA
6"
6" Containment Pipe, Split x 10'
120
6.275
5.375
0.900
2.88
8326-040AB
4"
4" Containment Pipe, Solid x 20'
520
4.215
3.883
0.332
1.23
8326-060AB
6"
6" Containment Pipe, Solid x 20'
340
6.275
5.782
0.493
2.56
10
1-58
PLASTIC LINING & CORE PIPING

Plastic Lining/Core Piping
Fabco High Impact ABS pipe is used extensively
in oil sand applications as a liner in core barrels
to contain exploration sampling cores. Pipe
compound is precisely defined for both physical
and chemical requirements under ASTM 178878A.
As specified, print, directional arrows,
and holes along printline. Custom pipe size and
lengths on request
Fabco PVC Type 1, Grade 1, Pipe is used for
smaller diameter coring in oil sands applications
as a liner in core barrels. Pipe compound
conforms to CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM
D 1784. Company information and directional
arrows along printline. Custom pipe sizing is
available on request.
High impact polyethylene Caps are used to prevent loss of the core sample. Caps are available in different colors,
sizes, and can be custom molded. Some standard cap sizes will have top and bottom integrally molded in.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Notes:
Custom sizes available, minimum quantities required.

ABS resin is designed for high impact resistance and rigidity in hot and cold conditions.
Order information: All core liner is made to order, call for order details and delivery.
10
1-59
INSULATED PVC PIPE

Urecon/Fabco Pre-Insulated Plastic Pipe
From the Arctic Circle to Antarctica, Urecon is the name

synonymous with superior quality and guaranteed void free
pre-insulated piping systems. Our systems are manufactured
to meet the most rigid quality standards required for projects
exposed to the extreme climates of the far north. These
identical stringent standards are applied to the piping systems
produced for the more benign latitudes of the Caribbean and
those in between; thus insuring a level of quality unsurpassed
in the industry.
2
3
4
5
6
Products and Services:
Applications:
Municipal freeze protection including Water

and sewer mains, Service connections and
Bridge crossings
District heating and cooling
Steam and condensate return
Outdoor wood furnace and solar hydronic
heating
Mine intake, tailings and reclaim
Snow melt systems
Cryogenic systems
Chemical feed and temperature maintenance
Industrial process
System design assistance

Urecons U.I.P. insulation systems to 149 C ( 300 F)
Wide range of outer jackets, including counter wound
polyethylene, extruded PE casing, Spiwrap spiral wound
galvanized steel or aluminum, extruded white PVC
casing, FRP casing and banded aluminum, galvanized or
stainless steel
Custom specialty jackets available
Insulation kits custom made to suit all fittings for each
of our systems
Heat Tracing Systems, including Urecons constant watt
Thermocable, Series cable, Self-regulating cable, Mineral
insulated cable, Electronic and mechanical thermostats
High temperature composite insulation systems
Portable foam kits
Mec-Seal and Slipjoint specialty insulation joint kits
EN253 District heating systems from Logstor
Flexible systems from Logstor, PEX-Flex, Cu-Flex and
Steel-Flex
7
8
9
10
1-60
INSULATED PVC PIPE

Performance Specs
TEMPERATURE GAIN COMPARISON* FOR CHILLED WATER
NOMINAL
PIPE DIA.
(I.P.S)
FLOW
RATE
MM
IN
L/
US
SEC GPM
25
50
75
100
150
200
1
2
3
4
6
8
3.9
15
6.5
25
18
70
30.8 120
69.5 270
115 450
PIPE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE @ 40.6C

(105F)
FINAL
HEAT GAIN
TEMPERATURE**
NO
37MM
37MM
NO INSULAINSULA- (1.5IN)
(1.5IN)
TION
TION
U.I.P
U.I.P
BTU
BTU
WATTS
WATTS
C
F C F
/HR
/HR
/M
/M
/FT
/FT
17.8 63.8 5.3 41.4 54.4 56.6
5.2
5.4
13.0 55.0 4.9 40.7 59.3 61.7
6.0
6.3
7.5 45.3 4.4 39.8 64.6 67.2
7.8
8.1
6.3 43.1 4.3 39.5 71.1 73.9
9.4
9.7
5.2 41.1 4.2 39.3 81.6 84.8 12.5 13.0
4.8 40.4 4.1 39.2 89.2 92.8 15.3 15.9
PIPE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE @ 21.1C

(70F)
FINAL
HEAT GAIN
TEMPERATURE*
NO
37MM
37MM
NO INSULAINSULA- (1.5IN)
(1.5IN)
TION
TION
U.I.P
U.I.P
BTU
BTU
WATTS
WATTS
C
F C F
/HR
/HR
/M
/M
/FT
/FT
10.4 50.6 4.6 40.1 25.4 26.4
2.4
2.5
8.2 46.6 4.4 39.8 27.7 28.8
2.8
2.9
5.6 41.9 4.2 40.0 30.2 31.4
3.6
3.8
5.1 40.9 4.1 39.3 33.2 34.5
4.4
4.6
4.5 40.0 4.1 39.2 38.1 39.6
5.8
6.1
4.6 39.6 4.1 39.1 41.7 43.4
7.2
7.5
TIME TO FREEZE AND HEAT LOSS FOR U.I.P INSULATED PIPE
PIPE AMBIENT -18C (0F)

TIME TO FREEZE
HEAT LOSS W/ 50MM
(HR)***
U.I.P
NO
50MM (2
MM IN
WATTS/M WATTS/FT
INSULATION IN) U.I.P
19
3/4
1
15
1.6
0.5
25
1
1
21
1.8
0.5
30 11/4
1
38
2.2
0.7
40 11/2
1
45
2.4
0.7
50
2
1
62
2.7
0.8
75
3
2
105
3.5
1.1
100
4
4
145
4.2
1.3
150
6
9
235
5.5
1.7
200
8
15
324
6.7
2.0
250 10
23
422
8.0
2.4
300 12
32
516
9.1
2.7
350 14
39
596
9.8
3.0
400 16
51
674
10.9
3.3
NOMINAL
PIPE DIA.
Notes:
*Calculations are based on a 4C (39F) inlet,

1000m (3281ft) long pipe run.
**At end of pipe run
***Assumes initial water temperature of
1.11C (34F)
No safety factor included
To convert watts to Btu/hr, multiply by 3.414
PIPE AMBIENT -34C (30F)

HEAT LOSS W/ 50MM
TIME TO FREEZE (HR)*
U.I.P
NO
50MM (2
WATTS/M WATTS/FT
INSULATION IN) U.I.P
1
8
2.9
0.9
1
11
3.3
1.0
1
20
4.1
1.2
1
22
4.4
1.3
1
33
5.0
1.5
1
56
6.5
2.0
2
77
7.7
2.3
5
125
10.2
3.1
8
172
12.4
3.8
12
224
14.7
4.5
17
273
16.8
5.1
21
305
18.0
5.5
27
357
20.0
6.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1-61
FIBERGLASS PIPE, DUCT & FITTINGS

Fiberglass Pipe, Duct & Fittings
All FRP (Piping Systems) are

custom fabricated to order based on
chemical service, pressure/vacuum
and mechanical conditions.
2
3
4
FRP Filament Wound Pipe

FRP Product Features
Manufactured to conform to PS 15-69, ASTM D5421 and CGSB-41-GP-22.

Nexus and C-Veil + 2 mat Corrosion Liner.
Hand lay up and filament wound
Available in size range 2 to 60 inch.
Pipe Flanges are spot-faced and coated with resin, to 150 lb drilling pattern.
Resins available in DOW DERAKANE MOMENTUM, 411-350 and 470, Hetron 922, Swancor 901. Hetron 992
FR, Derakane 441 and Derakane 411 BPO-DMA cure.
Pre-spooling available on request.
The GVS-65 is a complete PVC pipe system designed for use as BH, Class II
gas vent with a maximum operating temperature of 65oC. The GVS-65 gas
appliance system has been third party certified ULC S636-95. This system
included pipe, fittings, solvent cement and primer. Only GVS-65 components
may be used as part of the system. Do not use fittings, pipe, solvent cement
or primer from any other manufacturer with the GVS-65 Gas Venting System.
6
7
8
9
Features
Certified under ULC S636-95

Complete system includes pipe,
fittings, cement and primer
Available from 1 1/2 to 4
diameter
All pipe, fittings and cement are
labeled as certified
Applications
10
FRP Hand Lay-Up Pipe
Furnaces
Fireplaces
Boilers
Water Heaters
1-62
PRODUCT
GVS65010211
GVS65010212
GVS65010213
GVS65010214
GVS65010216
GVS650706200
GVS650706300
GVS650707200
GVS650707300
GVS650708200
GVS650708300
GVS65401020
GVS65406020
GVS65406020L
GVS65406030
GVS65406030L
GVS65406040
GVS65417020
GVS65417030
GVS65417040
GVS65429015
GVS65429020
GVS65429025
GVS65429030
GVS65429040
GVS65429338
GVS65429422
GVS65437251
GVS65437339
GVS65VS020
GVS65VS030
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
CASE QTY
1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS-65
1510
2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65
1050
2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT PIPE 10 FT LENGTHS GVS65
780
580
510
PVC GAS VENT SOLVENT CEMENT 950 ML QUART
12
PVC GAS VENT SOLVENT CEMENT 475 ML PINT
12
PVC & CPVC GAS VENT PRIMER 950 ML QUART
12
PVC & CPVC GAS VENT PRIMER 475 ML PINT
12
PVC/ABS GAS VENT TRANSISTION CEMENT 950 ML QTS
12
PVC/ABS GAS VENT TRANSISTION CEMENT 475 ML PNT
12
2" PVC GAS VENT TEE GVS65
35
2" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW GVS65
50
2" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW LONG RAD GVS65
55
25
3" X 90 DEG PVC GAS VENT ELBOW LONG RAD GVS65
23
20
110
25
20
1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65
25
2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65
70
2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT COUPLING GVS65
20
60
30
3" X 2" PVC GAS VENT INCREASER GVS65
45
4" X 3" PVC GAS VENT INCREASER GVS65
30
2" X 1-1/2" PVC GAS VENT RED BUSHING GVS65
80
3" X 2-1/2" PVC GAS VENT RED BUSHING GVS65
20
2" GAS VENT TERMINATION VENT SCREEN
250
3" GAS VENT TERMINATION VENT SCREEN
100
Note: Also available in CPVC for flue gas temperatures of up to 90C
SECTION 2:
PURE WATER, INSTITUTIONAL AND LAB
PIPING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
+GF+ Fuseal II PolyPro Pipe 2-2

+GF+ Fuseal II Fittings 2-3
Fuseal Double Containment Pipe 2-8
Fuseal Schedule 40 25/50 PVDF Pipe 2-8
+GF+ Electro Plus Fusion Machine 2-9
CPVC Corrosive Waste System 2-10
+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Pipe 2-12
+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Fittings 2-14
2-1
Progef Piping Systems 2-18

Sygef PVDF Piping Systems 2-19
Fusion Machines 2-20
+GF+ AquaTap 2-21
Throttle Master Needle Valves 2-23
Tuff Guard Gauge Isolators 2-23
Laboratory Faucets 2-24
Laboratory Turrets 2-24
+GF+ FUSEAL II POLYPRO PIPE
Fuseal Schedule 40 and 80 Polypro Pipe

FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT ACID WASTE
SYSTEM FOR NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS
Fuseal, the proven resistance coil fusion method of joining polypropylene

drain piping systems. Used primarily for acid waste drain lines. Fuseal
has been utilized in thousands of institutional and industrial projects that
demand strong, leak-proof, safe pipe joints.
The Fuseal heat fusion process joins pipe and fitting into one complete
homogenous unit. A low voltage Fuseal power unit is connected to an
electrical resistance coil imbedded in the Fuseal fitting. When power is
applied the coil heat completely fuses the interface between the pipe
and fitting socket. The complete line of fittings include all standard DWV
configuration in 1 1/2 through 12 pipe sizes.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-2
Applications
Corrosive waste drainage system.

Chemical plants
Industrial plants
Hospitals
University laboratories
Pipe is readily available in flame-retardant Schedule 40/80, non-flame retardant Schedule 40/80. The Fuseal heat
fusion method should be used in inaccessible places where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fitting
is essential. The mechanical system can be used under bench where speed of installation, future disassembly or
modular design is desired. Fittings 1 1/2 through 6 are manufactured of flame retardant material but 8 and
above are manufactured of non-flame retardant material. Made of polypropylene and PVDF, the Fuseal II system
combines to provide a complete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system.
PART
NUMBER
F8004-015AA
F8004-020AA
F8004-030AA
F8004-040AA
F8004-060AA
F8004-080AB
F8004-100AB
F8004-120AB
P8004-015AB
P8004-020AB
P8004-030AB
P8004-040AB
P8004-060AB
P8004-080AB
P8004-100AB
P8004-120AB
F8008-015AA
F8008-020AA
F8008-030AA
F8008-040AA
F8008-060AA
P8008-015AB
P8008-020AB
P8008-030AB
P8008-040AB
P8008-060AB
P8008-080AB
P8008-100AB
P8008-120AB
P8004-080AB
P8004-100AB
P8004-120AB
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
CRATE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
MIN. WALL WEIGHT PER
QTY FEET DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS
100 FEET
SCHEDULE 40 FIRE RETARDANT PIPE

1-1/2" x 10'
1,800
1.900
1.610
2" x 10'
1,400
2.375
2.069
3" x 10'
880
3.500
3.068
4" x 10'
1,140
4.500
4.026
6" x 10'
520
6.625
6.031
8" x 20'
200
8.625
7.943
10" x 20'
160
10.75
9.976
12" x 20'
120
12.75
11.89
SCHEDULE 40 NON FIRE RETARDANT PIPE
1-1/2" x 20'
1,800
1.900
1.610
2" x 20'
1,400
2.375
2.069
3" x 20'
880
3.500
3.068
4" x 20'
1,140
4.500
4.026
6" x 20'
520
6.625
6.031
8" x 20'
200
8.625
7.943
10" x 20'
160
10.750
9.976
12" x 20'
120
12.750
11.890
SCHEDULE 80 FIRE RETARDANT PIPE
1-1/2" x 10'
3600
1.900
1.500
2" x 10'
2800
2.375
1.939
3" x 10'
1760
3.500
2.900
4" x 10'
1140
4.500
3.826
6" x 10'
520
6.625
5.761
SCHEDULE 80 NON FIRE RETARDANT PIPE
1-1/2" x 20'
3600
1.900
1.500
2" x 20'
2800
2.375
1.939
3" x 20'
1760
3.500
2.900
4" x 20'
1140
4.500
3.826
6" x 20'
520
6.625
5.761
8" x 20'
200
8.625
7.625
10" x 20'
160
10.75
9.564
12" x 20'
120
12.75
11.376
8" x 20'
200
8.625
7.943
10" x 20'
160
10.75
9.976
12" x 20'
120
12.75
11.89
0.145
0.154
0.216
0.237
0.280
0.322
0.356
0.406
52
69
144
203
354
531
753
995
0.145
0.154
0.216
0.237
0.280
0.322
0.356
0.406
52
69
144
203
354
531
753
995
0.2
0.218
0.3
0.337
0.432
68
94
193
282
538
0.2
0.218
0.3
0.337
0.432
0.5
0.593
0.687
0.322
0.356
0.406
68
94
193
282
538
817
1212
1680
531
753
995
+GF+ FUSEAL II FITTINGS

Fuseal Schedule 40 Fittings
COUPLING
(S X S)
SLEEVE COUPLING
(S X S)
1/4 (91.2) BEND

LONG SWEEP
(S X S)
1/4 (91.2) BEND

SHORT SWEEP
(S X S)
1/4 (91.2) BEND

STREET
(S X SPG)
1/4 (90) BEND

VENT
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527001
527002
527003
527004
527006
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1/6 (60) BEND
1 1/2
527041
(S X S)
527042
527043
527044
527046
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1/8 (45) BEND
1 1/2
526276
(S X S)
2
3
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526201
526202
526203
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526601
526602
526603
526604
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526501
526277
526502
526278
526503
526279
526504
526280F
526506
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526251
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
526252
1 1/2
526401
526253
526402
526254
526403
526256
526404
526406
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1/12 (30) BEND
1 1/2
526451
(S X S)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
526452
1 1/2
526951
526453
526952
526454
526953
526456F
526954
(S X S)
1/8 (45) BEND

STREET
(S X SPG)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-3
1/12 (30) BEND

STREET
(S X SPG)
2
3
1/16 (22.5) BEND

(S X S)
1/24 (15) BEND

(S X S)
6
7
1/24 (15) BEND

STREET
(S X SPG)
8
9
10
2-4
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526461
526462
526463
526464
45 WYE
(S X S X S)
45 REDUCING WYE
4
5
SIZE
(INCHES)
91.2 3-WAY ELL

(S X S X S)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526551
526552
526553
526554
(S X S X S)
45 DOUBLE WYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526301
526302
526303
526304
526306
SIZE
(INCHES)
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
PART
NUMBER
526325
3 x 3 x 1 1/2
526324
3x3x2
526326
4x4x2
526328
4x4x3
526327
6x6x2
526342
6x6x3
526343
6x6x4
526344
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526380
1 1/2
526971
526381
526972
526382
526973
526383
526974
526351F
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526961
526962
526963
526964
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526261
526262
(S X S X S X S)
45 DOUBLE
REDUCING WYE
(S X S X S X S)
91.2 LONG TURN

TEE WYE
(S X S X S)
SIZE (INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2x2x1-1/2x1-1/2
526384
3x3x1-1/2x1-1/2
526389
3x3x2x2
526385
4x4x2x2
526386
4x4x3x3
526387
6x6x3x3
526390T
6x6x4x4
526388T
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527301
527302
527303
527304

91.2 LONG TURN
TEE REDUCING WYE
(S X S X S)
COMBO WYE & 1/8

BEND (90)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2 x 2x 1 1/2
527320
3 x 3 x 1 1/2
527326
3x3x2
527327
4x4x2
527337
4x4x3
527338
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
527306F
(S X S X S)
REDUCING COMBO
WYE & 1/8 BEND
(90)
(S X S X S)
90 DOUBLE COMBO
WYE
(S X S X S X S)
90 DOUBLE
REDUCING
COMBO WYE
(S X S X S X S)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
6x6x2
527344F
6x6x3
527339F
6x6x4
527340F
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526801
526802
526803
526804
526806F
SIZE (INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2x2x1-1/2x1-1/2
526825
3x3x1-1/2x1-1/2
526824
3x3x2x2
526826
4x4x2x2
526828
4x4x3x3
526827
6x6x3x3
526843T
6x6x4x4
526844T
91.2 SANITARY TEE

(S X S X S)
91.2 SANITARY
REDUCING TEE
(S X S X S)
91.2 DOUBLE
SANITARY TEE
(S X S X S X S)
91.2 DOUBLE
REDUCING
SANITARY TEE
(S X S X S X S)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526151
526152
526153
526154
526156F
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2 x 2 x 1 1/2
526126
3 x 3 x 1 1/2
526131
3x3x2
526130
4x4x2
526134
4x4x3
526136
6x6x2
526137F
6x6x3
526138F
6x6x4
526139
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526187
526186
526183
526185
SIZE (INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2x2x1-1/2x1-1/2
526188
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3x3x1-1/2x1-1/2 526184F
PIPE INCREASER
(S X S)
3x3x2x2
526181
4x4x2x2
526190F
4x4x3x3
526191F
SIZE
(INCHES)
1 1/2 x 2
PART
NUMBER
527022
1 1/2 x 3
527023F
2x3
527024
2x4
527025
3x4
527026
3x6
527027F
4x6
527028F
8
9
10
2-5
REDUCER BUSHING
(SPG X S)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2 x 1 1/2
526752
3 x 1 1/2
526762
3x2
526754
4x2
526758
4x3
526756
6x4
526767
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527081
527082
527083
527084
527087
2
3
CAP
(S)
4
5
MALE ADAPTER
(S X MPT)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526871
526872
526873
526874
526876F
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526891
526892
526893
526894
526896F
6
7
FEMALE ADAPTER
(S X FPT)
8
9
10
2-6
GLASS PIPE ADAPTER

(SPG X GLASS PIPE BEAD)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
7411
7412
7413
7414
7416
SILICON IRON PIPE

ADAPTER
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527431
527432
527433
527434
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527441
527442
527443
527444
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527401
(S X IRON PIPE BEAD)
CAULKED JOINT
ADAPTER
(S X CAULKED JOINT BEAD)
LEAD PIPE ADAPTER

(S X FLARE)
POLYETHYLENE ADAPTER
(HDPE S X FEMALE UNION NUT)
FEMALE UNION NUT

ADAPTER
(S X FEMALE UNION NUT)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUM.
1 1/2
7268A
7278A
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527260A
527270A

FEMALE UNION NUT
ADAPTER
(SPG X FEMALE UNION NUT)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
7262A
150LB VAN STONE

ANSI FLANGE
FPM UNION
MALE UNION ADAPTER
(S X MALE UNION)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527264
(PPFR X PPFR)
EPDM UNION
(PPFR X PPFR)
MALE UNION ADAPTER

(SPG X MALE UNION)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
7276
EXPANSION JOINT
(S X SPG)
MALE UNION ADAPTER

(MPT X MALE UNION)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
7277
METAL TRANSITION
FITTING
(PPFR X SS)(SPG X SPG)
MALE UNION ADAPTER

(FPT X MALE UNION)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
7275
METAL TRANSITION
FITTING
(PPFR X SS)(SPG X MPT)
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
526931
526932
526933
526934
526936
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
528291
528292
528293
528294
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
528271
528272
528273
528274
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
1 1/2
527811A
527812A
527813A
527814A
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2x2
528729
3 x 2 1/2
528790
2x2
528739
3 x 2 1/2
528740
SIZE
(INCHES)
PART
NUMBER
2x2
528907
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-7
+GF+ FUSEAL PVDF & SQUARED PIPE

FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT WASTE
SYSTEM FOR NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS
Fuseal, the proven resistance coil fusion method of joining
polypropylene drain piping systems. Used primarily for acid
waste drain lines. Fuseal has been utilized in thousands of
institutional and industrial projects that demand strong, leakproof, safe pipe joints. It meets the ULC 25/50 flame and smoke
spread rating.
The Fuseal heat fusion process joins pipe and fitting into one
complete homogenous unit. A low voltage Fuseal power unit is
connected to an electrical resistance coil imbedded in the Fuseal
fitting. When power is applied the coil imbedded in the Fuseal
fitting. When power is applied the coil heat completely fuses the
interface between the pipe and fitting socket.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-8
The complete line of fittings include all standard DWV configuration in 1 1/2 through 12 pipe sizes. Pipe is
readily available in flame-retardant Schedule 40. The Fuseal heat fusion method should be used in inaccessible
places where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fitting is essential. The mechanical system can
be used under bench where speed of installation, future disassembly or modular design is desired. Fittings 1
1/2 through 6 are manufactured of flame retardant material. Made of polypropylene and PVDF, the Fuseal II
system combines to provide a complete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system.
CRATE QTY OUTSIDE
FEET
DIAMETER
INSIDE
MIN. WALL
DIAMETER THICKNESS
WEIGHT
PER 100
FEET
PART
NUMBER
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (INCHES)
V8004-015AA
1-1/2" x 10'
3600
1.900
1.500
0.200
V8004-020AA
2" x 10'
2800
2.375
1.939
0.218
94
V8004-030AA
3" x 10'
1760
3.500
2.900
0.300
193
V8004-040AA
4" x 10'
1140
4.500
3.826
0.337
282
V8004-060AA
6" x 10'
520
6.625
5.761
0.432
538
Schedule 40 25/50 PVDF Pipe

68

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT POLYPRO CORROSIVE WASTE
PIPING SYSTEM
With standard, non-flame Fuseal utilized for both the primary and
containment pipe and fittings, the Fuseal Squared system offers the
performance and reliability of the Fuseal II drainage system. Five
advantages are realized. The pipe and fittings are easily joined with
our state of the art fusion technologies, Fuseal Squared joins to the
standard Fuseal II system without the need for special fittings or tools,
added protection with polypropylene material for both the primary and
containment pipe, custom fittings and sizes can be quickly designed
and manufactured to meet customer needs, all standard primary fitting
joints are butt-welded and factory tested. The standard wall thickness
of Fuseal II makes Fuseal Squared ideal for buried applications. Truly a
complete acid waste drainage system! Contact customer service for a
complete list of available pipe and fittings.
+GF+ ELECTRO PLUS

+GF+ Electro Plus Fusion Machine
The Electro Plus fusion machine can be used to join the
following piping systems:
Fuseal 1-12'', Fuseal Squared 1-12'', Fuseal 25/50 1-6'' and PPro-Seal
-3''.
This complete machine includes:
Fusion Power Unit, Hand Held Unit and the Cable Assembly.
DESCRIPTION
Electro Plus
Advantages
Intuitive user interface

Multiple joint capability for speedy installations
Integral carrying case for ease of transportation
One-button repeat fusion cycle for same size joints
Self-diagnostic error detection system
Automatic compensation for ambient temperature
Technical Data
PART NUMBER
150000001
Operating Temperature: 14F(-10C) to 113F(45C)

Input Voltage: 100-130 V AC / 200-250 V AC
Input Frequency: 50Hz - 60 Hz
Output Voltage: 0 28.5 V AC
Output Current: 0-50 Amps
Power Consumption: 1200 Watts max.
Power Cable Length: 5ft. (1.5m)
Fusion Cable Length: 18ft. (5.5m)
Remote Cable Length: 20ft. (6m)
Dimensions (WxHxD): 22x14x10 inch
Weight: 45lbs (20.5kg)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-9
CPVC CORROSIVE WASTE SYSTEM

Spears LabWaste System
SPEARS LabWaste CPVC Corrosive Waste Drainage

System
Spears LabWaste is offered as a complete system of pipe, fittings, solvent

cement. A broad assortment of additional accessories are available including
Valves, Unions, Flanges and Adapters. Fitting configurations are produced
to applicable DWV patterns of ASTM D3311, Standard Specification for
Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fitting Patterns, and various specialty
patterns. All drainage fittings with 90 angles (sanitary tees, elbows, etc.)
have socket pitch to maintain approximately 1/4 per foot drainage.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Spears LabWaste products have been developed and designed to be

used as a total system consisting of pipe, fittings, accessories, solvent
cement and thread sealant. All Spears LabWasteTM components must be
used in order to insure a sound piping system. Substitution of other products for Spears LabWaste pipe,
fittings, or solvent cement may be detrimental to system integrity and is not recommended. The Spears
Limited Warranty does not cover problems occurring within the piping system as the direct result of non-use of
Spears LabWaste system products.
Easy transition from PP/PVDF, Glass or Duriron systems to LabWaste CPVC using one of these special adapters
for sizes 1-1/2 through 4 piping.
Features:
Complete System of Pipe, Fittings & Adapters

All CPVC Construction in Full Assortment of
Standard DWV Patterns
Custom Fabricated Accessories-Drains,
Neutralization Tanks & Pump Stations
Chemical & Corrosion Resistant CPVC
One of the key advantages of the LabWasteTM CPVC

system is its excellent resistance to a broad range of
corrosive environments. CPVC is inert to most mineral
acids, bases, salts and aliphatic hydrocarbons, and
compares favorably to other non-metals in these
chemical environments.
GENERAL CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OVERVIEW:
Weak Acids Excellent
Salts
Excellent
Strong Acids Excellent
Aliphatic Solutions
Good
Weak Bases Excellent
Halogens
Good-Fair
Strong Bases Excellent
Strong Oxidants
Good-Fair
The LabWaste CPVC System has been developed for

use in academic, research, and institutional laboratory
chemical waste drainage applications, which is the
routine disposal of a wide variety of hot and cold
chemicals accompanied by water for the purpose of
dilution and flushing.
Full Assortment of Drainage Pattern Fitting

Configurations
Spears broad line of LabWaste CPVC fittings are

produced in ASTM D 3311 and other drainage patterns
required in corrosive waste system installations.
Standard configurations are available in nominal sizes
of 1-1/2 through 24 with many specialty fittings.
NSF Certified For Corrosive Waste
Spears LabWaste CPVC Corrosive Waste Drainage

System of pipe, fittings, and cement is tested and
certified for use in corrosive waste systems by NSF
International, tested to IAPMO IGC 210 and ICC-ES
AC252 for CPVC Chemical Waste Systems.
2-10
Specially Formulated One-Step Solvent Cement

Provides Chemical Resistance Equal to System
Pipe & Fittings Now in Special Yellow Color
ULC Flame & Smoke Rated
Non-Pressure Drainage Service to 220F
Cost Saving Solvent Weld Joining

Eliminates Troublesome Electro-Fusion and
Mechanical Connections
A proven joining method reliably used for over 50

years, Solvent Cement Welding requires no special
tools, no costly fusion equipment, and provides a solid,
chemically bonded joint for easy installation, repairs or
alterations. Most importantly, solvent cement joints end
problems typical of polypropylene system installation,
such as mechanical connector pullout, maintenance on
elastomer sealed joints, internal fusion wire corrosion,
and cumbersome fusion joining methods. Saves time,
saves cost, saves worry!
ULC Flame & Smoke Rated Components
Spears LabWaste system components have been

evaluated as finished products for surface burning
characteristics of flame spread and smoke density by
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada under standard
test method CAN/ULC S102.2-M88.
Product Certification (3rd Party Approval

Standards)
Spears LabWaste CPVC Corrosive Waste Drainage

System is a complete system of pipe, fittings and
solvent cement. Since specific ASTM Standards have
not been developed for CPVC corrosive waste systems,
Spears LabWaste CPVC pipe and fittings are
tested and certified for use in corrosive waste systems
by NSF International as a Special Engineered (SE)
product. Spears LabWaste CPVC system meets the
requirements of IAPMO IGC 210 and ICC-ES AC252 for
CPVC Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems.
CPVC CORROSIVE WASTE SYSTEM

Spears LabWaste Custom System Accessories
Acid Neutralization/Dilution Tanks for Use With
LabWasteTM CPVC Systems
CPVC Tanks 5-gallon to 55-gallon

HDPE Tanks 5-gallon to 3000-gallon
Optional Vented Tanks
Socket (CPVC), Thread or Flanged Connection
Inspection & Manhole Port Options
Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic Cover Options
Tank Extension Options
Limestone Chip Neutralization Medium
Neutralization or dilution tanks are required by codes for

the purpose of neutralizing corrosive wastes. Corrosive
liquids, spent acids or other harmful chemicals that destroy
or injure a drain, sewer, soil or waste pipe, or create noxious
or toxic fumes or interfere with sewage treatment processes
are prohibited from being discharged into the plumbing
system without being neutralized or treated. Spears
offers a standard selection of HDPE tanks in 5 gallon to
3000 gallon capacities and CPVC tanks in 5 gallon to 55
gallon capacities to meet these needs. Tanks can also be
produced in virtually any custom size, shape, or connection
configurations. Contact FABCO with desired specifications
for custom quotation or additional information.
SPEARS LabWaste General Specifications

Spears CPVC LabWaste System is a specially designed product line developed in accordance with portions of
existing ASTM Standards used in its design and manufacture as specified below.
APPLICABLE CONFORMANCE STANDARDS
CONFORMANCE CRITERIA
Product Certification, Acceptence
Criteria, and Interim Guide Criteria
APPLICABLE STANDARD
NSF Standard 14 Special
Engineered (SE) product
certification for corrosive
waste end use
ICC Acceptance Criteria,
AC252
STANDARD SPECIFICATION/PRACTICE TITLE

Standard 14: Plastics Piping System Conponents and
Related Material, NSF-cw S.E. Certified to specified
conformance standards and specifications
Acceptance Criteria for CPVC Systems of Piping,
Fittings and solvent Cement Used in Chemical Waster
Systems
IAPMO Interim Guide Criteria, Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe and
IGC 210
fittings for Limited Chemical Drainage Systems
Material
D 1784, cell class 23447

(CPVC)
Dimensions and Tolerances - Pipe

Dimensions and Tolerances - Fittings
Chemical Resistance
Adjusted concentrations for CPVC
Water Absorption
Mechanical Joint - Transition Fittings
Flattening - Pipe
Impact Resistance - Pipe and Fittings
Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
Solvent Cement
(Special Yellow Color)
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
F493
F1412,
F1412,
F1412,
F1673,
F1412,
F1412,
F1412,
F1412,
F1412,
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
6.1
6.2
6.3
8.3
6.4
6.5
6.8
6.9
7
D 1784: Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl

Chloride) (PVC) and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
(CPVC) Compounds
F 1412: Standard Specifications for Polyolefin Pipe
and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems
2
3
4
5
6
7
F 1673: Standard Specifications for Polyvinylidene

Fluoride (PVDF) Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems
F 493: Standard Specification for Solvent Cements

for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
Pipe and Fittings
FLAMMABILITY AND SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS
Flammability
UL94,
UL94: Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and
Material Rating
V-0
Appliances
Flame and Smoke Rating CAN/ULC S102.2 CAN/ULC S102.2: Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Covering
Pipe
and Miscellaneous Materials
Flame Spread:
0
Smoke Developed: 5-20
Fittings
Flame Spread:
5-10
Smoke Developed: 15-50
Note: Flame spread and smoke development ratings based on tests of finished product, pipe and fittings solvent cement welded
as assemblies.
9
10
2-11
+GF+ LXT SCHEDULE 80 PIPE

+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Pipe
To make sure your high-purity water piping meets the highest

clean pipe requirements, the Harvel LXT ultra-pure water system
has been engineered to ensure cost-effective performance across
multi-industry UPW, deionized, reverse osmosis, and distilled
high-purity water applications.
Harvel LXT is ideal for photovoltaics, semiconductor, electronics,
and biotechnology applications and is used across a variety of
industries including solar power, healthcare, university, and
laboratory.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Advantages
Ideal for the semiconductor, electronic, biotechnology,

healthcare, university, and laboratory industries,
Harvel LXT low-extractable piping is made from an
innovative clean PVC compound that offers a number
of advantages over other high-purity piping created
using traditional construction materials, including
polypropylene (PP) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF):
Extremely low extractable contaminants,
particularly trace metals and Total Oxidizable
Carbon (TOC)
Fast, reliable installation with simple inexpensive
joining methods
Specialty one-step fast-setting solvent-cement
joining system rinses up quickly
Unique translucency allows visual joint integrity
inspection
Ultra-smooth interior pipe surface minimizes
the potential for bacterial growth and particle
generation
Rigid Schedule 80 dimensions for pressure service
requires fewer supports than flexible plastic
systems
Unique Benefits
In addition to superior performance, lower material

costs and fast, reliable installation, the Harvel LXT
water system offers an array of unique benefits for
use in critical ultra-pure water systems (UPW, DI, R/O,
distilled, USP):
Non-contaminating materials designed specifically
for use in aggressive UPW, DI, R/O and USP water
piping applications
Complete line of high-purity water pipe, fittings
and valves (IPS Sizes 1/2-6 diameters)
Clean pipe double-bagged, sealed and boxed online to maintain cleanliness for use in high-purity
environments
High-impact strength and low thermal conductivity
ideal for various ambient temperature UPW grades
including DI, R/O and USP water
Lower overall installed costs and improved lifecycle economics
Material:
Harvel LXT piping is produced from an innovative PVC compound that

has been specifically formulated to reduce leachable contamination when
exposed to ultra-pure water environments. Minor ingredients necessary
for processing have been scrupulously selected to address their potential
for contamination, and are then carefully blended in precise ratios. This
results in a much cleaner material than conventional PVC compounds, and
compares favorably to alternate materials typically used for UPW piping
applications. This has been validated with extensive static and dynamic
leach studies during exposure to 18.2 megohm ultra-pure water conducted
by a reputable third party.
Harvel LXT material meets the toxicological requirements of NSF
International Standard 61 as being safe for use in potable water
applications, and also complies with the provisions of Title 21 of the United
States FDA Code of Federal Regulations as being safe for use in food
contact applications.
2-12
+GF+ LXT SCHEDULE 80 PIPE

Processing:
Processing conditions for converting this material into pipe form are as critical as the selection of the material
itself to ensure that the physical properties of the finished product are optimized. Correct processing techniques
ensure proper dispersion and fusion of the compound, resulting in a homogenous melt with uniform properties.
Great care is also taken during this process using proprietary techniques to address surface finish characteristics.
Optimizing processing conditions and providing smooth internal surfaces greatly reduce the potential for
extractable and particle contaminants. LXT pipe is cut square, purged to remove shavings, sealed in polybags
and boxed on-line at time of manufacture to minimize contamination.
1
2
3
Joining:
The +GF+ Harvel LXT system utilizes a one-step solvent-cementing system

specifically formulated for use with this product (Harvel LXT One-Step
Cement). Unlike conventional PVC solvent cements, this system contains fewer
contaminants and cures quickly, reducing the potential for TOC contamination.
Joining is accomplished quickly and efficiently utilizing inexpensive tools, thereby
greatly reducing labor and installation costs.
Physical Properties:
Although the extractable contaminants of LXT are much lower than common PVC
piping, LXT has physical properties very similar to those of conventional PVC piping.
As a result, LXT products exhibit the well-known physical characteristics and other
benefits of conventional PVC piping, such as good chemical and corrosion resistance, low
thermal conductivity, high strength-to-weight ratio, good impact resistance, and ease
of installation.
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS
WEIGHT
PER 100
FEET
PRESSURE
RATING AT
73.4F
0.528
0.147
0.202
420
1.050
0.724
0.154
0.273
340
1.315
0.935
0.179
0.402
320
210
1.660
1.256
0.191
0.554
260
LXT-015
165
1.900
1.476
0.200
0.673
240
2 x 15 ft
LXT-020
120
2.375
1.913
0.218
0.932
200
MM
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE (IN)
PART
NUMBER
CARTON
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
QTY FEET DIAMETER DIAMETER
12
1/2 x 15 ft
LXT-005
330
0.840
20
3/4 x 15 ft
LXT-007
330
25
1 x 15 ft
LXT-010
270
32
1 1/4 x 15 ft
LXT-012
40
1 1/2 x 15 ft
50
75
3 x 15 ft
LXT-030
75
3.500
2.864
0.300
1.903
190
100
4 x 15 ft
LXT-040
30
4.500
3.786
0.337
2.782
160
150
6 x 15 ft
LXT-060
15
6.625
5.709
0.432
5.313
140
Notes:
PSI water, non-shock @ 73.4F(23C) with Solvent Welded Connections.

All pipe is double bagged and boxed on-line for high purity environments.
+GF+ Harvel LXT piping is produced to Schedule 80 dimensions in strict accordance with ASTM
D1785, and exhibits a Type II pressure rating.
+GF+ Harvel LXT fittings are produced to Schedule 80 dimensions per ASTM D2467.
+GF+ Harvel LXT is joined using the one step solvent cement (part # 07LXT200). The pint size
comes complete with a dauber which is suitable for pipe size 1/2 to 3. For pipe sizes 4 thru 6 use a
roller equal in size to 1/2 the pipe diameter.
7.5 ft lengths available upon request.
6
7
8
9
10
2-13
+GF+ LXT SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS
+GF+ LXT Schedule 80 Fittings

Notes:
For water at 73.4F(23C) with solvent cemented joints. Working pressure decreases by approximately
1.29% per degree F over 73.4F.
Complies with title 21 food & drug, part #121 paragraph 121.2521 & 121.2597.
Threading not recommended
Per ASTM D1784cell classification 12454B.
Fittings are not a standard stocked item.
considered.
IN HG refers to inches of mercury
2
3
90 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
806-005BL
806-007BL
806-010BL
806-012BL
806-015BL
806-020BL
806-030BL
806-040BL
806-060BL
MALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
836-005BL
836-007BL
836-010BL
836-012BL
836-015BL
836-020BL
836-030BL
836-040BL
45 SOCKET ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
817-005BL
817-007BL
817-010BL
817-012BL
817-015BL
817-020BL
817-030BL
817-040BL
817-060BL
FEMALE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
835-005SRBL
835-007SRBL
835-010SRBL
835-012SRBL
835-015SRBL
835-020SRBL
835-030SRBL
835-040SRBL
90 SWEEP ELBOWS
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
PART
NUMBER
806-005SBL
806-007SBL
806-010SBL
806-012SBL
806-015SBL
806-020SBL
UNION SLIP EPDM
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
897-005BL
897-007BL
897-010BL
897-012BL
897-015BL
897-020BL
897-030BL
897-040BL
SOCKET TEES
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
801-005BL
801-007BL
801-010BL
801-012BL
801-015BL
801-020BL
801-030BL
801-040BL
801-060BL
UNION SLIP VITON
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
857-005BL
857-007BL
857-010BL
857-012BL
857-015BL
857-020BL
857-030BL
857-040BL
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-14

150LB VANSTONE
FLANGE SLIP
SOCKET CAPS
COUPLINGS
TANK ADAPTERS
REDUCER BUSHINGS
(SPG X SLP)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
854-005BL
854-007BL
854-010BL
854-012BL
854-015BL
854-020BL
854-030BL
854-040BL
854-060BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
847-005BL
847-007BL
847-010BL
847-012BL
847-015BL
847-020BL
847-030BL
847-040BL
847-060BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
PART
NUMBER
829-005BL
829-007BL
829-010BL
829-012BL
829-015BL
829-020BL
829-030BL
829-040BL
829-060BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
8170E-005BL
8170E-007BL
8170E-010BL
8170E-012BL
8170E-015BL
8170E-020BL
8170E-030BL
8170E-040BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
3/4x1/2
1x1/2
1x3/4
1 1/4x1/2
1 1/4x1
1 1/2x3/4
1 1/2x1
1 1/2x1 1/4
2x1
2x1 1/2
3x2
4x3
6x4
PART
NUMBER
837-101BL
837-130BL
837-131BL
837-166BL
837-168BL
837-210BL
837-211BL
837-212BL
837-249BL
837-251BL
837-338BL
837-422BL
837-532BL
SOCKET REDUCING
COUPLINGS
REDUCER BUSHING
(SPIG X FPT)
REDUCER FEMALE
ADAPTER SPIG
SOCKET REDUCING
TEES
CLEAR ONE-STEP
CEMENT
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
3/4x1/2
1x3/4
1 1/4x1
1 1/2x1
1 1/2x1 1/4
2x1
2x1 1/2
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x4
829-101BL
829-131BL
829-168BL
829-211BL
829-212BL
829-249BL
829-251BL
829-338BL
829-420BL
829-422BL
829-532BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2x1/4
1/2x3/8
3/4x1/4
3/4x1/2
1x3/8
1x1/2
1x3/4
1 1/2x3/4
PART
NUMBER
838-072BL
838-073BL
838-098BL
838-101BL
838-129BL
838-130BL
838-131BL
838-210BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2x1/4
878-072SRBL
3/4x1/4
878-098SRBL
1x3/8
878-128SRBL
PART
NUMBER
1x1x3/4
1 1/2x1 1/2x1
2x2x1
2x2x1-1/2
3x3x2
4x4x3
6x6x3
6x6x4
801-131BL
801-211BL
801-249BL
801-251BL
801-338BL
801-422BL
801-530BL
801-532BL
LXT CEMENT
PT
LXT CEMENT
QT
PART
NUMBER
07LXT300
2
3
4
5
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
TYPE
6
7
8
9
07LXT200
10
2-15
TU BALL CHECK
VALVE
(SLP/THR)
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
4529-005BL
4529-007BL
4529-010BL
4529-012BL
4529-015BL
4529-020BL
4522-030BL
4522-040BL
3, 4 socket ends only
TU BALL VALVE
(SKT/THRD EPDM)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
1829-005BL
1829-007BL
1829-010BL
1829-012BL
1829-015BL
1822-020BL
1822-030BL
1822-040BL
GAUGE GUARD EPDM

DIAPHRAGM
(1/4 INLET)
GAUGE GUARD PTFE

DIAPHRAGM
(1/4 INLET)
3, 4, 6 socket ends only
TU BALL VALVE
(SLIP/THRD VITON)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
PART
NUMBER
1839-005BL
1839-007BL
1839-010BL
1839-012BL
1839-015BL
1832-020BL
1832-030BL
1832-040BL
3, 4, 6 socket ends only
TU BALL CHECK
VALVE
(SLIP/FPT)
8
9
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
4539-005BL
4539-007BL
4539-010BL
4539-012BL
4539-015BL
4539-020BL
4532-030BL
4532-040BL
3, 4 socket ends only
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
10
2-16
(SKT/THRD)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
GAUGE GUARD EPDM

DIAPHRAGM
(1/2 INLET)
GAUGE GUARD PTFE

DIAPHRAGM
PART
NUMBER
2729T-005BL
2729T-007BL
2729T-010BL
2729T-012BL
2729T-015BL
2729T-020BL
(1/2 INLET)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
NO GAUGE
G0002-002BL
0-15 PSI
G0152-002BL
0-30 PSI
G0302-002BL
0-60 PSI
G0602-002BL
0-100 PSI
G1002-002BL
0-160 PSI
G1602-002BL
0-200 PSI
G2002-002BL
0-300 PSI
G3002-002BL
0-30 IN HG
G30V2-002BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
NO GAUGE
G0004-002BL
0-15 PSI
G0154-002BL
0-30 PSI
G0304-002BL
0-60 PSI
G0604-002BL
0-100 PSI
G1004-002BL
0-160 PSI
G1604-002BL
0-200 PSI
G2004-002BL
0-300 PSI
G3004-002BL
0-30 IN HG
G30V4-002BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
NO GAUGE
0-15 PSI
G0002-005BL
G0152-005BL
0-30 PSI
G0302-005BL
0-60 PSI
G0602-005BL
0-100 PSI
G1002-005BL
0-160 PSI
G1602-005BL
0-200 PSI
G2002-005BL
0-300 PSI
G3002-005BL
0-30 IN HG
G30V2-005BL
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
PART
NUMBER
NO GAUGE
0-15 PSI
G0004-005B
G0154-005BL
0-30 PSI
G0304-005BL
0-60 PSI
G0604-005BL
0-100 PSI
G1004-005BL
0-160 PSI
G1604-005BL
0-200 PSI
G2004-005BL
0-300 PSI
G3004-005BL
0-30 IN HG
G30V4-005BL

ANGLE PATTERN
NEEDLE VALVE
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
GLOBE PATTERN
NEEDLE VALVE
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
1/4
5691-002BL
1/4
5592-002BL
3/8
5691-003BL
3/8
5592-003BL
1/2
5691-005BLSR
1/2
5592-005BL
F.I.P.T. Ends
ANGLE PATTERN
NEEDLE VALVE
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
1/4
5692-002BL
3/8
5692-003BL
1/2
5692-005BL
Socket Ends
GOOSENECK DECK
MOUNT LAB FIXTURE
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
3/8
LF1002-BL
3/8 N.P.T. Ends
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
1/4
5591-002BL
3/8
5591-003BL
1/2
5591-005BLSR
F.I.P.T. Ends
TURRET-PANEL
MOUNT LAB FIXTURE
NOMINAL
PART NUMBER
PIPE SIZE
3/8
2
3
4
Socket Ends
GLOBE PATTERN
NEEDLE VALVE
LF3002-BL
3/8 N.P.T. Ends
6
7
8
9
10
2-17
PROGEF PIPING SYSTEMS

+GF+ Progef STD PP Piping System
Progef Standard features the Beta PP technology and is ideally suited for the industrial
water and chemical market. Beta PP provides a robust and valuable piping system
solution because of its excellent impact strength, product breadth and homogeneous
structure. It features high impact strength, excellent chemical resistance, and high
stress crack resistance. It is available in sizes ranging from 3/8 to 16 and has a
pressure rating of 150 psi @ 68 F. It is joined by using IR Butt Fusion technology
for sizes up to 9 and by using Contact Butt Fusion technology for sizes 10 and up.
Applications:
Low-grade DI water
Process cooling water (PCW)
Chemical distribution
PART
NUMBER
167 480 710
167 480 711
167 480 712
167 480 713
167 480 714
167 480 715
167 480 716
167 480 717
167 480 718
167 480 719
167 480 722
167 481 724
167 481 725
167 481 726
167 481 728
167 481 729
167 481 730
4
5
DIAMETER MM
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
160
200
225
250
315
355
400
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS MM
1.8
1.9
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.6
5.8
6.9
8.2
10.0
14.6
18.2
20.5
22.8
28.7
32.2
36.3
CRATE
QUANTITY
30
30
30
40
25
15
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
LBS/M
0.176
0.236
0.362
0.589
0.908
1.407
2.200
3.131
4.475
6.636
14.087
21.936
27 .778
34.171
54.233
68.784
87 .302
+GF+ Progef Natural PP Piping System
Progef Natural Polypropylene is ideal for life science, pure water and
semiconductor chemical slurry applications, PROGEF Natural provides a
superior unpigmented PP piping system because of its Bead and Crevice
Free (BCF) fusion capability, pristine appearance and chemical resistance.
Progef is joined using Socket Fusion technology or IR Plus/BCF Plus Fusion.
Applications:
Purified Water (PW)

De-Ionized Water (DIW)
Slurry distribution
8
9
CLOSEST
INCH SIZE
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
9
10
12
14
16
Vacuum
High impact strength
Excellent chemical resistance
High stress crack resistance
PART
NUMBER
168 480 151
168 480 152
168 480 153
168 480 154
168 480 155
168 480 156
168 480 282
168 480 283
168 480 284
DIAMETER
MM
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
CLOSEST
INCH SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
MIN. WALL
THICKNESS MM
1.9
2.3
3
3.7
4.6
5.8
4.3
5.1
6.3
Features:
Translucent appearance
No corrosion or rouging
Outstanding surface quality
Excellent chemical resistance
High impact strength
LBS /M
0.07
0.11
0.18
0.28
0.43
0.68
0.62
0.89
1.34
CRATE
QUANTITY
30
30
40
25
15
10
5
5
5
PN
150
150
150
150
150
150
90
90
90
Notes:
10
2-18
Federal Register, CFR Title 21.

Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @ 68F for 20mm through 90mm utilizing Socket fusion technology.
Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @ 68F for 20mm through 63mm utilizing IR Plus/BCF Plus fusion
technology.
Pressure Rating of 90 PSI (PN 6) @ 68F for 75mm through 110mm utilizing IR Plus/BCF Plus fusion
technology.
SYGEF PVDF PIPING SYSTEMS

+GF+ SYGEF STD PVDF Piping System
For the industrial water and chemical market, SYGEF Standard provides
a premier piping system solution because of its purity characteristics,
chemical resistance and extensive product and fusion offerings. It is joined
using BCF Plus (20mm - 110mm), Socket Fusion (16mm - 110mm), or IR
Plus Fusion (20mm - 315mm).
Applications:
Ultra-Pure Water
(UPW) Return
Purified Water (PW)
Chemical
distribution
Features:
Virgin Kynar 700 Series Resin

Surface finish Ra < m
Ozone resistant
100% traceability to the raw material
Durable packaging to ensure product integrity
Notes:
PART
NUMBER
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
480
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
668
669
670
671
674
DIAMETER
MM
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
110
160
200
225
250
315
ASME BPE approved and FM 4910 approved.

USP 25 Class VI approved.
Pipe only in dimensions 250mm (10) and 315mm (12).
Pressure Rating of 232 PSI (PN 16) @ 68F for 16mm through 110mm.
Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @ 68F for 160mm through 315mm.
CLOSEST MIN. WALL

INCH
THICKNESS
SIZE
MM
3/8
1.9
1/2
1.9
3/4
1.9
1
2.4
1 1/4
2.4
1 1/2
3
2
3
2 1/2
3.5
3
4.3
4
5.3
6
4.9
8
6.2
9
6.9
10
7.7
12
7.7
LBS/M PN
0.167
0.209
0.278
0.423
0.550
0.835
1.080
1.519
2.210
3.336
4.657
6.916
9.162
11.100
17.600
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
SYGEF Plus is the most recognized brand in the high purity water market because
of its industry leading purity characteristics, manufacturing excellence, vast product
range, and proven performance with foremost semiconductor and life science
corporations. Please contact customer service for a complete list of available fittings.
Ultra-pure Water (UPW)
High purity acid distribution
PART
DIAMETER CLOSEST
MIN. WALL
KG /M
NUMBER
MM
INCH SIZE THICKNESS MM
175 481 203
20
1/2
1.9
0.209
175 481 204
25
3/4
1.9
0.278
175 481 205
32
1
2.4
0.423
175 481 206
40
1 1/4
2.4
0.550
175 481 207
50
1 1/2
3
0.835
175 481 208
63
2
3
1.080
175 481 209
75
2 1/2
3.6
1.519
175 481 210
90
3
4.3
2.210
175 481 211
110
4
5.3
3.336
175 481 668
160
6
4.9
4.657
175 481 669
200
8
6.2
6.916
175 481 670
225
9
6.9
9.162
175 481 671
250
10
7.7
11.100
175 481 674
315
12
7.7
17.600
PN
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Features:
Virgin Kynar 700 Series Resin

Technologically advanced cleanroom
manufacturing
Surface finish < 225mm Ra < 0.2m;
>225mm Ra < 0.3 m
Ozone resistant
Extensive industry validated QA/QC
protocol
100% traceability to the raw material
Durable packaging to ensure product
integrity
Notes:
Pressure Rating of 232 PSI (PN 16) @

68F for 20mm through 110mm.
Pressure Rating of 150 PSI (PN 10) @
68F for 160mm through 315mm.
Meets the requirements of ASME BPE.
Meets the requirements of Semi F57.
Meets the requirements of FM 4910.
Meets the requirements of USP 25 Class
VI.
2
3
4
5
+GF+ SYGEF Plus PVDF Piping System
Applications:
6
7
8
9
10
2-19
FUSION MACHINES
1
2
3
4
+GF+ SG 110 Socket Fusion Machine

Straightforward and swift procedure
Extremely high weld strength
Excellent solution for field welds and system tie-ins
Available in MSE hand tool form.
For use with Beta PP (16mm - 110mm), PROGEF Natural (20mm - 90mm,
SYGEF Standard (20mm - 63mm)
+GF+ IR Plus Fusion Machine

High weld strength with small uniform beads
Utilizes non-contact radiant heat to support high purity applications
Controlled and repeatable process
100% traceability
Available in three sizes: IR 63 Plus machine (20mm - 63mm) , IR 225 Plus (63mm 225mm) and IR 315 Plus (250mm - 315mm)
For use with Beta PP (20mm - 225mm), PROGEF Natural (20mm - 110mm), SYGEF
Standard and SYGEF Plus (20mm - 315mm), and PFA FuseBond ( - 2)
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-20
+GF+ BCF Plus Fusion Machine

Seamless weld without beads or crevices
Controlled and repeatable process with 100% traceability
Remote capability to support difficult field welds
Available in two sizes BCF Plus Standard (20mm - 63mm) and BCF Plus Large
Dimension Package (75mm - 110mm)
For use with PROGEF Natural (20mm - 110mm) and SYGEF Standard and SYGEF Plus
(20mm - 110mm)
+GF+ Conventional Butt Fusion Machine

Processor controlled
Hydraulically operated
Program directs operator at each step and controls the applied
pressure
Repeatable butt fusion joints
Available in GF 250 CNC, GF 315 CNC, GF 500 versions
For use with Beta PP (32mm - 400mm) and SYGEF Standard (32mm 315mm)
+GF+ AQUATAP
+GF+ Type 530 AquaTap Recirculating
Laboratory Faucet
Featuring GF's Inline Flow Diverter (IFD) Technology (Patent Pending)
Technical Features
Ideal flow characteristics

Sleek robust design
Continuous flow up to valve
eliminating dead-legs
Easy flare-style connection method
Deck or wall mounting options
Needle-type flow control for precise
metering
3
4
The Georg Fischer Type 530 recirculating laboratory faucet is designed to provide constant DI fluid flow to point
of use when used with the new Inline Flow Diverter (IFD). The unique design of the IFD provides high flow from
the distribution main through the faucet for constant water movement. The IFD uses a slight orifice reduction
to create a differential pressure imbalance which forces water through the faucet with minimal pressure loss.
The system is further enhanced by using smooth bore interconnecting tubing for design flexibility and simplified
piping installations. Up to three faucets can be served from a single IFD.
The faucet is made from high purity PVDF, and the IFD is available in SYGEF PVDF or PROGEF natural
PP in either weld or sanitary clamp connections. Simple heat flaring tools make leak-proof, minimum crevice
connections between components.
MOUNTING STYLE
Deck Mount
Wall Mount to Ceiling
Wall Mount to Floor
PN
6
6
6
PART NUMBER
175 530 001
175 530 002
175 530 003
L
270
270
270
L1
89
80
80
L2
152
-
L3
183
-
L4
239
239
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-21
+GF+ AQUATAP
Tubing Interconnect Components
2
3
Isolation Ball Valve
Capable of direct connection as

isolator to the faucet
Straight Coupler
For direct connection to faucet

tubing
90 Elbow
For tight space

constraints
Tie-In Components
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2-22
(Also available with Sanitary

Clamp Ends)
Example:
Single IFD (Inline Flow Diverter)
Serving Multiple (3) AquaTap
Faucets
MARQUEST SCIENTIFIC
Marquest Scientifics new line of gauge and instrument isolators are engineered
to provide total protection and isolation of corrosive & ultra pure fluids while
offering a design with the most rugged features in the industry. Stainless steel
reinforcement of the instrument connection to prevent fracturing associated
with metal to plastic threads. This stainless steel reinforcing component is
integrally molded into the the Upper Chamber to completely surround the full
length of the female thread and is for all practical purposes unbreakable.
Available in PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene,& PVDF.
Diaphragms in PTFE Teflon , Viton and EPDM
Connection Sizes: 1/4 x 1/2, 1/4 x 1/4, 1/2 x 1/2
Instrument x Process Female, NPT/BSP Connections
Solvent Cement Socket Process Joint
Standard Gauge(SB) Installed is a Wika 213.53 Stainless

Case, Brass Connection, Glycerin Filled. All Stainless
Gauges(SS), Process Gauges(PG), & Pressure Switches
are available.
PVC, TEFLON DIAPHRAGM
CPVC, TEFLON DIAPHRAGM
GAUGE
RANGE
1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
No Gauge
0-15psi
0-30psi
0-60psi
0-100psi
0-160psi
0-200psi
0-300psi
TG-22T-PVC
TG-22T015SB-PVC
TG-22T030SB-PVC
TG-22T060SB-PVC
TG-22T100SB-PVC
TG-22T160SB-PVC
TG-22T200SB-PVC
TG-22T300SB-PVC
TG-25T-PVC
TG-25T015SB-PVC
TG-25T030SB-PVC
TG-25T060SB-PVC
TG-25T100SB-PVC
TG-25T160SB-PVC
TG-25T200SB-PVC
TG-25T300SB-PVC
TG-22T-CPV
TG-22T015SB-CPV
TG-22T030SB-CPV
TG-22T060SB-CPV
TG-22T100SB-CPV
TG-22T160SB-CPV
TG-22T200SB-CPV
TG-22T300SB-CPV
TG-25T-CPV
TG-25T015SB-CPV
TG-25T030SB-CPV
TG-25T060SB-CPV
TG-25T100SB-CPV
TG-25T160SB-CPV
TG-25T200SB-CPV
TG-25T300SB-CPV
PVC, VITON DIAPHRAGM
CPVC, VITON DIAPHRAGM
GAUGE
RANGE
1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
No Gauge
0-15psi
0-30psi
0-60psi
0-100psi
0-160psi
0-200psi
0-300psi
TG-22V-PVC
TG-22V015SB-PVC
TG-22V030SB-PVC
TG-22V060SB-PVC
TG-22V100SB-PVC
TG-22V160SB-PVC
TG-22V200SB-PVC
TG-22V300SB-PVC
TG-25V-PVC
TG-25V015SB-PVC
TG-25V030SB-PVC
TG-25V060SB-PVC
TG-25V100SB-PVC
TG-25V160SB-PVC
TG-25V200SB-PVC
TG-25V300SB-PVC
TG-22V-CPV
TG-22V015SB-CPV
TG-22V030SB-CPV
TG-22V060SB-CPV
TG-22V100SB-CPV
TG-22V160SB-CPV
TG-22V200SB-CPV
TG-22V300SB-CPV
TG-25V-CPV
TG-25V015SB-CPV
TG-25V030SB-CPV
TG-25V060SB-CPV
TG-25V100SB-CPV
TG-25V160SB-CPV
TG-25V200SB-CPV
TG-25V300SB-CPV
POLYPROPYLENE, TEFLON
DIAPHRAGM
1/4 FEMALE 1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
NPT INLET
TG-22T-PPR
TG-22T015SB-PPR
TG-22T030SB-PPR
TG-22T060SB-PPR
TG-22T100SB-PPR
TG-22T160SB-PPR
TG-22T200SB-PPR
TG-22T300SB-PPR
TG-25T-PPR
TG-25T015SB-PPR
TG-25T030SB-PPR
TG-25T060SB-PPR
TG-25T100SB-PPR
TG-25T160SB-PPR
TG-25T200SB-PPR
TG-25T300SB-PPR
POLYPROPYLENE, VITON
DIAPHRAGM
1/4 FEMALE 1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
NPT INLET
TG-22V-PPR
TG-22V015SB-PPR
TG-22V030SB-PPR
TG-22V060SB-PPR
TG-22V100SB-PPR
TG-22V160SB-PPR
TG-22V200SB-PPR
TG-22V300SB-PPR
TG-25V-PPR
TG-25V015SB-PPR
TG-25V030SB-PPR
TG-25V060SB-PPR
TG-25V100SB-PPR
TG-25V160SB-PPR
TG-25V200SB-PPR
TG-25V300SB-PPR
PVDF, TEFLON DIAPHRAGM

1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
TG-22T-PVD
TG-22T015SB-PVD
TG-22T030SB-PVD
TG-22T060SB-PVD
TG-22T100SB-PVD
TG-22T160SB-PVD
TG-22T200SB-PVD
TG-22T300SB-PVD
TG-25T-PVD
TG-25T015SB-PVD
TG-25T030SB-PVD
TG-25T060SB-PVD
TG-25T100SB-PVD
TG-25T160SB-PVD
TG-25T200SB-PVD
TG-25T300SB-PVD
PVDF, VITON DIAPHRAGM

1/4 FEMALE
NPT INLET
1/2 FEMALE
NPT INLET
TG-22V-PVD
TG-22V015SB-PVD
TG-22V030SB-PVD
TG-22V060SB-PVD
TG-22V100SB-PVD
TG-22V160SB-PVD
TG-22V200SB-PVD
TG-22V300SB-PVD
TG-25V-PVD
TG-25V015SB-PVD
TG-25V030SB-PVD
TG-25V060SB-PVD
TG-25V100SB-PVD
TG-25V160SB-PVD
TG-25V200SB-PVD
TG-25V300SB-PVD

Marquest Scientifics line of Throttle Master Needle Valves provide precise
flow control with fine adjustment of corrosive and high purity fluids. Available
in two styles, both straight pattern (straight 180) and Angle pattern (90).
Three standard end connections: 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" Female NPT. Tubing,
solvent, & fusion connections are available. A PTFE, Teflon sealed metering
chamber offers excellent chemical resistance & high purity. There are no
metals, elastomers, or lubricants used in their construction.
Notes:
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
PVC
STRAIGHT
ANGLE
NG-250-PVC
NG-375-PVC
NG-500-PVC
NA-250-PVC
NA-375-PVC
NA-500-PVC
200 psi rating for PVC, CPVC, PVDF. 150 psi rating for PP
Cv Factors: .310 thru .780 at Full Open
CPVC
STRAIGHT
ANGLE
NG-250-CPV
NG-375-CPV
NG-500-CPV
NA-250-CPV
NA-375-CPV
NA-500-CPV
POLYPROPYLENE
STRAIGHT
ANGLE
NG-250-PPR
NG-375-PPR
NG-500-PPR
NA-250-PPR
NA-375-PPR
NA-500-PPR
PVDF
STRAIGHT
ANGLE
NG-250-PVD
NG-375-PVD
NG-500-PVD
NA-250-PVD
NA-375-PVD
NA-500-PVD
4
5
6
7
250 psi rating for PVC & CPVC, 170 psi for PP, and 250 psi for PVDF
PVC, CPVC available with Solvent Socket Connection, PVDF available with metric fusion sockets.
Standard Instrument Connection is 1/4 Female NPT. 1/2 Female NPT available TG-55
SIZE
2
3
Notes:
Standard port connection is Female NPT. Tubing, Solvent,

& Fusion connections available upon request.
8
9
10
2-23
MARQUEST SCIENTIFIC
Laboratory Faucets
Marquest Scientific Laboratory Faucets provide point of use access

of Type I II & III water as well as corrosive chemicals. FDA, USDA,
& USP standards are either met or exceeded. All injection molded,
rugged design and construction. Outlet options include a molded
serrated barb fitting for tubing, a male or female NPT thread, a .2
Micron capsule filter, and many more. Control Valve options include
a zero deadleg needle valve, a compact 1/4 turn on/off lab valve,
and standard 1/4 turn ball valve.
2
3
4
5
Available in PVC, Natural Polypropylene, & PVDF.

Gooseneck component is heavy wall, custom extruded for
increased rigidity.
L Series Needle Control Valve option offers all New PTFE
sealing for extended life. Exceptional Low torque on/off.
From Left to Right: (1) Wall Mount PVC Lab Faucet w/ L Series Needle Valve (2) Deck Mount Natural Polypro Lab Faucet w/ Standard Ball Valve (3) Deck Mount
PVC Lab Faucet w/ L Series Needle Valve & Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker (4) Deck Mount PVC Lab Faucet w/ Lab Valve
PVC, TYPE II, III WATER

CONTROL
VALVE
Needle Valve
Ball Valve
Lab Valve
Remote, No Valve
PVDF (TYPE 1)
RECIRCULATING FAUCETS
LG-DN-X1
LG-DB-X1
LG-DL-X1
LG-DR-X1
LG-WN-X1
LG-WB-X1
LG-WL-X1
LG-WR-X1
LG-DN-X2
LG-DB-X2
LG-DR-X2
LG-WN-X2
LG-WB-X2
LG-WR-X2
LG-DN-X3
LG-DB-X3
LG-DR-X3
LG-WN-X3
LG-WB-X3
LG-WR-X3
LG-DNR-X3
-
LG-WNR-X3
-
*Fill in the (X) in the above part numbers with R-Right Handed, L-Left Handed, F-Handle in Front, B-Handle
in Back. Remote, (X) remains.
An Atmospheric
Vacuum Breaker
for Backflow
Prevention is
available on
most Lab Faucet
configurations.
An example:
Part No. LGVDN-R1
Description: Lab Faucet, Deck
Mount, L Series Needle Valve, Right
Handed, PVC, w/ Atmospheric
Vacuum Breaker installed.
Meets ASME A112.18.1M.
Notes:
A Water Quality Light with

Resistivity thresholds ranging
from 5k ohm/cm through 2 MEG
Ohm/cm are avaialble on most
Lab Faucet configurations. Please
contact us for a part number
that meets your specification.
An example: Part No. LGDN1MEG-R1 Description: Lab
Faucet, Deck Mount, L Series
A .2 Micron Capsule Filter

option is available on all
Lab Faucet configurations.
An example: Part No.
LG-DNCF-R1 Description:
Lab Faucet, Deck Mount, L
Series Needle Valve, Right
Handed, PVC, w/ .2 Micron
Capsule Filter. Standard
Outlet on Capsule Filter
is 3/8 Male NPT. Other
connections available
include Hose Barb, &
Female NPT.
Needle Valve, Right Handed, PVC, w/ 1 Meg

Ohm/cm Quality Light installed. The monitoring
is simple; the green light indicates the water
purity is above the threshhold value; the red
light warns that it is below.
All deck mount assemblies include a 3 Thru-Deck Nipple (Wall Mount 1.5), Ring Nut, casual water gasket.
Standard Inlet connection is 3/8 Female NPT. Tube & Fusion Socket connections available.
All assemblies require a 1 diameter hole for mounting.
Laboratory Turrets
Marquest Scientifics line of Laboratory Turrets provide compact and convenient point of use access
of Type I II & III water as well as corrosive chemicals. FDA, USDA, & USP standards are either
met or exceeded. All injection molded, rugged design and construction. Outlet options include a
molded serrated barb fitting for tubing,, as well as a male or female NPT Thread, Control Valve
options include a zero deadleg needle valve and a standard 1/4 turn ball valve. Available in PVC,
Natural Polypropylene, & High Purity PVDF.
9
10
HIGH PURITY PVDF, TYPE I

WATER
DECK MOUNT WALL MOUNT DECK MOUNT WALL MOUNT DECK MOUNT WALL MOUNT DECK MOUNT WALL MOUNT
6
7
NATURAL POLYPRO, TYPE

II, I WATER
PVC
Picture shown is LT-V-R1
Notes:
CONTROL
VALVE
RIGHT LEFT
HAND HAND
Needle Valve
LT-V-R1
Ball Valve
LT-B-R1
Remote, No Valve
LT-V-L1
LT-B-L1
LT-X-1
HANDLE
ON TOP
LT-V-T1
LT-B-T1
Cv Factor: .310 at Full Open

200 psi rating for PVC & PVDF. 150 psi rating for Natural Polypro
2-24
NATURAL
POLYPROPYLENE
RIGHT LEFT HANDLE
HAND HAND ON TOP
LT-V-R2
LT-B-R2
LT-V-L2
LT-B-L2
LT-X-2
LT-V-T2
LT-B-T2
HIGH PURITY PVDF

RIGHT LEFT
HAND HAND
LT-V-R3
LT-B-R3
LT-V-L3
LT-B-L3
LT-X-3
HANDLE
ON TOP
LT-V-T3
LT-B-T3
SECTION 3:
VALVES AND VALVE AUTOMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chemkor True Union Ball Valves 3-2

Chemkor Butterfly Valves 3-3
ChemKor Ball Valves 3-4
Hayward Isolation Ball Valves 3-5
Hayward Lateral Ball Valves 3-6
Hayward Two-Way Ball Valves 3-7
Hayward Butterfly Valves 3-9
Hayward Wafer Check Valve 3-10
Hayward Valve Automation 3-11
Hayward Actuation & Controls 3-12
+GF+ True Union Ball Valves 3-13
+GF+ Type 567 Butterfly Valves 3-14
+GF+ Type 304 Y-Check Valves 3-14

+GF+ Type 543 3-Way Ball Valves 3-14
+GF+ Actuated Ball Valves 3-15
+GF+ Actuated Butterfly Valves 3-17
+GF+ Diastar Diaphragm Valves 3-19
Spears True union 2000 Valves 3-20
Spears PVC & CPVC Gate Valves
3-22
Swing Check Valves 3-24

Specialty Valves 3-25
Pressure Control Valves 3-27
Plast-O-Matic Valves & Controls 3-30
CHEMKOR TRUE UNION BALL VALVES

Chemkor Super Bloc True Union Ball Valves
The Chemkor Super Bloc true union ball valve features a unique double
union/double block design for easier maintenance. It contains blocks
in both the upstream and downstream directions. These valves are
available in PVC, CPVC, and Polypropylene construction. All ball valves
are available with either a Viton or EPDM O-ring, Teflon seats, and double
stem O-rings. The fullport design ensures minimal flow restriction.
These valves have an external adjustment for seat wear.
CHEMKOR TRUE UNION BALL VALVES WITH EPDM SEALS

PVC
CPVC
SIZE SOC/THD
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-2
THD
31913007
N/A
31913008
N/A
31913009
N/A
31913010
N/A
31913011
N/A
31913012
N/A
31913013 31914013
31913014 31914014
31913016 31914016
FLANGE
SOC/THD
THD
FLANGE
31916007
31916008
31916009
31916010
31916011
31916012
31916013
31916014
31916016
32913007
32913008
32913009
32913010
32913011
32913012
32913013
32913014
32913016
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32914013
32914014
32914016
32916007
32916008
32916009
32916010
32916011
32916012
32916013
32916014
32916016
CHEMKOR TRUE UNION BALL VALVES WITH VITON SEALS

PVC
CPVC
POLYPROPYLENE
SIZE
SOC/THD
THD
FLANGE
SOC/THD
THD
FLANGE
SOC/THD
THD
FLANGE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
31909007
31909008
31909009
31909010
31909011
31909012
31909013
31909014
31909016
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
31910013
31910014
31910016
31912007
31912008
31912009
31912010
31912011
31912012
31912013
31912014
31912016
32909007
32909008
32909009
32909010
32909011
32909012
32909013
32909014
32909016
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
32910013
32910014
32910016
32912007
32912008
32912009
32912010
32912011
32912012
32912013
32912014
N/A
34909007
34909008
34909009
34909010
34909011
34909012
34909013
34909014
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
34910013
34910014
N/A
34912007
34912008
34912009
34912010
34912011
34912012
34912013
34912014
34912016
Notes:
150 psi rating for PVC and CPVC.

2 1/2 valves are fabricated with 3 valves and bushings.
2 1/2 flanged valves are nonstock.
In PVC, CPVC, and PP, 1/2 to 2 are supplied with both socket and threaded ends.
Threaded part numbers apply to 3 and 4 valves only.
Vacuum resistant to 29.9 of mercury.
PVDF valves are available upon request.
Chemkor Single Union Ball Valves

The Chemkor single union ball valve is manufactured from white PVC with
EPDM O-rings and is available in 1 1/2 and 2 with socket ends. It is ideal for
pool and spa applications and is rated to 140F.
SIZE
PART NUMBER
1 1/2"
WPSUB015
2"
WPSUB020
Notes:
150 psi rating for PVC and CPVC.

PVC rated to 140F, CPVC rated to 210F.
Vacuum resistant to 29.9 of mercury.
CHEMKOR BUTTERFLY VALVES

Chemkor Butterfly Valves
Chemkor Butterfly valves have a unique Triple Seal design for maximum
reliability. They have a full face design assuring positive flange sealing. These
valves are up to 50% lighter than metal valves and have a PVC disk for optimized
strength and reduced pressure drop. Chemtrol butterfly valves have a ten position
index plate for precise flow control and are pressure rated to 150 psi and service
temperatures of up to 140F. 8, 10, and 12 come complete with a gear box
handle.
SIZE
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
Notes:
150 psi rating at 73.4 F.

Temperature rated to 140 F.
PVC HAND LEVER

EPDM
VITON
31350014 31351014
31350016 31351016
31350018 31351018
31350019 31351019
31350020 31351020
31350022 31351022
Chemkor Gear Box Butterfly Valves are corrosion resistant and exhibit excellent flow
characteristics. They require lower torque and have greater sealing capacity with a
clear indication of the disc opening. The standard stem is made from 304, 316 or
316L stainless steel. They are available in sizes from 3 to 24 upon request.
PVC GEAR BOX
EPDM
VITON
31350019G 31351019G
31350020G 31351020G
31350022G 31351022G
Notes:
150 psi rating at 73.4F(23C)

Temperature rated to 140 F.
Pressure rating for 2~10 is 150 PSI.
Pressure rating for 12 is 100 PSI.
4
5
6
Ball Check Valves/Foot Valves

The Chemkor ball check valve features a thermoplastic corrosion resistant
design, excellent flow characteristics and union end connector for simplified
valve maintenance. Its unique design prevents the ball from sticking
or chattering. It contains a long life Viton ball seat and it can be easily
converted to a foot valve with the installation of the strainer kit. It is designed
for vertical applications.
Notes:
The 4 valve has a 3 body with end connectors increased to 4.

PVC rated to 140 F, CPVC to 210F, PP to 180F.
SIZE
1/2"
PVC/EPDM
SOC
THREAD
31817007 31818007
PVC/VITON
SOC
THREAD
31801007
31800007
CPVC/VITON
SOC
THREAD
32801007
32800007
PP/VITON
SOC
THREAD
34801007
34800007
3//4"
31817008
31818008
31801008
31800008
32801008
32800008
34801008
34800008
1"
31817009
31818009
31801009
31800009
32801009
32800009
34801009
34800009
1 1/4"
31817010
31818010
31801010
31800010
32801010
32800010
34801010
34800010
1 1/2"
31817011
31818011
31801011
31800011
32801011
32800011
34801011
34800011
2"
31817012
31818012
31801012
31800012
32801012
32800012
34801012
34800012
3"
31817014
31818014
31801014
31800014
32801014
32800014
34801014
34800014
4"
31817016
31818016
31801016
31800016
32801016
32800016
34801016
34800016
2
3
Chemkor Gear Box Butterfly Valves
SIZE
8"
10"
12"
7
8
9
10
3-3
CHEMKOR BALL VALVES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-4
Chemkor Super C Compact Ball Valves

The Super C Compact Ball Valve features double O-rings, self-lubricating
Teflon seats, full flow design. It is available in schedule 80 socket or npt
thread and is pressure rated to 150 psi @ 73.4F(23C).
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
GRAY PVC
EPDM SOCKET
3011005
3011007
3011010
3011012
3011015
3011020
GRAY PVC
EPDM
3012005
3012007
3012010
3012012
3012015
3012020
WHITE PVC
EPDM SOCKET
3011005W
3011007W
3011010W
3011012W
3011015W
3011020W
WHITE PVC
EPDM SOCKET
3012005W
3012007W
3012010W
3012012W
3012015W
3012020W
Chemkor Compact Econo Ball Valves

The Chemkor Econo Ball Valve is cost effective and features a white PVC
body, santoprene seats, EPDM rings, and a short overall length. This is
a full bore, 150 PSI rated (non shock) valve.
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
PVC EPDM SOCKET

3014005W
3014007W
3014010W
3014012W
3014015W
3014020W
PVC EPDM THREADED

3013005W
3013007W
3013010W
3013012W
3013015W
3013020W
Chemkor Type 323 Metering Ball Valves

This manual, yet actuatable, metering ball valve provides accurate, low
flow values. The scale on the body indicates degrees of opening (0-180)
which can be related to flow rate at a known pressure. It is available in
socket or threaded true union connections with PTFE ball seat and with
EPDM or VITON seals.
SIZE
3/8
1/2
PVC EPDM
SOCKET
161 323 521
161 323 522
PVC EPDM
THREADED
161 323 541
161 323 542
PVC VITON
SOCKET
161 323 531
161 323 532
PVC VITON
THREADED
161 323 551
161 323 552
Chemkor Type 324 Laboratory Ball Cock Valves

This manual PVC 2-way, full port, laboratory ball cock valve is available in
PVC with either socket or threaded end connectors EPDM seals and PTFE
ball seats. It can be disassembled for repair or replacement. It exhibits
ideal flow characteristics and maintains a long, maintenance-free, life. It is
pressure rated to 150 psi at 73.4F(23C).
SIZE
PVC EPDM
SOCKET
PVC EPDM
THREADED
1/4
161 324 200
161 324 454
HAYWARD ISOLATION BALL VALVES

Hayward True Union Multiport Isolation Ball Valves
Haywards Series TW, LA, and CF True Union multi-port ball valves are available
in sizes of 1/2 to 6. The multi-port products are divided into two family groups;
Series TW & LA are diverter style valves, while the Series CF is a multi-port isolation
valve. Series TW & LA valves divert flow from a common inlet mid port to right or left
port. The Series CF valve provides isolated straight through flow and diverted flow
either right or left. All valves carry a full Two-year Warranty. Valves are available
in PVC and CPVC material. PTFE reversible seats provide drop tight shut-off to 150
PSI at 70 F. Elastomer stem & body seals of EPDM or FPM provide wide chemical
compatibility. Available in socket, threaded and flanged end connections. 6 valve
only available with ASME Class 150 bolt pattern flanged end connections. Materials
comply with PVC Cell Class 12454 per ASTM D1784 and CPVC Cell Class 23447 per
ASTM D1784. Valves are fully serviceable with available repair kits. CrossFlo option
only available is TW vertical valve body.
FPM SEALS
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
**6
PVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* TW1050ST
Flanged
TW1050F
Skt/Thd* TW1075ST
Flanged
TW1075F
Skt/Thd* TW1100ST
Flanged
TW1100F
Skt/Thd* TW1125ST
Flanged
TW1125F
Skt/Thd* TW1150ST
Flanged
TW1150F
Skt/Thd* TW1200ST
Flanged
TW1200F
Threaded TW1250T
Socket
TW1250S
Flanged
TW1250F
Threaded TW1300T
Socket
TW1300S
Flanged
TW1300F
Threaded TW1400T
Socket
TW1400S
Flanged
TW1400F
Flanged
TW1600F
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* TW2050ST
Flanged
TW2050F
Skt/Thd* TW2075ST
Flanged
TW2075F
Skt/Thd* TW2100ST
Flanged
TW2100F
Skt/Thd* TW2125ST
Flanged
TW2125F
Skt/Thd* TW2150ST
Flanged
TW2150F
Skt/Thd* TW2200ST
Flanged
TW2200F
Threaded TW2250T
Socket
TW2250S
Flanged
TW2250F
Threaded TW2300T
Socket
TW2300S
Flanged
TW2300F
Threaded TW2400T
Socket
TW2400S
Flanged
TW2400F
Flanged
TW2600F
EPDM SEALS
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
**6
END
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Flanged
PVC
PART NO.
TW1050STE
TW1050FE
TW1075STE
TW1075FE
TW1100STE
TW1100FE
TW1125STE
TW1125FE
TW1150STE
TW1150FE
TW1200STE
TW1200FE
TW1250TE
TW1250SE
TW1250FE
TW1300TE
TW1300SE
TW1300FE
TW1400TE
TW1400SE
TW1400FE
TW1600FE
Notes:
* 1/2 thru 2 Valves supplied with socket & threaded end connectors.
** 4 valve venturied to 6
OPTIONS: Lockout Handle (Suffix G), Stem Extension, Square Nut
CrossFlo Multi-port Valves
END
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Skt/Thd*
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Threaded
Socket
Flanged
Flanged
CPVC
PART NO.
TW2050STE
TW2050FE
TW2075STE
TW2075FE
TW2100STE
TW2100FE
TW2125STE
TW2125FE
TW2150STE
TW2150FE
TW2200STE
TW2200FE
TW2250TE
TW2250SE
TW2250FE
TW2300TE
TW2300SE
TW2300FE
TW2400TE
TW2400SE
TW2400FE
TW2600FE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Use Hayward CrossFloTM True Union Multi-port Ball

Valves for isolated straight through and diverting flow
requirements. CrossFloTM multi-port ball valves provide
isolated flow patterns in 0-90 & 090180 valve
positions. Reduced flow can occur in certain sizes. Review
flow requirements with sales associate prior to ordering.
Substitute CF (manual) or HCCF (automated) for TW

prefix of standard Valve Part No. above. CrossFlo valves
are available in 6 size range. Actuators specified
separately.
10
Ordering Information:
3-5
HAYWARD LATERAL BALL VALVES
Hayward True Union Multiport Lateral Ball Valves

Haywards Series LA True Union multi-port ball valve is available in sizes of
1/2 to 6. The Series LA lateral diverter valve diverts flow from a common
inlet mid port to right or left port on a horizontal plane. All valves carry a full
Two-year Warranty. Valves are available in PVC and CPVC material. PTFE
reversible seats provide drop tight shut-off to 150 PSI at 70 F. Elastomer
stem & body seals of EPDM or FPM provide wide chemical compatibility.
Available in socket, threaded and flanged end connections. 6 valve only
available with ASME Class 150 bolt pattern flanged end connections.
Materials comply with PVC Cell Class 12454 per ASTM D1784 and CPVC Cell
Class 23447 per ASTM D1784. Valves are fully serviceable with available
repair kits.
2
3
FPM SEALS
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
5
6
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
**6
7
8
PVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* LA1050ST
Flanged
LA1050F
Skt/Thd* LA1075ST
Flanged
LA1075F
Skt/Thd* LA1100ST
Flanged
LA1100F
Skt/Thd* LA1125ST
Flanged
LA1125F
Skt/Thd* LA1150ST
Flanged
LA1150F
Skt/Thd* LA1200ST
Flanged
LA1200F
Threaded
LA1250T
Socket
LA1250S
Flanged
LA1250F
Threaded
LA1300T
Socket
LA1300S
Flanged
LA1300F
Threaded
LA1400T
Socket
LA1400S
Flanged
LA1400F
Flanged
LA1600F
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* LA2050ST
Flanged
LA2050F
Skt/Thd* LA2075ST
Flanged
LA2075F
Skt/Thd* LA2100ST
Flanged
LA2100F
Skt/Thd* LA2125ST
Flanged
LA2125F
Skt/Thd* LA2150ST
Flanged
LA2150F
Skt/Thd* LA2200ST
Flanged
LA2200F
Threaded
LA2250T
Socket
LA2250S
Flanged
LA2250F
Threaded
LA2300T
Socket
LA2300S
Flanged
LA2300F
Threaded
LA2400T
Socket
LA2400S
Flanged
LA2400F
Flanged
LA2600F
EPDM SEALS
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
**6
PVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* LA1050STE
Flanged
LA1050FE
Skt/Thd* LA1075STE
Flanged
LA1075FE
Skt/Thd* LA1100STE
Flanged
LA1100FE
Skt/Thd* LA1125STE
Flanged
LA1125FE
Skt/Thd* LA1150STE
Flanged
LA1150FE
Skt/Thd* LA1200STE
Flanged
LA1200FE
Threaded LA1250TE
Socket
LA1250SE
Flanged
LA1250FE
Threaded LA1300TE
Socket
LA1300SE
Flanged
LA1300FE
Threaded LA1400TE
Socket
LA1400SE
Flanged
LA1400FE
Flanged
LA1600FE
Notes:
* 1/2 thru 2 Valves supplied with socket & threaded end connectors.
** 4 valve venturied to 6
OPTIONS: Lockout Handle (Suffix G), Stem Extension, Square Nut
For automated Multi-port and Lateral valves see automated valve section of catalogue.
Series TW and LA Multiport Valves

MULTI-PORT VALVE FLOW PLANS - SERIES TW BODY
9
10
3-6
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Skt/Thd* LA2050STE
Flanged
LA2050FE
Skt/Thd* LA2075STE
Flanged
LA2075FE
Skt/Thd* LA2100STE
Flanged
LA2100FE
Skt/Thd* LA2125STE
Flanged
LA2125FE
Skt/Thd* LA2150STE
Flanged
LA2150FE
Skt/Thd* LA2200STE
Flanged
LA2200FE
Threaded LA2250TE
Socket
LA2250SE
Flanged
LA2250FE
Threaded LA2300TE
Socket
LA2300SE
Flanged
LA2300FE
Threaded LA2400TE
Socket
LA2400SE
Flanged
LA2400FE
Flanged
LA2600FE
LATERAL VALVE FLOW

PLANS SERIES LA BODY
Series TW Valve Choose NT Ball for automated valve applications.

Center-off applications use electric actuator with Center-off option.
Series LA Valve NT Ball ONLY
HAYWARD TWO-WAY BALL VALVES

Hayward True Union Two-Way Ball Valves
Haywards Series TB True Union two-way ball valves in sizes of 1/4 to
2 are full port design and carry the industries highest pressure rating.
Valves are available in PVC and CPVC material. PTFE reversible seats
provide drop tight shut-off to 250 PSI at 70 F. Elastomer stem & body
seals of EPDM or FPM provide wide chemical compatibility. Valves in
sizes through 2 include socket & threaded end connectors. Valves also
available with ASME Class 150 bolt pattern flanged end connections. NSF/
ANSI 61 listed. Materials comply with PVC Cell Class 12454 per ASTM
D1784 and CPVC Cell Class 23447 per ASTM D1784. Valves are fully
serviceable with available repair kits.
FPM SEALS
SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
PVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded
TB1025T
Socket
TB1025S
Threaded
TB1037T
Socket
TB1037S
Skt/Thd* TB1050ST
Flanged
TB1050F
Skt/Thd* TB1075ST
Flanged
TB1075F
Skt/Thd* TB1100ST
Flanged
TB1100F
Skt/Thd* TB1125ST
Flanged
TB1125F
Skt/Thd* TB1150ST
Flanged
TB1150F
Skt/Thd* TB1200ST
Flanged
TB1200F
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded
TB2025T
Socket
TB2025S
Threaded
TB2037T
Socket
TB2037S
Skt/Thd* TB2050ST
Flanged
TB2050F
Skt/Thd* TB2075ST
Flanged
TB2075F
Skt/Thd* TB2100ST
Flanged
TB2100F
Skt/Thd* TB2125ST
Flanged
TB2125F
Skt/Thd* TB2150ST
Flanged
TB2150F
Skt/Thd* TB2200ST
Flanged
TB2200F
EPDM SEALS
SIZE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
PVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded TB1025TE
Socket
TB1025SE
Threaded TB1037TE
Socket
TB1037SE
Skt/Thd* TB1050STE
Flanged
TB1050FE
Skt/Thd* TB1075STE
Flanged
TB1075FE
Skt/Thd* TB1100STE
Flanged
TB1100FE
Skt/Thd* TB1125STE
Flanged
TB1125FE
Skt/Thd* TB1150STE
Flanged
TB1150FE
Skt/Thd* TB1200STE
Flanged
TB1200FE
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded
TB202TE
Socket
TB2025SE
Threaded TB2037TE
Socket
TB2037SE
Skt/Thd* TB2050STE
Flanged
TB2050FE
Skt/Thd* TB2075STE
Flanged
TB2075FE
Skt/Thd* TB2100STE
Flanged
TB2100FE
Skt/Thd* TB2125STE
Flanged
TB2125FE
Skt/Thd* TB2150STE
Flanged
TB2150FE
Skt/Thd* TB2200STE
Flanged
TB2200FE
Notes:
* 1/2 thru 2 PVC Valves are supplied with both socket and threaded end connectors.
OPTIONS: Lockout Handle (Suffix G), Vented Ball (Suffix D for non Sodium Hypochlorite
applications), Stem Extension, Square Nut.
NaOCl - Sodium Hypochlorite Service

Use Hayward Z Ball valve for NaOCl installations. Valve design
incorporates vented ball, designed to relieve trapped cavity pressure
resulting from NaOCl decomposition. The off-gas overpressure is
relieved through the ball vent hole into the upstream piping, assuring
no harmful trapped cavity pressures reside within the valve. Dedicated
markings for vent hole orientation as well as black handle identify the
Z ball NaOCl valve installation. Only available in 1/2 - 6 valves with
FPM seals.
Add Z suffix to Valve Part No. above. Valve MUST be equipped

with FPM Seals for compatibility with NaOCl service.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-7
HAYWARD TWO-WAY BALL VALVES

Hayward True Union Two-Way Ball Valves
Haywards Series TB True Union two-way ball valves in sizes of 2 1/2 to 6

carry a full Two-year Warranty. Valves are available in PVC and CPVC material.
PTFE reversible seats provide drop tight shut-off to 235 PSI at 70 F up to 4
size and 150 PSI at 70 F for 6 size. Elastomer stem & body seals of EPDM
or FPM provide wide chemical compatibility. Available in socket, threaded and
flanged end connections. 6 valve only available with ASME Class 150 bolt
pattern flanged end connections. NSF/ANSI 61 listed. Materials comply with
PVC Cell Class 12454 per ASTM D1784 and CPVC Cell Class 23447 per ASTM
D1784. Valves are fully serviceable with available repair kits.
2
3
FPM SEALS
SIZE
2 1/2
3
4
**6
PVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded
TB1250T
Socket
TB1250S
Flanged
TB1250F
Threaded
TB1300T
Socket
TB1300S
Flanged
TB1300F
Threaded
TB1400T
Socket
TB1400S
Flanged
TB1400F
Flanged
TB1600F
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded
TB2250T
Socket
TB2250S
Flanged
TB2250F
Threaded
TB2300T
Socket
TB2300S
Flanged
TB2300F
Threaded
TB2400T
Socket
TB2400S
Flanged
TB2400F
Flanged
TB2600F
EPDM SEALS
SIZE
2 1/2
3
4
**6
PVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded TB1250TE
Socket
TB1250SE
Flanged
TB1250FE
Threaded TB1300TE
Socket
TB1300SE
Flanged
TB1300FE
Threaded TB1400TE
Socket
TB1400SE
Flanged
TB1400FE
Flanged
TB1600FE
CPVC
END
PART NO.
Threaded TB2250TE
Socket
TB2250SE
Flanged
TB2250FE
Threaded TB2300TE
Socket
TB2300SE
Flanged
TB2300FE
Threaded TB2400TE
Socket
TB2400SE
Flanged
TB2400FE
Flanged
TB2600FE
Notes:
6
7
8
** 4 valve venturied to 6.
OPTIONS: Lockout Handle (Suffix G), Vented Ball (Suffix D for non Sodium Hypochlorite
applications), Stem Extension, Square Nut.
Proportional Flow Control

Use Hayward ProFile2TM True Union Ball Valves for precise flow control
applications. Linear & equal percentage flow characteristics are
selectable by simply reversing the ball orientation within the valve.
ProFile2 valves are available in PVC & CPVC material with size ranges
from through 6. Readily automatable with Hayward electric and
pneumatic actuators and control packages.
Substitute CV (manual) or HCCV (automated) for TB prefix of

standard Valve Part No. above. ProFile2 control valves are available
in 6 size range. Actuators specified separately.
10
3-8
HAYWARD BUTTERFLY VALVES

Hayward Butterfly Valves
Haywards Series BY Butterfly Valves
Series BY Options:
Sizes of 1 1/2 to 12 are designed port design for high flow and provide
robust construction. Valves are available in PVC, CPVC, and PP materials,
with elastomer seals of EPDM & FPM. Series BY butterfly valves incorporate
a single piece 316 St. Steel shaft for ease of operation and corrosion
resistance. Valves through 12 in size incorporate a fully supported ASME
Class 150 bolt pattern wafer style body for structural stability. St. Steel
lugs are available for lug pattern requirements. Valves are lever or gear
operated. Valves are rated to 150 PSI at 70 F. Materials comply with PVC
Cell Class 12454 per ASTM D1784 and CPVC Cell Class 23447 per ASTM
D1784. Valves are fully serviceable with available repair kits.
St. Steel Lugs (Suffix I)

Stem Extensions
Square Nut Operators
Chain Wheel Operator
Electric & Pneumatic actuation
SERIES BY
SIZE BODY
PVC
1 1/2 PVC
- 2
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
3
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
4
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
6
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
8
Lever
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
8
Gear
PP
CPVC
PP
10
PP
PP
12
PP
DISC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PP
CPVC
PVC
PP
PVC
PP
FPM
PART NO.
BY110200VLA
BY140200VLA
BY440200VLA
BY220200VLA
BY110300VL
BY140300VL
BY440300VL
BY220300VL
BY110400VL
BY140400VL
BY440400VL
BY220400VL
BY110600VL
BY140600VL
BY440600VL
BY220600VL
BY110800VL
BY140800VL
BY440800VL
BY220800VL
BY110800VG
BY140800VG
BY440800VG
BY220800VG
BY41100VG
BY44100VG
BY41120VG
BY44120VG
Notes:
Haywards Series BYB Large Diameter Butterfly Valves
Sizes of 10 to 24 are rugged valves for a wide variety of applications.

Consult sales associate for technical specifications.
EPDM
PART NO.
BY110200ELA
BY140200ELA
BY440200ELA
BY220200ELA
BY110300EL
BY140300EL
BY440300EL
BY220300EL
BY110400EL
BY140400EL
BY440400EL
BY220400EL
BY110600EL
BY140600EL
BY440600EL
BY220600EL
BY110800EL
BY140800EL
BY440800EL
BY220800EL
BY110800EG
BY140800EG
BY440800EG
BY220800EG
BY41100EG
BY44100EG
BY41120EG
BY44120EG
PP = Glass Filled Polypropylene

Series BY: fully supported ASME Class 150 bolt
pattern body, 316 St. Steel shaft, FPM/EPDM
elastomer liner
Series BYB: ASME Class 150 bolt pattern body,
416 St. Steel shaft, FPM/EPDM elastomer liner
Series BYC: Wafer pattern body, 316 St. Steel
shaft, EPDM elastomer liner
Options for all Series of Butterfly Valves:
Submersible & Marinized Gear Operators,
Stem Extensions, Valve Automation & Controls
SIZE
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
FPM
BODY
PVC
CPVC
PP
PVDF
PVC
PVC
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
PP
CPVC
PVC
PVC
PP
CPVC
PP
PP
PP
PP
1
2
3
SERIES BYB
ELASTOMER LINER
DISC
PART NO.
PP BYB1100F3GGA
CPVC BYB2100F2GGA
PP BYB3100F3GGA
PVDF BYB5100F5GWA
PVC BYB1120F3GGA
PP BYB2120F2GGA
PP BYB3120F3GGA
CPVC BYB5120F5GWA
PVC BYB1140F3GGA
PP BYB2140F2GGA
PP BYB3140F3GGA
CPVC BYB5140F5GWA
PVC BYB1160F3GGA
PP BYB2160F2GGA
PP BYB3160F3GGA
CPVC BYB5160F5GWA
PVC BYB1180F3GGA
PP BYB2180F2GGA
PP BYB3180F3GGA
CPVC BYB5180F5GWA
PVC BYB1200F3GGA
PP BYB2200F2GGA
PP BYB3200F3GGA
CPVC BYB5200F5GWA
PVC BYB1240F3GGA
PP BYB2240F2GGA
PVC BYB3240F3GGA
PP BYB5240F5GWA
EPDM ELASTOMER LINER

BODY DISC
PART NO.
PVC
PVC BYB1100E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2100E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3100E3GGA
CPVC CPVC BYB5100E5GWA
PVC
PVC BYB1120E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2120E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3120E3GGA
PVC
PVC BYB1140E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2140E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3140E3GGA
PVC
PVC BYB1160E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2160E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3160E3GGA
PVC
PVC BYB1180E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2180E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3180E3GGA
PVC
PVC BYB1200E3GGA
PVC
PP BYB2200E2GGA
PP
PP BYB3200E3GGA
PP
PVC BYB1240E3GGA
PP
PP BYB2240E2GGA
PP
PVC BYB3240E3GGA
PP
PP BYB5240E5GWA
Haywards Series BYC Pool WaterValves
Sizes of 2 through 8 size are designed for lightly chlorinated

pool water applications. Consult sales associate for technical
specifications.
SERIES BYC
EPDM ELASTOMER LINER

SIZE BODY DISC
PART NO.
2
PVC
PVC BYB1100F3GGA
2 1/2 PVC
PVC BYB2100F2GGA
3
PVC
PVC BYB3100F3GGA
4
PVC
PVC BYB5100F5GWA
5
PVC
PVC BYB1120F3GGA
6
PVC
PVC BYB2120F2GGA
8
PVC
PVC BYB3120F3GGA
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-9
HAYWARD WAFER CHECK VALVE

WCV Series Full Pattern Wafer Check Valve
1
2
3
The NEW patent - pending WCV Series Full Pattern Wafer Check Valve Features a robust thermoplastic construction
with industry leading flow rates and, and ELIMINATES the need for SPACERS!!!
SIZE
IN / DN
2 / 50
2-1/2 / 65
3 / 80
4 / 100
A
IN / MM
1.80 / 45
2.30 / 58
2.40 / 61
2.90 / 73
B
IN / MM
.25 / 6
.25 / 6
.25 / 6
.50 / 12
C
IN / MM
.75 / 19
6 / 150
3.00 / 76
.50 / 12
.88 / 22
8 / 200
4.93 / 125
.75 / 19
.95 / 24
D
IN / MM
4.00 / 101
4.75 / 120
5.25 / 133
6.75 / 171
E
IN / MM
2.03 / 51
2.43 / 61
3.00 / 76
4.00 / 101
F
G
H
I
IN / MM
IN / MM
IN / MM
IN / MM
5.25 / 133
6.00 / 152
6.50 / 165
9.00 / 228 .75 / 190 22.50 / 572 45.00 / 1143
11.13 /
8.63 / 219 5.77 / 146
9.50 / 241 22.50 / 572 45.00 / 1143
282
10.88 /
13.38 /
7.63 / 193
11.75 / 298 22.50 / 572 45.00 / 1143
276
339
6
7
PARTS LIST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8
9
10
3-10
Face Seal O-Ring

Body
Wafer Disc O-Ring
Wafer Disc
Wafer Disc Spring
Body O-Ring
Body
Face Seal O-Ring
Notes:
Available in: 2 TO 8 PVC, CPVC AND GFPP

Pressure Rating for ALL Sizes 150 PSI @ 70F Non-Shock
Consult FABCO for DN100 Wafer Check Dimension
HAYWARD VALVE AUTOMATION

Hayward Electric/Pneumatic Valve Automation
Hayward specializes in valve automation. All sizes and styles of valves can
be equipped for remote automation with electric or pneumatic actuators for
open and closed as well as proportional control requirements.
Electric actuators
Range from uni-directional on/off units to bi-directional on/off, as well

as control scheme operators. Local/Remote control stations add process
control flexibility for a turn-key single-sourced solution. Stored Energy
Packs provide back-up power during mains supply failures.
1
2
Pneumatic actuators
Available in air to air (single acting), as well as air to spring (spring return
fail safe) operation for all valves in all sizes. Ancillary process control
components allow on/off and proportional control operation via analog
and digital control signals. A full service custom shop provides customized
solutions for your tough applications.
3
4
5
Series EPL linear thrust electric actuators
Series EPM electric actuators
Provide a full range of electric On/Off & Proportional

Control actuators for automation of ball and butterfly
valves, with torque output of 300 to over 14,000 lb. in.
of output torque.
Provide a smart actuation choice for On/Off &

Proportional Control linear valve applications such
as Open/Closed or proportional control automated
diaphragm valves. Suitable for diaphragm valves to
8 in size. Consult sales associate for solutions to your
requirements!
6
7
8
Series PMD air to air & Series PMS air to

spring polymer actuators
Provide the upmost in quarter turn corrosion resistant

actuation. Suitable for ball valves through 2 in size.
Series PCD air to air & Series PCS air to

spring actuators
Provide high torque output through a compact

balanced design. Standard ISO & NAMUR interface
for trouble-free installation and adaptability.
Suitable for ball & butterfly valves.
10
3-11
HAYWARD ACTUATION & CONTROLS

Hayward Limit Switch
LHB Series Manual Limit Switch now with Spring-Return!

Features
Now Available with DeadMan Spring-Return Handle or

Handlever
Remote Monitoring of Critical
Services
Retrofi ts to Existing Valves
Robust GFPP Body, Cover and
Plate
304 Stainless Steel Stem and
FPM Seals
Fits All Hayward Ball and
Butterfly Valves up to 8"
2
3
Applications:
4
5
Critical Services Applications

Water and Wastewater Treatment
Chemical Processing
Food and Beverage
Pulp and Paper
Marine and Corrosive Environments
LHB1TB1S2-SR
10
3-12
GFPP Per ASTM D4101 Cell

Class 85580
Heavy Duty FPM O-Ring
Seals
Additional Two Switches

Potentiometer Available (LHB1/LHB2)
Optional Handles Handlever or T-Handle
LED for Open/Close Indication (LHB1/LHB2)
PARTS LIST
1. Lock Plate (GFPP)

2. Cover (GFPP)
3. Adjustment Plate (GFPP)
4. Terminal Block
5. Switch
6. Upper Shaft O-Ring (FPM)
7. Shaft (304 SSTL)
8. Lower Shaft O-Ring (FPM)
9. Body O-Ring (FPM)
10. Body (GFPP)
Materials:
Options:
Temperature Range 20F

(-7C) to 200F (93C)
Two Adjustable SPDT 10 Amp
@ 120 VAC Switches (Open/
Close Position)
Integral Lockout
1/2" Conduit Port
Terminal Blocks for Ease of
Wiring
Meets ISO5211, F05, F07 and
F10 Patterns
NEMA 4X
Switches CSA Listed
Patent-Pending Design
LHB2BY6S2
PART
NUMBER
LHB1TB1S2
LHB1BY2S2
LHB1BY4S2
LHB1TB1S4
LHB1BY2S4
LHB1BY2S4
LHB2TB3S2
LHB2BY6S2
LHB2BY8S2
LHB2TB3S4
LHB2BY6S4
LHB2BY8S4
DESCRIPTION
LHB-1 Series Limit Switch for 1/2 2 TB with 2 Switches
LHB-1 Series Limit Switch for 2 3 BY with 2 Switches
LHB-1 Series Limit Switch for 4 BY with 2 Switches
LHB-1 Series Limit Switch for 1/2 2 TB with 4 Switches
LHB-1 Series Limit Switch for 2 3 BY with 4 Switches
LHB-2 Series Limit Switch for 2-1/2 6 TB with 2 Switches
LHB-2 Series Limit Switch for 2-1/2 6 TB with 4 Switches
Note: Add (-SR) to part number for spring return.
+GF+ TRUE UNION BALL VALVES

+GF+ Type 375 True Union Ball Valves
Features:
True union design with PTFE seats

Sizes 1/2 - 2 include threaded and socket end connectors
NSF-certified
Blow out proof stem
Rated to 232 psi for socket and 150 psi for threaded version
Adjustable seat carrier
EPDM SEALS
SIZE
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
PVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
161 375 001
161 375 002 161 375 062
161 375 003 161 375 063
161 375 004 161 375 064
161 375 005 161 375 065
161 375 006 161 375 066
161 375 007 161 375 067
161 375 008 161 375 068
161 375 009 161 375 069
161 375 010 161 375 070
161 375 011 161 375 071
CPVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
163 375 002 163 375 062
163 375 003 163 375 063
163 375 004 163 375 064
163 375 005 163 375 065
163 375 006 163 375 066
163 375 007 163 375 067
163 375 008 163 375 068
163 375 009 163 375 069
163 375 010 163 375 070
-
FPM SEALS/VITON
PVC
SOC/THD
161 375 016
161 375 017
161 375 018
161 375 019
161 375 020
161 375 021
161 375 022
161 375 023
161 375 024
161 375 025
161 375 026
FLANGE
161 375 077
161 375 078
161 375 079
161 375 080
161 375 081
161 375 082
161 375 083
161 375 084
161 375 085
161 375 086
CPVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
163 375 017 163 375 077
163 375 018 163 375 078
163 375 019 163 375 079
163 375 020 163 375 080
163 375 021 163 375 081
163 375 022 163 375 082
163 375 023 163 375 083
163 375 024 163 375 084
163 375 025 163 375 085
-
+GF+ Type 546 True Union Ball Valves
3
4
5
Features:

Sizes 1/2-2 include threaded and socket end connectors
2 1/2-4 socket or threaded end connectors available
NSF-certified
Specially designed stem with break point for safety
Rated to 232 psi for socket and 150 psi for threaded version
Integrated stainless stell inserts for mounting
Options:
Control ball
Vented ball for bleach application
Pneumatic and electric actuation
PVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
CPVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
163 546 341
+GF+ FPM/VITON
PVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
161 546 351
CPVC
SOC/THD
FLANGE
3/8
161 546 341
1/2
161 546 342 161 546 582 163 546 342 163 546 582
161 546 352
161 546 592 163 546 352
163 546 592
3/4
161 546 343 161 546 583 163 546 343 163 546 583
161 546 353
161 546 593 163 546 353
163 546 593
161 546 344 161 546 584 163 546 344 163 546 584
161 546 354
161 546 594 163 546 354
163 546 594
1 1/4 161 546 345 161 546 585 163 546 345 163 546 585
161 546 355
161 546 595 163 546 355
163 546 595
1 1/2 161 546 346 161 546 586 163 546 346 163 546 586
161 546 356
161 546 596 163 546 356
163 546 596
161 546 347 161 546 587 163 546 347 163 546 587
161 546 357
161 546 597 163 546 357
163 546 597
2 1/2 161 546 348 161 546 168 163 546 348 163 546 588
161 546 358
161 546 178 163 546 358
163 546 598
Limit switches for both manual and actuated

versions
Polypropylene and PVDF versions
+GF+ EPDM
SIZE
163 546 351
161 546 349 161 546 169 163 546 349 163 546 589
161 546 359
161 546 179 163 546 359
163 546 599
161 546 350 161 546 170 163 546 350 163 546 590
161 546 360
161 546 180 163 546 360
163 546 600
9
10
3-13
+GF+ VALVES
+GF+ Type 567 Butterfly Valves
Features:
Sizes 2-12
Wafer valve compatible with ANSI and ISO/DIN flanges
Rated for 150 psi (bidirectional)
Wetted materials are PVC/CPVC/PP amd EDPM/FPM
Off-center, double eccentric design mean disc not in contact with seal during
movement
6 to 8 O-rings ensure liquid dues not contact shaft
Ideal for industrial/chemical applications
Lockable handle
304 SS shaft
2
3
4
Options:
Pneumatic and electric actuation

Limit switches for both manual and
actuated versions
Handle extension
PVDF version
316 SS shaft
FPM
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
PVC GEAR
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
EPDM
161 567 042
161 567 043
161 567 044
161 567 045
161 567 046
161 567 047
161 567 048
161 567 049
161 567 050
FPM
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
161 567
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
Options:
Features:

Sizes 3/8-2
Socket or Threaded ends available
L port standard
Specially designed stem with break
point for safety
Rated to 232 psi for socket and 150
psi for threaded version
Integrated stainless steel inserts for
mounting (Horizontal version)
PVC LEVER
EPDM
161 567 002
161 567 003
161 567 004
161 567 005
161 567 006
161 567 007
161 567 008
161 567 009
161 567 010
+GF+ Type 543 3-Way Ball Valves
SIZE
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
HORIZONTAL THREE WAY BALL VALVES
PVC SOCKET/L-PORT
SIZE
EPDM
FPM
3/8" 161 543 081 161 543 091
1/2" 161 543 082 161 543 092
3/4" 161 543 083 161 543 093
1"
161 543 084 161 543 094
1 1/4" 161 543 085 161 543 095
1 1/2" 161 543 086 161 543 096
2"
161 543 087 161 543 097
9
10
3-14
PVC SOCKET/T-PORT
EPDM
FPM
161 543 281 161 543 291
161 543 282 161 543 292
161 543 283 161 543 293
161 543 284 161 543 294
161 543 285 161 543 295
161 543 286 161 543 296
161 543 287 161 543 297
Pneumatic and electric

actuation
Limit switches for both
manual and actuated
versions
Polypropylene and
PVDF versions in
horizontal style
T-port ball
VERTICAL THREE WAY BALL VALVES

SIZE
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
PVC L-PORT
EPDM
FPM
161 543 661
161 543 671
161 543 662
161 543 672
161 543 663
161 543 673
161 543 664
161 543 674
161 543 665
161 543 675
161 543 666
161 543 676
161 543 667
161 543 677
+GF+ Type 304 Y-Check Valves

Features:
Transparent
Stops flow automatically when flow
reverses
Operates on horizontal or vertical plane
Long service life
Lightweight
Socket, Threaded or Flanged ends available
150 psi rated at 70F
SIZE
1/2'
3/4'
1"
1 1/4'
1 1/2"
2"
3"
PVC/EPDM
192 304 006
192 304 007
192 304 008
192 304 009
192 304 010
192 304 011
192 304 013
PVC/VITON
192 304 031
192 304 032
192 304 033
192 304 034
192 304 035
192 304 036
192 304 038
+GF+ ACTUATED BALL VALVES

+GF+ Type 107 Electric Actuated Ball Valves
Electrically actuated ball valve for aggressive fluids and industrial applications. Based
on the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 107 uses the new Type EA 11 actuator which
can be fitted onto the valve in process. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and
maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles.
Features:
40% duty cycle

Available in PVC and CPVC, sizes 3/8-2
EPDM and FPM seals
115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz or 24VDC(optional)
PVC/CPVC (socket, threaded, flanged)
Manual override standard
Options include heater, fail safe unit, and position sensing switches
IP67, NEMA 4X rated
Approvals include CE, CSA, UL, and NSF
Electrically actuated ball valve for aggressive fluids and industrial applications. Based on
the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 133 uses the new Type EA 21 actuator which can
be fitted onto the valve in process. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and
maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles.
Features:
100% duty cycle

Available in PVC, CPVC, PP (sizes 3/8 - 4) and PVDF (sizes 3/8 - 2)
Available in PP and PVDF, metric sizes 16 mm - 63 mm
EPDM and FPM seals
115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz or 24 VDC (optional)
PVC/CPVC/ PP/PVDF (socket, threaded, flanged)
Manual override standard
Options include heater, fail safe unit, positioner PE 25, cycle counter, cycle time
monitoring and extension
Approvals include CE, CSA, UL, NSF (Type 133)
Electrically actuated vertical ball valve for aggressive fluids and industrial
applications. The EA21 actuators may be fitted onto existing Georg Fischer Type
343 ball valves in process. Additional accessories available from position feedback
to control capabilities. Manual override standard. This valve is lightweight,
corrosion resistant, and maintenance free for long service life.
4
5
6
+GF+ 175/176/177 Electric Actuated Ball Valves
100% duty cycle (1/2 - 3)

Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and SYGEF-PVDF, sizes 1/2-2 (20 mm - 63
mm)
EPDM and FPM seals
L-port provides independent connection of inlets with outlets
T-port provides straight through flow, independent connections of inlets
with outlets or interconnections of all three ports
110 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional)
Connections are PVC/CPVC (socket, thread), PP/PVDF (socket, thread, IR/
butt fusion)
2
3
+GF+ 131/132/133 Electric Actuated Ball Valves
Features:
7
8
9
10
3-15
+GF+ ACTUATED BALL VALVES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-16
+GF+ Type 178 Electric Actuated Ball Valves

Electrically actuated vertical 3-way ball valve for aggressive fluids and industrial
applications. The EA21 actuator may be fitted onto existing George Fischer Type 343 ball
valves in process. Additional accessories are available, from position feedback to control
capabilities. Manual override is standard. This valve is lightweight, corrosion resistant,
and maintenance free for long service life.
Features:
Available in PVC, sizes 3/8 - 2

EPDM and FPM seals
Diverter ball provides interconnection of two inlets with outlet for mixing or
interconnection of outlets for proportional diverter operation
Available in socket or threaded connections
+GF+ 231/233 Pneumatic Actuated Ball Valves

Pneumatically actuated ball valve for aggressive fluids and industrial applications.
Based on the new Type 546 ball valve, the Type 231-233 uses the new PA 11/21
pneumatic actuators which can be fitted onto the valve in process. This valve is
lightweight, corrosion resistant, and maintenance free for over 250,000 cycles.
Features:
Available in PVC and CPVC sizes 3/8 - 2

Available in PP and SYGEF-PVDF in sizes 16 mm - 63 mm
EPDM and FPM seals
Available in fail close, fail open, or double acting
Connections: PVC/CPVC (socket, thread, flanged); PP and PVDF (metric
socket, IR Plus, threaded, and flanged)
Options include declutchable manual override, stroke limiter, and position
indicator
NSF approved (Type 233)
+GF+ Type 278 Pneumatic Actuated Ball Valves

Pneumatically actuated vertical 3-way ball valve for aggressive fluids and
industrial applications. The PA21 actuators may be fitted onto existing George
Fischer Type 343 ball valves in process. Additional accessories available from
position feedback to control capabilities. Optional manual override. This valve
is lightweight, corrosion resistant, and maintenance free for long service life.
Features:
Available in PVC, sizes 3/8 - 2 (20 mm - 63 mm)

EPDM and FPM seals
Diverter ball provides interconnection of two inlets with outlet for mixing
or interconnection of outlets for proportional diverter operation
Connections: Socket or threaded
+GF+ ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

+GF+ Type 275/276/277
Pneumatic Actuated Ball Valves
Pneumatically actuated horizontal 3-way ball valve for aggressive fluids and
industrial applications. The PA11/21 actuators may be fitted onto existing George
Fischer Type 343 ball valves in process. Additional accessories are available from
position feedback to control capabilities. Optional manual override. This valve is
lightweight, corrosion resistant, and maintenance free for long service life.
Features:
Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, and SYGEF-PVDF, sizes -2 (20 mm - 63
mm)
EPDM and FPM seals
T-port provides straight through flow, independent connections of inlets
with outlets or interconnections of all three ports
Connections: PVC/CPVC (socket, thread), PP/PVDF (socket, thread, IR/
butt)
+GF+ Type 140 Electric Actuated Butterfly Valves

Electrically actuated Type 140 butterfly valve for aggressive fluids and industrial applications.
The electric actuators may be fitted onto existing Georg Fischer Type 567 butterfly valves in
process. Additional accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities.
Standard is manual override. This valve is corrosion resistant and maintenance free for long
service life.
Features:
50% duty cycle 2-6; 35% duty cycle 8
Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF in 2 to 8 sizes
EPDM or FPM seals
110-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional)
Short face-to-face dimensions, bi-directional flow
Double eccentric operating principle for low torque and long life
Specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals
Electrically actuated Type 142 butterfly valve for aggressive fluids and industrial applications.
The electric actuators may be fitted onto existing Georg Fischer Type 568 butterfly valves in
process. Additional accessories are available, from position feedback to control capabilities.
Standard is manual override. This valve is corrosion resistant and maintenance free for long
service life.
50% duty cycle 2-6; 35% duty cycle 8

Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF in 2 to 8 sizes
EPDM or FPM seals
110-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC (optional)
Short face-to-face dimensions, bi-directional flow
Specially engineered disc seal and pipeline installation seals
3
4
5
6
+GF+ Type 142 Electric Actuated Butterfly Valves
Features:
7
8
9
10
3-17
+GF+ ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
1
2
3
4
5
6
+GF+ 240 Pneumatic Actuated Butterfly Valves

Pneumatically actuated Type 240 butterfly valve for aggressive fluids and industrial
applications. The pneumatic actuators may be fitted onto existing Georg Fischer Type 567
butterfly valves in process. Additional accessories are available, from position feedback to
control capabilities. This valve has short face-to-face dimensions and bi-directional flow.
Features:
Wafer style
Corrosion resistant
Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF
EPDM or FPM seals
Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5
Actuator with Namur/ISO connection standards
Available fail close, fail open, or double acting
+GF+ 242 Pneumatic Actuated Butterfly Valves

Pneumatically actuated Type 242 butterfly valve for aggressive fluids and industrial
applications. The pneumatic actuators may be fitted onto existing Georg Fischer Type
568 butterfly valves in process. Additional accessories are available, from position
feedback to control capabilities. This valve has short face-to-face dimensions and bidirectional flow.
Features:
Lug style
Available in PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF
EPDM or FPM seals
Hole patterns are class 150 to ANSI B16.5
Actuator with Namur/ISO connection standards
Available fail close, fail open, or double acting
7
8
9
10
3-18
+GF+ DIASTAR DIAPHRAGM VALVES

+GF+ 10 Pneumatic Actuated Diaphragm Valves
Options:
Self-adjusting electrical feedback

Stroke limiter/manual override
Pilot valves
AS-interface
Positioner
Valve cluster with bus communication
Features:
Corrosion resistant and high pressure rating

High efficiency due to doubled Cv values and linear valve
characteristics
Linear control characteristic
Rotatable air connection
Wide selection of material for best chemical resistance
No exposed metal bolts 1/2-2
Easy integration of a wide range of accessories
Suitable for slurries and abrasive media
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
PVC SCH 80 SOCKET

TRUE UNION
EDPM
161634612
161634613
161634614
161634615
161634616
161634617
-
PTFE
161634632
161634633
161634634
161634635
161634636
161634637
-
CPVC SCH 80
SPIGOT
EDPM
163634612
163634613
163634614
163634615
163634616
163634617
-
PVC ANSI
FLANGED
PTFE
163634632
163634633
163634634
163634635
163634636
163634637
-
EDPM
161637612
161637613
161637614
161637615
161637616
161637617
199025007
199025128
199025009
199025130
PTFE
161637632
161637633
161637634
161637635
161637636
161637637
199025037
199025158
199025039
-
CPVC ANSI
FLANGED
EDPM
163637712
163637713
163637714
163637715
163637716
163637717
199025637
199025698
199025639
-
PTFE
163637732
163637733
163637734
163637735
163637736
163637737
199025667
199025728
199025669
-
+GF+ 514/515/517 Manual Diaphragm Valves

The new Generation Diaphragm Valve of +GF+ Piping
system sets new standards regarding safety, efficiency and
simplicity. Instead of the commonly used four metal screws
it has a central union nut. This noncorrosive connection is
characterized by homogeneous temperature behavior, an
even surface pressure and high pressure rating up to 240
psi.
Options:
SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
6
EDPM
161514612
161514613
161514614
161514615
161514616
161514617
-
PTFE
161514632
161514633
161514634
161514635
161514636
161514637
-
CPVC SCH 80
SPIGOT
EDPM
163514612
163514613
163514614
163514615
163514616
163514617
-
PTFE
163514632
163514633
163514634
163514635
163514636
163514637
-
PVC ANSI
FLANGED
EDPM
161517612
161517613
161517614
161517615
161517616
161517617
161517623
161517624
161517625
1161517027
PTFE
161317632
161317633
161317634
161317635
161314636
161317637
161317638
161317039
161317340
161317042
CPVC ANSI
FLANGED
EDPM
163517712
163517713
163517714
163517715
163517716
163517717
163517623
163517024
163517325
-
4
5
6
7
8
Self-adjusting electrical feedback

Pneumatically actuated version available
PVC SCH 80 SOCKET

TRUE UNION
PTFE
163517732
163517733
163517734
163517735
163517736
163517737
163517638
163517039
163517340
-
9
10
3-19
SPEARS TRUE UNION 2000 VALVES

Spears True Union 2000 Industrial Ball Valves
Features:
Multi-featured Industrial Grade

Built-in Handle Lockout
Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components
Safe-T-Blocked Seal Carrier - Full Rated Pressure
ISO Pattern Actuation Mounting Option
Spears Dual O-ring Safe-T-Shear Stem
Self Adjusting PTFE Floating Seat Design
Sizes 1/2 - 4 pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73F, sizes 6 - 8 and all
flanged to 150 psi @ 73F
NSF Certified for Potable Water Use
Produced in IPS sizes 1/2 - 6 with Socket, Flanged, Spigot or SR Threaded
End Connectors
8 with Socket and Flanged End Connectors
2
3
4
Spears True Union 2000 Industrial 3-Way Valves
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-20
Features:
Industrial Grade, Multiport, Diverter, L-Pattern & T-Pattern configurations

Vertical 3-Way or Horizontal Diverter (shown)
Built-in Handle Lockout
Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components
ISO Pattern Actuation Mounting Option
Spears Dual O-ring Safe-T-Shear Stem
Self Adjusting PTFE Floating Seat Design
Sizes 1/2 - 2 pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73F, sizes 2-1/2 - 4 and all
Produced in IPS sizes 1/2 - 4 with Socket, Flanged, Spigot or SR Threaded
End Connectors
Spears True Union 2000 Industrial

Ball Check Valves
Features:
Industrial Grade
Flow-Tested for Minimum Turbulence
Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components, uses Standard O-ring Seat
Easily Converted to Foot Valve
Sizes 1/2 - 4 pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73F, sizes 6 - 8 and all
Produced in IPS sizes 1/2 - 6 with Socket, Flanged, Spigot or optional
SR Threaded End Connectors
Produced in size 8 with Socket and Flanged End Connectors
Also available in PVC White
CHECK VALVE SIZE

1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
C
6.3
17
25
65
86
130
*8 Venturied Valves are 6 ball valves fitted with 6x8 end connector adapters.
2-1/2
200
3
275
4
500
6
800
8*
-
SPEARS TRUE UNION 2000 VALVES

Spears Economical True Union
2000 Standard Ball Valves
Features:
High quality Standard Ball Valve

Allows future system upgrade
Excellent for OEM Applications
Replaceable Seats
Spears Safe-T-Shear Stem
Self Adjusting Floating Seat
Sizes 1/2 - 2 pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73F, sizes 2-1/2 4 and all flanged to 150 psi @ 73F
Produced in IPS sizes 1/2 - 4 with Socket, Flanged, Spigot or
SR Threaded End Connectors
Also available in PVC White
2
3
4
Spears True Union 2000 Actuated Valves

Universal ISO Actuator Mounting Pattern Option
Spears offers optional actuator mounting with standard ISO Mounting Pattern for user actuation of True Union
2000 Ball Valves.
Factory Actuated Valve Packages
Spears Electric or Pneumatic Actuation Packages eliminate customers having to determine proper valve and
actuator mating. Pre-matched packages insure proper torque, coupling and mount for optimum performance
- all factory installed and tested for proper alignment and operation. Actuation packages can be custom built
to user specifications from Spears wide selection of options, voltages and accessories. Contact FABCO for
additional information.
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-21
SPEARS PVC & CPVC GATE VALVES

Spears PVC and CPVC Gate Valves
Performance Engineered
This solid, proven design is well suited for a variety of chemical,

industrial and irrigation applications. Spears Gate Valves are
feature-packed with multiple end connector options. Individual special
features are found in each size range 1/2 through 2, 2-1/2 & 3 and
in the full featured Heavy Industrial 4 valve.
See Spears Plug Gate Valves for 6 & 8 size.
4
5
6
7
8
Heavy Bodied PVC or CPVC
Computer engineered, heavy bodied PVC or CPVC

construction adds extra strength with superior chemical
and corrosion resistance.
Non-rising Stem
1/2 through 2 Heavy Duty Gate Valves
Available with socket, threaded or fl anged end

connectors. Also available in 20mm through 63mm
metric sockets or 1/2 through 2 BSP threads.
Buna-N, EPDM or Viton O-rings.
200 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F.
NSF Certified for potable water service.
Non-rising stem reduces clearance requirements and

incorporates an O-ring stem seal which eliminates
the need to retighten the stem nut, as required with 2-1/2* & 3 Heavy Duty Gate Valves
Available with either socket, special reinforced (SR)
traditional stem packing in order to stop leaks.
threaded or flanged end connectors.
Specially Designed Sealing Surface
Buna-N, EPDM or Viton O-rings.
Specially designed sealing surface and tapered wedge 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F.
promote positive sealing and smooth operation with Optional 2 Square or T-Style Operator Nuts
minimal tightening.
available.
Manufactured from NSF Certified materials.
Exclusive Strain-Equalizing Thread
Special strain-equalizing thread is used to couple the *reducer bushed 3 valve
stem and wedge. This exclusive feature reduces the 4 Heavy Industrial Gate Valves
chance of stripping wedge threads in the event of Designed for the most demanding of industrial
accidental over tightening.
applications with heavy, type 316 stainless steel
exterior bonnet.
High Impact Polypropylene Handle
Wheel style, high impact polypropylene handle is sized Special Quick-View stem position indicator shows
gate position at a glance.
for a solid grip to effect positive opening and closing.
Available with either socket, special reinforced (SR)
Fully Repairable In-Line
threaded or flanged end connectors.
Replaceable components are accessible without removing Buna-N, EPDM or Viton O-rings.
valve from line. Convenient O-ring replacement kits 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73F.
provide for easy ordering, servicing and extended valve Optional 2 Square or T-Style Operator Nuts
life.
available.

Manufactured from NSF Certified materials.
Vacuum Service
Spears Gate Valves are tested at 26 in. Hg vacuum for
one hour with less than 1 in. Hg loss.
9
10
3-22
Sample Engineering Specification
All thermoplastic gate valves shall be constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV
Cell Classifi cation 23447. All O-rings shall be Buna-N, EPDM or Viton. All valves shall have non-rising stem
and Polypropylene handwheel. All gate valve wedges shall have Strain-Equalizing threads. PVC valves shall have
Polypropylene Wedge and CPVC valves shall have CPVC Wedge. All valve components shall be replaceable. All
1/2 through 2 valves shall be pressure rated at 200 psi, all 2-1/2 through 3 and all flanged valves shall be
pressure rated at 150 psi, and all 4 valves shall be pressure rated at 235 psi for water at 73F, as manufactured
by Spears Manufacturing Company.
SPEARS PVC & CPVC GATE VALVES

VALVE SELECTION CHART
VALVE
SIZE
1/2
PVC PART NUMBERS
PRESSURE
RATING
O-RING
MATERIAL
Buna-N
200** psi NonShock Water @
EPDM
73F
Viton
CPVC PART NUMBERS
SOCKET
THREADED
FLANGED
SOCKET
THREADED
FLANGED
2012-005
2011-005
2013-005
2012-005C
2011-005C
2013-005C
2022-005
2021-005
2023-005
2022-005C
2021-005C
2023-005C
2032-007
2031-005
2033-005
2032-007C
2031-005C
2033-005C

73F
Buna-N
2012-007
2011-007
2013-007
2012-007C
2011-007C
2013-007C
EPDM
2022-007
2021-007
2023-007
2022-007C
2021-007C
2023-007C
Viton
2032-007
2031-007
2033-007
2032-007C
2031-007C
2033-007C

73F
Buna-N
2012-010
2011-010
2013-010
2012-010C
2011-010C
2013-010C
EPDM
2022-010
2021-010
2023-010
2022-010C
2021-010C
2023-010C
Viton
2032-010
2031-010
2033-010
2032-010C
2031-010C
2033-010C
200** psi Non1 1/4 Shock Water @

73F
Buna-N
2012-012
2011-012
2013-012
2012-012C
2011-012C
2013-012C
EPDM
2022-012
2021-012
2023-012
2022-012C
2021-012C
2023-012C
Viton
2032-012
2031-012
2033-012
2032-012C
2031-012C
2033-012C
200** psi Non1 1/2 Shock Water @

73F
Buna-N
2012-015
2011-015
2013-015
2012-015C
2011-015C
2013-015C
EPDM
2022-015
2021-015
2023-015
2022-015C
2021-015C
2023-015C
Viton
2032-015
2031-015
2033-015
2032-015C
2031-015C
2033-015C

73F
Buna-N
2012-020
2011-020
2013-020
2012-020C
2011-020C
2013-020C
EPDM
2022-020
2021-020
2023-020
2022-020C
2021-020C
2023-020C
Viton
2032-020
2031-020
2033-020
2032-020C
2031-020C
2033-020C
150 psi Non2 1/2 Shock Water @

73F
Buna-N
2012-025*
2011-025*
2013-025* 2012-025C*
2011-025C*
2013-025C*
EPDM
2022-025*
2021-025*
2023-025* 2022-025C*
2021-025C*
2023-025C*
Viton
2032-025*
2031-025*
2033-025* 2032-025C*
2031-025C*
2033-025C*
150 psi NonShock Water @

73F
Buna-N
2012-030
2011-030SR
2013-030
2012-030C 2011-030SRC
2013-030C
EPDM
2022-030
2021-030SR
2023-030
2022-030C 2021-030SRC
2023-030C
Viton
2032-030
2031-030SR
2033-030
2032-030C 2031-030SRC
2033-030C

73F
Buna-N
2012-040
2011-040SR
2013-040
2012-040C 2011-040SRC
2013-040C
EPDM
2022-040
2021-040SR
2023-040
2022-040C 2021-040SRC
2023-040C
Viton
2032-040
2031-040SR
2033-040
2032-040C 2031-040SRC
2033-040C
3/4
* Outlet sized with bushing.

** Flanged end connectors have a Maximum Internal Pressure Rating of 150 psi @ 73F.
SYSTEM OPERATING
TEMPERATURE F (C)
PVC
1/2-2
CPVC
TEMPERATURE PRESSURE RATING
100
(38)
110
(43)
120
(49)
130
(54)
140
(60)
150
(66)
160
(71)
170
(77)
180
(82)
190
(88)
200
(93)
210
(99)
200
(1.38)
135
(.93)
120
(.83)
75
(.52)
50
(.34)
140
(.97)
125
(.86)
110
(.76)
100
(.69)
90
(.62)
80
(.55)
70
(.48)
60
(.41)
50
(.34)
200
155
(1.38) (1.07)
150
VALVE
PVC
(1.03)
PRESSURE
2 1/2-3
RATING PSI
150
CPVC
(MPA)
(1.03)
130
(.90)
110
(.76)
60
(.41)
50
(.34)
140
(.97)
130
(.90)
120
(.83)
110
(.76)
100
(.69)
90
(.62)
80
(.55)
70
(.48)
60
(.41)
50
(.34)
235
(1.62)
140
(.97)
130
(.90)
90
(.62)
50
(.34)
110
(.76)
95
(.66)
80
(.55)
70
(.48)
60
(.41)
50
(.34)
PVC
4
CPVC
235
219
170
145
130
(1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90)
TEMPERATURE PRESSURE RATING
NORMAL SIZE
1/2
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 1/2
THD/SOC
19
37
44
128
144
333
335
583
FLANGED
15
29
39
105
127
279
323
566
Note: Valves, Unions and Specialty Products have different elevated temperature
ratings than pipe.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-23
SWING CHECK VALVES

Swing Check Valves
Swing check valves are used in irrigation systems, waste water lines, sump
pump disposal lines, and sewage lift stations or ejector systems. They are
also used where minimum heat loss or flow resistance is required, as well
as in swimming pools, hot tubs, or spa applications. The PVC weighted
and shielded flapper will retain backpressure up to 125 PSI. They have an
angled seat and weighted flapper design for low pressure seal. They also
feature no metallic parts, full flow design, solvent weld or compression
ends. These valves are ideal for close working areas, easy pipe alignment.
2
3
Notes:
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
SIZE
PVC Socket
152007 152007 152010 152012 152015 152020 152030 152040
Connection
PVC
Compression 150007 150007 150010 150012 150015 150020 150030 150040
Connection
Designed for both horizontal

or vertical usage.
Pressure rated 125 PSI @
73.4F(23C).
Clear PVC Swing Check Valves
available on request.
Full Port Swing Check Valves

These check valves have up to three times the pressure rating of other valves and
can replace metal valves in many applications. This valve has Unique Two-InOne Seat Design which is ideal for slurry applications. It is available with FPM
or EPDM seals, flanged connections, two drain ports and can be installed either
horizontally or vertically (a counterweight is recommended and available upon
request). No flange gaskets are required.
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-24
SIZE
END
CONNECTORS
FPM
SEALS
EPDM
SEALS
FPM
SEALS
EPDM
SEALS
FPM
SEALS
3'
4"
6"
8"
Flanged
Flanged
Flanged
Flanged
SW1300V
SW1400V
SW1600V
SW1800V
SW1300E
SW1400E
SW1600E
SW1800E
SW2300V
SW2400V
SW2600V
SW2800V
SW2300E
SW2400E
SW2600E
SW2800E
SW4300V
SW4400V
SW4600V
SW4800V
PVC
CPVC
PP
EPDM
SEALS
SW4300E
SW4400E
SW4600E
SW4800E
Swing/Wafer Check Valves

Wafer check valves are economical and lightweight. They are of a space saving design.
They are available in PVC, PP, and PVDF in sizes from 2 to 20 with Buna N, EPDM, Viton
or Teflon O-rings. The spring is available in 316 S.S. standard and in HASTELLOY C upon
request. Spacers are required for installation.
SIZE
EPDM
EPDM/
SPRING
VITON
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
20"
460-20-E
460-25-E
460-30-E
460-40-E
460-50-E
460-60-E
460-80-E
460-100-E
460-120-E
460-140-E
460-160-E
460-200-E
470-20-E
470-25-E
470-30-E
470-40-E
470-50-E
470-60-E
470-80-E
470-100-E
470-120-E
470-140-E
470-160-E
470-200-E
460-20-V
460-25-V
460-30-V
460-40-V
460-50-V
460-60-V
460-80-V
460-100-V
460-120-V
460-140-V
460-160-V
460-200-V
PVC
VITON/
SPRING
EPDM
EPDM/
SPRING
VITON
VITON/
SPRING
470-20-V
470-25-V
470-30-V
470-40-V
470-50-V
470-60-V
470-80-V
470-100-V
470-120-V
470-140-V
470-160-V
470-200-V
461-20-E
461-25-E
461-30-E
461-40-E
461-50-E
461-60-E
461-80-E
461-100-E
461-120-E
461-140-E
461-160-E
461-200-E
471-20-E
471-25-E
471-30-E
471-40-E
471-50-E
471-60-E
471-80-E
471-100-E
471-120-E
471-140-E
471-160-E
471-200-E
461-20-V
461-25-V
461-30-V
461-40-V
461-50-V
461-60-V
461-80-V
461-100-V
461-120-V
461-140-V
461-160-V
461-200-V
471-20-V
471-25-V
471-30-V
471-40-V
471.50-V
471-60-V
471-80-V
471-100-V
471-120-V
471-140-V
471-160-V
471-200-V
PP
SPECIALTY VALVES
Calibrated Needle Valves
The Chemtrol calibrated needle valve is ideally suited to the fine regulation of
liquid flow required in instrumentation and laboratory work. The flow through
the 1/4 valve can be accurately adjusted by observing the knob handle exposing
numerals molded on the valve body. It has a positive stop for safe operation and
Teflon seats to prevent wear on needle
T45CN-V
1/4" FPT x 1/4" FPT
KNOB POSITION
FLOW RATE
(GPM @50 PSI)
0.85
1.41
1.79
2.15
2.42
3.15
4.40
4.50
The Chemtrol chemcock valve is ideal for laboratories, monitoring systems,

sampling, and a variety of other applications as original equipment. Its
calculated fluid flow coefficient (Cv) is based on the laying length being
equivalent to 1/4 Schedule 80 pipe. It opens and closes with only a quarter
turn. These valves come complete with replaceable FPM O-ring seats and
seals and exhibits no sticking or galling. It is rated at 150 psi at 73.4F(23C)
water non-shockfull port.
DESCRIPTION
1/4" Hose x 1/4" MPT
1/4" MPT x 1/4" MPT
For on/off, restricted flow or sampling

applications, the Hayward LC12 StopCock is
easily adaptable to any piping connection.
Furnished with the valve is a 1/4 NPT female
pipe thread, 1/4 NPT male pipe thread and
hose barb end connectors for 1/4 through
7/16 I.D. tubing. These allow the valve to be
fitted with up to six different end connection
combinations. Simply attach the end
connections you need they are all supplied
with each valve.
The Chemtrol Y-pattern globe valve exhibits minimal pressure-drop, even when
compared with a conventional upright style globe valve. Therefore, it is an
excellent choice for combination on-off and throttling applications. One of the
more common applications for this valve is as a pump by-pass control valve. It
features malleable glass reinforced PTFE (Teflon) seat disk ensuring long-lasting
positive sealing and is constructed of PVC and FPM seals. The stub acme thread
on stem provides rapid open-close operation.
1/2"
2151207
6
7
8
Y Pattern Valves
1/4"
2151204
4
5
Hayward Universal Stopcocks
SIZE
PART #
2
3
Chemtrol PVC Chemcock Valves
PART #
A45CC-V
M45CC-V
3/4"
2151208
1"
2151209
9
10
3-25
SPECIALTY VALVES & ASSEMBLIES

Angle Valves
The Chemtrol Angle Valve is used where a higher pressure-drop is desirable. One of its more
common applications is as a pump by-pass control valve. It features malleable glass reinforced
PTFE (Teflon) seat disk ensuring long-lasting positive sealing and is constructed of PVC and FPM
seals. The stub acme thread on stem provides rapid open-close operation.
SIZE
PART #
1/2"
3/4"
1"
PVC Globe Valves

This PVC Globe Valve is heavy duty, extra strong, and is ideal for throttling
applications. They are slow closing reducing the likelyhood of water hammer.
They are available in sizes ranging from 2 1/2 to 6 in PVC and CPVC with flanged
ends. All valves are assembled with silicone-free, water soluble lubricant and are
suitable for vacuum service.
4
5
1/4"
2151804 2151807 2151808 2151809
SIZE
2 1/2"
3"
4"
6"
Notes:
PVC FLANGED ENDS

BUNA-N
EPDM
VITON
6013-025 6023-025 6033-025
6013-030 6023-030 6033-030
6013-040 6023-040 6033-040
6013-060 6023-060 6033-060
Maximum pressure rating of 150 psi

for PVC and CPVC.
Temperature rated to 140 F for PVC and 200 F for CPVC.
Liquid Dispensing Assemblies
Liquid dispensing assemblies are ideal for distilled, deionized and

demineralized water, as well as chemical dispensing. They are available
in PVC, Natural PP and PVDF. All tips accept 1/8 to 1/2 I.D. tubing.
They are frequently used in labs, hospitals, and clean rooms.
PART #
FC-DA-15D
FC-DA-15W
FC-PDA-15D
FC-PDA-15W
FC-KDA-15D
FC-KDA-15W
FC-DA-20D
FC-DA-20W
FC-DA-30D
FC-DA-30W
FC-PDA-30D
FC-PDA-30W
FC-KDA-30D
7
8
9
10
3-26
CPVC FLANGED ENDS

EPDM
VITON VITON
6023-025C 6033-025C 2032-005
6023-030C 6033-030C 2032-007
6023-040C 6033-040C 2032-010
6023-060C 6033-060C 2032-012
PART #
FC-DA-35D
FC-DA-35W
FC-PDA-35D
FC-PDA-35W
FC-KDA-35D
FC-KDA-35W
TYPE
35
35
35
35
35
35
VALVE
T.U. BALL
T.U. BALL
T.U. BALL
T.U. BALL
T.U. BALL
T.U. BALL
TYPE
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
MATERIAL
PVC
PVC
PP
PP
PVDF
PVDF
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PP
PP
PVDF
VALVE
NEEDLE
NEEDLE
NEEDLE
NEEDLE
NEEDLE
NEEDLE
BALL
BALL
SNAP
SNAP
SNAP
SNAP
SNAP
Foot Operated Valves

The foot operated valve features a Kynar coated spring, Viton O-rings (EPDM available),
mounting holes, molded body, and an automatic shut-off. It is extremely easy to mount
and comes in a normally closed position. The valve is opened by pushing the top with your
foot and allowing the spring to close it.
SIZE
PVC
PP
1/2"
3/4"
1"
FC-FOV-50 FC-FOV-75 FC-FOV-10
FC-PFOV-50 FC-PFOV-75 FC-PFOV-10
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES

Pressure Regulators
The pressure regulator comes in two different configurations; to 1 is a straight thru
flow design and the 1 to 2 is an offset port flow design. They both feature a top
entry adjustment knob with lock nut, Viton O-rings (EPDM available on request), Kynar
covered stainless springs. It will operate with inlet pressures of up to 100 PSI and is
adjustable from 10 psi to 80 psi. It is designed to reduce and stabilize line pressure.
SIZE
PVC
PP
PVDF
1/2"
FC-PR-50
FC-PPR-50
FC-KPR-50
3/4"
FC-PR-75
FC-PPR-75
FC-KPR-75
1"
FC-PR-10
FC-PPR-10
FC-KPR-10
1-1/2"
FC-PR-15
FC-PPR-15
-
2"
FC-PR-20
FC-PPR-20
-
Pressure Relief Valves

These adjustable pressure relief valves are available in PVC and PVDF in two
different body styles. They feature Viton O-rings for durability and easy
adjustment. All models are designed to prevent excessive line pressure.
PART #
FC-MPR-25-1
FC-MPR-25-2
FC-MPR-50-3
FC-MPR-75
SIZE
1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
RANGE
10-80 PSI
60-120 PSI
10-120 PSI
10-100 PSI
These pressure by-pass valve will bypass excess fluid or air whenever the pressure you set with
the handle is exceeded. This valve can be controlled from 10 through 100 PSI. Our pressure bypass valve will permit straight through flow if mounted in a straight line. These valves feature
Viton O-rings and adjustment knob and lock nut.
1/2"
FC-P-50
FC-PYP-50
FC-KP-50
3/4"
FC-P-75
FC-PYP-75
FC-KP-75
1"
FC-P-10
FC-PYP-10
FC-KP-10
1-1/2"
FC-P-15
FC-PYP-15
-
2"
FC-P-20
FC-PYP-20
-
+GF+ V786 Pressure Retaining Valve

The Pressure Retaining Valve serves to keep the working or system related pressures
constant, to balance out pressure pulsation, and to reduce pressure peaks in chemical
process systems. If the inlet pressure rises above the set value, the pressurized valve piston
is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, the valve opens and there is a reduction of
pressure through the outlet pipe. The valve closes as soon as the inlet pressure sinks below
the pre-set spring tension. The use of PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications
without a point-of-use filter should be avoided. However, it should be noted that sufficient
flow is needed to avoid microbial contamination.
Notes:
Provides highly accurate and stable pressure control.

Size range 1/2 - 1 1/2.
Available in PVC, PP and PVDF.
Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE.
Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF,
socket union and flanged end connections.
Spare parts are available for these valves. Contact
customer service for more information.
INCH MATERIAL
SET
RANGE
BODY
TYPE
1/2
PVC
7-150
786
3/4
PVC
7-150
786
PVC
7-150
786
1 1/4
PVC
7-150
786
1 1/2
PVC
7-150
786
EPDM
SEATS
199 041
806
199 041
807
199 041
808
199 041
809
199 041
810
2
3
4
MATERIAL
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
Pressure By-Pass Valves
SIZE
PVC
PP
PVDF
PTFE
SEATS
199 041
817
199 041
818
199 041
819
199 041
820
199 041
821
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-27

+GF+ V185/V85 Pressure Relief Valves
The Pressure Relief Valve serves to keep the working or system pressures constant,
to balance out pressure pulsation, and to reduce pressure peaks in process systems.
The third pipe spigot fitted on the valve body means the valve can be installed directly
in the main pipeline. If the inlet pressure rises above the set value, the pressurized
valve piston is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, the valve opens and
there is a reduction of pressure in the outlet pipe. The excess pressure can exhaust
or be redirected via the third outlet. The valve closes as soon as the inlet pressure
sinks below the pre-set spring tension. The use of PRVs in upstream (supply side)
UPW applications without a point-of-use filter should be avoided. However, it should
be noted that sufficient flow is needed to avoid microbial contamination. It provides
highly accurate and stable pressure control .
2
3
INCH MATERIAL
1/2
PVC
3/4
PVC
1
PVC
1 1/4
PVC
1 1/2
PVC
2
PVC
2
PVC
3
PVC
4
PVC
4
5
BODY TYPE
185
185
185
185
185
185
85
85
85
EPDM ORINGS
199 041 541
199 041 542
199 041 543
199 041 544
199 041 545
199 041 546
199 041 785
199 041 786
199 041 787
PTFE ORINGS
199 041 548
199 041 549
199 041 550
199 041 551
199 041 552
199 041 553
199 041 788
199 041 789
199 041 790
Notes:
Size range 3/8 - 4.

Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF, socket union and flanged end connections.
Spare parts are available for these valves. Contact customer service for more information.
+GF+ V782 Pressure Reducing Valve

The Pressure Reducing Valve reduces the pressure within the system to a pre-set value.
By using the differential pressure, the pressure reducing valve adjusts itself to the set
working pressure. The outlet pressure (working pressure) is not directly related to the
inlet pressure. If the outlet pressure increases or decreases above/below the desired
value, the diaphragm is lifted against the spring force or pressed down by the spring force,
as the case may be, by the outlet pressure. The pressure reducing valve begins to close/
open until a state of equilibrium is re-established; in other words, the outlet pressure
remains constant irrespective of an increasing or decreasing inlet pressure. The use of
PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use filter should be
avoided. However, it should be noted that sufficient flow is needed to avoid microbial
contamination. It provides highly accurate and stable pressure control
7
8
9
SET RANGE
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
14-90
14-90
14-60
INCH
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
MATERIAL
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
SET RANGE
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
BODY TYPE
782
782
782
782
782
EPDM ORINGS
199 041 572
199 041 573
199 041 574
199 041 575
199 041 576
PTFE ORINGS
199 041 584
199 041 585
199 041 586
199 041 587
199 041 588
Notes:
10
3-28
Size range 1/2 - 1 1/2

Available in PVC, PP and PVDF
Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE
Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF, socket union and flanged end connections

+GF+ V182/V82 Pressure Regulating Valves
The Pressure Regulating Valve reduces pressure to a given value. By utilizing the
differential pressure, the valve sets itself to the set working pressure and maintains
it on the downstream side, irrespective of fluctuations of inlet pressure or changes
in flow. The valve is adjusted by a set screw and secured with a locknut. The use
of PRVs in upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use filter
should be avoided. However, it should be noted that sufficient flow is needed to
avoid microbial contamination. This valve provides highly accurate and stable
pressure control.
1
2
Notes:
Size range 1/2 - 4.

Diaphragms in EPDM or PTFE for 2 and 4, V82 design.
1/2-1 1/2 V182 body with piston and O-ring design.
Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF, socket union and flanged
end connections.
Spare parts are available for these valves. Contact customer service for
more information.
INCH MATERIAL SET RANGE BODY TYPE EPDM ORINGS

1/2
PVC
7-150
182
199 041 745
3/4
PVC
7-150
182
199 041 746
1
PVC
7-150
182
199 041 747
1 1/4
PVC
7-150
182
199 041 748
1 1/2
PVC
7-150
182
199 041 749
2
PVC
7-150
82
199 041 307
2 1/2
PVC
14-90
82
199 041 773
3
PVC
14-90
82
199 041 774
4
PVC
14-60
82
199 041 775
FPM ORING PTFE DIAPHRAGM

199 041 750
199 041 751
199 041 752
199 041 753
199 041 754
199 041 308
199 041 776
199 041 777
199 041 778
The Pressure Retaining Valve serves to keep the working or system related pressures
constant, to balance out pressure pulsation and to reduce pressure peaks in process
systems. If the inlet pressure rises above the set value, the pressurized valve
piston is lifted against the spring force. Consequently, the valve opens and there
is a reduction of pressure through the outlet pipe. The valve closes as soon as the
inlet pressure sinks below the pre-set spring tension. When used as a bypass, it
can also function as a relief valve to reduce pressure peaks. The use of PRVs in
upstream (supply side) UPW applications without a point-of-use filter should be
avoided. However, it should be noted that sufficient flow is needed to avoid microbial
contamination. It provides highly accurate and stable pressure control.
Notes:
SET RANGE
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
7-150
14-90
14-90
14-60
BODY TYPE EPDM ORINGS

186
199 041 555
186
199 041 556
186
199 041 557
186
199 041 558
186
199 041 559
186
199 041 560
86
199 041 779
86
199 041 780
86
199 041 781
PTFE ORINGS
199 041 562
199 041 563
199 041 564
199 041 565
199 041 566
199 041 567
199 041 782
199 041 783
199 041 784
Provides highly accurate and stable pressure control.

Size range 1/2 - 4.
Available in PVC, PP and PVDF
Female NPT is standard. Also available with IR/BCF, socket union and flanged end connections.
4
5
+GF+ V182/V82 Pressure Regulating Valves
INCH MATERIAL
1/2
PVC
3/4
PVC
1
PVC
1 1/4
PVC
1 1/2
PVC
2
PVC
2 1/2
PVC
3
PVC
4
PVC
6
7
8
9
10
3-29
PLAST-O-MATIC VALVES & CONTROLS

Blue Standard Imported Valves
The Blue Standard line is Plast-O-Matic Valves solution for price sensitive
thermoplastic valve requirements. If you currently specify imported
or mass-produced plastic valves for water, corrosive or high purity
applications, Blue Standard provides the same quality and performance
levels, with the advantage of Plast-O-Matic technical services, testing
and support.
BALL VALVES
BUTTERFLY VALVES
BALL CHECKS
WEIR-TYPE DIAPHRAGM VALVES
LABCOCKS
Y STRAINERS
3
4
5
Body and Seal Materials

STANDARD BODY MATERIALS
Most Plast-O-Matic products are available in Grade 1,

Type 1 Geon PVC, Corzan CPVC, Kynar PVDF, and
Natural Unpigmented Polypropylene. Most products
are also offered in PTFE, while molded products are
available in Glass-filled Polypro and Halar ECTFE.
Other thermoplastics available, please consult FABCO.
6
7
8
9
10
3-30
SEAL MATERIALS
Elastomer seals include EPDM, FKM Viton, FFKM, Aflas.

Thermoplastic seals include PFA, TFM, and PTFE. Special
and custom materials, including Kalrez, Chemraz,
and custom formulations are quoted on request. PlastO-Matic also offers a number of proprietary elastomers,
including f 99 for 99% sulfuric applications, EPDMh2
for pinch valve applications, and others.
Pressure Relief, By-Pass & Anti-Siphon Valves

also known as Backpressure Regulators
Series RVDT PTFE
DIAPHRAGM
Series TRVDT THREE-WAY VALVE
PTFE diaphragm provides the

ultimate in corrosion resistance,
contamination-free sealing and
all-around versatility. No wetted
elastomers. Patented Fail Dry
safety feature. For water, highly
aggressive
and
ultra-pure
liquid applications. PVC, CPVC,
Polypropylene, PVDF (Kynar),
PTFE. Sizes: 1/4" to 2".
Third port offers piping convenience for bypass

applications. PTFE diaphragm provides the ultimate
in corrosion resistance and contamination-free
sealing. No wetted elastomers. Patented Fail Dry
safety feature. For highly aggressive and ultra-pure
liquid applications. PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene, PVDF
(Kynar), PTFE. Sizes: 1/2" to 1".
Series RVT and RVD GRADUAL OPENING
Prevent over pressures, maintain back pressures or automatic by-pass in vessels and
piping. Series RVDM (not shown) in-line pattern has a frictionless rolling diaphragm
design for sensitive operation. Series RVT is an angle-pattern design. Settings from
5 to 100 PSI. Fail Dry, 1/2" to 2". Series RVD angle pattern diaphragm design (not
shown) 1/8" to 1/2" NPT, 50 to 150 PSI. Series RVTX offered in 3 NPT.

Pressure Regulating Valves
Series PRHand Series PRHM
PRESSURE REGULATOR
Accurately reduce and regulate steady

or varying inlet pressures and maintain a
constant predetermined maximum outlet
set pressure. Recognized as the industrys
top performer for maximum flow with
minimal drop-off from set pressure.
Regulator setting from 5 to 125 PSI; some
size/material combinations have less range.
Sizes 1/4" to 3" in PVC, Natural Polypro and
PVDF; 1/4" to 11/2" in CPVC and PTFE.
Series PRA AIR LOADED

PRESSURE REGULATOR &
Series PRS PRESSURE
STABILIZER
Outperforms
spring
loaded
regulators through improved
response to pressure changes;
pressure is maintained without
sacrificing flow. Incorporates
the patented Fail Dry safety
feature. Regulator settings from
5 to 125 PSI. Sizes 1/4" to 3". Used with the patented
Stabilizer Series PRS, the PRA will perform with
virtually zero drop off from set pressure. Performance
rivals exotic control valves but at much lower costs.
Series PRD Differential

Regulator
Regulates pressure differential across

filters, instruments, etc. to ensure
that pressure going into the protected
segment of the system does not
exceed the output pressure. This valve
minimizes pressure drop and improves
performance while protecting the filters
or instruments from overpressure. Sizes
1/4" to 3" in PVC, Natural Polypro, other
materials on request.
Series PRH-U and UPR

ULTRA-PURE REGULATORS
The ultimate high purity pressure

regulators.
PRH-U
features
machined Kynar 740 body with
metal ion-free EPDM elastomer
and nonrising adjustment. UPR
has convoluted TFM diaphragm
and no external fasteners and
is designed to meet SEMI F-57
specifications. PRH-U regulator setting from 10 to 125 PSI,
sizes 1/4 to 3. UPR setting from 5 to 100 PSI, sizes 1/4
to 2. Both PRH-U and UPR include choice of spigot types.
Also include proprietary POM pre-assembly cleaning, 16
hour cold/hot rinse, and final Class 100 clean and doublebag procedure.
Check Valves & Vacuum Breakers

Series CKM
DIAPHRAGM CHECK
VALVES & Series CKS
SELF-CLOSING CHECK
VALVES
Leak-proof check valves prevent

reverse flow of water, extremely
corrosive and ultra-pure liquids.
Self-sealing
designs
allow
mounting in any position.
Unique molded diaphragm in
sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1"; selfguided poppet in 11/2", 2 and 3. Both styles are
normally-closed no reverse pressure required.
They operate silently, and seat in the same location
every time. PVC, CPVC, Polypro, PVDF.
Series VBM and VBS VACUUM

BREAKERS
Protective vacuum breakers eliminate

unwanted siphonage or collapsing of
storage tanks. Sensitive molded diaphragm
offers normally closed operation and
will respond to a minimum of vacuum;
however, they are not recommended for
protection of thin-wall tanks. Sizes 1/2",
3/4" and 1" NPT. New Series VBS features
normally-closed design, higher capacity in
sizes 11/2", 2" and 3" NPT.
Series CK and CKD SPECIAL PURPOSE DIAPHRAGM CHECK VALVES
Series CK is a machined PTFE valve that features the same normally-closed diaphragm
design as Series CKM, available in 3/4"and 1" sizes. Series CKD is a normally-open
diaphragm check valve that is ideal for ultra-low pressure or flow, requires .5 PSI to close.
Sizes 1/4" and 1/2" in PVC, Natural Polypro, PTFE and PVDF.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3-31

Solenoid Valves
Series EAST COMPACT,

DIRECT OPERATING
This compact, direct-acting design

provides a cost effective solution for
high pressure rated applications, where
space is limited. Patented Fail-Dry
safety design. For virtually all type
solutions: acids, caustics, solvents,
chlorine solutions and ultra-pure liquids.
2,000,000 cycle life. Sizes 1/4" and
1/2". Cv of 0.5 with 3/16" orifice; 0.8
with 1/4" orifice. PVC, CPVC, Natural
Polypro, PVDF.
2
3
High pressure, high flow capability.

Pilotoperated design requires 5
PSI differential across the valve.
Rated for inlet pressures 5 to 140
PSI, back-pressures to 70 PSI.
Cvs from 5.2 to 80. Patented FailDry safety design. PTFE bellows
barrier type seal. For all type
solutions. Sizes 1/2" to 3. PVC,
CPVC, Natural Polypro, PVDF.
Series EASMT and

EASYMT DIRECT
OPERATING PTFE
BELLOWS
SPECIAL PURPOSE
SOLENOID VALVES Series
EASY-NO and SeriesTHP
Normally-open, direct-acting Series

EASYNO closes when energized.
Designed for applications that must
have continued flow in the event of a
power failure.Suitable for pressure,
drain or vacuum service with
pressures to 70 PSI. Direct-acting
Series THP is a multi-purpose valve
suitable for inlet and backpressures
to 100 PSI; it can function as
a three-way, normally-open, or
normally-closed valve. Both EASYNO and THP are available in 1/4"
and 1/2" sizes in PVC.
Direct-acting valve for severe

service
applications
with
virtually all solutions (acids,
caustic, etc.). Unique Bellows
design
provides
dynamic
barrier seal, prevents leaking
of emissions. 2,000,000 cycle
life. Fail-Dry safety design.
Sizes 1/4" to 1. Cv from 1.1
to 4.7, orifice from 3/8" to
11/16". PVC, CPVC, Glassfilled Polypro, PVDF.
5
6
Ball Valves
TRUE-BLUE Series MBV TRUE UNION MANUAL BALL VALVES
This engineered valve offers bubble-tight sealing and easy turning with perfectly machined,
polished smooth ball. Designed with trunnion to keep ball centered, reinforced shaft to
eliminate breakage and dual seals to insure reliability. PTFE seats are back-loaded with
O-rings for reduced torque and longer seat life. Every valve is built ready to accept actuation
in just minutes with no special tools or changes, and they are built for long cycle life. PVC,
CPVC, PP, and PVDF; 3-way Series TMBV available in PVC and CPVC Sizes: 1/2" through 4";
NPT, IPS, BSP, Metric Socket.
Series ABV and ABR

2-WAY and Series TABV
and TABR 3-WAY AIR TO
AIR or SPRING RETURN
PNEUMATIC ACTUATED
BALL VALVES
9
10
Series PS PILOT
OPERATED
Rugged engineered thermoplastic

construction ideal for corrosive
atmospheres. Compact. lightweight assembly for reduced
piping stress. Simple attachment to True Blue Ball Valve
body mounting lugs. Manual override standard on most
models. Spring Return options. Limit Stops and Limit
Switches available. ABV sizes for 1/2" to 3", Rack and Pinion
ABR for sizes 1/4" to 4".
3-32
SERIES LMBV
LATERAL REDUCING
BALL VALVE
Revolutionary ball valve

adapter
eliminates
weakness inherent to
lateral
drops;
installs
easily into the tee without additional fittings. Also
an ideal replacement for costly zero dead-leg valves.
1/2" to 2" Ball Valves sizes. 3/4" to 3" tee adapters
standard; other sizes consult factory. Available in
PVC, CPVC, PVDF and natural polypropylene, socket
or butt fusion.

Air & Gas Venting Valves
SERIES ARV AIR RELEASE
VALVE
SERIES DGV CONTINUOUS

DEGASSING VALVE
For high-capacity venting of gas at

system start-up. Unique self-guided
poppet assures minimal emission
of system liquid and seals more
reliably than ball-type designs.
Closes at 0 PSI as long as liquid is
present; bubble-tight seal at 10-15
PSI. PVC and CPVC in 1/2", 3/4"
and 1" NPT connections.
To vent trace amounts of gas as it occurs

during system operation. Polypro float
closes valve as liquid rises, opens when
float chamber fills with gas. No internal
or external metal components; ideal
for aggressive environment. Maximum
operating pressure 100 PSI. PVC,
CPVC, Natural Polypro or PVDF body
materials with 1/2" NPT connection;
1/8" NPT vent port.
Gauge Guards, Instrumentation and Control
3
4
SERIES GGS CHEMICAL

GAUGE GUARDS & SERIES
GGME MINIATURE
DIAPHRAGM SEAL
Choice of PTFE or Viton barrier seal

protects instruments from corrosion
and clogging while maintaining high
accuracy. Unique steel hex gauge
connection (not wetted) eliminates
breakage. Available with or without
21/2" stainless steel pressure
or vacuum gauges. Inlet 1/2".
Gauge connection 1/4" or 1/2".
Compact diaphragm seal Series
GGME (shown) also for pressure or
vacuum.
5
SERIES GGMU ULTRA PURE GAUGE GUARDS
Unique in-line design eliminates dead leg that can

harbor bacterial growth and contamination. Unpigmented
thermoplastic material; FKM or metal ion-free EPDM.
Special flexible elastomer spool separates system liquid
from gauge fill liquid and assures accurate reading.
Adaptable to existing piping systems. Sizes: 1/2" to 2".
6
7
8
SERIES SWT PRESSURE SWITCH
Used to signal equipment when pressure in a piping system either

rises or falls to a set pressure; adjusts easily with adjusting screw.
Maximum operating pressure of 150 psi. Features NEMA 4X design,
patented Fail-Dry safety vent, PTFE diaphragm (no wetted
elastomers), and all-plastic grip. Snap-action 16 Amp/3 terminal
switch is standard; 25 Amp and low deadband 3 Amp switches
optional. All are UL recognized and CSA approved. PVC with 1/2"
NPT connection.
SERIES PT-SS TRIDICATOR
All-in-one pressure and temperature gauge

with extra low-profile probe. Suitable for
applications that can withstand wetted
metal. Steel case and stainless steel
connection; multiple pressure ranges
available in 21/2" or 3" gauge face.
9
10
3-33

Shut-Off Valves
1
2
3
4
Series BAT, BLT and BST SHUTOFF

VALVES AUTOMATIC, AIR OPERATED
2-way globe-type shutoff valves feature PTFE shaft

design, Fail Dry design and clear acrylic air cylinder
shows valve position, all standard. Ultra heavy-duty
valves with decades of proven rugged performance.
Series BAT is double-acting air to open, air to close.
Series BLT uses the liquid process pressure to open, air
to close. Series BST is air x spring, normally closed or
normally open. Sizes 1/2" through 2".
Series BSDA AIR OPERATED PTFE

DIAPHRAGM VALVE
Long cycle life and compact design. Excellent for water,

ultra-high purity or highly corrosive liquids. PTFE
diaphragm with no wetted elastomers. Million-cycle
design. Connections can be female socket, female
threads, spigots, or flare. Patented Fail Dry safety
feature. Smooth internal cavities to avoid deadleg. 1/8"
NPT air connection. Standard is normally closed spring
return. Sizes 1/2" to 2" in PVC.
5
6
7
Series HSA andHTA PINCH VALVES

HIGH PRESSURE Series BSR COMPACT
AIR-OPERATED SHUTOFF VALVES
BSR air-operated valves are normally closed, ideal for

purity and corrosive applications. Features low friction
design bubble-tight seal, no wetted metals. 1/2" and
3/4" sizes. Cv 2.5 and 5.0; 150 PSI max; vacuum
service available.
Air-operated valves pinch sleeve to shut off flow; ideal

when slurries or particulate might prevent bubble-tight
closure in a regular seat and seal design. HSA is an
inline design that closes a Patent Pending articulated
sleeve molded of EPDMh2, 1/2" to 1" connections of
PVC, CPVC, natural polypro or PVDF. HTA pinches user
supplied tubing from 3/8" to 1/2" diameter.
8
9
10
SERIES IDA QUICK DUMP VALVE
Drain mounted for rapid vortex emptying of a sink

or tank. IDA is available double-acting air by air or
normally-closed spring return design. High capacity
design provides up to twice the flow rate of typical dump
valves; remains bubble-tight with up to 25" of head.
Sizes 4", 5" and 6" in PVDF, polypro or PVC.
3-34
Series MFR MANUAL SELF-CLOSING

VALVES
Normally-closed MFR palm or foot operated valves are

the answer for applications where hand or hands must
be kept free for other functions. Automatic spring-return
closes valve bubble-tight seal. Lowfriction design; no
wetted metals. 1/2" and 3/4" sizes. Cv 2.5 and 5.0; 150
PSI max; vacuum service available.

Diverter and Muliport Valves
1
2
3
Series F & BFS AIROPERATED DIVERTER
3-way globe-type diverter or sampling

valves feature balanced shaft, Fail Dry
design and clear acrylic air cylinder
shows valve position, all standard.
Ultra heavy-duty valves with decades of
proven rugged performance. BFS 1/2"
sizes PVC or natural polypro; F is 3/4"
through 2" in PVC.
SeriesTUCA AIR
OPERATED COMPACT
DIVERTER
3-way diverter or sampling

valve can also be used to
combine 2 inlets into 1 outlet.
Includes Fail Dry warning
vent. Sizes 1/4" and 1/2" in
PVC, Natural Polypro, PTFE or
PVDF.
SeriesS MULTIPORT
Compact selector valve offered in

2-way, 3-way, 4-way, 5-way and
multi-stack drillings. Ideal for lab
use or other applications choosing
between multiple liquid sources.
Manual or actuated, offered in
PVC, CPVC, polypro, PVDF or PTFE
sizes 1/4" or 1/2".
Flow & Level Indicators

Series GX and GY SIGHT GLASS FLOW INDICATORS
For safe, positive indication of flow and clarity of corrosive or ultra-pure liquids. Available
with vinyl streamers to help detect flow. Series GX has only an acrylic cylinder wall
for economy. Series GY has an acrylic outer cylinder protecting a Pyrex inner cylinder.
Sizes 1/2" to 3" NPT.
4
5
6
7
8
SeriesGL LEVEL INDICATOR
Quick visual verification of tank level. GL has acrylic exterior

with Pyrex inner cylinder suitable for harsh chemicals
and high purity applications. Lengths from 1 to 4 feet, PVC,
natural polypro or PTFE connections in 1/2" or 3/4" NPT.
Series GYW WAFER SIGHT GLASSES
Offers safe and positive indication of flow or clarity of corrosive or ultrapure liquids in larger piping systems. Double wall construction. Fits between
standard companion flanges. Sizes 11/2" to 8" pipe.
9
10
3-35
1
2
3
Filling & Metering

Series VPA DUAL
CYLINDER, AIR
OPERATED FILLING AND
METERING PUMP
Self-priming
pumps
deliver
exact quantities of highly
corrosive liquids. Features Fail
Dry design. Pneumatically
operated,
with
adjustable
discharge rates. Capacities of 7,
10, 32 and 128 oz. per stroke.
Other capacities available on
request.
AC or DC Reed switch with indicator lights designed

for use with VPA metering pump. CSA listed and
NEMA-6 wash down compatible.
4
5
Series RS PROXIMITY SENSOR
Constant Flow Valves & Optional Connections
6
7
8
9
10
3-36
SeriesFC FLOW CONTROLS
Automatic, tamper-proof valves maintain a

constant flow regardless of inlet pressure
changes between 15 and 100 PSI. No
metal in contact with liquid. Maintains predetermined flow rates from 1/4 to 120
GPM. Sizes 1/4" to 3.
FACTORY INSTALLED
Depending on the product, a variety of

optional and custom connections are
available in most sizes and materials.
Spigots Metric or IPS
Sockets
Flanges
Flare
BSP / JIS /DIN
Custom
SECTION 4:
PLASTIC SHEET, ROD, GRATING AND
WELDING EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PVC Type I Sheet 4-2

PVC Type II Sheet 4-4
PVC Clear Sheet 4-5
CPVC Corzan Sheet 4-6
Homopolymer PP Sheet 4-7
Copolymer PP Sheet 4-8
High Density PE Sheet 4-9
Low Density PE Sheet 4-10
UHMW Sheet 4-11
Round Welding Rod 4-12
Acrylic Sheet 4-13
Lexan/Polycarbonate Sheet 4-13
Glass Backed Sheet 4-14
Perforated Sheet 4-15
PVDF Natural Sheet 4-15
PVC Door Strips and Sheet 4-16
Simona Plastic Rod 4-17
UHMW-PE/Plastic Rod 4-18

PVC and CPVC Shapes 4-19
Rod, Nuts, Bolts & Washers 4-20
FRP Grating 4-21
Pultruded Grating 4-24
Grating Accessories 4-25
Structural Shapes and Plate 4-26
Plates and Handrails 4-29
Ladders and Building Systems 4-30
Zinzer Welding Guns 4-31
Zinzer Welding Accessories 4-32
Laramy Torches 4-33
Laramy Welding Tips 4-34
Steinel Heat Gun and Nozzles 4-35
AutoTherm Welding Gun 4-36
Wegener Welding Guns 4-37
Wegener Extrusion Welders 4-38
PVC TYPE I SHEET

Simona PVC Type I Sheet
SIMONA VERSADUR and CAW PVC Type I sheet is

extruded to exacting specification for normal impact
applications. This type of sheet has excellent corrosion
resistance, very good dielectric properties, low moisture
absorption, high rigidity, good abrasion resistance and
excellent weathering properties. The material is also selfextinguishing. It is available in dark gray, white and blue.
It is available in 4 x 8 sheets and two metric sizes in
thickness up to 2.
Features:
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-2
PART
NUMBER
WT
THICKPER
NESS
SHEET
(MM)
(LBS.)
CAW - 2000MM X
1000MM
6.17
PART
NUMBER
THICKNESS
(MM)
WT
PER
SHEET
(LBS.)
CAW - 3000MM X
1500MM
S110012*
S110112*
1.5
9.48
S112012*
12.57
S112013*
28.22
S110212*
18.74
S110213*
42.33
S112212*
25.13
S112213*
56.44
S112512*
31.31
S112513*
70.55
S110412*
37.48
S110413*
84.43
S114812*
43.87
S114813*
98.55
S114612*
50.04
S114613*
112.66
S114912*
S114913*
126.74
S113012*
10
62.61
S113013*
10
140.87
S110612*
12
75.18
S110613*
12
169.09
S113112*
15
93.92
S113113*
15
S113212*
20
125.22
S113213*
S110812*
25
156.53
S110813*
S110912*
30
187.83
S110913*
S113412*
35
219.14
S111012*
40
S111212
50
Normal Impact
Excellent chemical and corrosion resistance
Easily to fabricate, weld or machine
Showcase quality surface
Single- or double-side protective foil
Stress relieved, square, flat sheets
Accurate to dimensional tolerances
Color consistent
Applications:
Chemical processing
Semiconductor processing equipment
Pollution control equipment
Machined and fabricated parts
Etching and plating tanks
Scrubbers, hoods, ducts and other protective
equipment
PART
NUMBER
WT
WT
THICKTHICKPER
PART
PER
NESS
NESS
SHEET NUMBER
SHEET
(IN)
(IN)
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
GREY
WHITE
S110011*
1/16
15.36
1/16
15.36
S110111*
3/32
23.04
3/32
23.04
S110211
1/8
30.72
1/8
30.72
211.42
S110311
3/16
46.08
3/16
46.08
20
281.75
S110411
1/4
61.44
1/4
61.44
25
352.30
30
422.62
S110511
3/8
92.16
3/8
92.16
S110611
1/2
122.88
1/2
122.88
250.44
S110711
3/4
184.32
3/4
184.32
313.06
S110811
245.76
245.76
Notes:
Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type I Grade I Class 12454.

Meets Federal Specification L-P 535e.
Meets UL 94V-0,94-5V Flammability rating.
Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate 15, Fuel Contribution 0.
Maximum application temperature +140F.
Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements available upon request.
Gray PVC Sheet has no protective foil.
White PVC Sheet has one side protective foil.
Blue PVC Sheet is available as a special order with one side embossed or with two sides smooth.
* refers to items that are non-stock. Minimum orders and long leadtimes may be encountered.
Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements available upon request.
Also Available in White, Light Grey, and black without protective foil.
PVC TYPE I SHEET

SIMONA PVC TYPE I SHEET TECHNICAL DATA
SIMONA VERSADUR PVC TYPE I
ASTM TEST METHOD
UNIT
TYPICAL VALUE
Density
D-792
g/cc
1.45
Water Absorption (24 hrs @ 73 F)
D-570
0.04
Tensile Strength
D-638
PSI
7,820
Tensile Modulus
D-638
PSI
496,000
150
PHYSICAL
MECHANICAL
Elongation
D-638
Izod Impact
D-256
ft. lbs./in.
0.8
Rockwell Hardness
D-785
R scale
113
Heat Distortion Temperature at 66 psi
D-648
172
D-648
162
Vicat Softening Temperature
D-1525
169
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion
D-696
in./in. C
80 x 10-6
+32 to +140
ohmcm
>10 x 1015
THERMAL
Temperature Range
ELECTRICAL
Volume Resistivity
D-257
1
2
3
4
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
D-635
self-extinguishing
UL
94V-0, 94-5V
SIMONA PVC TYPE I SHEET TECHNICAL DATA

SIMONA CAW PVC TYPE I
ASTM TEST METHOD
UNIT
TYPICAL VALUE
Density
D-792
g/cc
1.44
D-570
NA
Tensile Strength
D-638
PSI
8,400
Tensile Modulus
D-638
PSI
479,000
PHYSICAL
MECHANICAL
Elongation
D-638
150
Izod Impact
D-256
ft. lbs./in.
0.8
Rockwell Hardness
D-785
R scale
108
D-648
168
D-648
154
D-1525
172
D-696
in./in. C
80 x 10-6
+32 to +140
ohmcm
>10 x 1015
THERMAL
Temperature Range
ELECTRICAL
Volume Resistivity
D-257
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
self-extinguishing
94V-0 low flammability
DIN 4102 B1 low
flammability
7
8
9
10
4-3
PVC TYPE II SHEET
Simona Versadur PVC Type II Sheet

SIMONA VERSADUR and MZ PVC Type II sheet is extruded
to exacting specification for high impact applications. This type
of sheet has excellent corrosion resistance, very good dielectric
properties, low moisture absorption, high rigidity, good abrasion
resistance and excellent weathering properties. The material is
also self-extinguishing. It is also available in 4 x 8 sheets in
light grey and white.
2
3
4
Features:
High Impact (PVC-MZ: Increased Impact Resistance)

Minimal shrinkage
Good corrosion and chemical resistance
Easy to fabricate, weld or machine, hot and cold formable
Color consistent
Applications:
Pollution control equipment
Scrubbers, hoods, ducts and other protective
equipment
THICKNESS (MM)
Notes:
Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type II Grade I Class 15333-D.

Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate 15, Fuel
Contribution 0.
Meets UL 94V Standards.
Maximum application temperature 140F.
Custom lengths, sizes, colors and special requirements
available upon request.
Light Grey and white PVC Sheet have no protective foil.
Light Grey MZ sheet is offered without protective foil.
WT PER SHEET (LBS.)
VERSADUR 250 - 4 X 8
1/16
15
1/8
30
3/16
45
1/4
60
3/8
90
1/2
120
SIMONA PVC TYPE II SHEET TECHNICAL DATA

ASTM TEST METHOD
UNIT
SIMONA VERSADUR PVC

TYPE II
SIMONA MZ
PVC TYPE II
PHYSICAL
7
8
9
Density
D-792
g/cc
1.33
1.42
Water Absorption
(24 hrs @ 73 F)
D-570
0.05
NA
Tensile Strength
D-638
PSI
6,070
7,500
Tensile Modulus
D-638
PSI
345,000
435,000
MECHANICAL
Elongation
D-638
145
20
Izod Impact
D-256
ft. lbs/in
14
1.2
Rockwell Hardness
D-785
R scale
107
107
D-648
165
162
Heat Distortion Temperature at 264

psi
D-648
158
160
D-1525
162
167
D-696
in./in. C
80 x 10-6
80 x 10-6
+32 to +140
+32 to +140
Ohm-cm
>1015
>1015
THERMAL
Temperature Range
ELECTRICAL
10
4-4
Volume Resistivity
D-257
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
self-extinguishing
self-extinguishing
DIN 4102 low flammability
PVC CLEAR SHEET

Simona Versadur Clear PVC Sheet
SIMONA VERSADUR and PVC/GLAS Type I sheet are extruded
to exacting specification for normal impact applications requiring
transparency. This type of sheet has excellent corrosion resistance,
very good dielectric properties, low moisture absorption, high rigidity,
good abrasion resistance and excellent weathering properties. The
material is also self-extinguishing. It is available in 4 x 8 sheets
and two metric sizes in thickness up to 3/4.
Applications:
PART
NO.
THICKNESS
(MM)
Features:
Chemical
processing
Semiconductor
processing
equipment
Machined and
fabricated parts
Work Stations
WT. PER
SHEET
(LBS)
Normal Impact
Excellent chemical and corrosion
resistance
Easy to fabricate, welded and machined
Single- or double-side protective
masking
Stress relieved, square, flat sheet
Color consistent
GLAS - 2000 X 1000 MM
S114222
S114322
S110222
S112222
S112522
S110422
S114622
S110522
S110622
S113122
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
15
5.95
12.13
18.08
24.25
30.20
36.16
48.28
60.41
72.53
90.61
PART
NO.
THICKNESS
(MM)
WT. PER
SHEET
(LBS)
GLAS - 3000 X 1500 MM
S114323
S110223
S112223
S112523
S110423
2
3
4
5
6
27.12
40.79
54.45
67.90
81.57
PART
NO.
THICKNESS WT. PER SHEET

(INCHES)
(LBS)
VERSADUR - 4 X 8 SHEET
S110221
1/8
26.90
S110321
3/16
40.57
S110421
1/4
54.01
S110521
3/8
89.72
S110621
1/2
107.66
1
2
3
4
5
Notes:
Meets ASTM D-1784-81 Type I Grade I Class 12454.

Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate 15, Fuel Contribution 0.
Meets UL 94V-0 Standards.
Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements available upon request.
Versadur and CLAS is offered with rwo sided protective foil.
SIMONA CLEAR PVC SHEET TECHNICAL DATA
ASTM TEST METHOD
PHYSICAL
UNIT
CLEAR PVC SHEET
PVC GLAS SHEET
Density
D-792
D-570
g/cc
%
1.42
NA
1.38
0.04
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Elongation
Izod Impact
Rockwell Hardness
D-638
D-638
D-638
D-256
D-785
PSI
PSI
%
ft. lbs./in.
R scale
7,500
435,000
20
1.2
107
10,200
426,000
36
0.52
115
162
160
167
80 x 10-6
+32 to +140
144
138
152
80 x 10-6
+32 to +140
>1015
>1015
self-extinguishing
DIN 4102 low flammability
self-extinguishing
DIN 4102 B1 up to 4 mm
MECHANICAL
THERMAL

Temperature Range
ELECTRICAL
Volume Resistivity
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
D-648
F
D-648
F
D-1525
F
D-696 in./in. C
F
D-257
ohmcm
7
8
9
10
4-5
CPVC CORZAN SHEET

CPVC Corzan Sheet
PVC-C CORZAN Industrial Grade sheet is a high heat, corrosion resistant chlorinated
polyvinyl chloride sheet (CPVC). Because of its excellent corrosion resistance at elevated
temperatures, it is ideally suited for self-supporting constructions where high temperatures
are a concern. It can be used (depending on chemistry) up to 210 F. It is available in 4 x
8 sheets in thickness up to 3.
Applications:
Chemical processing temperatures up to 200F
Machine flanges
Valves
Acid tanks
Linings
Features:
Color consistent
Excellent impact strength, high temperature
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-6
Notes:
Meets ASTM D-1784-99 Type IV

Grade II Class 24446-B.
Meets ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Rate
20.
Maximum application temperature
200F.
Custom lengths, sizes, and special
requirements available upon
request.
PART NO.
THICKNESS (IN.)
WT PER SHEET (LBS.)
S180211
S180311
S180411
S180511
S180611
S180711
S180811
S180911
S181011
S181111
S181211
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
32.50
48.75
65.00
97.50
130.0
195.0
260.0
325.0
390.0
520.0
780.0
CPVC - 4' X 8'
CPVC SHEET TECHNICAL DATA

ASTM TEST METHOD
UNIT
TYPICAL VALUE
Density
D-792
D-570
g/cm
%
1.47
0.03
Tensile Strength
Flexural Modulus
Flexural Strength
Compressive Strength
Compressive Modulus
Izod Impact
Rockwell Hardness
D-638
D-638
D-790
D-695
D-695
D-256
D-785
PSI
PSI
psi
psi
psi
ft. lbs./in.
R scale
7,300
361,000
14,300
10,100
196,000
9
116

D-648
D-696
F
in./in. F
198
3.86 x 10-5
Volume Resistivity
D-257
ohmcm
3.4 X 1015
Flammability
UL94
V-O, 5VB, 5VA
0.062
PHYSICAL
MECHANICAL
THERMAL
ELECTRICAL
FLAMMABILITY
HOMOPOLYMER PP SHEET
Simona Homopolymer PP Sheet
Polypropylene is a member of the
polyolefin family of the thermoplastics,
polypropylene exhibits properties that
make it an excellent choice for corrosion
resistant applications.
Homopolymer
Polypropylene is the most widely
utilized. Homopolymer Polypropylene is a
crystalline material offering a broad range
of good physical, mechanical, thermal,
chemical, and electrical properties. The
high degree of crystallinity and low density
of Hompolymer Polypropylene offers a
high strength to weight ratio. Combining
the high strength to weight ratio with
good chemical resistance and weldability
of Homopolymer, Polypropylene allows
the material to be used in many corrosion
resistant structures.
Application:
Semiconductor processing equipment

Laboratory equipment
Wet benches
Food grade applications
Prosthetics
Acid tanks
Ducts, fume hoods and other protective equipment
Features:

Color consistent
Meets established ASTM specifications
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
FEATURE
PROTECTION
SIZE RANGE
500 Natural
48" x 96"
Stress Relieved
without protective foil
3/4" and 1"
500 Natural
48" x 96"
Stress Relieved
2 side protective foil
1/16 - 2"
515 Euro grey
48" x 96"
High Gloss/Stress Relieved
1/8" to 1"
520 White
48" x 96"
1/8" to 1"
520 White
48" x 96"
1/16'
530 Black
48" x 96"
1/8" to 1/2"
500 Natural
48" x 120"
Stress Relieved
1/4" to 1/2"
500 Natural
48" x 120"
Stress Relieved
3/4" to 1"
520 White
48" x 120"
1/4" to 1'
500 Natural
48" x 144"
Stress Relieved
1/4" to 1/2"
500 Natural
48" x 144"
Stress Relieved
3/4" to 1"
520 White
48" x 144"
1/4" to 1'
500 Natural
60" x 120"
Stress Relieved
1/4" to 1/2"
500 Natural
60" x 120"
Stress Relieved
3/4" to 1"
520 White
60" x 120"
1/4" to 1'
Notes:
ASTM D-4101 Group I Class I Grade I.

FDA Regulation Title 21 CFR 177.1520 (C1.1).
Federal Specification LP-394B Type I (GP) Type III Grade IIIA Class III.
USDA Approval for direct contact with meat and poultry products (500 Natural and 520 White)
Military Standard D/N/A.
California Proposition 65 Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act Passes.
UV Radiation Exposure 500 hours no visible change (515 European grey).
Standards and specifications not valid for 581 Grey Polyester backed.
For technical data, please contact customer service.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-7
COPOLYMER PP SHEET
Simona Copolymer PP Sheet
Polypropylene is a member of the polyolefin family

of the thermoplastics, polypropylene exhibits
properties that make it an excellent choice for
corrosion resistant applications.
Homopolymer
Polypropylene is the most widely utilized. Copolymer
Polypropylene involves the introduction of a second
monomer to the propylene monomer during the
polymerization process. The resin manufacture will
introduce a small percentage of ethylene monomer
to the propylene monomer resulting in a product that
exhibits better impact strength than Homopolymer
Polypropylene. When compared to Homopolymer
Polypropylene rigidity, chemical resistance and
temperature resistance properties of Copolymer
Polypropylene are slightly lower.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Applications:
10
4-8
High impact resistance

Excellent impact strength at low temperatures
Lightweight
Excellent formability
Good abrasion resistance
Good electrical properties
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
PROTECTION
570 Natural
590 Black
570 Natural
590 Black
570 Natural
590 Black
48" x 96"
48" x 96"
48" x 120"
48" x 120"
60" x 120"
60" x 120"

SIZE RANGE
1/8" to 1
1/4" to 1
1/4" to
1/4" to
1/4" to 1
1/2" to 1
TECHNICAL DATA
1/2"
1/2"
1"
1"
1/2"
1/2"
Notes:
Call for custom lengths,

other sizes, colors or special
requirements.
Also available in metric sizes in
white grey, euro grey, and black.
ASTM TEST METHOD
UNIT
TYPICAL VALUE
Density
D-792
D-570
g/cc
%
0.91
0.04
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Elongation
Izod Impact
Rockwell Hardness
D-638
D-638
D-638
D-256
D-785
PSI
PSI
%
ft. lbs./in.
R scale
3,800
203,000
70
1.4
74

Coefficient of
Thermal Expansion
Temperature Range
D-648
D-648
D-1525
F
F
F
225
NA
190
D-696
in./in. C
160 x 10-6
-4 to +176
Volume Resistivity
D-257
ohmcm
>1015
PHYSICAL
MECHANICAL
THERMAL
Features:
Tanks and linings

Lab equipment
Etching equipment
Fume hoods, duct work
Battery cases
Machined parts
Industrial doors
ELECTRICAL
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
normal flammability
HIGH DENSITY PE SHEET

Simona Versadur 600 series high density polyethylene
has excellent chemical corrosion resistance and is
abrasion resistance, impact resistance, and easy for
fabrication. It can be used (depending on chemistry) up
to 180 F and is available in 4 x 8 sheets in thickness up
to 4. This sheet is also available in black upon request.
Applications:
Food processing
Tanks and vessels
Laboratory equipment
Chemical processing
Corrosion-resistant wall coverings
Wear, skid and deflector plates
Ducts, hoods, chute liners and other protective
equipment
Features:

Excellent impact and abrasion resistance
Easily to fabricate, weld, machine or thermoforming
High-density, slippery surface, UV-resistant (Black only)
Stress relieved
Color consistent
PART NO.
THICKNESS
(IN.)
WT.
(LBS/
SHEET)
HDPE NATURAL - 4 X 8
S340231
S340331
S340431
S340531
S340631
S340731
S340831
S340931
S341031
S341131
S341231
S341331
S341431
S341531
S341631
S341731
S341831
S341931
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
4
Notes:
20.2
30.3
40.4
60.6
80.8
121.2
161.6
202
242.4
282.8
323.3
363.7
404.1
444.5
484.9
525.3
565.7
646.5
TECHNICAL DATA
ASTM* TEST METHOD
PHYSICAL
UNIT
TYPICAL
VALUE
Density
Water Absorption
(24 hrs @ 73 F)
D-792
D-570
g/cc
%
0.963
0.01
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Elongation
Izod Impact
Rockwell Hardness
D-638
D-638
D-638
D-256
D-785
PSI
PSI
%
ft. lbs./in.
R scale
4,500
233,000
450
3.2
65
MECHANICAL
THERMAL

Temperature Range
ELECTRICAL
Volume Resistivity
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability
D-648
F
D-648
F
D-1525
F
D-696 in./in. C
F
D-257
ohmcm
175
118
260
7 x 10-5
-58 to +176
> 6 x1016
normal flammability
Meets ASTM D 1248-84 Type III, Class A (Natural), Class C (Black).

Meets L-P 512C-LP-390, Class H, Type I, Grades 1 and 3.
Meets FDA Regulation Title 21 CFR 177.1520 (Natural only).
Meets Federal Specification LP-390B Type III, Class H, Grade I.
Also available in 48 x 120 and 60 x 120.
NSF Certified Cutting Board material also available in Size 48 x 96, 48 x 120, and 60 x 120.
Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements available upon request.
Also Available in metric sizes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-9
LOW DENSITY PE SHEET

Low density polyethylene (LDPE) is more flexible than HDPE, which makes it
a good choice for prosthetic devices, most of which are either drape formed
or vacuum formed. Its impact resistance makes it a natural for impact pads,
while its easy machinability makes it a good choice for fabricated parts where
chemical and corrosion resistance is demanded. LDPE is stress relieved and a
natural color. It is available in 4 x 8 sheets in thicknesses up to 1.
PART NO.
S300231
S300331
S300431
S300531
S300631
S300731
S300831
3
Applications:
4
5
Industrial
Medical
Thermoforming
Die Pads
9
10
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
19.2
28.8
38.4
57.6
76.8
115.2
153.6
ENGLISH
0.0332lb/in
Water Absorption
Max 0.01%
Max 0.01%
Water Absorption at Saturation
Max 0.01%
Max 0.01%
Hardness, Shore D
Tensile Strength, Ultimate
Elongation at Break
Tensile Modulus
Flexural Modulus
Flexural Yield Strength
45
9.65MPa
100%
0.393GPa
0.2GPa
10.3MPa
45
1400psi
100%
57ksi
29ksi
1500psi
Compressive Strength
9.65MPa
1400psi
Compressive Modulus
Izod Impact, Notched
0.372GPa
NB
54ksi
NB
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
Surface Resistivity per Square
THERMAL PROPERTIES
Maximum Service Temperature,

Air
Flammability, UL94
(Estimated Rating)
Features:
Hinges
Impact pads
Orthotic and Prosthetic devices
Thermoformed parts
METRIC
0.92g/cc
Melting Point
WT. (LBS/SHEET)
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Specific Gravity
6
7
THICKNESS (IN.)
LDPE NATURAL - 4 X 8
Min 1e+015ohm Min 1e+015ohm
COMMENTS
ASTM D792
Immersion, 24hr; ASTM
D570(2)
Immersion; ASTM D570(2)
ASTM D2240
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D790
ASTM D790
10% Def., 73F; ASTM
D695
ASTM D695
ASTM D256 Type A
ASTM D257
118C
244F
Crystalline, Peak; ASTM

D3418
71.1C
160F
Long Term
HB
HB
1/8 inch
QUALITATIVE PROCESSING PROPERTIES

Compliance - FDA
Machinability
Service in Alcohols
Service in Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Service in Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Service in Chlorinated Solvents
Service in Ethers
Service in Ketones
Service in Strong Acids
Service in Strong Alkalies
Service in Sunlight
Service in Weak Acids
Service in Weak Alkalies
4-10
Compliant
3
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
Light-weight
Good impact
resistance
Extremely flexible
Easily cleaned
Thermoforming
performance
Meets food handling
guidelines
No moisture
absorption
Chemical- and
corrosion-resistant
1-10, 1=Easier to Machine
Notes:
Meets ASTM D
1248-84 Type III,
Class A (Natural),
Class C (Black).
Meets L-P 512CLP-390, Class H,
Type I, Grades 1
and 3.
Meets FDA
Regulation Title
21 CFR 177.1520
(Natural only).
Meets Federal
Specification LP390B Type III,
Class H, Grade I.
Maximum
application
temperature
+180F.
Custom lengths,
sizes, and special
requirements
available upon
request.
LDPE sheet is
offered complete
with no protective
foil.
UHMW SHEET
Ultra High Molecular Weight Sheet
UHMW Sheet is resistant to chemical attack and moisture
absorption, and retains key physical properties to -30 C.
UHMW is an excellent general-purpose material and is a costeffective solution for food handling problems, and meets
FDA, USDA and 3-A Dairy guidelines for food processing
and handling. It is also available in custom colours which
also meet FDA and USDA guidelines for food processing and
handling. It is available in 4 x 8 , 4 x 10 and 5 x 12
sheets in thicknesses up to 6.
Applications:
Agriculture
Bottling
Canning
Conveyor manufacturers
Food processing
Packaging
Material handling
Waste water treatment
PART NO.
Features:
Meets FDA/USDA
guidelines; 3-A Dairyapproved (natural)
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
Chemical-, corrosion- and
wear-resistant
No moisture absorption
Non-toxic, low-friction
surface
THICKNESS (INCHES)
WT. (LBS/SHEET)
S370231
1/8
20
S370331
3/16
30
S370431
1/4
40
S370531
3/8
60
S370631
1/2
80
S370731
3/4
120
S370831
160
S370931
1 1/4
200
S371031
1 1/2
240
S371131
1 3/4
280
S371231
320
S371331
2 1/4
360
S371431
2 1/2
400
S371531
2 3/4
440
S371631
480
S371731
3 1/4
520
S371831
3 1/2
560
S371931
640
Notes:
UHMW NATURAL - 4 X 8
Meets ASTM-D-4020-81 of 4.0 to 5.4-million molecular weight.

Custom lengths, sizes, and special requirements available upon
request.
UHMW sheet is offered with no protective foil.
Also available in 4 x 10 and 5 x 10.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-11
ROUND WELDING ROD

Round Welding Rod
Rod is available in the configurations shown below. Minimum quantities may be

required Welding rod may be available in coils. Add C to end of part number.
Contact Fabco to check for availability.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PART
NO.
MATERIAL
DESIGNATION
DIA.
MM
DIA.
IN
COLOUR
DIA.
MM
DIA.
IN
COLOUR
W01203
PVC-CAW
1/8
Gray
W06203
CPVC
1/8
Lt. Gray
W01204
PVC-CAW
5/32
Gray
W06204
CPVC
5/32
Lt. Gray
W01205
PVC-CAW
3/16
Gray
W06205
CPVC
3/16
Lt. Gray
W03206
PVC-CAW
Triangular TA90
Gray
W18603
HDPE - HWST
0.118
Natural
W03206T
PVC-CAW
3-Core
Gray
W18604
HDPE - HWST
0.157
Natural
W25403
PVC - MZ
0.118
Lt. Gray
W18605
HDPE - HWST
0.197
Natural
W25404
PVC - MZ
0.157
Lt. Gray
W21603
HDPE - SR-IND
3.175
1/8
Natural
W25405
PVC - MZ
0.197
Lt. Gray
W21604
HDPE - SR-IND
3.969
5/32
Natural
W07303
PVC - KD7300
0.118
Green
W21605
HDPE - SR-IND
4.763
3/16
Natural
W07604
PVC - KD7300
0.157
Clear
W18903
HDPE - HWU
0.118
Black
W01603
PVC - GLAS
0.118
Clear
W18904
HDPE - HWU
0.157
Black
W01604
PVC - GLAS
0.157
Clear
W18905
HDPE - HWU
0.197
Black
W04603 PVC - FLEXIBLE
1/8
Natural
W22603
HDPE - HML500
0.118
Natural
W08603
PP -DWST
1/8
Natural
W22604
HDPE - HML500
0.157
Natural
W08604
PP - DWST
5/32
Natural
W14603
LDPE
3.175
1/8
Natural
W08605
PP - DWST
3/16
Natural
W14604
LDPE
3.969
5/32
Natural
W11603
PP - SR-IND
1/8
Natural
W14605
LDPE
4.763
3/16
Natural
W11604
PP - SR-IND
5/32
Natural
W50602
ECTFE
0.118
Natural
W11605
PP - SR-IND
3/16
Natural
W50603
ECTFE
3.18
0.125
Natural
W08203
PP - DWU
1/8
Tan/Gray
W50604
ECTFE
3.96
0.156
Natural
W08204
PP - DWU
5/32
Tan/Gray
W50605
ECTFE
0.157
Natural
W05205
PP - DWU
3/16
Tan/Gray
W30603
PVDF
0.118
Natural
W12603
PP - PPS
1/8
Gray
W30604
PVDF
0.157
Natural
W12604
PP - PPS
5/32
Gray
W40603
FEP
3.5
0.138
Natural
W42603
PFA
3.5
0.138
Natural
4-12
MATERIAL
PART NO. DESIGNATION
ACRYLIC/LEXAN SHEET
Acrylic Sheet
Acrylic sheet has been considered the standard of the industry
since it was first introduced more than 50 years ago because of
its unsurpassed quality, ease of use and wide range of colors,
patterns, thickness and sizes. It is paper masked on both sides.
Applications:
Sanitary wear
Machine guards
Prototypes
Furniture
Office machines
Decorative lighting
Displays
Glazing
PART #
S410221
S410321
S410421
S410521
S410421
THICKNESS (IN.)
0.118"
0.177"
0.236"
0.375"
0.472"
THICKNESS (MM)
3.0 mm
4.5 mm
6.0 mm
9.5 mm
12.0 mm
Machine guards
Medical equipment
Electrical components
Light fittings
Aircraft parts
Safety devices
Food equipment
PART #
S430421
S430521
S430621
S430721
S430821
SIZE
49" x 97"
49" x 97"
49" x 97"
49" x 97"
49" x 97"
The major advantages of polycarbonate plastic are breakage

resistance, clarity, class I approval (under all three major model
building codes), light weight, high temperature, weather resistance
and ease of fabrication. It is the only glazing material that is
guaranteed unbreakable and is listed by U.L. as burglar resistant.
In addition to clear, Lexan is also available in film and sheet form
as transparent, opaque and translucent colours, pattern surface
textures, mar-resistant surface coated, glass reinforced and U.L.
listed bullet resistant. Lexan also has good electrical insulation
properties and low moisture absorption. Resistant to both heat and
flame, polycarbonates are dimensionally stable and are generally
unaffected by greases, oils and acids. Weatherability is good, but
not as good as acrylics. Ultraviolet rays cause slight discolouring
and embrittlement. Polyfilm masked on both sides.
THICKNESS (IN.)
0.118"
0.177"
0.236"
0.375"
0.500"
THICKNESS (MM)
3.00 mm
4.50 mm
6.00 mm
9.50 mm
12.50 mm
2
3
Applications:
SIZE
48" x 96"
48" x 96"
48" x 96"
48" x 96"
48" x 96"
6
7
8
9
10
4-13
GLASS BACKED SHEET

Glass Backed Sheet
Glass backed polypropylene is a unique material, produced by a unique

process, which enables polypropylene sheet to be strengthened with
glass-reinforced polyester resins. This material combines interior
surfaces having the outstanding anti-corrosion, non-stick and hygenic
properties of polypropylene with the external rigidity and lightweight
strength of resin/glass mixtures. Polypropylene is well known for its
chemical inertness and low coefficient of friction which are so useful in the
fabrication of storage and process equipment for critical environments.
These properties, however, also make it virtually impossible to bond
polypropylene sheet to any of the standard resin/glass mixtures that are
used for structural reinforcements. On the other hand there is a limit
to the size of fabrication economically and physically practicable with
polypropylene, alone.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The key for bonding between polypropylene and FRP is provided by a special fabric backing from polyester
fibers / polypropylene fibers. This backing is calendered into the sheet at the extrusion stage and the backing
is therefore locked into the extruded sheet, giving a mechanical bond between the sheet and the fabric. The
backing of the fabric stands out and becomes in effect the first layer of the resin/glass reinforcement.
Fabco PVDF Glass Backed Sheeting has a unique stretchable fabric backing calendered into the sheet at the
extrusion stage. This stretchable backing allows the most difficult thermoforming operations to be performed
with great ease even compound curves such as vacuum formed dished heads.
PART #
THICKNESS THICKNESS
(MM)
(IN)
SIZE
WT
PP-DWU-SK WITH STRETCH BACKING,

GREY RAL 7032
S210211
0.0787
1M x 2M
7.94
S210212
0.118
1M x 2M
12.13
S210213
0.118
S212212
0.157
S210313
0.157
S212512
0.197
S212513
0.197
S210412
0.236
S210413
0.236
S224312
0.0787
1M x 2M
7.94
S220212
0.118
1M x 2M
12.13
S220213
0.118
S222212
0.157
S222213
0.157
S222512
0.197
S222513
0.197
S220412
0.236
S220413
0.236
S280232
0.118
S280233
0.118
S282232
0.157
S282233
0.157
S282532
0.197
1M x 2M
S280432
0.236
1M x 2M
PART #
THICKNESS THICKNESS
(MM)
(IN)
SIZE
WT
E-CTFE-GK (HALAR), GLASS AND FABRIC

BACKING, NATURAL COLOUR
S540132
1.5
.060
1M x 2M
14.11
S540131
1.5
.060
4' x 8'
20.97
S545032
2.3
.090
1M x 2M
20.06
S545031
2.3
.090
4' x 8'
29.82
20.06
S540232
3.0
.188
1M x 2M
25.13
1.5M x 3M 45.19
S540231
3.0
.118
4' x 8'
37.35
S540332
4.5
3/16
4' x 8'
59.26
SIZE
WT
1.5M x 3M 27.12
1M x 2M
16.98
1.5M x 3M 36.16
1M x 2M
1M x 2M
24.03
1.5M x 3M 54.23
PP-C-PK (COPOLYMER) WITH PP

BACKING, GREY
1.5M x 3M 27.12
1M x 2M
16.98
1.5M x 3M 36.16
1M x 2M
20.06
PART #
THICKNESS THICKNESS
(MM)
(IN)
PFA (TEFLON) LINING LAMINATE, WITH

GLASS FABRIC BACKING
S560134
1.5
.060
S565034
2.3
.090
1.5M x 3M 45.19
1M x 2M
24.03
1.5M x 3M 54.23
1.25m x
15m (49.21"
160.80
x 49.2 ft.)
1.25m x
10m (49.21"
160.52
x 32.8 ft.)
PVDFSK WITH STRETCH FABRIC

BACKING, NATURAL COLOUR
4-14
1M x 2M
23.59
1.5M x 3M 52.91
1M x 2M
31.31
1.5M x 3M 70.55
PART #
THICKNESS THICKNESS WIDTH

(MM)
(IN)
(IN)
MAX
LENGTH
FEP (TEFLON) WITH FABRIC BACKING
39.24
S820134
1.5
.060
39.37
50 ft.
47.18
S820234
2.3
.090
39.37
50 ft.
PERFORATED AND PVDF SHEET

Perforated Sheet
Perforated sheet is available in Natural Homopolymer Polypropylene and
PVC. It is ideal for tumbling barrels, distributor plates, plating baskets,
overflow weirs, odd size filters, scrubber packing, mesh screens, and
support plates. The standard sheet size is 1/8 x 4 x 8 with 1/8
diameter holes on 3/16 staggered centers. These sheets have 40%
open area.
PART NO.
MATERIAL
THICKNESS (IN)
S140211
S240231
PVC Gray
Polypro Nat.
1/8
1/8
PERFORATED SHEET - 4 X 8
Simona PVDF Sheet exhibits excellent chemical and corrosion resistance

to virtually all organic and inorganic media at high temperatures. The
service temperature ranges from -22F(-30C) to +284F(+140C).
They are flame retardant and self-extinguishing. This sheet is easy to
fabricate, weld, machine or thermoform. PVDF is ideal for applications
including tanks, vessels, chemical industry, machined and fabricated
parts, laboratory equipment, chemical processing, semiconductor and
electroplating industry.
PART #
THICKNESS (MM)
WT KG/SHEET
S264332
S260232
S262232
S262532
S260432
2
3
4
5
6
15.65
23.59
31.31
39.24
47.18
PVDF NATURAL EXTRUDED SHEET

2000 MM X 1000 MM
THICKNESS
(MM)
WT KG/
SHEET
12
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
94.14
117.73
156.97
196.21
235.45
274.69
313.94
392.42
470.90
549.39
627.87
PVDF NATURAL PRESSED SHEET

2000 MM X 1000 MM
S260632
S262032
S263232
S260832
S263332
S263432
S263532
S261232
S262132
S262332
S262632
PART #
THICKNESS
(INCHES)
WT KG/
SHEET
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
33.36
52.82
66.72
105.60
138.96
177.92
211.28
278.00
RED KYNAR PVDF SHEET- 4 X 8

S260431
S260531
S260631
S260731
S260831
S260931
S261031
S261231
PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
PHYSICAL
TECHNICAL DATA
METRIC ENGLISH
TYPICAL
VALUES
D-792
g/cm
1.78
D-570
0.02
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Elongation at break
Izod Impact
Rockwell Hardness
D-638
D-638
D-638
D-256
D-785
PSI
PSI
%
ft. lbs./in.
R scale
8,000
283,000
30
NA
NA
D-648
NA
D-648
NA
D-1525
295
D-696
in./in. C
130 x 10-6
-22 to +284
THERMAL
Heat Distortion Temperature

at 66 psi
Heat Distortion Temperature
at 264 psi
Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion
Temperature Range
FLAMMABILITY RATINGS
Flammability
FM-4910
4
5
6
Density
Water Absorption (24 hrs @
73F)
MECHANICAL
2
3
PVDF Natural Sheet
PART #
7
8
9
FM-4910 listed
10
4-15
PVC DOOR STRIPS AND SHEET
Flexible PVC Door Strips and Sheet

Flexible PVC door strips protect your employees and goods from adverse
environmental conditions such as noise, heat, cold, humidity, dust and
drafts. This versatile and economical solution to managing adverse
environmental conditions is available in a number of grades.
The standard grade is typically used in the manufacture of strip doors,
dust and spray screens, factory partitions, heat barriers and acoustic
enclosures. It is available with a unique double ribbed design to protect
from scratches and abrasions and to reduce static build up.
The anti-static grade should be considered in applications where dust,
smoke or spray contaminants might be of concern. The low temp (USDA)
grade is specifically formulated to retain flexibility in low temperatures.
This product is ideal for use in refrigeration plants and cold storage
facilities. It is also offered with the unique double ribbed design for longer
life or reinforced with high strength nylon cords embedded longitudinally
into the strip. The gold/amber weld grade is a transparent gold/amber
coloured PVC used extensively in the manufacture of welding booths. It is
designed to protect against the effects of ultraviolet light created during
the arc welding process. Also available in transparent red.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-16
PART #
TYPE
WIDTH
THICKNESS
600 - 10 R&E
Standard Smooth
4"
.060"
ROLL LENGTH LBS./ROLL

300'
600 - 12 R&E
Standard Smooth
6"
.060"
300'
62
600 - 14 R&E
Standard Smooth
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 21 R&E
Standard Smooth
12"
.120"
200'
159
600 - 26 R&E
Standard Smooth
16"
.160"
100'
141
700 - 10 R&E
Standard Smooth
48"
.080"
60'
133
700 - 13 R&E
Standard Smooth
48"
.120"
60'
194
700 - 15 R&E
Standard Smooth
48"
.160"
60'
245
700 - 16 WIN
Standard Smooth
48"
.240"
60'
390
600 - 11 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
4"
.060"
300'
55
600 - 13 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
6"
.060"
300'
62
600 - 14 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 23 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
12"
.120"
200'
159
600 - 27 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
16"
.160"
100'
141
700 - 10 - 1 R&E
Low Temp Smooth
48"
.080"
60'
194
600 - 16 R&E
Low Temp Smooth - Reinforced
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 24 R&E
Low Temp Smooth - Reinforced
12"
.120"
200'
159
600 - 14 - 2 R&E
Standard Ribbed
8"
.072"
150'
60
600 - 22 R&E
Standard Ribbed
12"
.110"
150'
124
600 - 15 - 2 R&E
Low Temp Ribbed
8"
.072"
150'
60
600 - 24 - 1 R&E
Low Temp Ribbed
12"
.110"
150'
124
600 - 16 - 1 R&E
Black Opaque Smooth
8"
.080"
300'
105
55
600 - 18 R&E
Orange Opaque Smooth
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 25 - 2 R&E
Orange Opaque Smooth
12"
.120"
150'
120
600 - 17 R&E
Amber Weld Screen
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 17- 1 WIN
Red Weld Screen
8"
.080"
300'
105
600 - 25 R&E
Amber Weld Screen
12"
.120"
200'
159
600 - 26 - 2 R&E
Amber Weld Screen
16"
.160"
100'
141
700 - 12 R&E
Amber Weld Screen
48"
.080"
60'
133
SIMONA PLASTIC ROD

Simona Plastic Rod
SIMONA plastic rod is available in a variety of sizes and material.
Sizes range from 1/4 diameter to 14. This rod is available in PVC,
CPVC, Homopolymer Polypropylene and High Density Polyethylene.
Technical data is available upon request. Other materials and sizes
may be available upon request. Please contact customer Service for
more information.
CPVC
600
PVC-CAW
PP-DWST 500
CORZAN
SERIES
150 SERIES
SERIES
DIAMETER
450 SERIES
NATURAL
(DARK GRAY)
NATURAL
(INCHES)
INDUSTRIAL
HDPETYPE I
HOMOPOLYMER
GRADE GRAY
HWST
LENGTH
LENGTH
LENGTH
LENGTH
NATURAL
HOMOPOLYMER
DIAMETER
PVDF
POLYPROPYLENE
(MM)
LENGTH
PP-DWU
LENGTH
8
2M
10
2M
2M
12
2M
15
2M
2M
18
2M
20
2M
2M
25
2M
2M
30
2M
2M
35
2M
2M
40
2M
2M
45
2M
50
2M
2M
55
2M
60
2M
2M
65
2M
70
2M
2M
75
2M
80
2M
2M
90
2M
2M
100
2M
2M
110
1M
2M
120
1M
125
1M
2M
130
1M
140
1M
150
1M
2M
160
1M
2M
165
1M
170
1M
180
1M
2M
200
1M
2M
225
1M
250
1M
2M
300
1M
2M
350
1M
2M
400
1M
2M
500
1M
2M
600
1M
700
1M
800
1M
1/4
10'
10'
8'
3/8
10'
10'
8'
8'
1/2
10'
10'
8'
8'
5/8
10'
10'
8'
8'
3/4
10'
10'
8'
8'
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 1/8
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 1/4
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 3/8
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 1/2
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 5/8
10'
10'
N/A
N/A
1 3/4
10'
10'
8'
8'
1 7/8
10'
10'
N/A
N/A
10'
10'
8'
8'
2 1/4
5'
5'
6'
6'
2 3/8
5'
5'
N/A
N/A
2 1/2
5'
5'
6'
6'
2 3/4
N/A
5'
6'
6'
5'
5'
6'
6'
3 1/4
N/A
5'
6'
6'
3 1/2
5'
5'
6'
6'
5'
5'
6'
6'
4 1/2
5'
N/A
6'
6'
5'
N/A
6'
6'
5 1/2
5'
N/A
6'
6'
5'
N/A
4'
4'
6 1/2
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
5'
N/A
4'
4'
5'
N/A
4'
4'
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
10
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
12
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
13
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
14
N/A
N/A
4'
4'
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-17
UHMW-PE/PLASTIC ROD
UHMW-PE Rod
UHMW-PE is a tough, wear resistant plastic that combines

an incredibly low coefficient of friction with outstanding
impact strength. This self-lubricating polymer has excellent
chemical resistance and a broad temperature range making
it the perfect choice for engineers in a variety of industries
such as conveyor and bulk material handling.
2
3
4
5
6
Applications:
Chute, hopper and truck bed liners

Wear strips and guide rails
Star wheels, sprockets and conveyor tracks
Bumpers and dock fenders
Bushings, bearings and rollers
7
8
9
10
4-18
DIAMETER
UHMW ROD
1/2
10'
3/4
10'
10'
1 1/4
10'
1 1/2
10'
10'
2 1/4
10'
2 1/2
10'
2 3/4
10'
10'
3 1/2
10'
10'
4 1/2
10'
10'
10'
Other Plastic Rod

Plastic rod is available in a variety of specialty plastics
including:
Halar (E-CTFE)
Moulded and Extruded Teflon
Glass filled Moulded and Extruded Teflon
Nylon 6/6
Delrin (Acetal)
ABS
Polycarbonate
ULTEMROD (polyetherimide)
NORYLROD (polyphenylene oxide, modified)
PSU ROD (polysulfone)
PEEK ROD (polyetheretherketone)
6PAL CAST NYLON ROD (Oil-impregnated cast
nylon)
PET ROD (polyethylene terephthalate)
Please contact customer service for further information on these specialty plastic rod products.
PVC AND CPVC SHAPES

PVC and CPVC Shapes
This product is provided porosity-free, stress-reduced with
optimum physical properties and exacting tolerances, products
that consistently machine with ease, part after part. Available
products include angle, solid bar, hollow bar, square and hexagonal
bar in Clear PVC, PVC, and CPVC. These materials offer excellent
chemical and corrosion resistance, mechanical strength, and good
thermal and electrical properties. They are noncontaminating for
purity applications, and have excellent flammability characteristics.
Other specialty materials such as static dissipative PVC, custom
colors, additional sizes and special lengths are available upon
request. Please contact customer service for more details.
O.D.
(IN.)
I.D.
(IN.)
MATERIAL
(WEIGHT LBS./FT.)
PVC
CPVC
HOLLOW PVC AND CPVC
1.625
0.562
1.154
1.288
1.9
0.562
1.647
N/A
1.9
0.906
1.41
N/A
1.25
1.285
N/A
2.125
0.75
2.01
2.243
2.25
1.125
2.025
2.26
2.25
1.5
1.625
N/A
2.375
2.393
2.671
2.5
2.68
N/A
2.5
1.5
2.209
N/A
2.625
1.5
2.511
2.802
2.75
3.299
3.682
2.875
1.5
N/A
3.525
3.976
N/A
1.25
3.77
4.207
1.5
3.375
N/A
2.798
N/A
3.25
1.25
4.506
N/A
3.5
1.5
5.037
N/A
3.563
1.5
5.245
5.853
2.5
5.153
5.751
3.845
N/A
4.25
1.75
7.452
8.316
4.25
4.948
N/A
4.5
8.099
N/A
4.75
7.069
7.889
8.217
9.17
5.563
7.954
N/A
2.437
15.2
N/A
11.19
N/A
6.625
2.875
18.03
20.121
6.625
14.91
16.64
8.625
5.75
21.4
N/A
MATERIAL (WEIGHT LBS./FT.)

GRAY PVC
CPVC
SIZE
(IN.)
TOL. ACROSS
FLATS (IN.)
7/16
.030
0.108
0.121
1/2
.030
0.142
0.159
9/16
.030
0.18
0.202
5/8
.030
0.222
0.249
3/4
.030
0.32
0.359
13/16
.030
0.375
0.421
7/8
.030
0.435
0.489
.030
0.569
0.639
1 1/8
.030
0.721
0.81
1 1/4
.0625 - 0
0.89
0.999
1 3/8
.0625 - 0
1.08
1.213
1 1/2
.0625 - 0
1.283
1.441
1 3/4
.0625 - 0
1.746
N/A
.0125 - 0
2.28
2.56
HEXAGONAL ROD
TOL. ACROSS
FLATS (IN.)
1/2
.030
0.157
N/A
5/8
.030
0.238
N/A
3/4
.030
0.36
N/A
.030
0.629
N/A
1 1/4
.0625
1.033
N/A
1 1/2
.0625
1.464
N/A
0.055
2.452
N/A
SIZE (IN.)
SQUARE ROD
5
6
7
8

WHITE
CPVC CLEAR
PVC
GRAY PVC
PVC AND CPVC ANGLE

GRAY PVC
CPVC
SIZE
(IN.)
1" x 1" x 1/8"
0.141
0.141
0.18
0.141
1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 3/16"
0.262
0.262
0.325
0.262
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16"
0.316
0.316
0.395
0.316
1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/4"
0.415
N/A
N/A
0.415
2" x 2" x 1/4"
0.563
0.563
0.645
0.563
9
10
4-19
ROD, NUTS, BOLTS & WASHERS

Fiberglass Threaded Rod and Nuts
Fiberglass threaded rod and and nuts are ideal for applications requiring mechanical
fasteners that must be strong, non-corrosive and/or nonconductive. They are
widely used as a replacement for steel or other metal fasteners in chemical process
equipment, air pollution and water pollution control equipment, marine applications
and in applications requiring all nonmetallic materials. The threaded rod is stocked
in 4 foot lengths but is available in other lengths by request.
2
3
DESCRIPTION
3/8"-16
1/2"-13
5/8"-11
3/4"-10
THREADED ROD PART # UNC-16
UNC-13
UNC-11
UNC-10
SQUARE NUT PART #
UNC-16N UNC-13N UNC-11N UNC-10N
THREADED ROD LENGTH
4
4
4
4
NOTE: Technical information available upon request.
Applications:
Scrubber units for chlorine plants

Marine applications
Replacement for 316 stainless steel fasteners
Applications requiring non-conductivity
Wastewater treatment facilities
Packaging
Chemical manufacturing facilities
DIA. AND
LENGTH (IN)
PVC
PART #
DIA. AND
LENGTH (IN)
PVC
PART #
1/4-20 x 1/2
1/4-20 x 3/4
1/4-20 x 1
1/4-20 x 1-1/4
1/4-20 x 1-1/2
1/4-20 x 2
1/4-20 x 2-1/2
1/4-20 x 3
5/16-18 x 1/2
5/16-18 x 3/4
5/16-18 x 1
5/16-18 x 1-1/4
5/16-18 x 1-1/2
5/16-18 x 2
5/16-18 x 2-1/2
5/16-18 x 3
3/8-16 x 1/2
3/8-16 x 3/4
3/8-16 x 1
3/8-16 x 1-1/4
3/8-16 x 1-1/2
3/8-16 x 2
3/8-16 x 2-1/2
3/8-16 x 3
211100
211101
211102
2111021
211103
211104
2111041
211105
211108
211109
211110
2111101
2111102
211111
2111111
211112
2111121
2111122
2111123
2111124
211113
211114
211114A
211115
1/2-13 x 1
1/2-13 x 1-1/2
1/2-13 x 2
1/2-13 x 2-1/2
1/2-13 x 3
1/2-13 x 3-1/2
1/2-13 x 4
5/8-11 x 1-1/2
5/8-11 x 2
5/8-11 x 2-1/2
5/8-11 x 3
5/8-11 x 3-1/2
5/8-11 x 4
3/4-10 x 1-1/2
3/4-10 x 2
3/4-10 x 2-1/2
3/4-10 x 3
3/4-10 x 3-1/2
3/4-10 x 4
3/4-10 x 4-1/2
3/4-10 x 5
211119
211120
211121
211122
211123
211124
2111241
211126B
211127
211128
211129
2111291
211130
211132A
211133
2111331
211134
2111341
211135
2111351
2111352
MACHINED HEX HEAD BOLTS
SIZE (IN)
NUT PART #
WASHER PART #
1/4 -20
5/16 -18
3/8 -16
1/2 -13
5/8 -11
3/4 -10
211401
211402
211403
211404
211405
211406
211301
211302
211303
211304
211305
211306
PVC MACHINE HEX NUTS AND WASHERS
10
Corrosion resistant
Easy to fabricate
Structurally strong
Low maintenance
Nonconductive
Can use standard six point socket wrench
Color blends with most structural materials
Thermoplastic fasteners can be used in a variety of applications that require

resistance to chemicals and corrosive environments. When used to join
dissimilar metal parts, they help eliminate cathodic corrosion problems. Caution
should be exercised during assembly since thermoplastic bolts can break by
over-tightening. These fasteners are stocked in PVC and CPVC but are also
available in polypropylene, Teflon, nylon, Kynar, Lexan, Kel-f and Polyethylene.
Features:
Plastic Bolts, Nuts and Washers
1"-8
UNC-8
UNC-8N
4
SIZE
PVC
PART #
CPVC
PART #
PP
PART #
NYLON
PART #
1/4-20
5/16-18
3/8-16
1/2-13
5/8-11
3/4-10
3001020
3001018
3001016
3001013
3001011
3001010
3002020
3002018
3002016
3002013
3002011
3002010
3003020
3003018
3003016
3003013
3003011
3003010
3004020
3004018
3004016
3004013
3004011
3004010
Notes:
PVC THREADED ROD
Technical information available upon request.

Bolts, Nuts and Washers also available in sizes 7/8
and 1 in lengths from 1/2 to 6.
PVC and CPVC Rod available in 5 foot lengths, PP and Nylon available in 4 foot lengths. Threaded rods also
available in sizes 7/8 and 1.
4-20
FRP GRATING
Fabcograte FRP Grating
Grating Selection Process
1. Select the proper bar spacing and height to meet your

load requirements.
2. Select the proper resin to meet your environmental
requirements.
3. Select the proper panel size to meet your requirement.
4. Determine if you want grit top or plain top.
Square Mesh Panel Sizes Available
Three Heights 1, 1.5 and 2

1.5 Weight: 3.75 lb/ft. sq.
1 Weight: 2.5 lb/ft. sq.
Tolerances: 1/16
Bar Spacing: 1.5 X 1.5
Most popular pattern
70% open area
Load bearing bars in both directions
Easy to fabricate
Can be used without continuous side support
Labour savings
High material utilization, low waste
Uniform appearance
Features:
Will not rust.

Corrosion resistant.
Non-sparking.
Fire retardant.
Non-conductive.
Maintenance free.
Molded-in color.
Light weight.
Easy to install.
Impact resistant.
Quality appearance.
2
3
4
Rectangular Mesh Panel Sizes
1 HIGH
Bar Spacing: 1 X 4
1 Weight: 2.50 lb/ft. sq.
Tolerances: 1/16
Economical
Original pattern
69% open area
Widely used for light traffic and shorter spans
THICKNESS
BAR SPACING
PANEL SIZE (FT.)
WT (LBS)
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
4 X 12
120
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
4 X 10
100
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
4X8
80
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
3 X 12
90
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
3 X 10
75
1"
1.5" x 1.5"
5 X 10
125
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
4 X 12
180
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
4 X 10
150
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
4X8
120
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
3 X 12
135
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
3 X 10
113
1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
5 X 10
187
1"
1" x 4"
3 X 10
75
1"
1" x 4"
44" X 8
75
1"
1" x 4"
4X8
80
1"
1" x 4"
4 X 12
120
2"
2" x 2"
4 X 12
192
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-21
FRP GRATING
1
2
3
4
5
CF CHEMICAL PROOF
(standard colour is dark gray) is a vinyl ester system specifically engineered to provide premium service in
highly corrosive environments. It utilizes an advanced resin system which delivers outstanding resistance to
a wide range of harsh corrosive environments ranging from acidic to caustic, plus a high degree of solvent
resistance. It has a Class I flame spread rating of 25 or less according to the ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test Method.
CR+CHEMICAL PROOF PLUS
(standard colour is black). This is our only EF.R.P Grating to offer a flame spread rating of 10 or less on ASTM
E-84 Tunnel Test. It has excellent acid and caustic resistance.
IF INDUSTRIAL GRADE
(standard colour is light gray). This is a premium corrosion resistant isophthalic resin system selected for
outstanding acid resistance. It has moderate resistance to caustic and solvent environments. It has a Class I
ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test flame spread rating of 25 or less. It is more economical than types CF and CR+.
FF FOOD GRADE
(standard colour is safety yellow). Agriculture Canada approved (all ingredients have been USDA approved)
to meet corrosive conditions commonly found in meat production, food processing, bottling and brewing
applications. Made with isophthalic polyester. Flame spread rating is 30 or less.
AF ARCHITECTURAL GRADE FIRE RETARDENT
(standard colour is light gray). This is a resin system designed for mildly corrosive environments. Best suited to
replace metal gratings that require maintenance to maintain an aesthetically pleasing appearance. It has a Class
1, ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test flame spread rating of 25 or less for indoor use. It is more economical than type IF.
AN ARCHITECTURAL GRADE
(standard colour is green). Similar resin system as type AF but is not fire retardant or flame spread rated. More
economical than AF.
6
7
8
RESIN
CODE
DESCRIPTION
BASE RESIN
CORROSION
RESISTANCE
FLAME SPREAD
RATING
COLOR
CF
CHEMICAL PROOF
FIRE RETARDANT
VINYL ESTER
EXCELLENT
CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS
DARK GRAY or
ORANGE
CR+
CHEMICAL PROOF
FIRE RETARDANT PLUS
VINYL ESTER
EXCELLENT
CLASS 1: 10 OR LESS
BLACK
IF
INDUSTRIAL GRADE
FIRE RETARDANT
ISOPHTHALIC
VERY GOOD
CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS
GREEN or GRAY
FF
FOOD GRADE
FIRE RETARDANT
ISOPHTHALIC
VERY GOOD
CLASS 2: 30 OR LESS
LIGHT GRAY
AF
ARCHITECTURAL GRADE
ORTHOPHTHALIC
GOOD
CLASS 1: 25 OR LESS
GREEN
AN
ARCHITECTURAL GRADE
NON FIRE RETARDANT
ORTHOPHTHALIC
GOOD
NOT RATED
YELLOW or GREEN
Note : All grating types available with or without grit top for slip resistance.
9
10
4-22
FRP GRATING
Load Deflection Tables
Deflection to Span Ratios
For a resilient, non-fatiguing, comfortable feel use the STANDARD deflection to span ratio of 1:120.
For an elevated installation, where a solid feeling is desired, use a deflection to span ratio of 1:180 (NBC85). A deflectionto span ratio greater than 1:100 (1%) is not recommended. Donot exceed .5 (13mm).
Panel Selection
Determine the type of loading concentrated or uniform.

Estimate the load and determine the span.
Decide what maximum deflection is appropriate solid, standard or 1%.
Enter the appropriate 1 (25mm) table. If the deflection is less than the
maximum selected, choose the 1 thickness. It is more economical than
1.5 thick panels.
If the deflection or span is too great for 1 thick panels, select 1.5 thick
FRP Grating and design your support system for theappropriate span.
Select the resin system.
Panel Installation
Panels are designed to be

supported on all sides.
Use end clips if panel ends
cannot be supported.
Use hold down clips to
prevent panel drift.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-23
PULTRUDED GRATING
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pultruded Grating
DURADEK Standard Pultruded Grating
DURADEK is a standard pultruded grating product. It is available with

individual bearing bars in either 1 or 1-1/2 I shapes or a 2 T
shape. DURADEK is a flame retardant product utilizing a polyester or
vinyl ester resin. The bearing bars use both longitudinal (glass roving)
and multidirectional (glass mat) reinforcements as well as a synthetic
surfacing veil to provide unequaled corrosion resistance.
The bearing bars are assembled into 12 panel sizes: 3, 4, and 5 foot
widths in each of 8, 10, 12 and 20 foot lengths. Standard panels come
with cross-rod spacings of 6 or optional 12 on center. Grids can
be ordered with or without an anti-skid grit surface. A variety of grit
material and textures can be ordered.
DURAGRID Custom Grating
DURAGRID custom grid and grating systems are designed to

accommodate specific applications that cannot effectively be met by a
standard fiberglass grating. DURAGRID offers the customer options
such as selection of bar spacing (which creates varying open space in
the grating or grid), bar shape, cross-rod placement, custom fabrication,
custom resin or color.
DURAGRID Heavy Duty Grating
DURAGRID Heavy Duty Grating is a pultruded bar type grating that can
be designed and used like traditional metal grates. The solid individual
bearing bars are designed to take heavy wheel traffic such as fork lifts,
tow motors and truck traffic. Heavy duty grating is constructed of the
same type composite used in the other DURAGRID products.
DURAGRID Phenolic Grating
DURAGRID Phenolic grating is a dramatic innovation for markets where

fire safety is a major concern; it offers superior resistance to flame and
high temperature with low emissions of smoke and toxic fumes. The
nonflammable nature of phenolics enable phenolic grating to withstand
higher temperatures than polyester or vinyl ester for extended periods
of time without major structural damage. Combined with low thermal
conductivity, this provides fire protection not available with alternate
materials. DURAGRID Phenolic grating was the first composite grating
to receive U.S. Coast Guard approval. It is accepted for use in locations
and applications as allowed in the U.S.C.G. Policy File Memorandum
2-98 for fire retardant grating meeting structural fire integrity Level
2(L2).
Please contact customer service for more information on material
properties and technical information.
8
9
10
4-24
GRATING ACCESSORIES
Grating Accessories
Fiberglass
Covered Grating
All Fiberglass Grating

is availabe with an
integral cover plate to
prevent fumes in the
work area or where
high stiffness over
drainage trenches is
required.
Grating Clips
Prevent panel drift - bold, nut and washer included. Use

2 or 3 for each side of each full size panel; 4 for each
Stair Thread. 18-8 stainless steel. The following Types
are available:
Type M Clips
Restrains movement
in
all
directions.
Can
use
selfdrilling screws when
attaching to metal
supports.
Fiberglass Floor
Plate
Available to cover all panel

sizes. Easy to clean both
top and bottom sides. Can
be used as a splash guard.
Available in thickness
from 1/16 (1.5mm) to 1
(25mm). Grit top surface
is standard for floor plate
applications.
Type G-G Clips
Install from top of

grating. No hole to drill.
Galvanized available.
Fiberglass Stair
Treads
Fiberglass stair treads

come complete with
contrasting
colored
antislip
nosing.
Available in standard
lengths of 24, 30, 36,
or 42.
Available in
widths of 9, 10 1/2,
or 12.
For moderate loads.
3
4
5
Pultruded fiberglass Curb

Angle provides a strong,
firm base for bearing bars.
Standard Curb Angle is
produced using a gray, fire
retardant vinyl ester resin
system and is available in
three sizes.
Fiberglass Elevated Floor

Systems
9
Type C
For joining two unsupported ends.
Type J Clips
Fiberglass Concrete
Curb Angle
Fixed and adjustable Fiberglass

Columns are available to provide
elevated dry floor. Strongwells
pultruded fiberglass Curb Angle
provides a strong, firm base for
bearing bars. Standard Curb Angle is
produced using a gray, fire retardant
vinyl ester resin system and is
available in three sizes. Floors can
be designed to support up to 2,000
pounds per square foot.
10
4-25
STRUCTURAL SHAPES AND PLATE

Fiberglass Structural Shapes and Plates
EXTREN is a proprietary combination of fiberglass

reinforcements and thermosetting polyester or vinyl ester
resin systems. It is produced in more than 100 standard
shapes and all shapes have a surface veil to protect against
glass fibers penetrating the resin surface in service and
to increase corrosion and UV resistance. EXTREN is
offered in three series designed for different environments
and applications.
Series 500
An all-purpose series utilizing an isophthalic polyester

resin system with a UV inhibitor. Colour: Olive Green
Series 525
An all-purpose series utilizing a fire retardant isophthalic

polyester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Colour: Slate
Gray (plus certain handrail and fixed ladder components
in yellow)
Series 625
A premium series both fire retardant and highly corrosion

resistant utilizing a vinyl ester resin system with a UV
inhibitor. Colour: Beige
FABRICATING WITH EXTREN
5
6
7
JOINING - EXTREN can be fastened mechanically with

screws, bolts or rivets. FIBREBOLT fiberglass studs and
hex nuts (available from FABCO) can also be used with
EXTREN. EXTREN can be joined by adhesives. The
strongest connections can be made by using a combination
of mechanical fasteners with adhesives.
Suggested
fabrication techniques for EXTREN are covered in MFGs
EXTREN Fabrication and Repair Manual.
MATERIAL PREPARATION
EXTREN shapes and sheet can be sawed, drilled, routed and turned on a lathe or other machine tool. Punching
should be limited to thicknesses of 3/16 and under. Carbide or diamond-tipped saw blades and tool bits are
recommended for faster speeds and longer tool life. Cut edges should always be sealed. EXTREN cannot be
bent, rolled or pressed, as can steel.
Applications
8
9
10
4-26
Wastewater Treatment Plants

Chemical Plants
Pulp and Paper Plants
Greenhouses
Circuit Board Plating
Trade Show Booths
Electrical Switch Gear
Flue Gas Desulferization and
Cooling Tower Components
Offshore Platforms
Structural and miscellaneous
components near salt water
Electrical Equipment Housing
Cable Tray Components
Features
Corrosion Resistant
Low Conductivity Thermally and Electrically
Non-Magnetic Electromagnetic
Lightweight
High Strength
Dimensional Stability
Low Maintenance
ASTM SPECIFICATIONS
ASTM D3917 Standard

Specification for Dimensional
Tolerance of Thermosetting GlassReinforced Plastic
Pultruded Shapes.
ASTM D3918 Standard Definition
of Terms Relating to Reinforced
Plastic Pultruded Products.
ASTM D3647 Standard Practice
for Classifying Reinforced Plastic
Pultruded Shapes According to
Composition.
ASTM D4385 Standard Practice
for Classifying Visual Defects in
Thermosetting Reinforced Plastic
Pultruded Products.
LW Lengthwise PF
Perpendicular to laminate face
CW Crosswise N.T. Not Tested

PROPERTIES
ASTM
TEST
METHOD
MECHANICAL
Tensile Stress, LW
D638
Tensile Stress, CW
D638
Tensile Modulus, LW
D638
Tensile Modulus, CW
D638
Compressive Stress, LW
D695
Compressive Stress, CW
D695
Compressive Modulus, LW
D695
Compressive Modulus CW
D695
Flexural Stress, LW
D790
Flexural Stress, CW
D790
Flexural Modulus, LW
D790
Flexural Modulus, CW
D790
Modulus of Elasticity
full section
Modulus of Elasticity: W &
full section
I shapes > 4"
Parallel Compressive
D3846
Shear Stress, LW
Shear Modulus, LW
Short Beam Shear, LW

D2344
Bearing Stress, LW
D953
Poisson's Ratio, LW
D3039
Notched Izod Impact, LW
D256
Notched Izod Impact, CW
D256
PHYSICAL
SERIES
SERIES
500/525
3/16" 3/8"UNITS/
625
1/8"
SHAPES
- 1/4"
1"
VALUE
SHAPES
500/525 PLATE
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
106 psi
30,000
7,000
2.5
0.8
30,000
15,000
2.5
0.8
30,000
10,000
1.6
0.8
2.6
30,000
7,000
2.6
0.8
30,000
16,000
2.6
0.8
30,000
10,000
1.6
0.8
2.8
106 psi
2.5
2.5
20,000
10,000
1.8
1
24,000
17,500
1.8
1
35,000
15,000
2
1.1
20,000
10,000
1.8
1.4
24,000
17,500
1.8
1.4
30,000
18,000
2
1.4
3,000
0.425
4,500
30,000
0.33
25
4
45
0.6
.062.070
45
0.6
.062.070
40
0.6
.060.068
40
0.6
.060.068
40
0.6
.060.068
40
0.6
.060.068
40
0.6
.060.068
40
0.6
.060.068
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
120
35
200
120
35
200
35
200
35
N.T
35
N.T
35
250
35
N.T
35
N.T
D792
lbs/in3
Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion, LW
D696
Thermal Conductivity
C177
10-6 in/
in/oF
BTU-in/
ft2Hr/oF
D495
D149
D149
seconds
KV/in
volts/mil
UL 94
VO
E-84
E-662
D635
Generic
BS 476-7
20,000
7,500
1.8
1
24,000
16,500
1.8
1
35,000
13,000
1.8
1
0.425
4,500
30,000
0.33
25
4
Density
FLAMMABILITY
SERIES 625 PLATE
3,000
% Max
Flammability Classification
(1/16")
Tunnel Test
NBS Smoke Chamber
Flammability
UL Thermal Index
British Fire Test
20,000
10,000
1.8
1.4
24,000
20,000
1.8
1.4
30,000
18,000
2
1.4
3/8"-1"
psi
D2583
D570
Arc Resistance, LW
Dielectric Strength, LW
Dielectric Strength, PF
20,000
10,000
1.8
0.9
24,000
16,500
1.8
0.9
35,000
15,000
2
1.1
3/16"1/4"
106 psi
psi
psi
in/in
ft-lbs/in
ft-lbs/in
Barcol Hardness
24 hr Water Absorption
ELECTRICAL
20,000
7,500
1.8
0.7
24,000
15,500
1.8
0.7
35,000
13,000
1.8
0.9
1/8"
32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.32
0.32
15
10
10
15
10
5
5
5
5
5
32,000
0.32
10
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
25 Max
650-700 (Typical)
Self Extinguishing
130oC
Class 1
1. This value is determined from full section simple beam bending of EXTREN structural shapes.
2. The shear stress test results will change radically if the notched orientation is altered. The value in this
chart represents the test configuration where the notches are machined parallel to the reinforcing mat. For
notches machined perpendicular to the reinforcing mat, this value would be two to three times larger.
3. The Shear Modulus value has been determined from tests with full sections of EXTREN structural shapes.
(See Strongwells Strongwell Design Manual for further information.)
4. Value would be 50 if the surfacing veil were not there.
5. Plate compressive stress/modulus measured edgewise and flexural stress/modulus measured flatwise.
Values apply to Series 525 and 625.
6. Measured as a percentage maximum by weight.
7. Span to depth ratio of 3:1; EXTREN angles will have a minimum value of 4000 psi and the I/W shapes
are tested in the web.
8. Typical values because these are shape and composite dependent tests.
8
9
10
4-27
1
2
3
4
5
6
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
2 x 3/16
2 x 1/4
3 x 1/4
3 x 3/8
4 x 1/4
4 x 3/8
4 x 1/2
6 x 1/2
1-1/4 x 1/8
2 x 1/8
5 x 1/2
6 x 1/4 (Stock S-525)
6 x 3/8
WIDE FLANGE BEAMS

3 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
6 x 1/4
6 x 3/8
8 x 3/8
10 x 3/8 (32' lg.)
2 x 1/8
8 x 1/2
10 x 1/2
12 x 1/2
Plate*
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
5/8
1
SQUARE TUBE
2 x .156 (Yellow; S-525)
CHANNELS
2 x 9/16 x 1/8
3 x 7/8 x 1/4
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4
6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8 (Stock
S-525)
8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4 (Stock
S-525)
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8
10 x2-3/4 x1/2 (24' lg.)
1-1/2 x 1 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
(Stock S-625)
2 x 7/8 x 1/4
2-5/8 x1/8 x1-1/4 x3/16
3 x 1 x 3/16
3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16
(Stock S-525)
4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16
(Stock S-525)
14 x 3-1/2 x 3/4
18 x 2-3/16 x 3/16
24 x 3 x .260
ROUND TUBE
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x1/4
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4
2-1/2 x1/4
3 x 1/4
1-1/4 x3/16
1-3/4 x1/8
1-3/4 x 1/4
2-3/4 x 1/4
3 x 1/8
3-1/2 x .140
3-1/2 x1/2
4 x 1/8
4 x 1/4
5 x 1/8
5 x 1/4
6 x 1/8
6 x 1/4
8 x 3/16
10 x3/16
CHANNEL
3-1/2 x 2 x 7/32
16 x 1/4 x 3 x 1/2
I-BEAMS
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
4 x 2 x 1/4
8 x 4 x 3/8
2 x 1 x 1/8
6 x 3 x 1/4
(Stock S-525)
6 x 3 x 3/8
6 x 4 x 1/4
8 x 4 x 1/2
10 x 5 x 3/8
10 x 5 x 1/2
12 x 6 x 1/2 (Stock
S-525, S-625)
18x3/8x4-1/2x1/2
24x 3/8x 7-1/2x3/4
8
9
SQUARE TUBE
1 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4
2 x1/4 (Yellow; Series
525)
3 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
1-3/4 x 1/8
1-3/4 x 1/4
2-1/2 x 1/4 (Stock
Yellow;S-525)
3 x 1/8
3 x 3/8
3-1/2 x 1/4 (Stock
S-525)
4 x 3/8
6 x 3/8
SQUARE TUBE W/
ROUND HOLE
1 sq. with 3/4 round
hole
RECTANGULAR TUBE
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4
2-1/2x 1-5/8x1/8
3-1/4x2-1/2 x .160
6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2
7 x 4 x 1/4
9 x 6 x 5/16
9 x 6 x 7/16
CHANNEL (LADDER RAIL)

(Nonstocked items; standard
color orange)
1.70 x .100 x 1.100 x .100
1.875 x .125 x 1.125 x .188
3.150 x .120 x 1.175 x .120
3.29 x .128 x 1.180 x .190
3.31 x .135 x 1.187 x .210
4.0 x .125 x 1.750 x .187
Corner Post
3-1/4 x 1/4
Curb Angle
1 x 1-1/2
1-1/2 x 1-1/2
2 x 1-1/2
(stocked at Chatfield Division)
F-Section
5-1/2 x 1 x 1/4
6 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
Flat Strips
1 x 1/4
2 x 3/16 (Stock Yellow; S-525)
2 x 1/4
3 x 3/16
3 x 1/4 (Stock S-525)
3 x 3/8
3 x 1/2 (Stock S-525)
4x1/2 (Stock S-525) 6 x 1/4
Flight Channel
5-1/2x1/8x2-1/2x3/16
7-1/8x1/8x2-1/2x3/16
Fluted Tube
1 1/4
SQUARE BAR THERMAL CURE

CLEAR**
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
ROD - THERMAL CURE
CLEAR**
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
FOAM CORE PLANKS
4x2
5x2
6x2
8x2
FRAMING ANGLE
2 x 2 x 1/4
KICK PLATE
4 x 1/2 x 3/16 (Yellow;
S-525)
STAIR RISER
8 x 1-1/2 x 1/8
SLIDE GUIDE
2-1/2 x 2-1/4 x 1/4
(White; S-500)
STRUT
1-5/8 x 1-5/8 x 5/32
(Gray; S-525)
TOP RAIL
2 x 1/4 modified rd. tube
UNEQUAL LEG ANGLES
1-3/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4
Z-SECTION
1-1/4 x 2-1/2 x 1/8
Notes:
10
4-28
*USDA approved plate available (non-stocked) in all sizes except 1/4 and 3/8. EXTREN plate is
stocked in 4 x 8 sheets.
**Thermal cure bars and rods were not designed to be machined.
***Not necessarily EXTREN specifications.
Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions are in inches and stocked lengths are 20 long.
All EXTREN Series 500 products can be produced to meet NSF potable water standards in minimum mill
run quantities. Only products bearing the NSF logo are certified.
PLATES AND HANDRAILS

Safplate Fiberglass Gritted Plate
SAFPLATE fiberglass gritted plate, is a tough, corrosion resistant floor
plate. SAFPLATEs unique combination of pultruded fiberglass plate
with an anti-skid grit surface creates a textured solid sheet flooring
that is ideal for both wet and dry environments. Used in a variety of
applications, such as trench covers to contain vapors and fumes or
pedestrian bridge walkways for sure footing, SAFPLATE provides
a long-lasting, maintenance-free alternative to steel plate for severe,
corrosive environments. SAFPLATE is available as solid plate or bonded
to DURADEK or DURAGRID grating. The standard surface is fine grit.
A medium grit or a coarse grit is also available. SAFPLATE with fine
grit is stocked in 4 x 8 panels in standard EXTREN plate thicknesses
of 1/8 and 1/4. Optional plate thicknesses include 3/16, 3/8, 1/2,
5/8, 3/4 and 1 sizes. Standard SAFPLATE is Series 525, which is a
fiberglass reinforced polyester with fire retardant in a gray colour. Other
resin systems and custom colours are available upon request.
Safrail Industrial Fiberglass Handrails

SAFRAIL industrial fiberglass handrails are commercial
railing systems for stair rails, platform/walkway handrails
and guardrails. SAFRAIL systems are fabricated from
pultruded fiberglass components produced by Strongwell
and molded thermoplastic connectors. The railing systems
are particularly well-suited to corrosive environments like
those found in industrial, chemical and wastewater treatment
plants as well as commercial structures with urban and
salt air corrosion. SAFRAIL fiberglass handrail systems
are corrosion resistant, easy to field fabricate, structurally
strong, low in thermal conductivity, impact resistant, have
low electrical conductivity and are lightweight. SAFRAIL
systems are the result of more than 40 years of experience in
the manufacture, design and fabrication of fiberglass handrail
systems. The systems offer the following advantages:
Ease of Assembly SAFRAIL systems are produced in lightweight standard sections that include both
post and rail. Systems can be prefabricated in large sections and shipped to the site or they can also be
fabricated and installed on site with simple carpenter tools.
Internal Connection System All connections fit flush, resulting in a pleasing, streamlined appearance. The
internal connections allow the construction of continuous handrail systems around circular tanks without
special fittings.
Safety Features SAFRAIL systems come in a safety yellow colour, feature low electrical conductivity
for worker safety and exhibit high strength. Systems meet US federal OSHA standards with a 2:1 factor of
safety with a 6-foot (1830mm) maximum post spacing. SAFRAIL systems also comply with international
standard AFNOR NF E 85-101.
Low Maintenance Corrosion resistant fiberglass with molded-in colour will outlast aluminum or steel
systems with virtually no maintenance.
Cost Effective Fiberglass components and easy-to-assemble design provide savings on labor and
maintenance, resulting in long- term savings and elimination of the cost and inconvenience of downtime
for repairs in plant operations.
SAFRAIL industrial systems can be used in guardrail applications where railing is needed to protect the open
side of an elevated walkway. SAFRAIL systems meet OSHA requirements for a height of 42 (1067mm) from
the top of walkway to the top of the guardrail. The OSHA loading requirement for both guardrail and handrail
is a 200 pound (890 N) concentrated load at any point or direction on the top rail. Other building codes may
require different loading conditions. Moulded-in color plus an optional tough polyurethane coating will outlast
aluminum or steel systems and requires virtually no maintenance.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-29
LADDERS AND BUILDING SYSTEMS

Safrail Fiberglass Ladders
SAFRAIL fiberglass ladders and ladder cages mounted on the sides of tanks and buildings
are a common sight in a wide range of industries. Even in complete immersion applications,
fiberglass has outlasted aluminum and steel and required little or no maintenance.
SAFRAIL ladders are fabricated in a standard 18 (46mm) rung width configuration
with 12 (30mm) rung spacings. Various ladder lengths can be produced as practical.
Standard SAFRAIL ladder and ladder cage systems are designed and fabricated to meet
the requirements of OSHA 1910.27. Custom colors and custom designed ladders and
access cages can be fabricated upon request. Ladders can be shipped pre-assembled for
installation in the field. SAFRAIL ladders and ladder cage systems are produced using a
premium grade polyester resin system with flame retardant and ultraviolet (UV) inhibitor
additives. A vinyl ester resin system is available upon request for additional corrosion
resistance. Standard side rails and cages are pigmented OSHA safety yellow. The rungs
are a pultruded fiberglass polyester tube with a fluted, non-skid surface.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Composolite Fiberglass Building System

COMPOSOLITE is an advanced composite building panel system suitable
for major load bearing structural applications. Features of COMPOSOLITE
include Corrosion Resistant, Lightweight, Low Electrical & Thermal
Conductivity, Easy To Maintain, Cost Effective, and Easy To Install Interlocking
Joints.
The modular construction system consists of six interlocking
components. The main component is a 3 thick x 24 wide open-ribbed
building panel. 3-way and 45 connectors allow the system components to
turn corners and facilitate the joining of walls or sides. Toggles lock panels
and connectors together securely. For added flexibility, the system also
includes a hanger and an end cap. For permanent structures, joints between
panels and connectors are bonded during assembly. This uniquely designed
system of interlocking components makes it possible to design fiberglass
structures for a broad range of construction applications with an almost unlimited number of configurations.
COMPOSOLITE is available in standard polyester (green), polyester fire retardant (gray) or vinyl ester fire
retardant (beige) resin systems. The standard fire retardant resins meet the requirements of Class 1 rating of 25
or less per ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635. The resin contains a UV inhibitor
and the composite includes a surface veil on all exposed surfaces for enhanced corrosion and UV protection.
Other resins and colors are available upon request.
8
9
10
4-30
Durashield Foam Core Building Panels

DURASHIELD is a tongue-and-groove fiberglass pultruded panel
comprised of a pultruded skin over a foam core. Features include
integral insulation, lightweight corrosion resistance , low electrical &
thermal conductivity, strong, flame retardance and transparency to
electromagnetic emissions. The pultruded fiberglass skin is available in
either an isophthalic polyester or vinyl ester resin. Both resin systems
are flame retardant (UL94 VO). Vinyl ester is utilized in more corrosive
applications. A synthetic surfacing veil is incorporated into the skin to
improve weathering, corrosion resistance and resistance to degradation
from ultraviolet rays. Resistance to weathering can be further enhanced
by the application of a polyurethane paint. The core material is rigid
closed-cell urethane foam. The foam core provides an insulation R
factor of 7 for the 1 panel and 21 for the 3 panel. DURASHIELD
panels are available in 1 x 12 and 3 x 24 sizes. The panels can be
produced in any length that is practical. Typical lengths would be in the
12 to 32 range.
ZINZER WELDING GUNS

Zinzer Unitherm Welding Gun
Zinzer UNITHERM K5.8 RS / K5.16 RS welding torch has Hot air
device has electronic temperature control for the professional
user. Technical features include an insulated outer sleeve,
infinitely variable electronic heat regulation (the adjusted
temperature remains constant, independent of the cross-section
of the used tip), electronic monitoring of the heating element,
and air volume regulation.
TYPE
Common applications include welding,

preheating, forming, and shrinking of
thermoplastic materials.
K5.8RS
K5.16RS
infinitely variable up infinitely variable up
TEMPERATURE
to 600C
to 600C
OUTPUT
800 W
1 600 W
AIR VOLUME*
approx. 200 l/min
approx. 200 l/min
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
230 VAC / 120 VAC 230 VAC / 120 VAC
ORDER NO. 230VAC
281 0005-201
281 0005-202
ORDER NO. 120VAC
281 0005-203
281 0005-204
The professional in preheating JUMBOTHERM K25.30 / K25.16

welding gun with electronic temperature control for the professional
use. Technical features insulated outer sleeve, infinitely variable
electronic heat regulation (the adjusted temperature remains
constant, independent of the cross-section of the used tip), and
electronic monitoring of the heating element.
K25.30
K25.16
infinitely variable up
infinitely variable up
to 600C
to 600C
OUTPUT
3 000 W
1 600 W
approx 300 l/min with approx 300 l/min with
AIR VOLUME*
a pressure of 3000Pa a pressure of 3000Pa
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
230 VAC
120 VAC
ORDER NO.
281 0025-036
281 0025-037
2
3
Zinzer Jumbotherm Welding Gun
TYPE
4
5
TEMPERATURE
Common applications include preheating,

forming, and shrinking of thermoplastic
materials.
6
7
8
9
TORONTO HEAD OFFICE
10
4-31
ZINZER WELDING ACCESSORIES

PART #
283 0197-001
2
3
4
283 0198-033
DESCRIPTION
Standard welding nozzle curved, screw-on type air outlet 5mm,
conical. Suitable for slip-on:
Rapid nozzle283 0198-041 for welding cord 3 and 4mm
Rapid nozzle283 0198-042 for welding cord 5mm
Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-039 for welding cord 3 and 4mm
Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-040 for welding cord 5mm
Welding nozzle with integrated guiding roller 283 0198-032 for welding
cord 5mm"
Welding nozzle curved, slip-on type air outlet 5mm, conical Suitable
for slip-on:
Rapid nozzle283 0198-041 for welding cord 3 and 4mm
Rapid nozzle283 0198-042 for welding cord 5mm
Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-039 for welding cord 3 and 4mm
Super-Rapid nozzle283 0198-040 for welding cord 5mm
Welding nozzle with integrated guiding roller 283 0198-032 for welding
cord 5mm
283 0197-002
Tack welding nozzle especially for pre-fixing of thermoplastic material
283 0197-004
Curved welding nozzle with knife for thermoplastic material. air outlet
4mm
283 0197-005
7
8
9
10
4-32
Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding. With preheating of the
welding rod made of plasticized PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene.Curved
welding nozzle with knife for thermoplastic material. air outlet 5mm
283 0198-021
Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding. With preheating of the
welding rod made of plasticized PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene. for
plastic filler rod 3mm and 4mm
283 0198-023
Rapid nozzle, screw-on type for joint welding . With preheating of the
welding rod made of plasticized PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene. for
plastic filler rod 5mm / also for fusion welding cord
LARAMY TORCHES
Laramy 30-10 Basic High Speed Torch
The basic Model 30-10 torch is a rugged, high-quality production tool.
A lightweight, compact design makes the Model 30-10 easy on the
operator and convenient for tight work areas. It is equipped with 12
of vinyl hose, regulator, gauge, torch rest, Laramy combination tip and
your choice of Located Heat element. Specify 250, 350, 450, or 550
watt element with order. The Model 30-10 is shipped in a plastic carrying
case and includes a copy of Laramys exclusive 56-page manual Making
Even Better Plastic Welds. Additional elements and accessories can be
added at any time.
1
2
3
Laramy 30-102 Fabricating Torch

The Model 30-102 is the welding outfit for production and general shop use.
The leading choice of fabricators, the Model 30-102 includes the basic torch,
a new portable welding stand with combination regulator and filter, gauge,
thermometer, Laramy combination tip and your choice of two Located Heat
elements. Specify 250, 350, 450 or 550 watt elements with order. The Model
30-102 is shipped in a plastic carrying case and includes a copy of Laramys
exclusive 56-page manual Making Even Better Plastic Welds. Additional
elements and accessories can be added at any time.
4
5
6
Laramy 30-200 Torch and Compressor

The Model 30-200 is the industrys first complete, production welding outfit
with its own built-in air compressor. All you need is electrical power. The
Model 30-200s built-in compressor is constructed of the highest quality
components throughout for top performance and trouble-free operation with
ample air supply for speed welding. The high quality, continuous duty, oilless rotary compressor provides 2 1/2 cfm at 3 psi and comes equipped with
factory wired ON-OFF switches for compressor and torch, interlocked to
prevent operation of welder without compressor. The Model 30-200 includes
the basic torch, intake filter/muffler, Laramy combination tip and your choice
of two Located Heat elements. Specify 250, 350, 450 or 550 watt elements
with order. The Model 30-200 is shipped in a rugged metal tool case with
vibration pads and includes a copy of Laramys exclusive 56-page manual
Making Even Better Plastic Welds. Additional elements and accessories can
be added at any time.
7
8
9
10
4-33
LARAMY WELDING TIPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-34
Laramy Economy Compressor/Torch

The Model 30-400 welder is a good, inexpensive, lightweight portable
outfit suitable for light field repair work and some light fabrication jobs.
The Model 30-400 comes equipped with a good quality, diaphragm
compressor which provides 1 3/4 cfm at 3 psi, the basic torch, Laramy
combination tip and your choice of one Located Heat element. Specify
250, 350, 450 or 550 watt element with order. The Model 30-400 is
shipped in a rugged metal tool case and includes a copy of Laramys
exclusive 56-page manual Making Even Better Plastic Welds. Additional
elements and accessories can be added any time.
Laramy Vari-FT/RS Self Contained Torch

The Model VARI-FT/RS provides its own air supply from the ambient atmosphere
making it ideal for installation, repair and field work on hard and soft PVC and
similar thermoplastics including plexiglass, polycarbonate, polyisobutylene,
polystyrene, etc. The temperature can be steplessly regulated with an
electronic controller and the self-contained supply of air comes from a builtin blower/motor. The Model VARI-FT/RS is equipped with an ON/OFF switch
and comes with a universal round tip--ideal for work in tight corners and
for short and tack welds. Laramys exclusive 56-page manual Making Even
Better Plastic Welds is included and additional welding tips and accessories
can be added at any time.
Laramy Universal High-Speed Tip

A one-hand welding tip that is 6 to 8 times faster than conventional tips. Cuts off rod as
desired. Exclusive Laramy design pre-heats work and rod simultaneously. These tips save
a great deal of welding time and should be used for any extensive work on maintenance
and fabrication projects. Laramy has Universal High Speed Tips available for both round and
triangular rod in the following sizes:
NHS-1 - 1/8 and 5/32 diameter welding rod
NHS-2 - 3/16 diameter welding rod
NHS-3 - 1/4 diameter welding rod
NST-1 - 1/8 triangular rod
The triangular rod tips are available in different profiles. Please contact us for details.
Laramy Custom Welding Tips

Laramy Custom Welding Tips are engineered stainless steel tips for all hot-air welding
requirements. Choose from the most complete selection of tips in the plastics welding industry.
NCT-1 Combination Welding & Tacking Tip -A dual purpose design that eliminates the need for
separate tips on maintenance and light fabrication work. Cuts the rod at the end of the weld.
NR-1 Universal Round Tip -A tip for tight-corner welding.
NT-1 Universal Tacking Tip -A tip used exclusively for tacking your plastic together before
welding.
STEINEL HEAT GUN AND NOZZLES

Steinel HG 2000E Electric Heat Gun
Ergonomic, electronically
controlled heat gun.
Available with or without a heavy duty carrying case.
ELECTRONIC HEAT GUN

TEMPERATURE
Continuously variable 120F-1100F
AIRFLOW
14.8 CFM
OUTPUT
1500 watts
VOLTAGE
120 VAC/60 Hz
WARRANTY
One year limited
ITEM NUMBER
34261
KITS
Available in industry specific kit presentations.
ACCESSORIES
Accepts a full range of nozzles and accessories.
Steinel Reduction Nozzles

Provides a precisely concentrated stream of hot air. Used for welding or soldering. Can
be used as a base for specialized attachments. (All reduction nozzles are for use on
electronic heat guns only.)
9mm Reduction Nozzle (also used as a base for attachments)
Part # 07062
Attachments for 9mm Reduction Nozzle #07062:
Plastic Welding
Nozzle with
6mm intake
20mm Lap
Welding Slit Tip
Part # 07091
20mm Rod
Welding Slit Tip
Part # 07101
Part # 07201
7
8
9
14mm Reduction Nozzle

(also used as a base for attachments)
Part # 07071
20mm Redution Nozzle

Part # 07081
10
4-35
AUTOTHERM WELDING GUN
Autotherm Temperature Regulated Welding Gun
2
3
The Autotherm is an electronically controlled temperature

regulated welding gun for the highest quality welding. At the very
back of the handle is an adjustment of the welding temperature
by press buttons and digital display of the actual and set
temperature.
Electrical and thermal influences such as power surges, air volume
changes and intake air temperature variations are automatically
compensated for. The electronics quickly adjust the set welding
temperature to offset any such changes. Features automatic
shut-off in case of air loss.
The heating element life is vastly extended since thermal overload
is no longer possible. The dual wall of the barrel keeps the outside
surface cool to a touch. Back plate can be rotated 360. Supplied
with a 110V, 800W heating element, the Autotherm is suitable for
use with clean air blowers model DT 1 or DT 2.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-36
WEGENER WELDING GUNS

Wegener Spark Testers
The AC spark testers are typically used for testing the quality of plastic
welds. A variety of test kits are available to suit most applications. AC
powered units are also available for use within production processes for the
automatic testing of porosity in non-conductive coatings. A wide assortment
of electrodes and accessories are available for just about every need. Please
contact customer service for assistance in selecting the most appropriate
tester for your application.
WEG20 - High frequency spark tester to check welds, joints and surfaces for
leaks and air holes in tanks and pipes made of plastics or rubber.
WEG21 - The WEG 21 high frequency spark tester is designed for the detection
of flaws or holidays in joints or welds, heavy duty glass, rubber or anticorrosive coatings of tanks, pipes, etc.
1
2
3
4
Wegener Airtherm Hot Air Welding Gun

Model Airtherm hot air welding gun with self-contained blower. Standard
features include: electronically controlled temperature system which
is adjustable from ambient to 1200F in order to accommodate all
types of thermoplastic materials, control board with built-in sensor to
prevent heating element burn-outs, plug-in type heating element for
easy replacement, motor brushes can be easily checked or changed
without opening the gun.
Includes a 110V/1300W heating element. Suitable for connection to
a standard 110V AC electrical outlet. Unit is supplied with adaptor
nozzle to accommodate WEGENER welding tips. Nozzles for overlap
welding also available.
5
6
7
Wegener Duratherm Hot Air Welding Gun

Model Duratherm hot air welding gun with electronic output control
incorporated in the handle to ensure continuous adjustment of the
welding air temperature without alteration of air volume.
Standard features include: control board with built-in sensor to
prevent heating element burn-outs, temperature adjustable from
ambient to 1200F to accommodate all types of thermoplastic
materials, insulating tube for protection of element, back plate
can be rotated 360.
Includes 120V/1000W heating element. Suitable for connection to
blower model DT 1 or DT 2.
8
9
10
4-37
WEGENER EXTRUSION WELDERS

Wegener Exweld Mini-F Extrusion Welder
1
2
3
4
5
Suitable for welding PE and PP up to 3/8 thick (Mini SHF/SHF-C required for
UHMW or PVDF)
Barrel temperature controlled by state-of-the-art temperature regulator
Electronically controlled drive motor with variable welding speed
Self-contained preheater eliminates need for external air supply
Solid, durable construction
Power Supply: 120V AC
Easy to operate
Power Consumption: 1680W MAX
Maximum Output: 0.7 Kg/hr (1.5 lbs/hr)
Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes can be easily machined to
Weight: 3 Kg (approx 6.5 lbs)
determine weld size and configuration
Length: 19
Optional heavy-duty shipping case available

Rod Size: 4mm (5/32)
Wegener Exweld Alpha2 EC Extrusion Welder
Power Supply: 230V Single-Phase

Power Consumption: 3960W max.
Maximum Output: PE -(5.7 lbs/hr),
PP -2.2 Kg/hr (4.8lbs/hr)
Weight: 5.9 Kg (approx. 13 lbs)
Rod Size: PP/PE 3, 4 or 5mm (1/8,
5/32or 3/16)
Wegener Exweld Beta2 EC Extrusion Welder
6
7
Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials. PVC
optional.
Temperature controller for extrudate with cold start protection and monitoring
of set-point/actual temperatures
Quick material changeover, lockable drive motor, and multi-position handle
Sophisticated extrusion screw and aluminum melting chamber with cartridge/
band heating system allows for smooth and optimum processing of extrudate
Power Supply: 230V Single-Phase
Trouble-free rod intake system Distance from end of preheat
nozzle and material is fully adjustable
Maximum Output: PE 4.31 Kg/hr (9.5 lbs/hr),
Streamline design with solid, durable construction
PP 4.08 Kg/hr (9.0 lbs/hr)
Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes are easily machineable to
Weight: 8.9 Kg (approx 20 lbs) excl. cable/hose
Rod Size: up to 5mm (3/16)
Wegener Exweld Gamma2 EC Extrusion Welder
9
10
Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials
Dual channel temperature controller for extrudate and preheat, cold start
protection
Unmatched relation between welding capacity, weight and price
Electronically-controlled drive motor with variable welding speed
Patented, trouble-free rod intake system
Adjustable preheat extension, solid, durable construction, easy operation
Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes can be easily machined to determine
weld size and configuration
Optional heavy-duty shipping/transport case with rollers
Special model, ALPHA-P with corrosion-resistant components for PVC/
CPVC
Suitable for welding PE, PP, PVDF and other thermoplastic materials. PVC
optional.
Temperature controller for extrudate with cold start protection and monitoring
of set-point/actual temperatures
Quick material changeover, lockable drive motor, and multi-position handle
Sophisticated extrusion screw and aluminum melting chamber with cartridge/
band heating system allows for smooth and optimum processing of extrudate
Patented, trouble-free rod intake system
Main Supply: 230V Single-Phase
Distance between end of preheat nozzle and base material is
Maximum Output: PE 6.2 Kg/hr (13 lbs/hr), PP
fully adjustable
5.6 Kg/hr (8.8 lbs/hr)
Exchangeable PTFE welding shoes are easily machineable to
Weight: 9.2 Kg (approx 22 lbs) excl. cable/hose

Rod Size: PE/PP 4 or 5mm (5/32 or 3/16 )
4-38
SECTION 5:
LIQUID MONITORING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Variable area Flowmeters 5-2

+GF+ Signet Products 5-7
Flow Sensors & Instruments 5-8
pH/ORP Sensors and Instruments 5-11
Conductivity Instruments 5-12
Level Sensors and Instruments 5-13
Temperature Instruments 5-13
Pressure Sensors and Instruments 5-14
+GF+ Signet Other Products 5-15
+GF+ Signet Installation Fittings 5-16
Sonic-Pro S1, S2 & S3 5-17
Aquametrix Products 5-19

Aquametrix Shark 5-20
Multi-Parameter Controller 5-21
Aquametrix TX/P Shark 5-22
Differential pH/ORP Sensor 5-23
Oxygen Sensor/Controller 5-25
Conductivity Sensors 5-26
Stainless Steel Probes 5-27
Blue White DIGI Meter 5-28
Hawk Products 5-30
VARIABLE AREA FLOWMETERS
F-400N
2
3
8
9
10
5-2
F-410N
FLOW RATES
1 to 20 USGPM
4 to 80 LPM
4 to 80 SCFM
8 to 135 M3HR
DIMENSIONS
Height: 8 3/16"
Width: 1 1/4"
DIMENSIONS
Height: 11"
Width: 1 3/4"
F-420N BENEFITS
Tough machined acrylic meter body,

highly polished to a clear finish.
Direct reading permanent scale.
White back reflector for easy reading.
Sturdy adapters with high grade Viton
o-ring seals.
Standard models #316 stainless steel
float guide rods. (Optional K-series
hastelloy C-276).
Acceptable in direct sunlight
applications.
Available OEM options: Private labeling,
custom calibrations, custom materials.
F-420N SPECIFICATIONS
Max. Working Pressure..... 130 psig (8.9 bar)

@ 70 F (21 C)
Max. Fluid Temperature.... 130 F (54 C) @
0 PSI
Full scale accuracy........... +/- 5%
Meter body material......... Machined acrylic
O-ring seals Viton (optional EP)
Approximate shipping wt..2 lb. (.91 kg)
NIST certificates optional
PIPE SIZES
1" and 1 1/2" M/
NPT
FLOW RATES
5 to 50 USGPM
20 to 200 LPM
DIMENSIONS
Height: 12"
Width: 2"
F-410N
TEMPERATURE
VS. PRESSURE
PIPE SIZES
3/4" and 1" F/
NPT
FLOW RATES
0.025 to 5 GPM
0.1 to 20 LPM
.2 to 20 SCFM
.4 to 34 M3HR
F-420N
Tough machined acrylic meter

body, highly polished to a clear finish.
Sturdy adapters with high grade Viton
o-ring seals.
Standard models #316 stainless steel float
guide rods. (Optional K-series hastelloy
C-276).
Standard models #316 stainless steel or
PVC float. (Optional K-series hastelloy
C-276 or PVC).
Acceptable in direct sunlight applications.
Max. Working Pressure..... 150 psig (10.3 bar) @

70 F (21 C)
Max. Fluid Temperature.... 316 SS and Hastelloy
Floats: 150 F (65 C) @ 0 PSI
PVC floats:120 F (49 C) @
0 PSI
Approximate shipping wt..2 lb. (.91 kg)
F-400N
TEMPERATURE
VS. PRESSURE
PIPE SIZES
1/4", 3/8"
and1/2" F/NPT
F-410N BENEFITS
Max. Working Pressure..... 150 psig (10.3 bar) @

70 F (21 C)
Max. Fluid Temperature.... Polypropylene adapters: 150 F (65 C) @ 0 PSI
Approximate shipping wt..1/2 lb. (.23 kg)
Tough machined acrylic meter body, highly

polished to a clear finish.
Sturdy adapters with high grade Viton o-ring
seals.
guide rods. (Optional K-series hastelloy C-276).
Standard models #316 stainless steel, PVDF,
Teflon float. (Optional K-series hastelloy C-276,
PVDF, Teflon).
Available OEM options: Private labeling, custom
calibrations, custom materials.
F-400N BENEFITS
F-420N
TEMPERATURE
VS. PRESSURE
F-430N
F-430N BENEFITS
Tough machined acrylic

meter body, highly polished to a clear finish.
Sturdy adapters with high grade Viton o-ring
seals.
guide rods. (Optional K-series hastelloy C-276).
Optional Polypropylene and CPVC Adapters
available.
Max. Working Pressure..... 130 psig (8.9 bar) @ 70 F

(21 C)
Max. Fluid Temperature.... 130 F (54 C) @ 0 PSI
Approximate shipping wt..6 lb. (2.7 kg)
PIPE SIZES
1 1/2" M/NPT and
2" F/NPT
FLOW RATES
4 to 100 USGPM
15 to 375 LPM
DIMENSIONS
Height: 14"
Width: 3"
F-430N TEMPERATURE
VS. PRESSURE
270 F (132 C)
o
230 F (110 C)
o
TEMPERATURE
F-400 Series In-Line Units
190 F (88 C)
o
150 F (65 C)
o
110oF (43oC)
70oF (21oC)
30
60
90
120
STATIC PRESSURE (p.s.i.g)
150

F-550 Series Machined Panel Mount Meter
F-550 BENEFITS
NON-ADJUSTABLE DIMENSIONS
Durable, highly polished, one piece

machined meter body.
#316 Stainless Steel floats and float
guides.
Sturdy adapters with Viton o-ring seals.
Bulkhead nuts attach directly to inside
panel.
Separate mounting screws are not required.
Optional Adjustable Flow Control Valve
(F-550A only) easy to disassemble.
No special tool required, ALL FIELD
REPLACEABLE.
PIPE SIZES
1/4", 3/8, 1/2",

3/4" and 1" M/NPT
190F (88C)
FLOW RATES
STA
&
AD
JU
110F (43C)
70F (21C)
MODEL
NUMBER
STA
0.025 to 20 GPM
0.1 to 75 LPM
0.1 to 45 SCFM
BL
50
100
150
200
STATIC PRESSURE (p.s.i.g.)
250
B
C
D
E Mount Hole
2-1/2" 11/16" 5-5/8" 1-1/4" 9/16"
2-3/4" 1-11/32" 6-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/16"
2-3/4" 1-11/32" 6-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/16"
2-3/4" 1-11/32" 6-1/2" 1-1/2"
7/8"
3-3/4" 1-1/2" 6-1/2" 1-3/4" 1-1/16"
4"
1-3/4"
8"
2" 12-1/64"
B
3-7/16"
4-1/2"
4-1/2"
4-1/2"
5-1/2"
5-1/4"
C
1"
1-11/32"
1-11/32"
1-11/32"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
F-550 ADJUSTABLE
F-550 NON-ADJUSTABLE
CALIBRATION ADAPTER FLOAT

GPM LPM SIZE MATERIAL
F-55250L(*) 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1

F-55375L(*)
0.1 to 1
0.4 to 4
F-55376L(*)
0.2 to 2
0.75 to 7.5
F-55500L(*)
0.5 to 5
2 to 20
F-55750L(*)
1 to 10
4 to 40
F-55005L(*)
1 to 5
3 to 18
F-55010L(*)
1 to 10
4 to 40
F-55015L(*)
1 to 15
5 to 60
F-55200L(*)
2 to 20
7.5 to 75
1/4" M/NPT
3/8" M/NPT
3/8" M/NPT
1/2" M/NPT
3/4" M/NPT
1" M/NPT
1" M/NPT
1" M/NPT
1" M/NPT
#316 SS
#316 SS
#316 SS
#316 SS
#316 SS
Teflon
#316 SS
#316 SS
#316 SS
MODEL OPTIONS
(*) To order with Flow Adjustment Valve add the letter A after the L in the model number.
Model #F-55005L is not available with Adjustment Valve.
For optional hastelloy internals, add letter K to model number.
F-500E Series Panel Mount

F-500E BENEFITS
Impact resistant, one piece machined acrylic meter body.

#316 Stainless Steel or glass floats (material depends on
meter ordered).
Permanent screen printed scales.
A wide range of standard calibrations.
Viton o-ring seals.
Excellent Accuracy.
F-500E SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature 120F (49C) @ 0 pressure

Pressure 150 psig (10.3 Bar) @ 70F
(21C)
Full Scale Accuracy 5%
Meter Body Material Machined acrylic
Adapter Material PVC
O-rings Viton
Float Material #316 SS or Glass
Max. Pressure Drop......... 2 psi
Approximate Shipping Wt...... 1/2 lbs. (.227 kg.)
F-500E
D
E
F
5-5/8" 2-7/16" 1-11/32"
6-1/2" 3-1/4" 1-3/4"
6-1/2" 3-1/4" 1-3/4"
6-1/2" 3-1/4" 1-3/4"
6-1/2" 3-1/4" 1-5/16"
8" 3-1/2" 1-7/16"
Note: Mount Hole Dimensions are the same as the Model Non-Adjustable
with NON-ADJUSTABLE & ADUSTABLE Valves
230F (110C)
A
7-1/4"
8-3/8"
8-3/8"
8-3/8"
9"
10-5/8"
F-550 ORDERING GUIDELINES
270F (132C)
ND
AR
Model Number
F-55250LA (1/4")
F-55375LA (3/8")
F-55376LA (3/8")
F-55500LA (1/2")
F-55750LA (3/4")
F-55200LA (1")
Temperature 200F (93C) @ 0 pressure

Pressure 250 psig (17.2 Bar) @70F
(21C)
Meter Body Material Machined acrylic
Shield Material Lexan
Adapter Material PVC, PVDF, CPVC
O-rings Viton
Float Material #316 SS
Max. Pressure Drop 2 psi full scale
Approximate Shipping Wt...... 2 lbs. (.907 kg.)
F-550N
F-550 OUTPUT
VS. F-550
PRESSURE
Series
150F (65C)
A
7-1/4"
8-3/8"
8-3/8"
8-3/8"
9"
10-5/8"
ADJUSTABLE DIMENSIONS
F-550 SPECIFICATIONS
F-550A with
Integral Flow
Adjustment
Valve
Model Number
F-55250L (1/4")
F-55375L (3/8")
F-55376L (3/8")
F-55500L (1/2")
F-55750L (3/4")
F-55200L (1")
F-500E DIMENSIONS
Model # A
B
F-501E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
F-502E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
F-503E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-504E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-505E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-506E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-507E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-508E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-509E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-510E 4-3/8" 1-1/4"
F-511E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
F-514E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
F-512E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
F-513E 4-1/8" 1-1/4"
C
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
D
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
F
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
PIPE SIZES
1/4" and 1/8 M/NPT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FLOW RATES
4.0 to 40 OZ/Hour
0.3 to 20 OZ/Min
2 to 50 SCFM
5 to 24 LPM/Air
1 to 72 GPH
2 to 300 CFH
10
5-3

F-300 Series Machined Acrylic Flowmeters
F-300 BENEFITS
2
3
U-300
F-451 BENEFITS
F-451 with Protective Shield
Max. Working Pressure..... 150 psig

(10.3 bar) @ 70F
(21C)
Max. Fluid Temperature.... 190F/88C
@ 0 pressure
Full Scale Accuracy.......... 10%
Meter Body Material......... Acrylic
Connection Type Saddle
Float Material #316 SS, Hastelloy
or Teflon (low flow
units)
Approx. Shipping Weight: 1" to 4"
Pipe: 1 lbs. (.454
kg.); 6" to 8" Pipe:
2 lbs. (.907 kg.)
I.P.S. PIPE
SIZES
1", 1-1/4",
1-1/2", 2",
2-1/2", 3", 4",
6", 8"
FLOW RATES
5 to 1900 U.S.
GPM
20 to 7200 LPM
Versatile F-451 Series
4
5
F-300
Well suited for closed pipe installation.

Easy to read dual scale (GPM/LPM),
screen printed on both sides of the
meter body.
Horizontal or Vertical pipe installation.
One piece machined acrylic meter
body.
Corrosion resistant internal parts.
Calibrated pitot tube.
Ships with gasket seal and mounting
clamps.
Calibrated for use on PVC or Copper
Pipe.
Low Flow units offered.
9
10
5-4
Max. Working Pressure........ 150 psi (10

Bar) @ 70F (21C)
Max. Fluid Temperature........ 212F
(100C) @ 0 pressure
Meter Body Material Polysulfone
Adapter Material 1" Polysulfone & 1
1/2" PVC
O-Rings Viton
Float Material #316 SS, Hastelloy C
or Teflon, depending
on calibration.
Max. Pressure Drop 1 psi
Approx. Shipping Weight...... 3 lbs. (1.36
kg.)
PIPE SIZES
1", 1-1/2 F/NPT
FLOW RATES
0.5 to 40 GPM
2 to 155 LPM
4 to 80 SCFM
7 to 140 M3/Hr
DIMENSIONS
Height: 14-1/2"
Width: 3-5/16"

MODEL
NUMBER
CALIBRATION ADAPTER
GPM LPM SIZE
F-451006LHN
0.5 to 6 to 22
F-451001LHN
1.0 to 10 4 to 40
F-451002LHN
2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75
F-451003LHN
3.0 to 30 12 to 115
F-451004LHN
4.0 to 40 15 to 155
1-1/2" F/NPT PVC Adapters
1" F/NPT
1" F/NPT
1" F/NPT
1" F/NPT
1" F/NPT
F-451006LHN-24 0.5 to 6 to 22
F-451001LHN-24 1.0 to 10 4 to 40
F-451002LHN-24 2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75
F-451003LHN-24 3.0 to 30 12 to 115
F-451004LHN-24 4.0 to 40 15 to 155
Models calibrated for Air
1-1/2" F/NPT
1-1/2" F/NPT
1-1/2" F/NPT
1-1/2" F/NPT
1-1/2" F/NPT
MODEL
NUMBER
MODEL
NUMBER
F-451001GHN
F-451001GHN-24
F-451002GHN
F-451002GHN-24
CALIBRATION ADAPTER
GPM LPM SIZE
CALIBRATION ADAPTER
GPM LPM SIZE
4 to 40
4 to 40
8 to 80
8 to 80
7 to 70
1" F/NPT
7 to 70 1-1/2" F/NPT
14 to 140 1" F/NPT
14 to 140 1-1/2" F/NPT
High Capacity F-452N Series

F-452N BENEFITS
F-452N
A Heat and Chemical resistant meter

body of injection molded Polysulfone.*
Floats are #316 S.S. or Teflon,
depending on calibration.
Many calibrations are offered in GPM,
LPM and SCFM.
Permanent, easy to read screen
printed scales.
1" F/NPT Polysulfone adapters, or
1 1/2" PVC adapters (depending on
model ordered).
Viton o-ring seals.
Accuracy 3%.
May be ordered with 90 elbow
adapters.
Available with brass sweat or brass
1" F/NPT adapters.
Available with Polycarbonate
Protective Shield.
Not recommended for direct
sunlight applications.
One piece Polysulfone meter body resists high temperatures and

pressures.*
316 Stainless Steel or Hastelloy rod guided float.
Adapters and unions engineered for maximum protection from
misalignment and vibration.
Optional Polycarbonate Protective Shield.
Available OEM options: Private labeling, custom calibrations and
custom materials.
Not recommended for direct sunlight.
Max. Working Pressure..... 150 psig (10.3 bar) @ 70F (21C)

Max. Fluid Temperature.... 200F (93C) @ 0 PSI
Full Scale Accuracy.......... +/- 2%
Meter Body Material......... Polysulfone
Union Nuts ................... Glass fiber reinforced Nylon
Guide Rod Material.......... 316 Stainless Steel
Options: Hastelloy C-276
O-Ring Material ............ Viton; Options: EPDM
Approx. Shipping Weight.. 5 lb. (2.27 kg)
PIPE SIZES
2" F/NPT
FLOW RATES
2 to 175 U.S. GPM
8 to 675 LPM
4 to 240 SCFM
7 to 400 M3/Hr

MODEL
NUMBER
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
F-452020LHN 2 to 20
8 to 78
F-452060LHN 6 to 60 30 to 230
F-452080LHN 8 to 80 40 to 300
F-452100LHN 6 to 100 20 to 380
F-452130LHN 20 to 130 80 to 500
F-452175LHN 25 to 175 100 to 675
Models calibrated for Air
MODEL
NUMBER
DUAL SCALE RANGE

SCFM
M3/hr
ADAPTER
SIZE
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
F/NPT
F/NPT
F/NPT
F/NPT
F/NPT
F/NPT
ADAPTER
SIZE
F-452040GHN 4 to 40
7 to 67 2" F/NPT
F-452250GHN 40 to 240 70 to 400 2" F/NPT
* The factory does not guarantee their
flowmeters for use with liquids other than
water. Customers are required to do their own
compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000718, at no charge.
DIMENSIONS
Height: 18-7/8"
Width: 4-5/8"

Economic F-440 Series
Now with Adjustable Flow
Indicating Marker.
Increased meter body wall thickness.
Enginneered with large half
union connections.
Oversized o-rings for Superior seal.
All wetted parts are now PVDF or
Polypropylene.
Tough Polysulfone meter body resists high
temperatures and pressures.*
Compact size for tight installation spaces.
2" scale length (approximate).
In-line or Panel mount
configurations available.
Optional Integral Flow Adjustment Valve.
Standard models have #316 Stainless
Steel, Teflon or PVC float. (Optional
K-series Hastelloy C-276 or PVC).
F-44500L-8 IN-LINE
F-440NEA
with 90 Adapters and
Adjustment Valve
F-440 BENEFITS
Max. Working Pressure........ 150 psig (10.3 bar) @ 70F (21C)

Max. Fluid Temperature........ 212F (100C) @ 0 PSI
Models with PVC Float....... 130F (54C) @ 0 PSI
Full Scale Accuracy +/- 5%
Adapter Material Polysulfone
O-Ring Material Viton
Approx. Shipping Weight...... 1/2lb. (.23 kg)

STANDARD LIQUID MODELS
MODEL
NUMBER
F-44250(*)-6
F-44250(*)-8
F-44375(*)-6
F-44375(*)-8
F-44376(*)-6
F-44376(*)-8
F-44500(*)-6
F-44500(*)-8
F-44750(*)-8
F-44750(*)-12
Pipe Size
M/NPT
3/8"
1/2"
3/8"
1/2"
3/8"
1/2"
3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
3/4"
F-44330(*)-6
3/8"
F-44330(*)-8
1/2"
F-44560(*)-6
3/8"
F-44560(*)-8
1/2"
MODEL Variations
*L = In-Line Model is listed
*LE = Panel Mount Model
*LA = Adjustable Model
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
Float
Material
.025 to .250
.025 to .250
0.1 to 1.0
0.1 to 1.0
0.2 to 2.0
0.2 to 2.0
0.5 to 5.0
0.5 to 5.0
1.0 to 10.0
1.0 to 10.0
0.1 to 1.0
0.1 to 1.0
0.4 to 4.0
0.4 to 4.0
0.8 to 8.0
0.8 to 8.0
1.8 to 18.0
1.8 to 18.0
5.0 to 37.5
5.0 to 37.5
PVDF
PVDF
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
3.0 to 30.0
3.0 to 30.0
5.0 to 60.0
5.0 to 60.0
10 to 110
10 to 110
20 to 220
20 to 220
Teflon
Teflon
316 SS
316 SS
GPH
LPH
*LK = In-Line K-Series - specially

equipped units for liquid
(highly corrosive)
*LKE = Panel Mount K-Series
*LKA = Adjustable K-Series
PIPE SIZES
F-45750LE-12 PANEL MOUNT
F-450N IN-LINE UNIT
Now with Adjustable Flow

Indicating Marker.
Increased meter body wall thickness.
Enginneered with large half
union connections.
Oversized o-rings for Superior seal.
All wetted parts are now PVDF or Polypropylene.
Tough Polysulfone meter body resists high
temperatures and pressures.*
4" approximate scale length for
easy reading.
In-line or Panel mount
configurations available.
Optional integral flow adjustment valve.
Standard models have #316 Stainless Steel or Teflon
float. (Optional K-series Hastelloy C-276 or Teflon).

Models with PVC Float....... 130F (54C) @ 0 PSI
Adapter Material Polysulfone
O-Ring Material Viton
Approx. Shipping Weight...... 1/2lb. (.23 kg)
PIPE SIZES
3/8" F/NPT; 1/2", 3/4" M/NPT
FLOW RATES
0.1 to 10 U.S. GPM
4 to 40 LPM
1 to 48 SCFM
2 to 80 M3/Hr
2
3
4
3/8" F/NPT; 1/2", 3/4" M/NPT
FLOW RATES
0.025 to 10 U.S. GPM
0.1 to 37.5 LPM
3 to 60 GPH
10 to 220 LPH
Versatile F-450N Series

F-450N BENEFITS
F-450N ORDERING GUIDELINES

STANDARD LIQUID MODELS
MODEL
NUMBER
Pipe
Size
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
F-45375(*)-6 3/8" F/NPT

F-45375(*)-8 1/2" M/NPT
F-45376(*)-6 3/8" F/NPT
F-45376(*)-8 1/2" M/NPT
F-45500(*)-6 3/8" F/NPT
F-45500(*)-8 1/2" M/NPT
F-45500(*)-12 3/4" M/NPT
F-45750(*)-12 3/4" M/NPT
STANDARD AIR MODELS
.1 to 1
.1 to 1
.2 to 2
.2 to 2
.5 to 5
.5 to 5
.5 to 5
1 to 10
F-45376G-6 3/8" F/NPT

F-45376G-8 1/2" M/NPT
F-45750G-12 3/4" M/NPT
MODEL Variations
*L = In-Line Model is listed
*LE = Panel Mount Model
*LA = Adjustable Model
1 to 12
1 to 12
4 to 48
MODEL
NUMBER
Pipe
Size
.4 to 4
.4 to 4
1 to 7.5
1 to 7.5
2 to 20
2 to 20
2 to 20
4 to 40
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
2 to 20
2 to 20
8 to 80
Float
Material
Teflon
Teflon
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
Float
Material
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
*LK = In-Line K-Series - specially

equipped units for liquid
(highly corrosive)
*LKE = Panel Mount K-Series
*LKA = Adjustable K-Series
* The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters

for use with liquids other than water. Customers
are required to do their own compatibility
testing. Request Kit #70000-718, at no charge.
7
8
9
10
5-5

F-460 & F-461 Series with Rib Guided Float
TALS
MElu
id
NO
eF
in th TH
PA
F-460 & F-461 BENEFITS
F-460 PIPE SIZES
F-461 PIPE SIZES
F-460 FLOW RATES
F-461 FLOW RATES
F-460 DIMENSIONS
F-461 DIMENSIONS
1/2", 3/4", and 1" F/NPT
5-6
Height: 15"
Width: 2-3/4"
* The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with
liquids other than water. Customers are required to do their own
compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718, at no charge.
F-462 BENEFITS
F-462
Polysulfone meter body with precisely

engineered float guide ribs.
No metal in the fluid path.
Ideal for corrosive environments* such
as Deionized Water or other applications
where an all plastic meter is desirable.
special calibrations and alternate
materials.
Max. Working Pressure........ 150 psig (10.3 bar)

@ 70F (21C)
Max. Fluid Temperature........ 200F (93C) @ 0
PSI
Full Scale Accuracy +/- 2-1/2%
Float Material Teflon
O-ring Seals Viton
Approx. Shipping Weight...... 5 lb. (2.27 kg)
PIPE SIZES
2" F/NPT
FLOW RATES
10
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
0.1 to 1.2
0.1 to 1.2
0.2 to 2.0
0.2 to 2.0
0.3 to 3.0
0.3 to 3.0
0.5 to 5.0
0.5 to 5.0
0.4 to 4.4
0.4 to 4.4
0.8 to 8.0
0.8 to 8.0
1.0 to 11
1.0 to 11
2.0 to 20
2.0 to 20
MODEL
NUMBER
Pipe
Size
F-461100LX-16(*)
F-461200LX-16(*)
F-461300LX-16(*)
1"
1"
1"
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
1 to 10
2 to 20
3 to 35
to 40
5 to 75
12 to 130
MODEL Variations
*P= PVC Adapter
*K = PVDF Adapter
PVC Union Nuts = replace "X" with "P"
Optiona
Butt Fusion &

Socket Fusion Fittings
Available for F-460, F-461, and F-462

Polypropylene or PVDF Butt Fusion & Socket Fusion
Fittings for ULTRA PURE APPLICATIONS
F-462 Series with Rib Guided Float
F-462 WITH POLYCARBONATE PROTECTIVE SHIELD
F-460
1/2"
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1 to 35 U.S. GPM
4 to 130 LPM
Height: 10"
Width: 1-3/4"
F-461
Pipe
Size
F-46010LX-08(*)
F-46010LX-12(*)
F-46020LX-08(*)
F-46020LX-12(*)
F-46030LX-08(*)
F-46030LX-12(*)
F-46050LX-08(*)
F-46050LX-12(*)
1/2", 3/4", and 1" F/NPT
0.1 to 5.0 U.S. GPM

0.4 to 20 LPM
MODEL
NUMBER
STANDARD F-461 LIQUID MODELS with F/NPT Adapters

Max. Fluid Temperature........ PVDF adapters: 210F (98C) @ 0
PSI, PVC adapters:130F (54C) @ 0 PSI
Full Scale Accuracy +/- 2-1/2%
Float Material Teflon
O-ring Seals Viton
Approx. Shipping Weight...... F-460 = 1 lb. (.45 kg), F-461 = 3 lb.
(1.4 kg)
STANDARD F-460 LIQUID MODELS with F/NPT Adapters
F-460 & F-461 SPECIFICATIONS
F-460 & F-461 ORDERING

GUIDELINES
Polysulfone meter body with precisely engineered float

guide ribs.
No metal in the fluid path.
Ideal for corrosive environments* such as Deionized
Water or other applications where an all plastic meter is
desirable.
Available OEM options: Private labeling, special
calibrations and alternate materials.
ALS
MElTuid
NO
e
F
in th TH
PA
2 to 80 GPM
8 to 30 LPM
DIMENSIONS
Height: 18-7/8"
Width: 4-5/8"

STANDARD F-462 LIQUID MODELS with 2" F/NPT Adapters
MODEL
NUMBER
Pipe
Size
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
Adapter
Material
Float
Material
F-462200LX-32H 2" F/NPT 2 to 20

8 to 80 Polysulfone
Teflon
F-462500LX-32H 2" F/NPT 5 to 50 20 to 200 Polysulfone
Teflon
F-462800LX-32H 2" F/NPT 8 to 80 30 to 300 Polysulfone
Teflon
STANDARD F-462 LIQUID MODELS with 2"Socket Fusion Adapters
MODEL
NUMBER
F-462200LX-33G
F-462500LX-33G
F-462800LX-33G
F-462200LX-33K
F-462500LX-33K
F-462800LX-33K
Pipe
Size
2" S.F.
2" S.F.
2" S.F.
2" S.F.
2" S.F.
2" S.F.
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
2 to 20
5 to 50
8 to 80
2 to 20
5 to 50
8 to 80
Adapter
Material
8 to 80 Polypropylene
8 to 80
PVDF
20 to 200
PVDF
30 to 300
PVDF
Float
Material
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
STANDARD F-462 LIQUID MODELS with 63mm Butt Fusion Adapters
MODEL
NUMBER
Pipe
Size
DUAL SCALE RANGE

GPM
LPM
Adapter
Material
Float
Material
F-462200LX-34G 63mm B.F. 2 to 20

8 to 80 Polypropylene Teflon
F-462500LX-34G 63mm B.F. 5 to 50 20 to 200 Polypropylene Teflon
F-462800LX-34G 63mm B.F. 8 to 80 30 to 300 Polypropylene Teflon
F-462200LX-34K 63mm B.F. 2 to 20
8 to 80
PVDF
Teflon
F-462500LX-34K 63mm B.F. 5 to 50 20 to 200
PVDF
Teflon
F-462800LX-34K 63mm B.F. 8 to 80 30 to 300
PVDF
Teflon
MODEL Variations
Polycarbonate shield = add the letter "C" to the end of the model number.
PVC Union Nuts = replace "X" with "P"
* The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters
for use with liquids other than water. Customers
are required to do their own compatibility testing.
Request Kit #70000-718, at no charge.
+GF+ SIGNET PRODUCTS

+GF+ Signet Multi-Parameter Instruments
TYPE 9900
SMARTPRO TRANSMITTER
Multi-Parameter input
selection
Large auto-sensing backlit
display
Dial-type digital bar graph
Optional field upgradable
relays
Selectable error mode for
current outputs, 3.6 mA or
22 mA
Warning LED indicator
Custom 13-character label
capabilities for the channel
type
CE, UL, RoHS, China RoHS
TYPE 8900 MULTI-PARAMETER/

MULTI-CHANNEL CONTROLLER
AC or DC power option
Up to 6 sensor inputs (2
frequency inputs max)
Up to 4 current outputs
Up to 8 relays
Use with all digital (S3L)
sensors
CE, UL, RoHS, China RoHS
+GF+ Signet Chlorine Analyser and Turbidimeter

TYPE 4630
CHLORINE ANALYSER SYSTEM
Continuous free chlorine

measurement without
chemical reagents
Optional pH sensor input
for increased accuracy
Pre-wired panel for easy
installation
2 analogue outputs
2 mechanical relays
Built in pressure regulator
and variable area flow
indicator
CE, UL, CUL, China RoHS
TYPE 4150
TURBIDIMETER
Compliant with U.S. EPA

180.1 or ISO 7027
Two adjustable alarm relays
Built-in pressure regulator
Easy access for wiring and
maintenance
Optional auto cleaning for
reduced maintenance
Inexpensive standards
allow for multiple system
calibration
CE, China RoHS, ETL, cETL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-7
FLOW SENSORS & INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
+GF+ Signet Flow Sensors and Instruments

TYPE 515
ROTOR-X PADDLEWHEEL FLOW SENSOR
0.3 to 6 m/s (1-20 ft/s)

DN15 to DN900 (1/2-36 in)
PP or PVDF
PP 12.5 bar @ 20 C (180
psi @ 68F)
PVDF 14 bar @ 20 C (203
psi @ 68F)
19.7 Hz per m/s nominal (6
Hz per ft/s nominal)
Use with +GF+ tee, saddle,
wafer or weldolet fitting
AC Frequency output
FM, RoHS, China RoHS
TYPE 2536
ROTOR-X PADDLEWHEEL FLOW SENSOR
0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3-20 ft/s)

DN15 to DN900 (1/2-36 in)
PP or PVDF
PP 12.5 bar @ 20 C (180
psi @ 68 F)
PVDF 14 bar @ 20 C (200
psi @ 68 F)
49 Hz per m/s nominal (15
Open Collector output
CE, RoHS, China RoHS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-8
TYPE 2537
PADDLEWHEEL FLOW SENSOR
0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3-20 ft/s)

DN15 to DN200 (1/2-8 in)
PP or PVDF
PP 12.5 bar @ 20 C (181
psi @ 68 F)
PVDF 14 bar @ 20 C (203
psi @ 68 F)
4 to 20 mA, digital (SL),
flow switch or pulse outputs
(based on part number)
CE, UL, RoHS, China RoHS,
NEMA 4X/IP 65
TYPE 2551
MAGMETER (BLIND)
TYPE 2540 STAINLESS STEEL

0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20

ft/s)
DN40 DN900 (1 to 36 in)
316 Stainless Steel
17 bar @ 100 C (250 psi
@ 212 F)
TYPE 2551
MAGMETER (WITH DISPLAY)
0.05 to 10 m/s (0.15 to 33

ft/s)
DN15 to DN900 (1/2 to 36
in)
PP or PVDF
10.3 bar @ 25 C (150 psi
@ 77 F)
4 to 20 mA, frequency/
digital (SL)
CE, UL, CUL, RoHS, China
RoHS, NEMA 4X/IP 65
0.05 to 10 m/s (0.15 to 33

ft/s)
DN15 to DN900 (1/2 to 36
in)
PP or PVDF
10.3 bar @ 25 C (150 psi
@ 77 F)
digital (SL) outputs
Optional relay outputs
RoHS, NEMA 4X/IP 65

TYPE 2552 METAL MAGMETER
0.05 to 10 m/s (0.15 to 33

ft/s)
DN50 to DN2550 (2 to 102
in)
316 Stainless Steel & PVDF
20.7 bar @ 25 C (300 psi
@ 77 F)
digital (SL)
Hot-tap using ball or gate
valves
Use with 1 or 1 Waga
saddle, weldolets or service
saddles
CE, RoHS, China RoHS,
NEMA 6P/IP68
TYPE 2000
MICRO-FLOW ROTOR SENSOR
0.11 to 12.11 lpm (0.03 to

3.2 gpm)
1/4 in NPT or ISO 7/1-R1/4
threads
Polyphenylene Sulphide and
PEEK
5.5 bar @ 0 to 80 C (80
psi @ 32 F to 176 F)
TYPE 3519
FLOW WET-TAP VALVE
DN15 to DN900 (1/2 to 36

in)
PVC
7 bar @ 20 C (100 psi
max @ 68 F)
Use with Wet-Tap
Paddlewheel Flow Sensors
Type 515 and 2536
CE
PROPOINT
TYPE 5075
TOTALISING FLOW MONITOR
Displays GPS, GPM, GPH,

GPD, LPS, LPM, LPH, LPD
12 to 24 volts AC or DC
Single input
1 Open Collector output
1 active current output
Panel mount
Analogue and digital display
Use with all flow sensors
with frequency outputs
TYPE 2100
TURBINE FLOW SENSOR
0.38 to 38 lpm (0.8 to 38

gpm)
DN15 (1/2 in)
PVDF
16 bar @ 20 C (232 psi @
68 F)
Use with +GF+ End Fitting:
3-2100-31 to 3-2100-38
TYPE 2507
MINI-FLOW ROTOR SENSOR
400 to 12,000 mL/m (0.1

to 3.2 U.S. gpm)
G 1/4 in ports, 1/4 in NPT
pipe adapters
PVDF
5.5 bar @ 24 C (80 psi @
75 F)
TYPE 525 METALEX

0.5 to 6 m/s (1.6 to 20

ft/s)
DN15 to DN300 (1/2 to 12
in.)
316 Stainless Steel
103 bar (1500 psi @ safety
factor 1.5) @ 149 C (300
F)
Use with socket weld minitap or weld-on mini-tap
AC Frequency output
FM, RoHS, China RoHS
TYPE 5090 PROPOINT

SENSOR-POWERED FLOW MONITOR
Displays GPM
No powered required
Single input
Panel mount
Analogue dial for indication
Use with 515
FM, UL, CUL, China RoHS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TYPE 5500 PROPOINT

FLOW MONITOR
TYPE 5500 PROPOINT

FLOW MONITOR
TYPE 8550
FLOW TRANSMITTER
TYPE 8150
BATTERY POWERED FLOW TOTALISER

Single Input
Up to 2 Open Collector
output and 2 relay outputs
Panel mount

12 to 24 VDC
Up to 2 sensor inputs
Up to 2 Open Collector or 2
input versions
Up to 2 passive current
outputs
Panel or field mount
Delta flow (for 2 channel
versions only)
All flow sensors with
frequency outputs
RoHS

Single Input
1 Open Collector and 2
relay outputs
Panel mount

Battery powered
Single input
3 totalisers, auto calibration
Use with 515, 8510
RoHS
TYPE 8550
FLOW INTEGRAL MOUNT

12 to 24 VDC
4 to 20 mA output
For use with 8510, 8512
Various tees, saddles and
weldolet fittings
RoHS
8
9
10
5-10
PH/ORP SENSORS & INSTRUMENTS

+GF+ Signet pH/ORP Sensors and Instruments
TYPE 2724-2726 DRYLOC
PH AND ORP ELECTRODES
0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP
Ryton body, PE junction
Use Signet fittings for in-line
applications or 3/4 inch NPT
or ISO
Suitable for submersible
applications
DryLoc preamplifier
connection with gold plated
pins
For use with 2750/2760
preamplifiers
General purpose use
Mounts at any angle

THREADED PH/ORP ELECTRODES
0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP

Ryton body, PTFE junction
Use sensor 3/4 inch threads
for mounting
DryLoc preamplifier
pins
preamplifiers
For aggressive applications
Mounts at any angle
TYPE 2750 DRYLOC

PH/ORP SENSOR ELECTRONICS
0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP

PBT, CPVC (PVC-C)
DryLoc connection with gold
plated pins
4 to 20 mA or digital (S3L)
Use with Signet 8900/PLC
In-line and submersible
versions available
Automatic buffer recognition
for 3-2750-2 only
5700 PROPOINT PH/ORP MONITOR
Displays pH or ORP (mV)

Single input
2 relay outputs
Panel mount
Use with 2714, 2724, 2764
and 2774 series electrodes

DIFFERENTIAL PH/ORP ELECTRODES
0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP

Ryton body, PTFE junction
Use sensor 1 inch threads for
mounting
DryLoc preamplifier
pins
preamplifiers
For aggressive applications
with Sulfides, high
concentration of oxidisers,
and heavy metals.
Differential reference
technology; rebuildable
TYPE 3719 PH/ORP WET-TAP ASSEMBLY
Use a wet-tap style sensor;

for 0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP
CPVC, PVC
1/2 inch or larger
1/2 or 2 inch NPT; ISO 7/1R1.5 or R2
Electrode removal without
process shutdown
Double O-ring seal to isolate
process during electrode
retraction
TYPE 2760 DRYLOC PH/ORP

PREAMPLIFIERS AND CONNECTORS
0-14 pH, 2000 mV ORP

PBT, CPVC (PVC-C)
DryLoc connection with gold
plated pins
Millivolt signal
Use with Signet 5700/8750
In-line and submersible
versions available
TYPE 8750 PH/ORP TRANSMITTER
Displays pH or ORP (mV)

12 to 24 VDC
Single channel input
Up to 2 Open Collector or
relay outputs
outputs
EasyCal function
Use with 2714, 2724, 2764,
2774 series electrodes
RoHS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-11
CONDUCTIVITY INSTRUMENTS
+GF+ Signet Conductivity/Resistivity Instruments

TYPE 2818-2823 CONDUCTIVITY/
RESISTIVITY ELECTRODES
0.055 to 400,000 S (0.02

to 200,000 ppm) (18.2 M
to 1 K)
316 SS or Titanium
(Hastelloy-C also available
upon request)
Reversible threads or
sanitary flange connections
Connection to Signet
Conductivity/Resistivity
instruments or 2850 sensor
electronics
NIST traceable certificates
for USP requirements
RoHS, China RoHS
2
3
4
TYPE 2850 DRYLOC

CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR ELECTRONICS
0.055 to 400,000 S (0.02

to 200,000ppm)(18.2M to
1 K)
PBT or CPVC
Integral systems connect to
the 2839 series electrodes or
2819 via special order
Single and dual channel
remote mount versions
available
5
6
TYPE 5900 PROPOINT

SALINITY MONITOR
Displays ppm
Single input
Up to 2 relay outputs
Panel mount
For use with 2822, 2823,
2842 electrodes
7
8
TYPE 8850 CONDUCTIVITY TRANSMITTER
9
10
5-12
Displays S, mS, K, M,
PPM
12 to 24 VDC
Single channel input
Up to 2 Open Collector
outputs or dry-contact relays
outputs
Temperature compensation
For use with 2819 and 2839
series electrodes
RoHS
TYPE 2839-2842
CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRODES
0.055 to 400,000 S (0.02

to 200,000ppm) (18.2M to
1K)
316 SS and PEEK
Dual threaded NPT or ISO
Connection to Signet
Conductivity/Resistivity
instruments or 2850 sensor
electronics
Short insertion depth for
small size fittings
RoHS, China RoHS
TYPE 5800CR PROPOINT

CONDUCTIVITY MONITOR
Displays S, mS, K,
M,PPM
Single input
Up to 2 relay outputs
Panel mount
Use with all Signet
conductivity electrodes
TYPE 8850 CONDUCTIVITY SYSTEM
PPM
Dual 4 to 20 mA output
for both temperature and
process signal
Relay/open collector option
For use with 2839-2842 or
2819 via special order
4-wire power
Standard 3/4 inch NPT/ISO
fittings (customer supplied)
RoHS
TYPE 8860 DUAL-CHANNEL

CONDUCTIVITY CONTROLLER
PPM
AC or DC supply
Up to 2 Open Collector and 4
relay outputs
Up to 3 active current
outputs
Panel mount
% reject, % recovery, and
ratio functions
2819 and 2839 series
electrodes
RoHS
LEVEL & TEMPERATURE PRODUCTS

+GF+ Signet Level Sensors and Instruments
TYPE 2250 LEVEL SENSOR
This instrument is used to:

0 to 10 psi = 0 to 7.03m = 0
to 23.06ft
0 to 50 psi = 0 to 35.15m =
0 to 115.32ft
Wetted Material: PVDF, PVC,
ceramic
Submersible sensor
Uses hydrostatic pressure for
level and depth control
Use with Signet 8250 level
transmitter or connect to
PLC, etc. using the 4 to 20
mA output
TYPE 8250 LEVEL TRANSMITTER
Displays m, cm, ft, in, lbs,

kg/m3, cm3, ft3
12 to 24 VDC
4 relay (2 internal, 2
external)
outputs
Specific gravity entry and
custom volume points
Use with 2250, 2450
RoHS
+GF+ Signet Temperature Instruments

TYPE 2350 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TYPE 8350 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER

C or F
12 to 24 VDC
relay outputs
outputs
Delta temperature (for
2-channel versions only)
Use with 2350
RoHS
10C -100C (14F-212F)

PVDF
3/4 inch dual threaded
for in-line or submersible
installation
Use with Signet 8350
temperature transmitter or
connect to PLC, etc. using
the 4 to 20 mA output
TYPE 8350
TEMPERATURE INTEGRAL SYSTEM
ProcessPro instrument with

2350 sensor
Provides 4-20 mA output
Relay or open collector
options available
2 or 4 wire power option
Displays C, F
Standard 3/4 inch NPT
RoHS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-13
+GF+ SIGNET PRESSURE PRODUCTS
1
2
3
4
5
+GF+ Signet Pressure Sensors and Instruments

TYPE 2450 PRESSURE SENSOR
3 ranges: -0.1 to 0.7 bar

(-1.5 to 10 psi) - U, -0.4 to
3.4 bar (-6.0 to 50 psi) - L,
-0.96 to 17.2 bar (-14.6 to
250 psi) - H
PVDF, ceramic
3/4 inch - L and H
1/2 inch union, dual thread
Use with Signet 8450
pressure transmitter or
connect to PLC, etc.
TYPE 8450 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

Displays psi, bar or kPa
12 to 24 VDC
relay outputs
outputs
Delta temperature (for
2-channel versions only)
Use with 2450
RoHS
TYPE 8450
PRESSURE INTEGRAL SYSTEM
ProcessPro instrument with

2450 sensor
Provides 4 to 20 mA output
Relay or open collector
options available
2 or 4 wire power option
Displays psi, kPa, bar
Standard 3/4 inch NPT
RoHS
6
7
8
9
10
5-14
MONTREAL BRANCH
+GF+ SIGNET OTHER PRODUCTS

+GF+ Signet Other Products
TYPE 6400
INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIER
One step, snap-on 35 mm

DIN rail mounting and
grounding
Replaceable 160 mA fuse
Compatible with 515 and
525
FM, UL, CSA
TYPE 8058
I-GO SIGNAL CONVERTER
Connects third party 4 to

20 mA signals to the 8900
and 9900
Up to two 4 to 20 mA
sensor inputs
Requires special
programming for use with
the 8250, 8350, 8450
Compatible with 8250,
8350, 8450, 8900, 9900
CE, China RoHS
TYPE 2759
PH/ORP SYSTEM TESTER
Battery powered
Simulates pH and ORP
Compatible with 2750 and
2760 preamp
Connects to any Signet pH/
ORP instrument
TYPE 2830/2850-101-X
CONDUCTIVITY/RESISTIVITY TOOLS
Simulates 5 different values

Verifies electronic
independent of electrode
Compatible with all Signet
conductivity/resistivity
instruments
TYPE 7300
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES
Regulated 24 VDC output

DIN or surface mount
Universal AC input
Five output capacities
Fused input
Finger safe terminals
CE, UL, CUL
2
3
TYPE 8059
EXTERNAL RELAY MODULES
AC and DC powered
versions
External relays controlled
by host
8250, 8900
4
5
TYPE 0250 USB TO DIGITAL (SL)

CONFIGURATION/DIAGNOSTIC TOOL
User friendly interface

Multi-language menus
Configure all modifiable
parameters in the sensor
Monitor/graph sensor data
or log sensor data to a file
Monitor mV readings in pH/
ORP sensors to monitor
drift
TYPE 0251
PC COMM CONFIGURATION TOOL
User friendly interface

Configure settings such as
instrument type, units and
modify labels
Back up and restore 9900
Transmitter configurations
to a computer
Use a single file to clone
multiple 9900 Transmitters
Red and blue LED indicators
for data and power
6
7
8
9
10
5-15
INSTALLATION FITTINGS
+GF+ Signet Installation Fittings
PLASTIC TEES
2
3
4
METAL TEES
5
6
7
METRIC WAFER
FITTING
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
PVC
0.5-4.0in SCH 80
PVC-C
0.50-2.0in SCH 80
*PVC BSP
0.5-2.0in
Fibreglass
1.5-2.0in SCH 80
*ABS metric
DN20-DN50
PVC metric
DN15-DN50
PP metric
DN15-DN50
PVDF metric
DN15-DN50
COOL-FIT
DN20-DN50
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
Carbon Steel
NPT
0.50-2.0in SCH 40
Copper
Sweat-On
0.50-2.0in SCH K
Galvanized
Iron NPT
1.0-2.0in SCH 40
316 SS NPT
0.50-2.00in SCH 40
Brass NPT
1.0-2.0in SCH 40
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
PP
8
9
10
5-16
PDVF
WELDOLETS/
BRAZOLETS
SADDLE
METAL TEES
SADDLE
DN65 to DN300
(2.5 to 12.0in)
DN65 to DN200
(2.5 to 8.0in)
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
Carbon Steel
2.5-12.0in SCH 40
Brass
2.5-12.0in SCH 40
316 SS
2.5-12.0in SCH 40
METRIC WAFER
FITTING
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
PVC ClampOn
2.0-8.0in SCH 80
Fibreglass
Glue-On
3.0-12.0in SCH 80
PVC Glue-On
10.0 and 12.0in

SCH 80
PVC BSP
Clamp-On
3.0-6.0in SCH 80
PVC-U metric
Clamp-On
DN65-DN200
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
SS Socket
0.50in - 1.00in
SS Weld-on
1.25in - 12in
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
Iron StrapOn
2.0-12.0in SCH 80
316 SS
Metalex
Strap-On
2.0-12.0in SCH 80
Iron Multi/
Saddle
1.25-1.50in SCH 80
MATERIAL
SIZES - DN
PE
2.0-12.0in
Note: *BSP and ABS fittings are available through your local FABCO sales office.
SONIC-PRO S1, S2 & S3

NEMA 4X
WASH
DOWN
SONIC-PRO
S1
The Sonic-Pro Hybrid Ultrasonic Flowmeter includes

both Doppler and Transit-Time operating methods
allowing it to measure both dirty and clean fluids.
Because the clamp-on transducers are installed on the exterior of

the pipe surface and have no moving parts, the meter is ideally
suited for harsh chemical and abrasive fluid applications that
would damage most other meters. The Sonic-Pro can be quickly
installed on metal or plastic pipes from 1-1/2 to 100 diameter
reducing installation costs. The Sonic-Pro also includes a built-in
data logger, as well as analog and digital output signals as standard
equipment. The meter can be supplied with an optional software/
communications package for remote viewing and configuration,
and a relay package for process control and alarm functions.
1
2
3
Sonic-pro Benefits
Non-invasive clamp-on transducers.

Hybrid - Selectable Doppler or Transit Time (Works
with dirty or clean fluids).
Factory configured for easy installation and setup.
High quality 4 QVGA display* (measured
diagonally).
PIPE
1 inch through 100 inch diameter plastic pipe in Doppler mode.

1-1/2 inch through 100 inch diameter plastic pipe in Transit-Time mode.
2 inch through 100 inch diameter metal pipe in Doppler and Transit-Time
mode.
SONIC-PRO
S2
FLUID
Virtually any acoustically conductive fluid.

Doppler mode requires 0.02% to 15% of sound reflective particles 50
micron or larger.
Maximum of 10% particles for Transit-Time operation.
Velocity 0.25 to 30.0 feet per second.
ACCURACY
+/- 1% of rate in Transit-Time mode at greater than 1 fps fluid velocity.

+/- 0.01 fps in Transit-Time mode at less than 1 fps fluid velocity.
+/- 2% of rate in doppler mode at greater than 5 fps fluid velocity.
+/- 0.1 fps in doppler mode at less than 5 fps fluid velocity.
INTERFACE
SONIC-PRO
S3
S3 models include LCD display with 5-button touch pad for configuration
access.
S2 models include LCD display with 2-button touch pad - no configuration
access.
S1 models do not include a display - no configuration access.
4-20mA analog output.
0-1000 Hz digital pulse output.
Data logging to SD Card. 150,000 events possible on included 16MB card.
Optional computer connection via USB, Ethernet or RS-232 for remote view
and configuration.
Optional relays (three 10A 250V form C) for rate alarms and process control functions.
7
8
ENVIRONMENT
NEMA 4X (IP 66) wash down duty.

Includes carrying case and accessories for portability.
DIMENSIONS*
Height
10.75" (27.3 cm)
Width
8.13" (20.6 cm)
Depth 15.25" (38.9 cm)
Weight 10.0 lbs. without packaging
* Dimensional and weight information may be approximate.
9
10
5-17
SONIC-PRO S1, S2 & S3

Page 27
ProSeries Price List
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SONIC-PRO
Hybrid Ultrasonic Flow Meter
Sonic-Pro Ordering Matrix

Doppler and Transit Time
Sonic-Pro Part Number Matrix
Signal Processing Unit (SPU) Display Options

1
S1 Factory configured - without display - no configuration menu access
1
S2 Factory configured - with display - no configuration menu access
S3 Factory configured - with display and with user configurable menu access
2
Smart Communications and Control Options
A Communications Includes Ethernet, USB, RS-232, RS-485 connections and user configuration and monitoring PC software.
B Process Control Includes three 10 amp, Form C relays. Note: requires S3 configurable display or the communications option A above.
C Both communications and Process Control options.
X None
Power Supply Cord Rating and Plug type 5
1 U.S. 125V with NEMA 5/15 plug
2 European 250V with CEE 7/VII plug
3 U.S. 250V with NEMA 6/15 plug
8 Australia/New Zealand 250V with AS 3112 plug
X Power cord without attachment plug
Transducer Model and Cable Length
A1 Model A transducer with 10 ft cable
XX No Transducers
Factory Configuration Options
Nominal Pipe Size 4
Metric Pipe Size
IPS Pipe Size
015 1-1/2 060 6
181 18
041 40mm
300 30
125 125mm 250 250mm 500 500mm
020 2
080 8
201 20
320 32
051 50mm
140 140mm 280 280mm 560 560mm
025 2-1/2 100 10
220 22
340 34
063 63mm
160 160mm 315 315mm 630 630mm
030 3
120 12
240 24
360 36
075 75mm
180 180mm 355 355mm 710 710mm
040 4
141 14
260 26
420 42
090 90mm
200 200mm 400 400mm 800 800mm
050 5
161 16
281 28
480 48
110 110mm 225 225mm 450 450mm 101 1000mm
Pipe Pressure Rating 4
DA SDR 41 (ASTM D 2241) CA Class 50 (ANSI C151) TA Sanitary Tubing 0.065 wall PA PN 4 metric (DIN 8062)
SK Sch 5 (ASTM D 1785)
SA Sch 10 (ASTM D 1785) DB SDR 26 (ASTM D 2241) CB Class 51 (ANSI C151) TB Sanitary Tubing 0.083 wall PB PN 6 metric (DIN 8062)
SB Sch 20 (ASTM D 1785) DC SDR 21 (ASTM D 2241) CC Class 52 (ANSI C151) TC Sanitary Tubing 0.109 wall PC PN 10 metric (DIN 8062)
SC Sch 30 (ASTM D 1785) DD SDR 19 (ASTM D 2241) CD Class 53 (ANSI C151) TK Type K copper (ASTM B 88) PD PN 16 metric (DIN 8062)
SD Sch 40 (ASTM D 1785) DE SDR 17 (ASTM D 2241) CE Class 54 (ANSI C151) TL Type L copper (ASTM B 88) PE PN 20 metric (DIN 8062)
SE Sch 60 (ASTM D 1785) DF SDR 15.5 (ASTM D 2241) CF Class 55 (ANSI C151) TM Type M copper (ASTM B 88) BB Class B British (BS 3506)
BC Class C British (BS 3506)
SF Sch 80 (ASTM D 1785) DG SDR 13.5 (ASTM D 2241) CG Class 56 (ANSI C151)
SG Sch 100 (ASTM D 1785) DH SDR 11 (ASTM D 2241)
BD Class D British (BS 3506)
SH Sch 120 (ASTM D 1785) DI SDR 9 (ASTM D 2241)
DP DR14 (AWWA C900 PVC PIPE) BE Class E British (BS 3506)
SI Sch 140 (ASTM D 1785) DJ SDR 7.3 (ASTM D 2241)
DM DR18 (AWWA C900 PVC PIPE) B7 Class 7 British (BS 3506)
DL SDR 18 (ASTM D 2241) DN DR25 (AWWA C900 PVC PIPE)
SJ Sch 160 (ASTM D 1785) DK SDR 7 (ASTM D 2241)
Pipe Material 4
A Brass (naval)
F Nylon
K PVDF
P Steel (Carbon)
B Copper
G Polyethylene (HDPE)
L Stainless Steel 304
Q Titanium
C FRP (fiberglass reinforced plastic) H Polyethylene (LDPE)
M Stainless Steel 304L
Polypropylene
D Iron (cast)
I
N Stainless Steel 316
E Iron (ductile)
J PVC / CPVC
O Steel (1% Carbon, hardened)
3
Display Volume Units
G U.S. Gallons
F Cubic Feet
M Cubic Meters
B U.S. Barrels Liquid (31.5 Gal) O Ounces
Imperial Gallons
L Liters
A Acre Feet
I
P U.S. Barrels Oil (42.0 Gal)
K Milliliters
Display Time Units
M Minutes
H Hours
D Days
Fluid 4
AA Alcohol (Ethyl alcohol; Ethanol)
AF Isopropyl Alcohol
AK Toluene
AB Benzene
AG Methyl Alcohol (methanol)
AL Water (distilled; waste)
AC Ethylene Glycol
AH Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
AN Water (sea; brine)
AD Ethylene Glycol / water (50%)
AI Milk
AP Wine
AE Gasoline
AJ Oil (diesel)
Display Language
E English
S Spanish
G German
F French
C
S3
A1
060
SD
Transducer Set only
AL
ST Sonic-Pro Transducer
Transducer model / pipe range
A Model A transducers - 1.5 to 100 OD pipe
Cable Length
010 10 Feet
025 25 Feet
050 50 Feet
100 100 Feet
S3
5-18
Sample Sonic-Pro Part Number

Notes:
1. Unless equipped with the communications option and user software, models S1
and S2 are factory configurable only.
2. Option B, Process Control Relays, requires either the S3 configurable display or
the communications option.
3. Other display volume units, including custom units, are available. Contact the
factory for ordering information.
4. Other pipe sizes, pipe pressure ratings, pipe materials and fluids are available.
Contact the factory for ordering information.
5. Power cord only. Input power requirement is 110 to 240 VAC or 15 to 30 VDC.
- 010 Sample Number
AQUAMETRIX PRODUCTS
Rugged and Reliable Instrumentation
for Over 50 Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Aquametrix products have earned a reputation for over five decades as a manufacturer of
the some of the most rugged and reliable water quality instrumentation in the business. The
company is best known as a developer of the differential probe and has grown over the years to
include a line of instrumentation for mostly the wastewater market. Its focus is on measurement
of pH, ORP, conductivity and dissolved oxygen. Aquametrix sensors have a reputation of working
when all others fail.
Aquametrix instrumentation is now made in Massachusetts by Water Analytics. With this recent
change of ownership the instrumentation line is undergoing a growth in the product portfolio.
Look for new instrumentation that meets the needs of the water and wastewater markets.
8
9
10
5-19
AQUAMETRIX SHARK
Shark - Four Parameters, One Controller
No other controller on the market packs as

much power, offers as much flexibility, and is
so cost effective as the Shark.
Four Measuring Parameters
Select the parameter you wish to measure from the easy-touse LCD menu on the inside front cover. Choose conductivity,
pH, ORP, or flow.
No Extra Cards/Options Required
Each Shark comes complete. There are no extra costs

associated with buying boards for different applications or
buying components to achieve NEMA 4X protection.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Universal Mounting
A universal mounting kit is included for surface, panel, and

pipe-mount applications. The 1/4 DIN enclosure makes
panel-mount cutouts and engineering simple.
Displays & Menus
There are two displays on the Shark: a bright LED numeric display on the outside front panel, and a 2-line,
16-character LCD display on the inside. The LED readout on the outside panel can be seen several yards away. A
distinctive, color-coded bar graph immediately indicates if the process is within parameters that you set (green),
if the control relays are on (yellow), or if your process is in alarm condition (red). All configuration and control
functions are performed on the LCD menu on the inside front panel.
Calibration
Calibration is performed easily from the front panel. The temperature can also be checked from the front. Since
configuration settings are changed from the inside menu, they cannot be adjusted by mistake. Process and
temperature calibration can also be performed from the inside menu where the latter can be done via manual or
automatic modes. Calibration data can be recalled, indicating mode, accepted buffer values, actual sensor input
signals, calibration temperature and more.
Analog Outputs
The Shark provides two isolated, independent

and scalable 4-20 mA outputs.
Relays with Cycle Timers
The instrument also provides control of
external devices using its two independent
control relays. A third relay is preset to act as
an alarm, but can be used as a third control
relay. It has both high and low adjustable on
and off set-points. Factory set for bidirectional
control, both control relays can be set for
either a rising or falling process, with easily
programmed on/off set-points. Each control
relay has a built-in independent cycle timer,
with field-set on and off times. This feature
reduces chemical overshoot.
Enclosure
The Shark is housed in a rugged NEMA 4X

polycarbonate enclosure, making it ideally
suited for heavy-duty applications.
10
5-20
7 segment bar graph:
3 green LEDs indicate within process

2 yellow LEDs indicate relays activated
2 red LEDs indicate alarm condition
MULTI-PARAMETER CONTROLLER
Shark - pH, ORP, Conductivity & Flow Control
The only controller with the inside display.

For routine operation the front display shows the process
reading and allows calibration. Loosen the twospring
loaded screws on the front plate and a second LCD menu
flips down. In addition to showing the process reading,
temperature and calibration results, other menus allow
the user to change input sensors (as shown below), run
diagnostics, set relays and fine tune parameters such as
noise reduction.
2
3
4
5
Aquametrix 2400 Multi-Parameter Controller

A Controller that takes functionality, power and
ease of use to an unprecedented level...
Five Measuring Parameters.
pH, ORP, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen and Flow.
Four Output Options for the 21st Century.
Isolated 4-20 mA outputs, MODBUS over RS 485 cable or

Ethernet. and aUSB port
Three Options for Process Control.
Each input channel comes with two outputs that can be

configured with three choices for process control: dry contact
relays, PID control or alarms. No other controller lets you
switch amongst these options with just a menu change.
6
7
Two Input Channels for Twice the Power.
Mix and match any two of the five parameters. No other

controller on the market can be configured so easily and
quickly. Input cards are an alien concept.
One PID that doesnt require a PhD
Most PID controllers require extensive knowledge and trial and error. The 2400 is the first controller that makes
PID control almost as easy as setting relay set points.
Zero Buttons.
The 2400 is the only analyzer on the market that uses a large backlit LCD touchscreen to handle all operations.
The intuitive oversize menu brings Aquametrix simplicity to a new level.
And Zero Added Cost for So-Called Options
No extra cards needed. NEMA 4X protection built-in, PID control, universal mounting kit. Firmware upgrades,
two year warranty--all included.
Ask your Fabco Representative for the latest news on the 2400.
9
10
5-21
AQUAMETRIX TX/P SHARK

Complete and versatile, the Shark-TX is the

only 1/4 DIN and DIN rail mountable two wire
transmitter on the market that allows the user
to select one of four measuring parameters.
Features:
pH, ORP, Conductivity & Flow parameters available

24 VDC / 24 VDC Loop
Easy to read 2 X 16 character LCD display
Quick and easy to calibrate
Single 4-20 mA output with range expandability
1/4 DIN size, NEMA 4X polycarbonate housing
Shark-TX - Universal mounting hardware provided
for surface, panel and pipe mounting
Shark-TXP - Panel or DIN rail mounting hardware
provided
3
4
5
6
7
The clean, simple front display shows the process value and temperature. An intuitive
3-button interface allows the user to change the sensor identity, calibrate the sensor, and run
diagnostics. All electronics of the Shark TX are sealed inside the front swing out enclosure.
A NEMA 4X box further isolates the electronics as well as the power and sensor connections
Four Measuring Parameters
Select the parameter you wish to measure from the easy-to-use

LCD menu on the front cover. Choose conductivity, pH, ORP or
flow.
Complete - No extra cards required.
Each Shark-TX/P comes complete. There are no extra costs

associated with buying boards for different applications.
Two mounting options.
The Shark TX comes complete with a universal mounting kit for

surface, panel and pipe-mount applications. The NEMA 4X, 1/4
DIN enclosure is perfect for stand-alone or panel-mount operation.
The Shark-TXP comes complete with DIN rail mounting hardware
for mounting in a control panel.
Display
2-line, 16-character LCD on the front panel.
8
9
10
The 1 depth of the

Shark TXP enables
it to be mounted
unobtrusively on a
pipe.
Analog Outputs
The Shark-TX provides an isolated and fully scalable 4-20 mA

output.
Enclosure
The Shark TX enclosure makes it ideally suited for heavy-duty

applications such as industrial wastewater neutralization, municipal
water and wastewater, pulp and paper, and process control. The
Shark TXP enclosure is also polycarbonate with a NEMA 4X front
panel, and DIN rail mounting hardware on the back.
Power
The Shark TX/P is typically powered by a 4-20 mA loop, but

can also be independently powered by a 24 VDC supply. All the
connections needed for power and signal are on the back of the
unit.
5-22
Use the Shark TX/P for a more

flexible 4-20 mA loop circuit.
The appeal of being able to send a 4-20

mA output straight from the probe to the
control system makes our 2 wire, looppowered probes cost effective pieces of
equipment. This is the basis of operation
of our P/R 65 two-wire differential pH/ORP
probes. However, using the combination of
a P/R60 probe and a Shark TX transmitter
offers the following advantages:
The 4-20 mA output can be tailored
by the user to a specific a pH (ORP)
range. By narrowing the measurement
range this offers greater accuracy.
The probe can be calibrated and tested
by the transmitter away from the PLC.
The Shark TX display gives a direct
reading of the sensor, thus making it
easy to distinguish between faults at
the PLC or at the probe.
DIFFERENTIAL PH/ORP SENSOR

Aquametrix Differential pH/ORP Sensor
The probe that works when everything else fails.

Aquametrix differential probes are industrial grade sensors
designed to provide accurate measurement and longer service life
under the most demanding conditions. These pH/ORP probes have
been field proven in thousands of installations for four decades.
Most probes are combination probes which means that the
process and reference electrodes are combined in one glass
envelope. Their lifetime is limited by contamination of the reference
solution and is rarely more than two years. The Aquametrix
differential probe works by taking two separate measurements of
the reference and process and taking the difference of the two.
The result is that the reference solution is easily replaced, ground
loops are automatically eliminated and an embedded pre-amplifier
allows transmission over distances up to 3000 ft.
The 60 Series probes have the same form factor and electrical connections as the GLI/Hach probes. Since their
durability is unsurpassed in the industry they are frequently used as replacements for GLI probes.
The P/R65 series encapsulates a blind 4-20 mA two wire transmitter which can transmit a virtually unlimited
distance over a twisted pair cable. The -8 probes allow both submersion or flow through mounting via a 1.5
MNPT thread. The -6 probes provides differential measurement in a variable insertion form factor.
Features:
Differential Measurement Elimination of

grounding problems.
Replaceable salt bridge and reference buffer
solution yields low maintenance cost leading
to lower lifetime cost.
Potted construction for durability and
longevity.
Field-proven for five decades
Encapsulated preamplifier transmits up to
3000 ft.
Hot-Tap version (P60C-7) available
Flat-faced, hardened glass, antimony
electrodes (for pH measurement in HF
solutions) and gold (for ORP) electrodes
available
Available as a direct 4-20 mA output
2
3
4
5
6
All differential probes feature replaceable salt bridges.

The pH 7 solution in the well behind the salt bridge
can be easily replenished. Kits consisting of 3 salt
bridges and pH 7 solution are readily available from
your Aquametrix distributor.
7
8
9
The classic P/R 60 C-8 1.5 NPT fixed insertion

probe has proven itself in thousands of locations
that present the harshest of environments.
When space is a premium the new 1 NPT fixed probe is

a fixed insertion differential probe benefits in a smaller
package. The P60C5 features the same large electrode
as the P60C8 for a signal-to-noise that is unmatched.
10
5-23
DIFFERENTIAL PH/ORP SENSOR

1
2
3
The classic P/R 60 C-6 is a variable insertion probe for mounting in tanks or flow-through installations. An
extended version, P/R60C-7 on right) is made for use with a hot tap valve.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-24
OXYGEN SENSOR/CONTROLLER
Aquametrix 2200D Dissolved Oxygen Controller
The model 2200D Dissolved Oxygen
analyzer/controller is a rugged and
dependable industrial grade instrument
that is extremely easy to use.
Features:
Its large, bright LED digital display is clearly visible and Its
speedy calibration and simple operator interface makes
this analyzer/controller a favorite with instrumentation
departments in a wide variety of demanding industrial and
municipal applications.
Frequently used functions are accessed through an
intuitive step-through menu which is printed directly on
the front panel for ease of navigation. Seldom used or
set-once adjustments, such as password activation, are
located on DIP switches on the back of the swing-out front
panel.
Intuitive step-through menu design for quick

and easy setup
Bidirectional control through two control relays
with independent set-points for relay on and
relay off
High/low alarm relay
Alarm LED on front panel
Membrane perforation alarm
Output signal is field-scalable for maximum
resolution
Altitude compensation for maximum accuracy
Status errors illuminate LED on front panel
Test feature allows simulation of DO readings
to test relay set-points and analog settings
Password protection and watchdog timer
Applications include wastewater treatment,
aeration basin monitoring, aquaria and fish
hatcheries.
Accessories include replaceable P91D DO
cartridge, FTA2 inline mounting hardware and
ball float .
2
3
4
5
Order Information
6
7
Accessorries and Mounting Harware
8
9
10
5-25
CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
MS Series General Purpose Conductivity Sensors

AquaMetrix has decades of experience
manufacturing a wide variety of conductivity
sensors to satisfy any industrial, power
plant, water treatment system or laboratory
application.
2
3
4
The MS series are general purpose probes that will cover

the vast majority of all applications. Five cell constants
from 0.01 to 10 are available to cover most water samples
between pure water and saline conditions.
They feature a tough Noryl exterior, epoxy center and a
choice of either 316 stainless steel or impregnated graphite
electrodes.
All types are designed with a safety stop shoulder on the cell. A choice of either a thermistor or RTD, provides
automatic temperature compensation to 25C when used with the Shark or compatible analyzer.
Flow-through mounting is done via a special compression fitting which allows adjustable insertion length in
piping or in the side of a tank. Submersion mounting is achieved by reversing the direction of the compression
fitting. Mounting hardware is available which includes CPVC piping and an adjustable bracket for hanging on the
rim of the tank. In addition, a hot tap version permits removal of the cell from process piping or tanks without
shutting down the system.
Features:
Rated to 100 C and 15 psi

Choice of 316 SS or graphite electrodes
Economically Priced
Automatic Temperature Compensation
Constants from 0.01 to 50
Ball valve Hot Tap version available
Applications include cooling towers,
high purity water applications, reverse
osmosis systems, food and beverage.
5
6
Order Information
7
8
9
10
5-26
STAINLESS STEEL PROBES

AM Series Stainless Steel Probes
Please Note: The Shark performs automatic

temperature control for temperatures up to
100C.
Features:
316 SS for harsh or sanitary applications

O-ring seals for high on-stream
reliability
Low Maintenance Easy to clean
Wide measuring range
Automatic temperature compensation
Specially suited for plating,
pharmaceutical, boilers, food and
beverage industries.
The AM series of sensors are constructed for those

applications that require a stainless steel housing. The
AM3422 series is an alternative to the MS series probes for
the vast majority of installatins.
For high pressure and very high temperature applications
there is the AM33444 series offers a choice of cell constants.
Wetted materials of construction are 316 stainless steel,
PEEK, and EPDM O-rings. All possible leak paths through
the sensor are double sealed with O-rings for maximum
on-stream reliability. The front seals bear the brunt of
chemical attack, allowing the back seals to remain relatively
unaffected. The result is that sensor life is more than double
what can be expected of single sealed, or epoxy sealed units.
The AM3455 sensors are welded to blind flanges that can be
inserted into standard tee fittings in sanitary systems using
tri-clover fittings.
1
2
3
4
5
Order Information
6
7
8
9
10
5-27
BLUE WHITE DIGI METER

F-1000 Paddlewheel Flowmeter
Blue-Whites carefully engineered BW DIGI-METER F-1000 Series

include premier features and provide outstanding performance.
Three versions of the BW DIGI-METER F-1000 are offered. The F-1000RB Unit is a rate
meter only; the F-1000TB Unit is a flow totalizer; and the F-1000RT Unit is both a Rate
Meter and Flow Totalizer. BW DIGI-METERS are available with a number of configuration
and mounting style options. If you dont see the unit that meets your requirements
here, please contact our courteous and knowledgeable staff for assistance.
F-1000 BENEFITS
BW DIGI-METER F-1000
WITH SADDLE MOUNT
PIPE SIZES
1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
BW DIGI-METER
F-1000
WITH MOLDED IN-LINE BODY
PIPE SIZES
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 2" M/NPT
BW DIGI-METER
F-1000
WITH MACHINED
IN-LINE BODY
PIPE SIZES
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 2"F/NPT
WITH SOLVENT TEE
BODY
PIPE SIZES
1", 1-1/2", 2"
F-2000 Paddlewheel Flowmeter

The thoughtfully engineered BW DIGI-METER F-2000
combine innovative features and benefits, and the finest materials of
construction to provide an accurate and versatile Digital Flowmeter.
7
8
If you dont see the unit that matches your requirements

please contact our courteous and knowledgeable staff for assistance
listed
here,
FOUR MODEL VARIATIONS
RT = Rate and Totalizer. Transformer or battery operated.

AO = 4-20mA, 0-10 VDC analog output, flow rate & totalizer. Transformer
operated.
PC = Batch processing, flow rate alarm, proportional chemical metering, flow
rate and totalizer. Transformer operated.
AP = Analog output, batch processing, flow rate alarm, proportional chemical
metering, flow rate and totalizer. Transformer operated.
BW DIGIMETER
F-2000
WITH SADDLE MOUNT
PIPE SIZES
1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
F-2000 BENEFITS
9
10
Easy to read six digit LCD, up to four

decimal positions.
Tamper proof.
Battery operated (2 AAA batteries
included).
Three model variations:

RB = RATE ONLY

TB = TOTAL ONLY

RT = RATE & TOTALIZER
Total reset function can be disabled.
Display update time: Rate 1.5 sec.,
Total 0.5 sec.
Factory calibrated - nothing to
program.
Custom calibration units available.
Contact the factory.
Weather resistant ABS enclosure.
NEMA 4X
Calibration Units: GPM, LPM, m3/min,
oz/min, GPH,LPH.
LCD is not recommended for direct
WITH MACHINED IN-LINE
BODY
PIPE SIZES
3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2" F/NPT
5-28
BW
DIGI-METER
F-2000
WITH SOLVENT
TEE BODY
PIPE SIZES
1", 1-1/2", 2"
Easy to read 8 digit LCD, up to 4 decimal positions.

Flow rate and Total flow display.
AC/DC transformer or battery operated (RT models only). 4 AA batteries.
Factory programmed with calibration certificate.
Field programmable via front panel touch pad.
Front panel security lockout.
Total reset function can be disabled.
Weather resistant ABS enclosure. NEMA 4X.
Note: LCD is not recommended for direct
Panel mounting option available.
Custom calibration units available. Contact the factory.
BLUE WHITE DIGI METER

F-2000 with Digital Hall Effect Output Signal
F-2000 BENEFITS
SADDLE FITTING
Max. Working Pressure........ 300 psig (20 bar) @

70F (21C)
(In-Line Polypro and PVDF
saddles)
140F (60C) @ 0 PSI
(PVC saddles and TEE fittings)
Note: Temperatures rating of F-1000 only. Actual pipe
rating may vary.
Power Requirements........... 6-24 VDC, AC/DC tranformer sold separetely.
Sensor/Paddle/Axle Material... PVDF
O-ring Seals Viton
Approx. Shipping Weight...... 2 lb. (0.9 kg)
TTL/CMOS
compatible,
current sinking
output signal.
Optional AC
sine wave
output.
One mile
signal range
without sensor
available.
NEMA 4X rated
boosters.
MACHINED FITTING
MOLDED FITTING
F-1000 & F-2000 Install Options & Dimensions

SADDLE MOUNT
MOLDED IN-LINE
molded PVDF.
3" thru 12" (110mm thru 315mm)
machined from solid

PVC sheet stock.
Installs on existing pipe - no other fittings
are required.
No added pressure drop to system.
Max. PSI 300 psig (20 bar) @ 70F (21C)
Max. Temp 200F (93C) @ 0 PSI PVC: 140F (60C) @
0 PSI
Note: Temperature rating of pipe fitting only. Actual pipe rating
may vary
O-ring Seals Viton
I.P.S. PIPE SIZES: 1-1/2", 2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
METRIC PIPE SIZES: 50, 63, 90, 110, 160, 200, 250, 315mm

Max. Temp. 200F (93C) @ 0 PSI
Note: Temperature rating of pipe fitting only. Actual pipe rating may vary
PIPE SIZES: 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2" M/NPT
MACHINED IN-LINE
Machined from solid bar and sheet
stock.
Union and F/NPT pipe adapter
connections for easy installation.
Internal gland o-ring adapter seals
provide greater
protection against installation
misalignment and vibration.
Polypropylene fittings for standard
applications.
PVDF material for highly corrosive applications.
Max. Temp. 200F (93C) @ 0 PSI
Note: Temperature rating of pipe fitting only. Actual pipe rating may vary
PIPE SIZES: 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2" F/NPT
No added pressure drop to

system.
Max. PSI 316 SS TEE: 300 psig (20 bar) @ 70 F (21 C)
PVC TEE: 200 psig (13.8 bar) @ 70 F (21 C)
Max. Temp. 316 SS TEE: 200 F (93 C) @ 0 PSI
PVC TEE: 140 F (60 C) @ 0 PSI
PIPE SIZES: 1", 1-1/2", 2"
3/8" MPT
1/2" MPT
3/4" MPT
1" MPT
1-1/2" MPT
2" MPT
3/8" FPT
1/2" FPT
3/4" FPT
1" FPT
1-1/2" FPT
2" FPT
4-3/4"
5-1/8"
5-1/4"
5-5/8"
6-1/2"
6-3/4"
PIPE SIZE
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-5/8"
7"
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
9-1/2"
11-1/2"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
3"
F-1000 with
SOLVENT TEE Body
PIPE SIZE
1"
1-1/2"
2"
F-2000 with
MOLDED In-Line Body
F-2000 with
MACHINED In-Line Body
3/8" MPT
1/2" MPT
3/4" MPT
1" MPT
1-1/2" MPT
2" MPT
3/8" FPT
1/2" FPT
3/4" FPT
1" FPT
1-1/2" FPT
2" FPT
PIPE SIZE
4" 6"
4-1/2" 6-5/8"
4-3/4" 7-1/8"
F-1000 with
SADDLE MOUNT Body
F-2000 with
SADDLE MOUNT Body
150(050)
200(063)
300(090)
400(110)
600(160)
800(200)
1000(250)
1200(315)
150(050)
200(063)
300(090)
400(110)
600(160)
800(200)
1000(250)
1200(315)
PIPE SIZE (mm)
4-5/16" 3-3/16"
4-5/16" 3-3/16"
4-5/16" 3-3/16"
4-5/16" 3-3/16"
4-1/4" 3-3/16"
4-1/4" 3-3/16"
4-1/4" 4-1/2"
4-1/4" 4-1/2"
Easy to install.
F-1000 with
MACHINED In-Line Body
5-3/8"
5-3/8"
5-3/8"
5-3/8"
6-1/8"
6-3/8"
TEE
F-1000 with
MOLDED In-Line Body
PIPE SIZE
1-1/2" thru 3" (50mm thru 90mm) injection
One piece injection molded construction.

Male pipe thread In-line installation.
Polypropylene fittings for standard applications.
PVDF material for highly corrosive applications.
PIPE SIZE (mm)
Pipe O.D.
(Outside Diameter)
5-7/8"
5-7/8"
6"
6"
6-1/2"
6-3/4"
4-3/4"
5-1/8"
5-1/4"
5-5/8"
7"
7"
PIPE SIZE
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
9-1/2"
11-1/2"
F-2000 with
SOLVENT TEE Body
4-1/2" 3-3/16"
4-1/2" 3-3/16"
4-1/2" 3-3/16"
4-1/2" 3-3/16"
4-3/8" 3-3/16"
4-3/8" 3-3/16"
4-3/8" 4-1/2"
4-1/2" 4-1/2"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
6-5/8"
7-1/8"
Nominal
Pipe Size
PIPE SIZE
1"
1-1/2"
2"
6"
6-5/8"
7-1/8"
4"
4-1/2"
4-3/4"
8
9
10
5-29
HAWK PRODUCTS
1
2
Level, Positioning and Flow Solutions

Hawk is the only manufacturer in the world to provide
a 24-month performance guarantee or money back
refund. Ask your sales representative for terms and
conditions.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5-30
HAWK PRODUCTS
Hawk Products
HAWK
SULTON LEVEL
The Sultan 234 is a non

intrusive acoustic wave
transmitter with flexibility
used for level measuring
liquids,
slurries
and
solids. The transmission
of acoustic waves ensures
minimal losses through the
environment where the
sensor is located.
HAWK
SULTON LIQUID
The
Sultan
Liquid
specializes in liquid level &
water/sewage monitoring
applications. Low cost per
measuring point.
HAWK
ORCA SONAR LEVEL SYSTEM
The ORCA Sonar will

measure up to two density
interfaces simultaneously,
either bed level or RAS
blanket
and
floc/fluff
layer or clarity of water.
The
transducer
design
includes three to seven
sonar crystals mounted
in a single head. Each
sonar array produces a
concentrated sonar beam,
providing more emitted
power and collecting more
returned signals.
HAWK
GLADIATOR CONDUCTIVITY SWITCH
Conductivity
switches
are suitable for most
applications that involve a
conductive liquid, including
food
and
beverage
processing, chemical, oil
and gas, paint, paper,
pharmaceutical and water
or wastewater treatment
plants.
HAWK GLADIATOR MICROWAVE

BEAM BLOCKAGE/DOPPLER MOVEMENT
The Gladiator Microwave

provides point
level
switching for presence
or absence of most solid
and liquid materials. Used
in any application where
microwave
energy
is
absorbed by the material
being monitored, including
replacement of traditional
contact switching devices.
HAWK
SULTON FLOW
Real
time
flow
measurement of liquid
materials.
Capable
of
monitoring
liquid
flow
under the most difficult
conditions. Suits a broad
range of flumes, wiers and
flow control structures.
HAWK
GLADIATOR ADMITTANCE SWITCH
2
3
4
5
6
7
The Gladiator Admittance

is an all-round point level
switch for detecting level
of liquid, slurry or powder
in a tank or vessel. The unit
measures the capacitance
or admittance between
a probe and the wall of
the container. Operates
in
tough
industrial
environments
and
has
an excellent immunity to
product build-up.
8
9
10
5-31
HAWK PRODUCTS
1
2
3
4
5
HAWK
GLADIATOR VIBRATION SWITCH
Vibration switches are for

a wide range of liquids
and solids. This type of
switch is suitable for many
situations requiring level
detection, including pump
control, high or low-level
alarms, and detection of
an interface between two
different materials.
HAWK
ROTATION SWITCH
The Rotating Switch vane

is driven by a slow speed
synchronous
geared
motor. For safe and multipurpose level monitoring
in all types of containers
and silos. It can be used
with all bulk materials and
powders as a point switch.
6
7
8
9
10
5-32
EDMONTON BRANCH
SECTION 6:
PUMPS AND FILTRATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corrosion Resistant Pumps 6-2 Mazzei Injectors 6-32

Hayward Filters 6-11 Flexflo A-100N 6-33
Hayward Filter Bags 6-14 Flexflo Metering Pumps 6-35
Hayward Y-Strainers 6-16 Peristaltic Metering Pumps 6-36
Hayward Basket Strainers 6-17 Diaphragm Metering Pumps 6-39
Penguin Pumps 6-20 Engineered Skid System 6-40
Penguin Filter Chambers 6-22 Chem-Feed Fixed Speed Units 6-42
Penguin Filter Cartridges 6-24 Chem-Feed Variable Speed Units 6-43
Penguin Recovery Systems 6-26 Chem-Feed Metering Pumps 6-44
Penguin Filtration Systems 6-27 Model PC Flow Meter System 6-46
Penguin Penductors 6-31 Koflo Products 6-47
CORROSION RESISTANT PUMPS
1
2
3
4
Webster Corrosion Resistant Pumps

Your Assurance of Reliability!
NO QUESTION ABOUT IT.
IF THE PUMP STOPS,
EVERYTHING STOPS!
The quality Hayward has built into its Webster pumps backed
by an exclusive 2-year warranty is your assurance of the
reliability you want and will get for your system. Other pumps
claim reliability, but check the warranty behind the claim. Is it only
for one year...only for water service? Compare price, features,
specifications and warranties then move up to Webster.
Whether youre pumping for aeration, agitation, filtration, recirculation, spraying or transfer, these rugged,
continuous duty, all-plastic pumps are ideal for the plating, electronic, photo processing, pollution control,
chemical processing and water treatment industries.
In systems pumping water, corrosive liquids or ultra pure fluids, a Webster pump will perform reliably year
after year. With a choice of horizontal end suction, vertical immersible, and magnetic drive pumps with motors
rated from 1/15 to 5HP, there is a corrosion-resistant, plastic Webster pump for applications with flow rates from
5 to over 140 gallons per minute and TDHs of up to 141 feet.
Haywards line of Webster corrosion-resistant nonmetallic pumps features heavy duty, fully enclosed, epoxypainted motors. The pumps are designed and constructed so that no metal parts can ever come in contact with
corrosive chemicals. Should maintenance ever become necessary, their simple straightforward design makes it
quick and easy, reducing downtime and costs.
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-2

IS A WEBSTER PUMP THE MORE RELIABLE CHOICE FOR YOUR SYSTEM?
...COMPARE WARRANTIES, THEN DECIDE.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-3

Webster S Series Immersible Pumps
These rugged, chemical duty pumps are available in CPVC (Corzan), fiberglass
reinforced Polypropylene, and PVDF. Precision moulded, dynamically balanced, enclosed
impellers allow pumping of abrasive solutions and operating against closed discharge
valves. The pump is quickly and easily serviced since the body stays in-line while the
pump core is removed. Optimum chemical resistance is provided with your choice of
CPVC (Corzan) or Fiberglass Reinforced Polypropylene construction. Washdown and
Explosion-proof motors are available as well as inlet screens & extended shafts. Viton
O ring end cover seal allows for mounting in liquid, or with inlet extension.
2
3
Applications:
4
5
6
7
Pumping for aeration, agitation, filtration,

recirculation, spraying, transfer in the
following industries:
Plating
Electronics
Photo processing
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
Features:
Seal-less vertical pump

Virtually maintenance-free
HP: 1/15, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2
Two-Year Warranty
No metal in contact with fluid being
pumped
Seal-less design eliminates leaking,
costly seal replacement and down time
Non-overloading, continuous duty
totally enclosed motors
Teflon fume barrier protects motor
end bell & bearings from corrosion
caused by vapor or fumes
(MNPT)
ITEM
(FNPT)
DISNUMBER MATERIAL H.P.
VOLTS
PHASE SUCTION CHARGE
1S1GX0008
CPVC
1/15
115
1
3/4"
1/2"
1S2GX0008
CPVC
1/3
115/230
1
1"
3/4"
1S2HX0008
CPVC
1/3 208-230/575
3
1"
3/4"
1S4GX0008
CPVC
1/2
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1S4HX0008
CPVC
3/4 208-230/575
3
1 1/4"
1"
1S5GX0008
CPVC
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1SS6GX008
CPVC
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS6HX008
CPVC
3/4 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S5HX0008
CPVC
1
208-230/575
3
1 1/4"
1"
1SS7GX008
CPVC
1
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS7HX008
CPVC
1
208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S8GX0008
CPVC
1 1/2
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S8HX0008
CPVC
1 1/2 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S1GX0006
PP
1/15
115
1
3/4"
1/2"
1S2GX0003
FRPP
1/3
115/230
1
1"
3/4"
1S2HX0003
FRPP
1/3 208-230/575
3
1"
3/4"
1S4GX0003
FRPP
1/2
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1S5GX0003
FRPP
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1SS6GX003
FRPP
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS6HX003
FRPP
3/4 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S4HX0003
FRPP
3/4 208-230/575
3
1 1/4"
1"
1SS7GX003
FRPP
1
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS7HX003
FRPP
1
208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S5HX0003
FRPP
1
208-230/575
3
1 1/4"
1"
1S8GX0003
FRPP
1 1/2
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S8HX0003
FRPP
1 1/2 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S1GX0009
PVDF
1/15
115
1
3/4"
1/2"
1S2GX0009
PVDF
1/3
115/230
1
1"
3/4"
1S2HX0009
PVDF
1/3 208-230/575
3
1"
3/4"
1S4GX0009
PVDF
1/2
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1S5GX0009
PVDF
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/4"
1"
1SS6GX009
PVDF
3/4
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS6HX009
PVDF
3/4 208-230/460
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S4HX0009
PVDF
3/4 208-230/460
3
1 1/4"
1"
1SS7GX009
PVDF
1
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S5HX0009
PVDF
1
208-230/575
3
1 1/4"
1"
1S8GX0009
PVDF
1 1/2
115/230
1
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1S8HX0009
PVDF
1 1/2 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1SS7HX009
PVDF
1 1/2 208-230/575
3
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
8
9
10
6-4

Webster S12/S16 Immersible Pumps
The S12 and S16 Series are rugged, chemical duty pumps available in CPVC
(Corzan). The precision moulded, dynamically balanced, enclosed impellers
with unique tandem design allows for pumping of abrasive solutions, the
ability to run dry indefinitely, and to operate against closed discharge valves.
Available in ratings of 3 and 5 horsepower for continuous duty operation.
The FPM o-ring end cover seal allows mounting in liquid These pumps come
complete with non-overloading, continuous duty TEFC motors and include
mounting bracket, discharge support and discharge piping to top of mounting
bracket.
1
2
3
4
Features:
HP: 3 & 5
CPVC (Corzan) construction for
optimum chemical resistance
No metal in contact with fluid being
pumped
Seal-less design eliminates leaking,
costly seal replacement and downtime
FPM o-ring end cover seal allows
mounting in liquid
No pump bearings allows pump to run
dry
Includes mounting bracket, discharge
support & discharge piping
Applications:
Pumping for aeration, agitation, filtration,

spraying, transfer in the following industries:
Electronics
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
ITEM
(FNPT)
(MNPT)
SHIPPING
NUMBER MATERIAL H.P.
VOLTS
PHASE SUCTION DISCHARGE WEIGHT
1SOHX0008
CPVC
3 208-230/575
3
3" SLIP
1 1/2"
75
1SOHX0100
CPVC
3 208-230/575
3
3" SLIP
1 1/2"
75
1S9HX0008
CPVC
5 208-230/575
3
3" SLIP
2"
135
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-5
Webster S Series Quick Service Pumps

The S8 Series are rugged, chemical duty pumps available in CPVC (Corzan). They
are precision molded, dynamically balanced, and have enclosed impellers allowing
pumping of abrasive solutions, and operation against closed discharge valves. The pump
can handle flow rates up to 80GPM and up to 45 TDH. These pumps feature a special
tear-drop locking design that allows the operator to quickly remove the pump core for
service while the pump body stays connected to the piping system. Just loosen the
four mounting bolts, turn the pump motor slightly and lift it out of the body for service.
Spillage of the process media is eliminated because the pump body stays connected to
the piping system.
2
3
4
5
6
1SS6GX8
1SS8HX8
1SS7GX8
1SS7HX8
1SS8GX8
1SS8HX8
Applications:
Pumping for aeration, agitation,

filtration, spraying, transfer in the
Electronics
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
6-6
OUTLET
(MNPT)
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
SHIP
WEIGHT
50 Ibs
50 Ibs
51 Ibs
51 Ibs
52 Ibs
52 Ibs
Features:
No metal in contact with fluid being pumped

Seal-less design eliminates leaking, costly seal replacement and down
time
FPM o-ring end cover seal allows mounting in liquid, or with inlet
extension
Non-overloading, continuous duty totally enclosed motors
Viton fume barrier protects motor end bell and bearings from
corrosion caused by vapor or fumes.
The C5, C7 and C8 Series pumps are designed specifically for

continuous chemical duty service. They are rugged, precision
molded, and feature dynamically balanced, enclosed impellers.
Units are available in CPVC (Corzan), fiberglass reinforced
Polypropylene, and PVDF (Solef ) with ratings of 1/3, 1, 1-1/2,
3 and 5 horsepower. The standard mechanical seal is a John
Crane Type 21 single seal, carbon/ceramic. Other seal materials
are available depending on the process fluid. Water-wash seals
are available for especially aggressive or crystallizing liquids.
Pump models are also available with a rugged cast iron bearing
frame for belt-drive or other coupled drivers.
10
CPVC
CPVC
CPVC
CPVC
CPVC
CPVC
INLET
(FNPT)
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
Webster C5/C7/C8/C10 Centrifugal Pumps
CYCLE
VOLTS
PHASE
(HZ)
3/4
50/60
115/230
1
3/4
50/60 208-230/575
3
1
50/60
115/230
1
1
50/60 208-230/575
3
1 1/2 50/60
115/230
1
1 1/2 50/60 208-230/575
3
PART NO. MATERIAL H.P.
Applications:
Pumping for aeration, agitation, filtration, recirculation,

spraying, transfer in the following industries:
Plating
Electronics
Photo processing
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
Features
No metal in contact with fluid being pumped

Viton seal elastomers and o-rings standard, EPDM
available 300 series stainless steel shaft with beltdrive or direct coupled drivers
Dynamically balanced, enclosed impellers
Totally enclosed motors
Available with bearing frame for belt drive or direct
coupled driver

ITEM
NUMBER MATERIAL H.P.
1C5GX0200
CPVC
1/3
VOLTS
115/230
1C5HX0200
CPVC
1/3 208-230/575
1C7GX0400
CPVC
1C7HX0400
CPVC
1C8GX0600
CPVC
1 1/2
115/230
1C8HX0600
CPVC
1 1/2 208-230/575
1C5GX0203
FRPP
1/3
1/3 208-230/575
(FNPT)
(MNPT)
PHASE SUCTION DISCHARGE
1
3/4"
1/2"
3
3/4"
1/2"
115/230
1"
3/4"
208-230/575
3/4"
1 1/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1"
3/4"
1/2"
115/230
1C5HX0203
FRPP
3/4"
1/2"
1C7GX0403
FRPP
115/230
1"
3/4"
1C7HX0403
FRPP
208-230/575
1"
3/4"
1C8GX0603
FRPP
1 1/2
115/230
1 1/4"
1"
1C8HX0603
FRPP
1 1/2 208-230/575
1 1/4
1"
1C1HX0500
FRPP
1"
208-230/575
1 1/2
1C4HX0700
FRPP
208-230/575
1 1/2
1"
1C5GX0209
PVDF
1/3
115/230
3/4"
1/2"
1/3 208-230/575
1C5HX0209
PVDF
3/4"
1/2"
1C7GX0409
PVDF
115/230
1"
3/4"
1C7HX0409
PVDF
208-230/575
1"
3/4"
1C8GX0609
PVDF
1 1/2
115/230
1 1/4"
1"
1C8HX0609
PVDF
1 1/2 208-230/575
1 1/4"
1"
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-7

Webster D Series Immersible Pumps
The D1 and DD1 are enhanced replacements for the durable SS1 series pump.
The 1/8 HP motor with 1/2 diameter extended shaft and 4 precision machined
pump mounting pads ensure trouble free performance for the more demanding
industrial applications. This pump is precision moulded, dynamically balanced,
and is constructed with semi-open impellers with a unique tandem design
allowing for its ability to operate against closed discharge valves. It is available
in your choice of CPVC (Corzan), natural Polypropylene, or PVDF for optimum
chemical resistance
ITEM
NUMBER
1D1GX0008
1DD1GX008
1D1GX0006
1DD1GX006
1D1GX0009
1DD1GX009
MATERIAL
H.P.
VOLTS
PHASE
CPVC
CPVC
PP
PP
PVDF
PVDF
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
115/230
115/230
115/230
115/230
115/230
115/230
1
1
1
1
1
1
(FNPT)
SUCTION
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
(MNPT)
DISCHARGE
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
4
5
6
7
8
Features
Increased end bell motor

protection
Larger motor bearings than the
SS1 for tighter control
Improved capacitor protection
Seal-less design eliminates
leaking, costly seal replacement
and downtime
Viton o-ring end cover seal
allows mounting in liquid, or
with inlet extension
Non-overloading, continuous
duty TEFC motors and body has
Integral flange
9
10
6-8

Webster T Series Vertical Seal-less
Immersible Pumps
The new T Series Webster by Hayward thermoplastic pump features a single, non-coupled
motor/impeller shaft with a proprietary patent-pending shaft seal. Compared to a pump
with a coupled shaft and o-ring seal, the T Series design combines the multiple components
into one thereby reducing the possibility of failure by components.
The new shaft seal is made from PTFE allowing greater chemical compatibility and less
wear due to degradation over time that would reduce pump performance. The shaft sleeve
has also been extended to move the seal point up and away from the weep hole protecting
the metal shaft as well as centralizing the sleeve. The new T Series is offered in CPVC as
standard for the pump head assembly, with GFPP and PVDF as optional materials.
T2
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
A
IN /
MM
8.68
/ 220
9.19
/ 233
9.69
/ 246
9.69
/ 246
9.94
/ 252
10.44
/ 265
B
IN /
MM
13.28
/ 337
12.90/
328
12.90
/ 328
11.40
/ 290
11.40
/ 290
11.40
/ 290
C
IN /
MM
1.16
/ 29
1.38
/ 35
1.38
/ 35
1.69
/ 43
1.69
/ 43
1.69
/ 43
D
IN /
MM
2.25
/ 57
2.88
/ 70
2.88
/ 73
3.21
/ 82
3.21
/ 82
3.21
/ 82
E
IN /
MM
6.98
/ 177
6.98
/ 177
6.98
/ 177
6.98
/ 177
6.98
/ 177
6.98
/ 177
G
IN /
MM
4.90
/ 124
4.90
/ 124
4.90
/ 124
4.90
/ 124
4.90
/ 124
4.90
/ 124
H
IN /
MM
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
J
IN /
MM
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
6.32
/ 161
K
IN /
MM
10.86
/ 276
9.77
/ 248
9.77
/ 248
7.97
/ 202
7.97
/ 202
7.97
/ 202
INLET DISCHARGE
1
1/2 FNPT
1/3
MNPT
1-1/4
1 FNPT
1/2
MNPT
1-1/4
1 FNPT
3/4
MNPT
1-1/2
1-1/4 FNPT
1
MNPT
1-1/2
1-1/4 FNPT
1
MNPT
1-1/2
1-1/4 FNPT 1-1/2
MNPT
Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice

consult FABCO for installation information.
Features
Single, Non-Coupled Motor Shaft 303 SS

Proprietary, Patent-Pending PTFE Shaft
Seal
Extended Shaft Sleeve
CPVC Cell Class 23447 per ASTM D1784
GFPP Cell Class 85580 per ASTM D4101
PVDF per ASTM D3222, II
Solid, Stable One-Piece Shaft
Seal Point Away from Weep Hole
Less Vibration
Runs True
Applications
Chemical Processing and Transfer

Metal Plating
Waste and Water Treatment
Mining
Aquatic and Animal Life Support
Systems
Electronics
Options
Optional Inlet Screen

In-Tank Filtration
Impeller Trim Variations
Explosion-Proof Motors
Wash-Down Motors
575V Motors
3
4
5
6
Materials
Benefits
HP
PARTS LIST
1. Motor and Shaft

2. Impeller Seal
(PTFE)
3. Impeller
4. Body
5. End Cap O-Ring
6. End Cap
7. Retainer Clip
7
8
9
10
6-9

Webster R Series Mag Drive Pumps
Using the latest, patented pump technology, Haywards

Series R all-plastic, corrosion resistant pumps will
stand up to the most aggressive, demanding industrial
and commercial applications year in and year out.
Constructed of ETFE with rugged epoxy painted
motors. With horsepower ratings from 1/3 to 5 HP,
applications requiring flow rates from 5 to 140 GPM
and with maximum total dynamic head discharges
up to 141 feet, you will find a Webster Magnetic
Drive Pump to meet your requirements. Because the
process media never contacts metal, there is never a
danger of pump failure due to corrosion. Because they
are magnetically driven, they have no seals, thus no
emissions, leaks or expensive seal replacements.
2
3
MODEL NO.
MATERIAL
ITEM NO.
RC03
CARBON REINFORCED ETFE
1M035TVT11
1/3
1"X 1"
RX05
1M045TVT12
1/2 115/230
1-1/2"X 1-1/2"
RX07
1M055TVT13
3/4 115/230
RX10
1M085TVT14
RX15
1M105TVT35
RX20
1M105TVT36
230/575
RX30
1M125TVT37
RX50
1M145TVT38
4
5
H.P. VOLTS PHASE INLET (FNPT) VS. OUTLET (MNPT)

115
1-1/2"X 1-1/2"
115/230
1 -1/2" X 1-1/2"
1/2 230/575
2"X 1-1/2"
2"X 1-1/2"
230/575
2"X 1-1/2"
230/575
2"X 1-1/2"
Features
Leak-proof, seal-less magnetic drive

Friction free operation/reduced energy consumption
Easy maintenance without special tools
All-Plastic pump construction, no rust or corrosion and anti-air lock mechanism
Double supported large diameter non-cantilevered shaft, PTFE bushing and ceramic shafts
Unique Rifled Impeller Bushing dissipates heat build-up
7
8
9
10
6-10
HAYWARD FILTERS
Hayward FLT Series Cartridge Filters
Designed for the most demanding applications these all plastic cartridge filters are used
to filter fine particles from the process fluid. Models are available to accommodate 10,
20 and 30 wound or pleated polypropylene filter cartridges. The filters are designed
so that compression seals the filter unit eliminating the need for a center rod. An
integral plug on the hand removable filter cover makes for easy bleeding of the unit.
The filters feature a 3/4 NPT (female) inlet connection to eliminate the chance for
broken NPT (male) connections. An optional mounting base is available for mounting
the filter to the floor or work surface. All wound cartridges have a 1 I.D. and 2
1/2 O.D. The pleated cartridges have a 1 I.D. and 2-5/8 O.D. Maximum flow rates
for both are 5 GPM per 10 of filter cartridge length. Cartridges are sold separately.
Hayward FLT Cartridge Filters are small, compact, and a perfect partner to any Webster
chemical duty, corrosion resistant pump.
Applications:
For 1 to 100 micron filtration in the following industries:

Plating
Electronics
Photo processing
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
Features
All Plastic CPVC Construction Will Never Rust or

Corrode
Compact, Easy to Install
No Metal in Contact with the Process Fluid
Quick and Easy Filter Cartridge Changes
FPM O-Ring Seal
Designed to filter process fluid within a tank; eliminating the time and expense needed to
install a stand alone filter and pump. Changing filter cartridges is quick and easy. A simple
quick disconnect union is used to connect the filter cartridge to the pump. Simply unscrew
the union (no tools are required) and remove the filter cartridge and assembly.
The In-Tank Filtration unit comes standard with one 50 micron wound, polypropylene filter
cartridge. Cartridges are also available in 1, 5, 10, 30, 75 and 100 micron ratings and have a
1 I.D. and a 2 1/2 O.D. Single or double cartridge configurations are available in either 10
or 20 lengths. In-Tank Filtration Systems are available with Series S and D pumps that are
seal-less and can be run dry. These heavy duty, reliable pumps come with Haywards unique
two year warranty.
For 1 to 100 micron filtration in the
Plating
Electronics
Photo processing
Pollution control
Chemical processing
Water treatment
5
6
7
Features
For use with S and D-Series Pumps

CPVC Corrosion-Resistant Construction
Compact and Easy to Install
Immersible, Seal-Less, Bearing Free Pump
Can Run Dry
Quick and Easy Filter Change
Single or Double Filter
1/15 HP Model Features a Built-in Power Cord
Hayward Filter Bags

Hayward Filter Bags are available in polypropylene felt filter bags - sewn construction,
polypropylene monofilament filter bags - sewn construction, or polypropylene felt filter
bags - welded construction.
Mircron Rating: 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 400, 600, 800
Lengths: 16 and 32
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Bag.
Webster In-Tank Filtration Systems
Applications:
9
10
6-11
HAYWARD FILTERS
Hayward PVC/CPVC Simplex Bag Filter
For application versatility, these all plastic housings will accept most standard 7 diameter
filter bags. The single length vessel uses Size 01 bags, 7 x 16, while the double length vessel
uses Size 02 bags, 7 x 32. This permits the vessel to be used with thousands of different
types of filter bags to exactly match the application requirements.
This all plastic housing is designed to stand up to the most demanding industrial and commercial
applications around. The rugged, thick wall construction ensures years of trouble free service
and the housing is rated at a full 150 PSI. The built-in true union piping and drain connections
makes installation and operation quick and easy. With this feature the filter housing can be
removed without having to break down the piping system. The integral mounting base also
makes for an easy installation and eliminates the need for extra cost support legs. The housing
has two bottom outlet connections so that either can be used as a drain connection. This
makes possible both in-line or loop piping installations.
The one-piece, corrosion resistant plastic body has an extremely smooth interior surface that
is very easy to clean. The housing comes standard with a plastic cover vent valve. The handremovable, no tools required, spin-off cover makes filter bag changing quick and easy. There
are no swing bolts to deal with as on a metal filter housing.
2
3
4
5
6
Features
PART # MATERIAL SIZE

FLT1201
PVC
Single
FLT1201F
PVC
Single
FLT1202
PVC
Double
FLT1202F
PVC
Double
FLT2201
CPVC
Single
FLT2201F
CPVC
Single
FLT2202
CPVC
Double
FLT2202F
CPVC
Double
END CONN.
2 Socket/Thread
2 Flanged
2 Socket/Thread
2 Flanged
2 Socket/Thread
2 Flanged
2 Socket/Thread
2 Flanged
All bag filters feature a one piece, seamless, moulded plastic body, have Viton seals and are assembled with
silicone free lubricant.
Simplex bag filters use single length 7 x 16 No.1 bags or double length 7 x 32 No. 2 bags.
Polypropylene felt filter bags are available in 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200 microns and in either welded or
sewn construction.
Polypropylene monofilament filter bags are available in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns.
Hayward PVC/CPVC Duplex Bag Filter

With an all-plastic, corrosion-resistant Hayward Duplex Bag Filter, there is never
a need to shut down the line and there is never any downtime necessary when
changing filter bags. Just turn the lever handle to divert flow from one filter housing
to the other, then spin off the hand-removable cover, remove the dirty bag and
install a new one.
Features such as a rugged, lightweight fiberglass mounting platform and a vent/
bleed valve installed on both filter housing covers are standard with every Hayward
All-Plastic Duplex Bag Filter. The retaining basket that holds the bag has a unique,
universal seat that works with almost any single or double length filter bag.
10
Flanged connections
EPDM seals
Pressure differential gauge and
switch
Manifolded housings
1/4 NPT pressure differential
gauge tap
Metric connections
Notes:
Options
All-plastic construction
FPM seals
Hand-removable cover
Integral mounting base
True union connections
Vent valve on cover
In-line or loop flow
Two-Year Warranty
Features
No line shutdown for bag

changeout
Built-in mounting platform
In-line or loop flow
Two-Year Warranty
Options
Vent gauge with gauge guards

Pressure Differential Gauges
Pressure Differential Switches
Automated Operation - Electric or
Pneumatic
Notes:
Polypropylene felt filter bags are available in 1,

5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200 microns and in either
welded or sewn construction.
Polypropylene monofilament filter bags are available
in sewn construction in 150, 400, and 800 microns.
6-12
PART # HOUSING
FLT2DUPA
PP
FLT2DUP1
PVC
FLT2DUP2
CPVC
DIVERTER
VALVE
SIZE
CPVC
Double
PVC
Double
CPVC
Double
END CONN.
2 Flanged
2 Flanged
2 Flanged
HAYWARD FILTERS
Hayward FLV Series Filter Vessels
All thermoplastic, glass filled polypropylene injection molded construction,
for superior corrosion resistance performance!
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-13
HAYWARD FILTER BAGS

Hayward Felt and Mesh Filter Bags
Single and Double Length
All bags are made with silicone-free material. Bags are made in two lengths.
Type 1 single length is 7" x 16" and Type 2 double length is 7" x 32".
Both industry standard bag sizes fit Haywards single or double length filter
vessel.
Sewn Construction
A sewn bag has the strength of a

mechanically secure, sewn seam.
These bags have two sewn lines
to make sure that certain particles
do not pass through the filter bag.
These bags are made from media
that is silicone free and are sewn
with silicone free thread so that the
filtrate is not contaminated.
3
4
5
6
7
Welded Construction
Micron Ratings
1 Micron- 800 Micron bags available
Materials
Polypropylene Needle Felt Rated

up to 200F
Polyester Needle Felt Rated up
to 300F
Polypropylene Monofi lament
Mesh Rated up to 200F
Nylon Monofi lament Mesh
Rated up to 325F
8
9
10
Welded construction filter bags have

the fabric fused together to form
the bag and secure the sealing ring.
Modern fabric welding technology
provides a strong seal that wont
leak or come apart in the flow.
Sewn-in Bag Ring
Another construction consideration

is the type of sealing ring. This is
a ring at the opening of the bag
that helps seal it to the housing.
It can be made of plastic or metal.
The ring material is important not
only for chemical compatibility,
but also for disposal purposes. If
the bag is going to be disposed of
by incineration, its important that
the ring be plastic, and not metal.
Hayward bags are made with a
sewn-in PP ring.
PP Flange Ring
Consider the ring material of the

bag when looking at chemical
compatibility of the application.
Hayward flanged bags have a PP
flange ring.
PP Flange Handles
Flanged bags have PP handles at

the top to make removal easier.
Other bags have a sewn-in cloth
handle for removal.
6-14
HAYWARD FILTER BAGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-15
HAYWARD Y-STRAINERS
Hayward Plastic Y-Strainers
Hayward Y-Strainers protect piping system components from damage caused by dirt
or debris in the process media. They cost less than other types of strainers and are
light weight and very compact. Because they can often be supported by the pipeline
alone, they work in applications where other types of strainers cannot.
Hayward Y-Strainers are supplied with a 1/32 perforated plastic screen. This screen
is ultrasonically welded, not glued, for superior strength. Screens fabricated from
Type 316 stainless steel are also available in openings from 1/2 down to a super fine
325 mesh. All screens have an open area at least twice that of the equivalent pipe
size cross-sectional area to minimize pressure drop.
All sizes of Hayward Y-Strainers feature a heavy-duty hex cap that permits quick and
easy removal of the strainer screen when cleanout becomes necessary. Hayward
Y-Strainers work equally well in the horizontal or vertical position, simplifying piping
system layout. This strainer is available in clear PVC which permits viewing of the
strainer screen in operation. This helps determine when it needs cleaning based on a
visual check of the amount of debris retained by the screen. These Y- Strainers are
available in sizes from 1/2 to 2 with socket or threaded pipe connections.
2
3
4
PART #
YS10050T
YS10050S
YS10075T
YS10075S
YS10100T
YS10100S
YS10125T
YS10125S
YS10150T
YS10150S
YS10200T
YS10200S
YS10200F
YS10250T
YS10250S
YS10250F
YS10300T
YS10300S
YS10300F
YS10400T
YS10400S
YS10400F
5
6
7
8
9
10
PVC
SIZE END CONN.

1/2
Thread
1/2
Socket
3/4
Thread
3/4
Socket
1
Thread
1
Socket
1-1/4
Thread
1-1/4
Socket
1-1/2
Thread
1-1/2
Socket
2
Thread
2
Socket
2
Flanged
2-1/2
Thread
2-1/2
Socket
2-1/2
Flanged
3
Thread
3
Socket
3
Flanged
4
Thread
4
Socket
4
Flanged
Features
PART #
YS20050T
YS20050S
YS20075T
YS20075S
YS20100T
YS20100S
YS20125T
YS20125S
YS20150T
YS20150S
YS20200T
YS20200S
YS20200F
YS20250T
YS20250S
YS20250F
YS20300T
YS20300S
YS20300F
YS20400T
YS20400S
YS20400F
Horizontal or Vertical Installation

2:1 Open Air Ratio
Hex Cap for Easy Access to Screen
Plastic Screen has 1/32 Perforation
Two-Year Warranty
CPVC
SIZE END CONN.

1/2
Thread
1/2
Socket
3/4
Thread
3/4
Socket
1
Thread
1
Socket
1-1/4
Thread
1-1/4
Socket
1-1/2
Thread
1-1/2
Socket
2
Thread
2
Socket
2
Flanged
2-1/2
Thread
2-1/2
Socket
2-1/2
Flanged
3
Thread
3
Socket
3
Flanged
4
Thread
4
Socket
4
Flanged
CLEAR PVC
PART #
YS00050T
YS00050S
YS00075T
YS00075S
YS00100T
YS00100S
YS00125T
YS00125S
YS00150T
YS00150S
YS00200T
YS00200S
SIZE END CONN.

1/2
Thread
1/2
Socket
3/4
Thread
3/4
Socket
1
Thread
1
Socket
1-1/4
Thread
1-1/4
Socket
1-1/2
Thread
1-1/2
Socket
2
Thread
2
Socket
Options
Stainless Steel Strainer Screens
Notes:
All Y-Strainers have an FPM o-ring seal and are assembled with silicone free lubricant. Each Y-Strainer includes
one 1/32 perforated plastic screen.
Y-strainers are available with Stainless steel screens. To replace the plastic screen with an all stainless one, there
will be a price adder. Screens have some plastic components.
Stainless steel screens are available in perforations of 1/32, 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, & 1/2. 1/2 perf offered only
on 1-1/2 and larger Y-strainers.
Stainless steel mesh screens come in sizes 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200 and 325
6-16
HAYWARD BASKET STRAINERS

Hayward Simplex Plastic Basket Strainers
Features
External Body Threads

Low Pressure Drop
In-Line or Loop Piping Design
True Union Connections
Ergonomic Hand-Removable
Cover
FPM Seals
Integral, Flat Mounting Base
Liquid Displacing Cover
Two-Year Warranty
Options
Stainless steel strainer baskets

Pressure differential gauge and
switch
Clear, see-through model made
of Eastar
EPDM seals (add an E to end
of part #)
Polypropylene and Food-Grade
FRP also available
Basket Selection
When pipeline system components require protection from dirt and debris
and the line can be shut down for basket cleaning, a Hayward All Plastic
Simplex Basket Strainer is the ideal choice. Unwanted particles are removed
as the process media passes through a perforated strainer basket contained
inside the strainer body. The basket traps the unwanted material while
allowing the process media to flow freely.
Changing or cleaning the strainer basket is quick and easy. The handremovable, spin-off cover features two angled handles for easy access to
the strainer basket. The housing features external cover threads that do not
contact the process media and never need cleaning. Venting and draining
are made possible by two hand-removable, threaded plugs - one on the top
of the cover and the other on the housing side.
Hayward Simplex Basket Strainers can be installed either in-line or with
loop piping configurations. This is made possible by a unique design that
incorporates three piping connections on the strainer body that are used
as inlets and outlets. The unused connection is plugged using a blind fitting
(included). True Union connections make it possible to remove the strainer
from the piping system without disassembling the piping connections.
Plastic Baskets in perforation sizes from 1/32 to 3/16 are available.
Stainless steel perforated baskets are available from 1/2 to 1/32. Mesh
stainless steel baskets for very fine straining applications are available in
sizes from 20 mesh down to 325 mesh.
PART #
SB1050SF
PVC
CPVC
SIZE
1/2
END CONN.
Flanged
PART #
SB2050SF
SIZE
1/2
END CONN.
Flanged
SB1075ST
3/4
Skt/Thd
SB2075ST
3/4
Skt/Thd
SB1075SF
3/4
Flanged
SB2075SF
3/4
Flanged
SB1100ST
Skt/Thd
SB2100ST
Skt/Thd
SB1100F
Flanged
SB2100F
Flanged
SB1125ST
1-1/4
Skt/Thd
SB2125ST
1-1/4
Skt/Thd
SB1125F
1-1/4
Flanged
SB2125F
1-1/4
Flanged
SB1150ST
1-1/2
Skt/Thd
SB2150ST
1-1/2
Skt/Thd
Flanged
SB1150F
1-1/2
Flanged
SB2150F
1-1/2
SB1200ST
Skt/Thd
SB2200ST
Skt/Thd
SB1200F
Flanged
SB2200F
Flanged
SB1250T
2-1/2
Threaded
SB2250T
2-1/2
Threaded
SB1250S
2-1/2
Socket
SB2250S
2-1/2
Socket
SB1250F
2-1/2
Flanged
SB2250F
2-1/2
Flanged
SB1300T
Threaded
SB2300T
Threaded
SB1300S
Socket
SB2300S
Socket
SB1300F
Flanged
SB2300F
Flanged
SB1400T
Threaded
SB2400T
Threaded
SB1400S
Socket
SB2400S
Socket
SB1400F
Flanged
SB2400F
Flanged
SB1600FT
Flanged
SB2600FT
Flanged
SB1800FT
Flanged
SB2800FT
Flanged
The 1/2 to 1 strainers can be ordered with either a 1/32 or 1/16 perf plastic basket.
The 1 1/2 and 2 with a 1/32, 1/16, 1/8, or 3/16 perf plastic basket.
The 3 and 4 with a 1/16, 1/8 or 3/16 perf plastic basket.
The 6 and 8 with a 1/8 or 3/16 perf plastic basket.
Stainless steel baskets for all size strainers are available in these perfs: 1/32, 3/64, 1/16, 5/64,
7/64, 1/8, 5/32, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2; and in mesh sizes: 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200, 325
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-17

Hayward Duplex Basket Strainers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Options
Stainless steel strainer baskets

Pressure differential gauge and switch
Clear, see-through model made of
Eastar
EPDM seals (add an E to end of part
#)
Polypropylene also available
Features
External Body Threads

Low Pressure Drop
Operates Continuously, No Shut Down
For Basket Cleaning or Changing
True Union Connections and FPM Seals
Ergonomic Hand-Removable Cover
Hand-Removable Vent and Drain
Liquid Displacing Cover
Two-Year Warranty
Notes:
1/2 thru 2 Strainers are supplied

with both socket and threaded end
connectors.
For 1/2, 3/4 and 1 Basket Strainers,
standard perforation is 1/32.
For 1-1/2 thru 8 Basket Strainers,
standard perforation is 1/8.
All Simplex Basket Strainers are
assembled with silicone free lubricant.
Each Simplex Basket Strainer includes
one plastic basket. If perforation is
not specified, then standard basket
perforation will be supplied.
The 1/2 to 1 strainers can be ordered
with either a 1/32 or 1/16 perf
plastic basket.
The 1-1/2 and 2 with a 1/32, 1/16,
1/8, or 3/16 perf plastic basket.
The 3 and 4 with a 1/16, 1/8 or
3/16 perf plastic basket.
The 6 and 8 with a 1/8 or 3/16 perf
plastic basket.
Stainless steel baskets for all size
strainers are available in these perfs:
1/32, 3/64, 1/16, 5/64, 7/64,
1/8, 5/32, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2;
and in mesh sizes: 20, 40, 60,80, 100,
200, 325
6-18
When pipeline system components require protection from dirt

and debris and the line cannot be shut down for basket cleaning,
a Hayward All Plastic Duplex Basket Strainer is the ideal choice.
Unwanted particles are removed as the process media passes
through a perforated strainer basket contained inside the strainer
body. The basket traps the unwanted material while allowing the
process media to flow freely. The flow never has to be shut off for
basket cleaning or changing.
Changing or cleaning the strainer basket is quick and easy. Turning
the operating handle on the diverter valve assembly switches
the flow from one strainer housing to the other. Then, the out of
service housing can be serviced by opening the hand-removable,
spin-off cover that features two angled handles for easy access
to the strainer basket. The housings have external cover threads
that do not contact the process media and never need cleaning.
Venting and draining are made possible by two hand-removable,
threaded plugs on the cover and side of the housings.
Hayward Duplex Basket Strainers can be installed either inline or with loop piping configurations. This is made possible by
changing the orientation of the bottom outlet connection.
PVC
PART #
SIZE
END
CONN.
DB1050ST
1/2
Skt/Thd
CPVC
PART #
SIZE
END
CONN.
DB2050ST
1/2
Skt/Thd
DB1050SF
1/2
Flanged
DB2050SF
1/2
Flanged
DB1075ST
3/4
Skt/Thd
DB2075ST
3/4
Skt/Thd
DB1075SF
3/4
Flanged
DB2075SF
3/4
Flanged
DB1100ST
Skt/Thd
DB2100ST
Skt/Thd
DB1100F
Flanged
DB2100F
Flanged
DB1125ST
1-1/4
Skt/Thd
DB2125ST
1-1/4
Skt/Thd
DB1125F
1-1/4
Flanged
DB2125F
1-1/4
Flanged
DB1150ST
1-1/2
Skt/Thd
DB2150ST
1-1/2
Skt/Thd
DB1150F
1-1/2
Flanged
DB2150F
1-1/2
Flanged
DB1200ST
Skt/Thd
DB2200ST
Skt/Thd
DB1200F
Flanged
DB2200F
Flanged
DB1250T
2-1/2 Threaded
DB2250T
2-1/2
Threaded
DB1250S
2-1/2
DB2250S
2-1/2
Socket
Socket
DB1250F
2-1/2
Flanged
DB2250F
2-1/2
Flanged
DB1300T
Threaded
DB2300T
Threaded
DB1300S
Socket
DB2300S
Socket
DB1300F
Flanged
DB2300F
Flanged
DB1400T
Threaded
DB2400T
Threaded
DB1400S
Socket
DB2400S
Socket
DB1400F
Flanged
DB2400F
Flanged
DB1600FT
Flanged
DB2600FT
Flanged
DB1800FT
Flanged
DB2800FT
Flanged

Hayward Strainer Baskets
It is recommended that one spare basket per strainer be kept on hand at all
times. The old style baskets are available upon request, while supplies last.
An adapter is required when using 316 Stainless Steel baskets.
Notes:
Other perforations may be available upon request.
1
2
3
FOR 1/2, 3/4, AND 1

PVC
CORZAN CPVC
316 SS
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PART #
BS11001/32
BS11001/16
BS11001/8
BS11003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PVC
PART #
BS12001/32
BS12001/16
BS12001/8
BS12003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PVC
PART #
BS14001/32
BS14001/16
BS14001/8
BS14003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PVC
PART #
BS16001/32
BS16001/16
BS16001/8
BS16003/16
316 SS
MESH
PART #
20
BS76001420
40
BS76001440
60
BS76001460
80
BS76001480
100
BS760014100
CORZAN CPVC
Perf
PART #
1/32
BS26001/32
1/16
BS26001/16
1/8
BS26001/8
3/16
BS26003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PVC
PART #
BS18001/32
BS18001/16
BS18001/8
BS18003/16
316 SS
MESH
PART #
20
BS78001420
40
BS78001440
60
BS78001460
80
BS78001480
100
BS780014100
CORZAN CPVC
Perf
PART #
1/32
BS28001/32
1/16
BS28001/16
1/8
BS28001/8
3/16
BS28003/16
MESH
20
40
60
80
100
PART #
BS710020
BS710040
BS710060
BS710080
BS7100100
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PART #
BS21001/32
BS21001/16
BS21001/8
BS21003/16
316 SS
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
PART #
BS71001/32
BS71001/16
BS71001/8
BS71003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
316 SS
PART #
BS72001/32
BS72001/16
BS72001/8
BS72003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
316 SS
PART #
BS74001/32
BS74001/16
BS74001/8
BS74003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
316 SS
PART #
BS76001/32
BS76001/16
BS76001/8
BS76003/16
Perf
1/32
1/16
1/8
3/16
316 SS
PART #
BS78001/32
BS78001/16
BS78001/8
BS78003/16
FOR 1-1/4, 1-1/2, AND 2
316 SS
MESH
PART #
20
BS720020
40
BS720040
60
BS720060
80
BS720080
100
BS7200100
CORZAN CPVC
Perf
PART #
1/32
BS22001/32
1/16
BS22001/16
1/8
BS22001/8
3/16
BS22003/16
316 SS
PART #
BS740020
BS740040
BS740060
BS740080
BS7400100
CORZAN CPVC
Perf
PART #
1/32
BS24001/32
1/16
BS24001/16
1/8
BS24001/8
3/16
BS24003/16
FOR 2-1/2, 3, AND 4
MESH
20
40
60
80
100
FOR 6
FOR 8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-19
PENGUIN PUMPS
Penguin Sealless Vertical Pumps

Penguin sealless vertical pumps are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals without
difficulty. Completely constructed of CPVC, polypropylene, or PVDF where in contact
with the solution being pumped. Series P pumps have an upper working temperature of
180/150/280F, respectively, and thus can handle most corrosive, slurries, and abrasive
solutions. Series P pumps are easy to install and operate. They have no seals or bushings,
can run dry, and are virtually maintenance-free. Available options include:
Horsepower: 1/15, 1/6, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, 5, 7 1/2, 10, 15
Construction Material/O-Ring: CPVC/EPR, PP/EPDM, PVDF/Viton
Impeller/Housing Construction: Standard or High Pressure
Shaft Construction: Threaded or Keyway
Shaft Material: 316SS or Titanium
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your pump.
2
3
Applications
4
5
Chemical process
Sump pumping
Fume scrubbing
Recirculation pumping
Waste treatment
Plating solution filtering
Transfer pumping
Penguin horizontal centrifugal pumps are designed to handle a wide range

of chemicals without difficulty. Completely constructed of CPVC where in
contact with the solution being pumped, Series HV pumps have an upper
working temperature of 180F, and thus can handle most corrosive, slurries,
and abrasive solutions. For high temperatures and very corrosive abrasive
solutions, a double mechanical seal and water flush are supplied. For higher
suction pressure, a single diplo internal seal is supplied. Available options
include:
Horsepower: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 3, 5
Seal Type: Single Mechanical, Single Diplo, D = Double Mechanical
Seal Material: Ethylene/Propylene, Carbon/Ceramic, Viton Carbon/
Ceramic,Viton Silicon Carbide / Silicon Carbide
Choice of CPVC, PVDF, or Polypropylene

Runs dry without damage
Self-priming when immersed
No metal contact
Chemical resistant
Penguin Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps
Features
Applications
Plating, Anodizing, and Electropolishing

Fume Scrubbing, Pollution Control, and Evaporators
Recirculation, Agitation, Spray/Rinse, and Filtering
Water and Waste Treatment
Photographic Processing and Developers
PCB Manufacturing
Chemical Processing
Features
True Volute Design

High Efficiency
Energy Saving
Higher Flow vs. Pressure
No Metal Contact
10
6-20
PENGUIN PUMPS
Penguin Magnetic Drive Pump
Penguin magnetic-driven pumps are designed to handle a wide range
of chemicals without difficulty. Constructed of polypropylene, Kynar, or
stainless steel, Series M pumps have an upper working temperature of
190/220/250F, respectively, and thus can handle highly corrosive or mild
chemicals, acids, or solvents. Series M pumps eliminate the conventional
shaft seal found in most pumps. This means that there is no rotating seal
to wear out and allow the liquid being pumped to leak out. The pumping
action may eventually fail, however, the liquid can never leak out. Series M
pumps are easy to install and operate, and are virtually maintenance-free.
Available options include:
Horsepower: 1/15, 1/10, 1/5, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 2, 3, 5
Construction Material/ O-Ring: Polypropylene, PVDF/Kynar, 316SS,
Hastelloy
Self Primer: Self Priming Pump and 1 HP Motor
Applications
Sealless
No Metal Contact
Bearing-Free
Chemical-Resistant
Leak-Resistant
Available in 316SS, Kynar, and Hastelloy
Penguin horizontal volute pumps are designed for larger volume

than the Series HV and are able to handle a wide range of chemicals
without difficulty. Completely constructed of CPVC where in contact
with the solution being pumped, Series HN pumps have an upper
working temperature of 180F, and thus can handle most corrosive,
slurries, and abrasive solutions. For high temperatures and very
corrosive abrasive solutions, a double mechanical seal and water flush
are supplied. Available options include:
Horsepower: 3, 5, 7 1/2
Seal: Single Seal or Double Seal
Seal Material: Ethylene/Propylene Carbon/Ceramic, Viton Carbon/
Ceramic, Viton Silicon Carbide / Silicon Carbide
Plating Solution Filtration

Circuit Etching
Recirculation Pumps/ Water Treatment
Fume Scrubbing/ Pollution Control
Features
Corrosion Resistant
Very High Efficiency
True Volute Design with Center Discharge
No Metal Contact
High Flow Rates
Penguin Horizontal Volute Pump
Applications
Features
Transferring
Filtering
Recirculation
Mixing
Replenishment
6
7
8
9
10
6-21
PENGUIN FILTER CHAMBERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-22
Penguin Series C Filter Chambers

Penguin filter chambers are offered in CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF. The construction
of the Series C chambers contains no fragile lucite or glass. There is no metal to liquid
contact, no springs to lose or break, and no crushed tubes. Penguin CPVC and polypropylene
chambers are recommended for most acid and alkaline solutions. PVDF chambers are
recommended for high temperature acids and alkalies, HF, and electroless nickel. All Series
C chambers can be mounted on a common polypropylene base and manifolded together
for greater capacities or space saving requirements. For portability, casters can be added
as an option. Penguin Series C double open end (D.O.E.) chambers are available in single
tube, three tube, five tube, and twelve tube vessels. The Series C single open end (S.O.E.)
chambers are available in single tube, two tube, four tube and nine tube vessels. Each
D.O.E filter chamber is equipped with an initial Penguin 15 micron filter cartridge or set of
filter cartridges. Filters for S.O.E chambers are purchased separately. Because of the unique
Penguin design, these cartridges ensure maximum particle retention and no liquid bypass.
Chamber Diameter: 3 , 4, 6, 8, 12
Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR , Polypropylene/EPR, PVDF/Viton
End Cap Configuration: Double Open End or Single Open End
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter Chamber.
Features
Leak-Resistant
Corrosion-Resistant
No Liquid Bypass/No External Frame Rods
Removes Solid Dirt Particles
Quick Change Cartridge
Choice of Construction Materials
Uses Filter Cartridges, Submicronic Pleated Cartridges, or Filter Sleeves
Penguin CN In-Tank Filter Chambers

Penguin in-tank filter chambers allow for depth filtration that is completely limited to
inside the tank. Thus, there is no possibility of solution loss in the Series CN chambers.
The 3CN chambers are completely constructed of CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF
while the 6CN chambers are constructed of CPVC or polypropylene. This includes the
rugged mounting bracket. Penguin models include single and three cartridge vessels
in 10, 20, and 30 cartridge lengths. The Series CN chambers incorporate all of
the unique construction advantages of our style 3C and 6C chambers. The cartridge
compressor design in the style 3C chamber and the double labyrinth o-ring sealing,
along with the long-sleeved flange on the top of style 6C, are also incorporated into
our Series CN chambers. Available options include:
Chamber Diameter: 3, 4, 6
Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR, Polypropylene/EPR, PVDF/
Viton
End Cap Configuration: Double Open End
Features
Leak-Resistant
Corrosion-Resistant
Removes Organic Contaminants and Solid Dirt Particles
Easy Conversion to Filter Chamber
Choice of Disposables Carbon Cartridge or Bagged Granular Carbon
PENGUIN FILTER CHAMBERS

Penguin CT Carbon Treatment Chambers
Penguin filter chambers are offered in CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF. The
construction of the Series C chambers contains no fragile lucite or glass. There is no
metal to liquid contact, no springs to lose or break, and no crushed tubes. Penguin
CPVC and polypropylene chambers are recommended for most acid and alkaline
solutions. PVDF chambers are recommended for high temperature acids and alkalies,
HF, and electroless nickel. All Series C chambers can be mounted on a common
polypropylene base and manifolded together for greater capacities or space saving
requirements. For portability, casters can be added as an option. Penguin Series C
double open end (D.O.E.) chambers are available in single tube, three tube, five
tube, and twelve tube vessels. The Series C single open end (S.O.E.) chambers
are available in single tube, two tube, four tube and nine tube vessels. Each D.O.E
filter chamber is equipped with an initial Penguin 15 micron filter cartridge or set of
filter cartridges. Filters for S.O.E chambers are purchased separately. Because of the
unique Penguin design, these cartridges ensure maximum particle retention and no
liquid bypass. Available options include:
Chamber Diameter: 3 , 4, 6, 8, 12
Construction Material / O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR , Polypropylene/EPR
Features
Leak-Resistant
Corrosion-Resistant
Removes Solid Dirt Particles
Quick Change Cartridge
Rugged CPVC Construction including Mounting Bracket
Complete In-Tank Filtration
Penguin filter bag chambers are designed for high volume surface filtration. Completely
constructed of CPVC, the Series CB filter bag chambers allow for filtration down to 1 micron.
Filter bag replacement is easy with the removal of one snap ring. There are four sizes
incorporating all of the construction advantages of our style 6C and 8C chambers. The
double labyrinth o-ring sealing and the long-sleeved flanges, top and bottom, allow these
chambers to operate at higher pressures and/or temperatures while eliminating the use of
external frame rods. Available options include:
Chamber Diameter: 6, 8
Construction Material/O-Ring Material: CPVC/EPR
Leak-Resistant
CPVC Construction
Filtration Down to 1 Micron
Simple Filter Bag Replacement
High Volume Surface Filtration
Lower Initial Cost/Reusable Filter Media
2
3
4
5
Penguin CB Filter Bag Chambers
Features
6
7
8
9
10
6-23
PENGUIN FILTER CARTRIDGES

Penguin PF Wound Filter Cartridges
Penguin wound filter cartridges provide true depth filtration and

are available in a wide selection of media and cores, including
pre-leached fibrillated polypropylene, to ensure temperature and
chemical compatibility. The Series PF cartridges feature porosities
from 0.5 micron to 150 micron, lengths from 3 to 40, and a
variety of diameters. Available options include:
Filter Media: polypropylene, fibrillated polypropylene, utility
grade polypropylene, natural cotton, bleached cotton, rayon,
polyester, nylon, modacrylic (dynel), glass
Mircron Rating: 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75,
100, 150
Tube O.D.: 2 1/2, 2, 2 3/8, 2 3/4, special
Length: 4, 6, 9 3/4, 9 7/8, 10, 12, 19 1/2, 20, 29 1/4,
30, 39 1/4, 40
Core Type: polypropylene, tin steel, 304 SS, 316 SS, special
Core Cover: none or cover compatible with media
End Treatment: none or treatment compatible with media
Extended Core: none or compatible to core
2
3
4
Features
True Depth Filtration

Various Core and Media Material
Combinations including Preleached
Fibrillated Polypropylene
Chemical and Temperature
Compatibility
Wide Choice of Porosities
Penguin Series PS Filter Sleeves
Penguin filter sleeves are an alternative to standard wound

filter cartridges. The Series PS filter sleeves are economical,
reusable, and efficient when placed over its one-time purchased
polypropylene core and caps. These sleeves can be precoated and
backwashed several times before the retention of the sleeve is
reduced. Series PS filter sleeves are available in porosities from
2 micron to 100 micron and in lengths from 10 to 40. Available
options include:
Mircron Rating: 2, 10, 25, 50
Length: 10, 20, 30 , 40
Sleeve Media: P = polypropylene
Core Material: P = polypropylene
Core Length: 10, 20, 30, 40
7
8
9
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your Filter

Cartridges.

Cartridges.
Features
Economical
Reuseable
Efficient
Long Lasting
10
6-24
PENGUIN FILTER CARTRIDGES

Penguin Series PC Carbon Filter Cartridges
Penguin carbon filter cartridges are a one-step carbon and
filtration treatment. These Series PC carbon cartridges eliminate
the problems associated with loose carbon treatment and the need
for a separate filtration system. The standard cartridge measures
2 3/4 O.D. with lengths varying from 4 to 40 and flow rates up
to 2 1/2 gpm. These Series PC carbon cartridges are designed to
be used in either single or multi-tubed vessels. These cartridges
are available in 4 different styles. Style GC is an outer wound
cartridge which utilizes a special high grade activated granular
carbon with a very low sulfur content. Style CP is also an outer
wound cartridge which features layers of paper impregnated with
activated powdered carbon. Style C is a porous polyethylene shell
containing high grade activated granular carbon. Style M features
an outer layer of polyolefin webbing with an impregnated carbon
powder interior. Available options include:
Carbon Style: Granular Carbon/Outer Wound, Carbon Paper/
Outer Wound, Granular Carbon/Porous Shell, Impregnated
Carbon/Outer Wound
Length: 4, 6, 9 3/4, 9 7/8, 10, 20, 30, 40
Core Material: Polypropylene, 304SS
Fiber Material/Shell: porous polyethylene/stand. poly. outer
wound, fibrillated FDA outer wound, polypropylene FDA outer
wound, bleached cotton FDA outer wound
Cartridges.
Penguin PP Pleated Filter Cartridges
Features
Nominal and Absolute Particle

Retention Ratings
Superior Flow Characteristics
High Dirt Holding Capacity
Many Lengths and Cartridge
Styles
Penguin pleated filter cartridges are an alternative to string wound or

spun moulded filters. These Series PP pleated cartridges are economical,
multi-use, premium quality products that are available in various micron
ratings ranging from 50 micron nominal down to .10 micron absolute.
End cap configurations include D.O.E. (double open end, flat gasket) and
S.O.E. (single open end, external double 222 0-ring/button end cap).
Filter medias available include self-bonded fine diameter polypropylene
fibers as well as membranes constructed of polypropylene, nylon, or
PTFE. Series PP pleated cartridges contain no surfactants or binders that
can break down, leach out, or permit the typical problems of channeling
and media migration. Maximum effective open surface areas allow for
high flow rates at reduced pressure losses, as well as high dirt holding
capacity, long service life, large throughputs, and lower operating costs.
Filter Media: nylon, nominal polypropylene, nominal submicronic
polypropylene, absolute polypropylene, absolute submicronic
polypropylene, absolute Teflon
Mircron Rating: 0.1A, 0.1, 0.2A, 0.2, 0.4A, 0.45A, 0.4, 0.8A, 1, 3,
5, 10, 15, 25, 30, 50
Length: 9 3/4, 10, 19 1/2, 20, 29 1/4, 30, 39, 40
End Cap: black industrial grade vinyl (style D only), blue FDA
acceptable (style D only) DOE flat gasket, SOE external double
222 O-ring/ button end cap, DOE internal single 120 O-ring, SOE
internal 020 O-ring/ button end cap
Gasket or O-Ring Material: Style D, Buna-N, EPR, viton, silicon,
Cartridges.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-25
PENGUIN RECOVERY SYSTEMS
1
2
3
Penguin SR Precious Metal Recovery System

Penguin precious metal recovery systems are a simple and economical
method for reclaiming gold and other precious metals from processing
rinse water and drag out tanks. The exchange resin of standard porosity
extracts precious metals as well as all positive and negative charged
ions from processing wastes. The Series SR systems are used with rinse
capacity tanks of 50 gallons and smaller. Up to three troy ounces of
precious metal can be recovered per pound, meaning it pays for itself
after its initial use. Recommended Applications include Acid and Alkaline
Rinse Tanks, Drag out Tanks, Recovery of All Precious Metals (Gold,
Silver, and Platinum) , Water Demineralization.
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your precious
metal recovery system.
Features
Recovers 99% of Precious Metals

Improves Purity of Rinse
Low Initial Cost
Pays for Itself During Normal Plating Sequence
Selection of Sizes to Fit All Plating Tanks
Longer Life Before Resin Changes
Depth Filtration Available
4
5
6
7
8
9
Penguin MR Precious Metal Recovery System

Penguin precious metal recovery systems are a simple and economical method
for reclaiming gold and other precious metals from processing rinse water and
drag out tanks. The exchange resin of standard porosity extracts precious metals
as well as all positive and negative charged ions from processing wastes. The
Series MR systems are used with rinse capacity tanks of 50 gallons or larger. Up
to three troy ounces of precious metal can be recovered per pound, meaning it
pays for itself after its initial use. Series P pumps are also available in conjunction
with the resin beds, thus eliminating the magnetic driven pump. Recommended
Applications include Acid and Alkaline Rinse Tanks, Drag out Tanks, Recovery of All
Precious Metals (Gold, Silver, and Platinum), Water Demineralization
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your precious metal
recovery system.
Features
Recovers 99% of Precious Metals

Improves Purity of Rinse
Low Initial Cost
Pays for Itself During Normal Plating Sequence
Selection of Sizes to Fit All Plating Tanks
Longer Life Before Resin Changes
Depth Filtration Available
10
6-26
PENGUIN FILTRATION SYSTEMS

Penguin A-A In-Tank Filtration Systems
Series A-A - Penguin in-tank filter systems are all purpose, compact, fully
portable, corrosion resistant, and require no floor space. They are constructed so
no metal is in contact with the solution. The Series A-A filter systems are available
in CPVC, polypropylene, and PVDF. These systems incorporate an in-tank pump
and a tank lip-mounted filter chamber. The Series A-A filter systems need not be
removed from the tank for cleaning or replacing filter cartridges. These systems
are available in 6 sizes to serve all small and medium volume tanks.
1
2
3
4
Penguin A-B In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series A-B: Penguin in-tank filter systems are all purpose, compact,
fully portable, corrosion resistant, and require no floor space. They are
constructed so no metal is in contact with the solution. The Series A-B filter
systems are available in CPVC and polypropylene, and certain models in
PVDF. These systems are designed to be mounted entirely in-tank, which is
especially recommended for precious metal filtration. The Series A-B filter
systems need not be removed from the tank for cleaning or replacing filter
cartridges. These systems are available in 11 sizes to accommodate larger
volume tanks.
5
6
7
Penguin A In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series A: Penguin in-tank pump/outside filter systems are ruggedly
constructed and corrosion resistant. The Series A filter systems are designed
for continuous operation with no metal to liquid contact and are versatile
and easy to install, since both pump and filter chamber are independent
units. Series A filter systems are available in CPVC and certain models in
polypropylene and PVDF. Simple in design and efficient in performance, the
Series A filter systems are recommended for all precious metal plating baths,
electroless nickel and copper, as well as many acid and alkaline solutions.
These systems are simple to clean and are designed for easy filter cartridge
replacement.
8
9
10
6-27
1
2
Penguin HF In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series HF - Penguin horizontal pump/filter systems are constructed of high
temperature CPVC, and thus are excellent for most corrosive chemicals and
capable of pumping solution to 180F. Equipped with the Penguin Series HV
horizontal volute pump or on larger systems, the Series HN centrifugal pump,
and the rugged Penguin CPVC filter chamber, Series HF filter systems are
designed for continuous high temperature operation. Series HF systems provide
excellent filtration for electroless nickel and copper solutions. These systems are
simple to clean and are designed for easy filter cartridge replacement.
3
4
5
6
7
8
Penguin MF In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series MF: Penguin magnetic-driven pump/filter systems are specifically designed
with sealless pumps for filtering and circulating without the worries of mechanical
seal leakage. Equipped with the Penguin Series M & MT polypropylene magneticdriven pump and the rugged Penguin CPVC or polypropylene filter chamber, Series
MF filter systems are designed for continuous trouble-free service. The smaller
compact Series MF filter systems are excellent for complete corrosion resistant
filtration in laboratories, pilot plants, and production applications. The larger filter
systems provide a high volume, high pressure filter system to which casters can be
added for portability. Simple in design and efficient in performance, these systems
are recommended for acid and alkaline solutions.
Penguin SM In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series SM: Penguin spacemaker filter systems are designed with sealless pumps to provide
a complete, ultra compact, portable filter system without the worries of mechanical seal
leakage. Equipped with the Penguin Series M polypropylene magnetic drive pump and
the rugged Penguin CPVC or polypropylene filter chamber, Series SM filter systems are
a simple, economical, and efficient method for filtering and circulating acid and alkaline
solutions. The smaller compact Series SM filter systems are excellent for complete corrosion
resistant filtration in laboratories, pilot plants, and production applications. These systems
are simple to clean and are designed for easy filter cartridge replacement.
9
10
6-28

Penguin VF In-Tank Filtration Systems
Penguin sealless polypropylene filter systems are designed for filtering critical solutions
where all metal contact and mechanical seals must be eliminated. Series VF filter systems
are equipped with a sealless self-priming pump and heavy duty CPVC or polypropylene
filter chamber. These systems are recommended for continuous filtration to 180F for
most acid and alkaline solutions. Penguin Series VF filter systems are maintenance free,
simple to clean, and are designed for easy filter cartridge replacement.
1
2
3
4
Penguin BF In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series BF: Penguin bag filtration systems are designed to provide rapid,
high velocity solution turnover, while removing contaminants that
tend to surface load In the Series BF filtration systems, the larger
surface area of the single layered polypropylene filter bag provides
significant longer life when compared to a graded density, string wound
cartridge filter. Disposable bags are economical to use and may be easily
discarded when spent or cleaned for reuse. Traditionally, bag filtration
systems have been used with air sparging systems to constantly renew
the plating solution that is coming in contact with the parts. A Penductor
sparging system does the same thing, but refreshes the chemistry
much faster, while giving you other benefits such as keeping solids in
suspension for easier removal, more uniform temperature, thickness,
and brightness. Since the Series BF bag filtration system is basically an
open system, uniform agitation can be achieved without the need of a
dedicated sparging pump.
Penguin A-SF In-Tank Filtration Systems

Series A-SF: Penguin suction filter systems are ruggedly constructed and corrosion
resistant. The Series A-SF filter systems are designed for continuous duty operation and
trouble-free service. These systems are easy to install and maintain since there is only one
moving part. Series A-SF suction filter systems offer filtration rates up to 3400 GPH. They
are constructed completely of CPVC, eliminating any metal contact.
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-29
MIXERS AND GAUGES GUARDS
1
2
3
Penguin Mixers
Penguin mixers are designed to handle a wide range of chemicals for both tanks and drums
without difficulty. Series PM propeller mixers are completely constructed of 316SS shafts,
couplings, and propellers. Series PM turbine mixers utilize the same 316SS shaft and coupling,
but are only available with a polypropylene turbine. For a mixer where no metal is in contact
with the solution, a polypropylene propeller and sleeved shaft are supplied. Series PM mixers
are available in four different mounting styles including bracket mount, clamp mount, flange
mount, and thread mount. Available options include:
Dual Propellers: Polypropylene, 316SS
Polypropylene Sleeves: Polypropylene Sleeved Shaft
Air Motors: 1/20, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, and 1 hp
Propeller/ Turbine: 3 Propeller, 2 Turbine, 4 Propeller, 5 Propeller
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your mixer.
4
5
6
7
8
Penguin PGG Pressure Gauges Guards

Penguin pressure gauge guards have a unique, compact, moulded design. This low
profile design fits well in tight spaces such as reel to reel systems or other automatic
systems. Consisting of two threaded fluid chambers, there is no possibility of leakage
due to uneven screwed components in the Series PGG gauge guards. Each piece
contains a matching groove, which confines the true O-ring incorporated on the O.D.
of the impermeable diaphragm. The internal parts of the Series PGG gauge guards in
contact with the diaphragm have a large radius, thus preventing any damage to or
shearing of the diaphragm. The choice of materials permits these gauge guards to be
utilized on highly corrosive and ultra-pure solutions. Guards can also be purchased
separately from gauges. You have a choice of material with either CPVC, Polypropylene
or PVDF for the body with a Viton Diaphragm.
Features
Maintains System Purity

Leak-Resistant
Molded Thread Connections Between Joints
No Metals Utilized Internally or Externally
Confined O-ring Seal and Impermeable Diaphragm
Bleed for Filling/No Air Entrapment for Most Accuracy
9
10
6-30
PENGUIN PENDUCTORS
Penguin PE Penductor Sparging Eductors
Penguin Penductor sparging eductors offer a new twist to the current eductor craze.
Based on established eductor principles, the Series PE Penductor was designed
especially for industrial sparging applications. The nozzle was designed utilizing the
same orifice size as a typical 3/8 NPT tank mixing eductor, with a larger connection
size, thus giving you the same flow characteristics with less pressure drop. This can
reduce the horsepower required on larger systems. The larger connection size allows
you to use standard PVC reducing tees without extra bushings or reducing couplings,
thus saving you valuable tank space. The diffuser was designed with a larger plume
dispersion angle for more uniform agitation and a lower profile to allow you to utilize
your tank space more efficiently. The result, the Penductor, a more efficient spacesaving eductor made specifically for the surface finishing industry.
Features
PART #
PE-3/4B
PE-3/4C
PE-1B
PE-1C
IPS SIZE
3/4" FPT
3/4" FPT
1" MPT
1" MPT
MATERIAL
PP
PVDF
PP
PVDF
Flows Comparable with Conventional 3/8 Tank Mixing Eductors

Lower Profile Helps Save Valuable Tank Space and Makes for
Easier Retrofits
Larger Connection Sizes Eliminate Need for Multiple Bushings
When Using Standard Fittings or P-Series Pump
Larger Plume Dispersion Angle Helps Eliminate Dead Spots
Between Eductors
Maximum Temperature 280 F
Penguin Penductor systems are designed for in-tank mixing using

the tank fluid as the mixing medium for solution agitation. Simple
in design, the Series PES Penductor systems are easy to install,
operate, and maintain. Penductors utilize the fluid inside the tank
reservoir as the motive fluid, which is defined as the fluid flowing
through the Penductor nozzle. The high velocity motive fluid
entrains the liquid near the suction openings of the Penductor, and
mixes this liquid thoroughly as it passes through the diffuser. The
resulting plume of mixed fluid, flowing at an intermediate velocity,
now proceeds to mix and agitate the remaining tank liquid. The
Series PES Penductor systems are completely piped and ready
to be attached to the discharge of the motive driving pump.
Recommended Applications include Cleaning Tanks, Phosphating
Tanks, Anodizing Tanks, Cooling Towers, and Fertilizer Tanks
Please contact customer service for assistance in sizing your
Penductor System.
Available as systems with pumps, kits or nozzles sold separately

Deluxe model features adjustable nozzles
No metal to solution contact
Perfect solution for large tanks
Induces 4 gallons extra for every gallon passing through nozzle
Penguin Series PES Penductor Systems
Features
6
7
8
9
10
6-31
MAZZEI INJECTORS
1
2
3
Mazzei Injectors
Mazzei Injectors are high efficiency, Venturi-type, differential pressure injectors. A pressure difference between
the inlet and outlet ports of the injector creates a vacuum inside the injector body, which initiates suction through
the suction port.
How a Mazzei Injector Works
When a pressurized operating (motive) fluid enters the injector inlet, it is constricted toward the injection chamber
and changes into a high velocity jet stream. The increase in velocity through the injection chamber results in a
decrease in pressure, thereby enabling an additive material to be drawn through the suction port and entrained
into the motive stream. As the jet stream is diffused toward the injector outlet its velocity is reduced and it is
reconverted into pressure energy (but at a pressure lower than injector inlet pressure). Mazzei Injectors are
extremely efficient. They operate over a wide range of pressures and require only a minimal pressure differential
between inlet and outlet sides to initiate a vacuum at the suction for either liquid or gas.
4
5
Applications

6
7
8
9
10
Chemical
Wastewater treatment
Chlorination
Pulp & Paper Slurries
Printing inks
Oil based fluids
Gaseous fluids
Shear sensitive fluids
Caustics
Chemical Slurries
Food and Beverage
Special Features
Considerable cost savings versus other injection methods

Single unit construction-Trouble free operation with no moving
parts
No electrical connections needed
Can run dry with no problems
Molded of: Polypropylene, PVDF (KYNAR) or 316 L Stainless Steel
Flow ranges of 1/2 GPM (2 liters/min.) through 4,000 GPM (15
m3 per min)
ISO-R (BSPT) threads available in Kynar models
Proven Performance
Mazzei Injectors are available in High Performance PVDF (Kynar)
PVDF is an advanced thermoplastic that is superior to other types including PVC, Polypropylene & Polyethylene
Stronger/Higher pressure and temperature-handling capabilities
Resistant to ozone
Greater chemical resistance / Resistant to Chlorine, Sulfuric and Nitric Acids
Abrasion and wear resistant
Sunlight (UV) resistant
Things you need to know

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
What do you want to inject (i.e. liquid or gas?)

How much do you want to inject (i.e. liquid in GPH or gas in scfh?)
Motive Flow Rate (i.e. how much water needs to run through the injector?)
Inlet Pressure in psi (i.e. what is the pressure upstream from the injector?)**
Outlet Pressure in psi (i.e. what pressure will the injector see downstream?)**
Mazzei Injectors are of very high quality and are technically designed for exact performance. In order to select
the right injector for your application please contact Fabco so that we can match your requirement to the Mazzei
performance tables.
**Remember, for the injector to operate it must experience a higher inlet pressure than outlet pressure (called
the differential pressure). Our injectors are very efficient and begin to operate with as little as 20% differential
pressure!
6-32
FLEXFLO A-100N
A-100N Peristaltic Fixed & Variable Speed Units
Flexflo Standard
Model A-100NC
Benefits:
Self priming against

maximum line
pressure.
Outputs to 95.1 GPD,
pressures to 100 PSI.
Tube Failure Detection
System (TFD).
Compatible with
Blue-Whites Micro-Flo
Verification sensor.
De-gassing design
eliminates gas or air
accumulation in the
head.
Precise output control
to 20:1 turndown by
means of a dial knob.
Adjustable 5 second
repeating interval
timer (0.25 - 5.0
sec) results in a high
frequency of small
injections per minute.
Output amount is not
effected by changes in
back pressure.
Durable housing of
rugged valox.
Advanced cooling
system.
Flexflo Standard
Model A-100NE
Benefits:
Flexflo Digital Model

A-100NV Benefits:

maximum line pressure.
De-gassing design
accumulation in the
head.
Manual output control
digital interval timer for
200:1 turndown ratio.
Accepts pulse inputs for
time on per one pulse or
multiple pulses.
Accepts 4-20mA &
0-10Vdc signal for
external interval
percentage control.
No special input wiring
connectors to buy.
Digital interval timer
results in a high
frequency of small
injections per minute.
effected by changes in
back pressure.
Durable housing of
rugged valox.
Advanced cooling
system.
A-100N Fixed & Variable Speed

Specifications
Max. Working Pressure: 100 psig (6.9 bar)

Max. Fluid Temperature: 130F (54C)
Ambient Temp Range: 14 to 110F(-10 to
43C)
Max. Viscosity: 5,000 Centipoise
Max. Suction Lift: 30 ft. Water 0 psig
Duty Cycle: Continuous
Max. Solids: 50% by volume
Amperage Draw: 115V/60Hz, 230V/60Hz,
220V/50Hz
O-ring Seals: Viton
Dimensions: 6-1/4" H x 10" W x 9-1/4" D
Approx. Shipping Weight: 10 lb. (4.5 kg)

maximum line pressure.
affected by changes in
back pressure.
Tube Failure Detection
System (TFD).
1 amp alarm output relay
switch.
Compatible with BlueWhites Micro-Flo
Precise output control
with digital touch and LCD
display.
Variable speed results in
near continuous chemical
injection.
Accepts 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc,
and Pulse inputs for
external speed control.
Easy to read Service and
Alarm indicator icons on
LCD display.
Display motor speed or
input signal values on the
LCD display.
De-gassing design
accumulation in the head.
Durable housing of rugged
Valox.
MODEL
NUMBER
Flexflo Analog
Model A-100NF
Benefits:
1
2
Self priming
against maximum
line pressure.
Outputs to 95.1
GPD, pressures to
100 PSI.
Output amount
is not affected by
changes in back
pressure.
Tube Failure
Detection System
(TFD).
Compatible
with BlueWhites Micro-Flo
Easy to use dial
knob style output
control.
Variable speed
results in near
continuous
chemical injection.
De-gassing design
eliminates gas or
air accumulation in
the head.
Durable housing of
rugged Valox.
MAX OUTPUT @ ANY PRESSURE MAX

GPD GPH
LPH
ML/MIN PSI
A-100N ORDERING GUIDELINES
A1N0(*)(**)-4T
2.3
0.10
0.20
6
100
A1N1(*)(**)-4T
4.9
0.21
0.44
13
100
A1N2(*)(**)-4T
8.0
0.33
0.71
21
100
A1N1(*)(**)-6T 16.0
0.67
1.42
42
100
A1N2(*)(**)-6T 24.0
1.00
2.13
63
100
A1N3(*)(**)-6T 30.1
1.25
2.67
79
75
A1N1(*)(**)-7T 52.5
2.19
4.66
138
50
A1N3(*)(**)-7T 95.1
3.96
8.45
250
50
VOLTAGE OPTIONS
(*)Replace:0=115V/60Hz, 1=220V/50Hz, 2=230V/60Hz
Note: 220V/50Hz units deliver approximately 20% less output.
MODEL OPTIONS
(**)Replace: C=A100NC, E=A100NE, F=A100NF, V=A100NV
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-33
FLEXFLO A-100N
Flexflo A-100N Ordering Matrix
A1N
STROKES PER MINUTE
0 = 14
1 = 30
2 = 45
3 = 60
INPUT VOLTAGE & POWER SUPPLY
0 = 115V60Hz with power cord & molded
5 = 115V60Hz with junction box
2
3
9
10
plug
plug
plug
plug
PUMP TUBE TYPE/SIZE

1 = -1T Tygothane, 1/4" OD
4 = -4T Norprene, 1/4" OD
5 = -5T Viton, 5/16" OD
8 = -8T Norprene Chemical, 7/16" OD
A-002N-4Q
A-002N-6Q
90008-299
90006-581)
C-625, 14/30RPM
C-621-32, 45/60RPM
90003-007
ST ATOR ASSEMB LY
GEAR MOTOR
A-008-1, 14RPM
A-008-2, 30RPM
A-008-3, 45RPM
A-008-4, 60RPM
C-612PB
C-616PN, 14/30RPM
C-616PN-32, 45/60RPM
OPTIONAL
QUICKCONNECT
C-335-6
A-014N-6A)
C-330-6
90011-024
90011-078
A-031
90010-222
C-346)
71000-156
C-342-6
C-624N
A-002N-1T
A-002N-2T
A-002N-3T
A-002N-4T
A-002N-5T
A-002N-6T
A-002N-7T
A-002N-8T
90011-160)
90011-094
90011-091
71000-488
90006-580
90011-146
90006-583 14/30 RPM
90006-601 45/60 RPM
76001-003
Catalog #
71000-211
71000-213
71000-212
90011-091
76000-999
90006-579
Q U AL
IT
DU
90010-223
C T
TOT
TIM
AL
E
A-033N
WH
ADJ
CYC
EN
UST
LE
LIT
STA
ND
TIM
ON
E
BY
UP
99
SEC
PR
.IME
CY
TUB
ADJ
CYC
UST
LE
ME
TIM
NT
E
REC
.1
ME
ND
DO
CLE
WN
E LIF
E RES
WA
RN
ET
ING
OM
TUB
TO
ON
99
E CH
TIM
ER
1 TO
TOT
99
AL
SEC
TIME
OND
SEC
TIME
OND
S
S
ANG
E WH
EN
A-023N-B, Model A
A-023N-H, Model C
A-023N-F, Model S
A-023N-E-115, Model E
C-1817N-1, 115V Model F
A-023N-V-115, Model V
A-023N-V-230, Model V
14RPM,230V 60Hz
30RPM,230V 60Hz
45RPM,230V 60Hz
60RPM,230V 60Hz
70002-150
70002-151
70002-158
70002-161
14RPM, 24VDC
30RPM, 24VDC
45RPM, 24VDC
60RPM, 24VDC
A-641N-14
A-641N-30
A-641N-45
A-641N-60
14RPM, 90VDC
30RPM, 90VDC
45RPM, 90VDC
60RPM, 90VDC
A-646N-14
A-646N-30
A-646N-45
A-646N-60
71000-214, 14-30 RPM AC motors

71000-493, 45-60 RPM AC motors
71000-489, All DC motors
70000-656
71000-364
DIS
PLA
Y BLI
NKS
90008-199
90002-191
ENCLOSURE
71000-187 Model C,F, w/cord
71000-188 Model X w/cord
71000-219 Model C,F, w/J-Box
71000-220 Model X w/J-Box
71000-429 Model E w/J-Box
71000-494 Model V w/J-Box
90011-094
90003-559 (
71000-175, 115V
71000-176, 220V
71000-177, 230V
Pump Tubing Material Selection Guide
6-34
70002-148
70002-149
70002-157
70002-160
76001-001
NORPRENE
Alcohol general
Alum, 5% in water
Ammonium chloride
Ammonium hydroxide
Benzyl alcohol
Bleach
Brine solutions
Calcium hypochlorite 20%
Ethylene glycol
Ferric chloride
Ferric nitrate
Ferric sulfate
Ferrous chloride
14RPM,220V 50Hz
30RPM,220V 50Hz
45RPM,220V 50Hz
60RPM,220V 50Hz
90006-582
45RPM,60RPM,115V 71000-466
45RPM,60RPM,220V 71000-467
45RPM,60RPM,230V 71000-468
24VDC (Model V)
90010-244
Motor Assembly
90VDC (Model F)
90010-242
Motor Assembly
Catalog #
70002-146
70002-147
70002-156
70002-159
90011-044
71000-159, -4,-6 tubes only

71000-350, -1,-2,-3,-7 tubes only
71000-255, -5, -8 tubes only
STATOR ASSEMBLY
14RPM,30RPM,115V
14RPM,30RPM,220V
14RPM,30RPM,230V
Gearbox
14RPM,115V 60Hz
30RPM,115V 60Hz
45RPM,115V 60Hz
60RPM,115V 60Hz
DC MOTOR BRUSH KIT

(not shown)
A100NF: C-1814N-2, 90VDC
A100NV: C-1814N-4, 24VDC
76001-000
OPTIONS
1 = TI40-6V replaces A-014N-6A injector
2 = C-340A footvalve replaces C-342-6 strainer
5 = A-014NK-6A replaces A-014N-6A injector
6 = Jumper setting digital square wave
T7 = 7 gallon star system III tank system
X = NSF61 certified (Unit shipped without
accessories)
TUBING CONNECTION TYPE
T = Compression Tube nuts
Q = Push on quick connect
A-100N Replacement Parts

90008-300
C-334-6
ELECTRONIC CONTROLS
C = Fixed speed 5 second analog cycle timer for Industrial markets
E = Fixed speed digital cycle timer for Industrial markets
F = Variable speed analog control for Industrial markets
V = Variable speed digital control for Industrial markets
Z = Fixed speed proportional control set-up for Industrial markets
X = Fixed speed not output feed control
A = Fixed speed 1 minute analog cycle timer for Pool chlorination
S = Fixed speed 6/60 second analog cycle timer for Spa chlorination
4
5
- 43% in water
Ferrous sulfate
Formic acid
Glucose
Hydrochloric acid 33%
Hydrocyanic acid
Hydrogen peroxide
Hypochlorous acid
Iodine
Lactic acid
Magnesium chloride
Magnesium sulfate
Phosphoric acid
TYGOTHANE
Plating solutions
Potassium hydroxide
Potassium permanganate
Propylene glycol
Sodium hydroxide 40%
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Hypochlorite
12.5%
Sodium sulfide
Sulfuric acid 50%
Tannic acid
Cyclohexane
Diesel Fuel
Fatty acids
Gasoline
Heptane
Hexane
Kerosene
Lard
Mineral spirits
Oils:
ASTM reference
No.1,2,3
Castor
Coconut
Fuel
Linseed
Lubricating
Mineral
Soap solutions
Turpentine
VITON
Allyl Alcohol
Ethylene bromide
Hydrofluoric acid
Hydrobromic acid
Isopropyl Alcohol
Toluene
FLEXFLO METERING PUMPS

Flexflo Star III Metering System
Blue-Whites STAR III Metering System features the FLEXFLO
A-100N Series Peristaltic Metering Pump of your choice, combined
with a sturdy Polyethylene tank.
The STAR III tank is available in 7, 15 or 30 gallon capacity. The Polyethylene Tank
has UV inhibitors for sunlight protection; and extra heavy wall thickness for stability.
A well located opening at the top of the tank allows for easy addition of chemical.
The tank lid position can be open, closed or vented. The STAR III tank is a handy
rectangular shape, and is raised off the floor for easy wash down.
For a convenient Peristaltic Metering System Package, Get the FLEXFLO STAR III.
B
DIM A DIM B DIM C SHIP WT.
12.00
18.50
18.50
24LB
7 GALLON TANK
(30)
(47)
(47)
(11Kg)
17.25
20.00
20.00
32LB
15 GALLON TANK
(44)
(51)
(51)
(15Kg)
27.50
20.00
20.00
38LB
30 GALLON TANK
(69)
(51)
(51)
(18Kg)
5
6
Flexflo A-1600
Specifications:

Max. Fluid Temperature: 130F (54C)
Ambient temp range: 14 to 110F (-10 to 43C)
Max. viscosity: 500 Centipoise
Max. suction lift: 10 ft. Water
Duty cycle: Continuous
Turndown ratio: Not adjustable
Amperage draw: 115V/60Hz starting .74 / running .45

230V/60Hz starting .36 / running .21
24V/60Hz starting 3.4 / running 2.0
Dimensions: 4-3/4 H x 10 W x 6-1/4 D
Tube Failure Detection System

The TDF System is able to detect a wide range of chemicals (ie. chlorine, acids,
soaps, etc.). This exclusive technology was designed to disregard pump compatible
fluids; such as water and lubricants. If there is a rupture in the pump tube, and
a chemical is detected in the pump head, the pump will automatically shut iff
and energize a relay, permitting communications with external equipment, such
as an alarm or a SCADA system. The chemical must be cleaned from the pump
head before the pump will restart. The TFD System is a Standard Feature on BlueWhites FLEXFLO Series Peristaltic Metering Pumps.
3
4
The Star System is equipped with the FLEXFLO A-100N model of your choice - fixed or variable speed
models with standard or digital controls.
All necessary accessories are included.
Three Tank capacities to choose from: 7 gallon, 15 gallon, or 30 gallon. The polyethylene tank has extra
heavy wall thickness for stability with U.V. inhibitor for sunlight protection.
Lid positions include open, closed, or vent.
Convenient rectangular shape.
Raised off the floor for easy wash down.
Pool and Spa

chlorine and acid
injection.
Automatic PH
control systems.
Benefits:
Applications:
7
8
9
10
6-35
PERISTALTIC METERING PUMPS

Flex-Pro A2F & A2V
All
The All New A2 is the newest addition to the

ProSeries Flex-Pro Peristaltic Pump line.
All
NEW
NEW
More compact and with lower feed capability than the A3 and A4,
the A2 is well suited to smaller capacity municipal and industrial
water and wastewater treatment applications.
Peristaltic metering pumps are well suited to metering chemicals
that can foul pumps with conventional check valves. Peristaltic
Pumps have rollers that compress the pump tube in a progressive
squeezing action.
2
3
FLEX-PRO A2F
Comparison
Chart
A2F (Standard)
4
5
6
7
8
A2V (Deluxe)

FLUIDS
I N P U T
O U T P U T
TFD
Proportional
FVS**
(Leak
PPM*
(Flow
Remote
Frequency
Frequency Alarm Relay
Detection) Dosing
Verification) Start/Stop 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC
(Hz)
4-20 mA
(Hz)
(10 Amp)
*PPM = Parts Per Million **FVS requires Micro-Flo Sensor sold separately
OUTPUT
Choose from multiple pump tube sizes and materials.

Minimum 0.01 U.S. gallons per hour (0.05 liters per hour).
Maximum 11.1 U.S. gallons per hour (42 liters per hour).
Chlorine
Caustic
Alum

Sodium Bisulfite
Dye
Slurry

PRESSURE
Maximum inlet pressure 125 psi (8.6 bar).

Maximum system pressure 125 psi (8.6
bar).
Options
1 TI40-6V Threadless injection check valve, replaces A-104NK-6A threaded check valve
2 C340A Foot valve, replaces standard C-342 inlet strainer (no check valve)
3 4-20 mA analog output (requires V series control)
R Right facing pump head, input / output (Left facing fluid input / output is standard)
D Down facing pump head, input / output (Left facing fluid input / output is standard)
C1 Communications Interface - Profibus DPV1 - (requires V series control)
C2 Communications Interface -Modbus RTU - (requires V series control)
C3 Communications Interface - Modbus TCP - (requires V series control)
C4 Communications Interface - Industrial EtherNet/IP - (requires V series control)
C5 Communications Interface - Profinet RT I/O - (requires V series control)
A2 V
6-36
4 - S NH
Acid
Polymer
Ferric chloride
Ink
Sludge
Flocculant and
other fluids
Please contact FABCO for additional

information.
Flex-Pro Model Number

A2 Flex-Pro A2 Peristaltic Metering Pump
Series
F Single manual output control (manual/local control only)
V Multiple automatic input output control and alarm modes (remote control)
Maximum Motorspeed
2 125 RPM (maximum rotor rotation speed)
Power Options
4 115V / 60Hz, power cord NEMA 5/15 plug (US)
6 220V / 50Hz, power cord CEE 7/VII plug (EU)
8 240V / 50Hz, power cord AS 3112 plug (Australia/New Zealand)
x No Power Cord
Inlet/Outlet Connection Size, Connection Type, Connection Material
S 3/8 OD x 1/4 ID Tube Compression Fitting, Natural PVDF (Kynar)
M 1/2 Male NPT Fitting, Natural PVDF (Kynar)
C 3/4 Tri-clamp connections, Natural PVDF (Kynar)
Pump Tube Material, Pump Tube Size
ND Norprene .075 ID
NH Norprene .250 ID
TH Norprene Chemical .250 ID
GE Tygothane .125 ID
GG Tygothane .187 ID
9
10
FLEX-PRO A2V
ENVIRONMENT
NEMA 4X (IP 66) wash

down duty.
Benefits:
Peristaltic technology
at a very appealing
price.
Gentle and efficient
smooth pumping
action.
Self priming, no
valves to clog,
de-gassing design
eliminates gas and
air accumulation in
the head.
Built-in Tube Failure
Detection.
No more costly
rebuild kits!
Backed by a
generous Two Year
Warranty.
Manual pump speed
control.
Prime button.
Rotor reverse.
Tube life timer.
Displays % motor
speed and RPM.
Flow verification
sensor compatible.
Color LCD (RGB
multicolor).
Output Adjustment:
100:1
Sample Model Number

Flex-Pro A3F & A3V
Blue-White has taken the top quality, highly efficient

Flex-Pro A3 and made it even better.
Our engineering department listened to the suggestions and requests of our

customers, including engineers in the field, and made some design modifications
and enhancements. Youll find these significant changes listed below.
In addition, the built-in controller, Blue-Whites exclusive patented Tube Failure
Detection system, and a multitude of pump tube sizes and materials from which
to choose, make Flex-Pro the pump of choice for many applications.
FLEX-PRO A3F
FLEX-PRO A3V
FLUIDS
Chlorine
Acid
Caustic
Polymer
Alum
Ferric chloride
Sodium Bisulfite
Ink
Dye
Sludge
Slurry
Flocculant and
other fluids
Please contact FABCO for additional information.
Comparison
Chart
A2F (Standard)
A2V (Deluxe)

OUTPUT
Choose from multiple pump tube sizes and materials.

PRESSURE
Maximum inlet pressure 125 pounds per square inch (8.6 bar).
Maximum system pressure 125 pounds per square inch (8.6 bar).
Maximum suction lift 30 feet of water.
DIMENSIONS*
ACCURACY
+/- 0.5% of full scale.
ENVIRONMENT
NEMA 4X (IP 66)
wash down duty.
I N P U T
O U T P U T
TFD
Proportional
FVS**
(Leak
PPM*
(Flow
Remote
Frequency
Detection) Dosing
Verification) Start/Stop 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC
(Hz)
4-20 mA
(Hz)
(10 Amp)
CONTROL
via 4-20mA or high speed digital

pulse.
Remote speed control via
4-20mA, 0-10 VDC, pulse inputs. Tube Failure Detection and Flow
Verification systems.
Pulse triggered batching.
Alarm outputs: one 6 amp
2500:1 turndown.
250VAC relay, three 1 amp
Remote start/stop.
115VAC contact closures.
Remote/Local lockout.
Alarm monitoring: any 4 of 17
Bi-directional flow.
pump functions/features.
Output motor speed tachometer
Height
14.25 (36.1 cm)
Width
12.13 (30.8 cm)
Depth 18.63 (47.3 cm)
Weight 48 lbs. without packaging
* Dimensional and weight information may be approximate.
4 - S NH

Series
F Single manual output control mode (manual control), Basic version
V Multiple automatic input output control and alarm modes (remote control), Deluxe version
Drive
2 Brushless DC motor, 0.05 to 125 RPM
Power Cord (operating voltage requirement 96 VAC to 264 VAC)
6 220V / 50Hz, power cord NEMA 7/VII plug (EU)
x No Power Cord
Connection Type
S 3/8 OD x 1/4 ID Tube Compression Fitting, Natural PVDF (Kynar)
C 3/4 Tri-clamp connections, Natural PVDF (Kynar)
Pump Tube Material
ND .075 ID Norprene tube
NF .155 ID Norprene tube
NH .25 ID Norprene tube
NJ .312 ID Norprene tube
NK .38 ID Norprene tube
NKL .38 ID Norprene tube Low Pressure, Extra long tube life at low pressures
TH .25 ID Norprene Chemical tube
TK .38 ID Norprene Chemical tube
GE .125 ID Tygothane tube
GG .187 ID Tygothane tube
GH .25 ID Tygothane tube
GK .38 ID Tygothane tube
Options (Leave this blank for standard model)
A3 V
Sample Model Number
Benefits:
Updates and
enhancements begin with
the electronics, which now
include a large terminal
block mounted within the
newly designed junction
box. This modification
makes it easier to access
the electronics. And, the
junction box is now one
piece rather than two.
With the Flex-Pro A3s
Newly Engineered Terminal
Block complete with
color-coded overlays
making connections is fast
and efficient. Plus, the
Flex-Pros New junction
box provides extra working
room. There are no loose
wires. The Flex-Pro A3s
New terminal block board,
located within the junction
box, utilizes eleven
pluggable terminal blocks.
The easy-to-understand,
color-coded overlay
clearly identifies terminals
and connections. Just
follow the handy overlay
guide. The Flex-Pro A3
Junction Box has five cable
glands, and the A3 is
equipped with water-tight
connectors. With Flex-Pro
A3s thoughtfully designed
user-friendly connectors
you choose whats right for
your installation.
Hard Conduit or flexible
cable.
Multiple pump tube sizes
and materials from which
to choose.
Multi color LCD Display.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-37
1
2
Flex-Pro A4F & A4V

The Flex-Pro A4 is our largest, and highest volume peristaltic metering pump.
The Flex-Pro A4 is the result of over 30 years of peristaltic pump manufacturing experience. The Flex-Pro
includes all the features you need, combined with the ease of use busy operators demand. Flex-Pros built-in
controller, exclusive patented Tube Failure Detection system, and a multitude of pump tube sizes and materials,
as well as control options, make the Flex-Pro the pump of choice in many applications.
Flex-pro A4 Benefits
Inputs (fully configurable): 4-20 mA, 0-10 VDC, pulsed, contact closure
(remote start / stop).
Outputs (fully configurable): 4-20 mA, pulsed, 6 amp relay, multiple
contact closures.
Automated parts per million dosing.
Batch dispensing.
Displays (color): % motor speed, RPM, output volume, alarm screens,
incoming sinal value, etc.
IP66
FLEX-PRO A4F
Comparison
Chart
A4F (Standard)
5
6
7
8
9
10
A4V (Deluxe)

TFD
Proportional
(Leak
PPM*
Detection) Dosing
FVS**
(Flow
Verification)
WASH
DOWN
I N P U T
O U T P U T
Remote
Start/Stop 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC
FLUIDS
NEMA 4X
FLEX-PRO A4V
Frequency
(Hz)
4-20
mA

(Hz)
(10 Amp)
Chlorine
Acid
Caustic
Polymer
Alum
Ferric chloride
Sodium Bisulfite
Ink
Dye
Sludge
Slurry
Flocculant and
other fluids
Please contact FABCO for additional information.

Series
F Single manual output control mode (manual control), Basic version
V Multiple automatic input output control and alarm modes (remote control), Deluxe version
Drive
2 Brushless DC motor, 0.05 to 125 RPM
Power Cord (operating voltage requirement 96 VAC to 264 VAC)
6 220V / 50Hz, power cord NEMA 7/VII plug (EU)
x No Power Cord
Connection Type
B 1/2 Hose Barb Fitting, Natural PVDF (Kynar), A4 models only
Pump Tube Size, Material
NH .25 ID Norprene tube
NJ .312 ID Norprene tube
NK .38 ID Norprene tube
NKL .38 ID Norprene tube Low Pressure, Extra long tube life at low pressures
NL .50 ID Norprene tube (A4 models only)
NP .75 ID Norprene tube (A4 models only)
NHH .25 ID + .25 ID Dual Norprene tube, Single inlet & outlet port (A4 models only)
NKKL .38 ID + .38 ID Dual Norprene tube Low Pressure, Extra long tube life at low pressures
TH .25 ID Norprene Chemical tube
TK .38 ID Norprene Chemical tube
THH .25 ID + .25 ID Dual Norprene Chemical tube (A4 models only)
TKK .38 ID + .38 ID Dual Norprene Chemical tube (A4 models only)
GH .25 ID Tygothane tube
GK .38 ID Tygothane tube
GHH .25 ID + .25 ID Dual Tygothane tube (A4 models only)
GKK .38 ID + .38 ID Dual Tygothane tube (A4 models only)
Options (Leave this blank for standard model)
A4 V 2 4 - S NH
6-38
Sample Model Number
OUTPUT
Choose from multiple pump

tube sizes and materials.
Minimum 0.0008 U.S. gallons
per hour (0.003 liters per
hour).
Maximum 33.3 U.S. gallons
per hour (126 liters per hour).
PRESSURE
Maximum inlet pressure 125

pounds per square inch (8.6
bar).
Maximum system pressure
125 pounds per square inch
(8.6 bar).
Maximum suction lift 30 feet
of water.
CONTROL
Remote speed control via

4-20mA, 0-10 VDC, pulse
inputs.
2500:1 turndown.
Remote start/stop.
Remote/Local lockout.
Bi-directional flow.
Output motor speed tachometer via 4-20mA or high speed
digital pulse.
Tube Failure Detection and
Flow Verification systems.
Alarm outputs: one 6 amp
250VAC relay, three 1 amp
115VAC contact closures.
Alarm monitoring: any 4 of 17
pump functions/features.
ACCURACY
+/- 0.5% of full scale.
ENVIRONMENT
NEMA 4X (IP 66) wash down

duty.
DIMENSIONS*
Height
10.75 (27.3 cm)
Width
8.13 (20.6 cm)
Depth 15.25 (38.9 cm)
Weight 29.5 lbs. without
packaging
* Dimensional and weight
information may be approximate.
DIAPHRAGM METERING PUMPS

Flex-Pro Chemical Resistance List
NORPRENE TUBING
MEETS FDA CRITERIA FOR FOOD | EXCELLENT CHEMICAL RESISTANCE

Alcohol general
Alum, 5% in water
Ammonium chloride
Ammonium hydroxide
Benzyl alcohol
Bleach
Brine solutions
Calcium hypochlorite 20%
Ethylene glycol
Ferric chloride
Ferric nitrate
Ferric sulfate
Ferrous chloride, 43% in water
Ferrous sulfate
Formic acid
Glucose
Hydrochloric acid 33%
Hydrocyanic acid
Hydrogen peroxide
Hypochlorous acid
Iodine
Lactic acid
Magnesium chloride
Magnesium sulfate
Phosphoric acid
Plating solutions
Potassium hydroxide
Potassium permanganate
Propylene glycol
Sodium hydroxide 40%
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Hypochlorite 12.5%
Sodium sulfide
Sulfuric acid (up to 50%)
Tannic acid
NORPRENE CHEMICAL TUBING- ULTRA SMOOTH PLASTICIZER-FREE BORE (INNER LINER)

MEETS FDA CRITERIA FOR FOOD | SUPERIOR CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Ferrous chloride (up to 40%)

Fluoboric acid (up to 48%)
Fluosilicic acid (up to 25%)
Hydrofluoric acid (up to 48%)
Nitric acid (up to 71%)
Phosphoric acid (up to 85%)

Potassium hypochlorite (up to 70%)
Sodium phosphate (up to 30%)
Sulfuric acid (up to 98%)
Bases
Salts
Ketones
Alcohols
Isobutyl alcohol
Applications:
Ink and solvent production
Battery acid filling
Specialty chemical production/prcessing
Sensitive fluid transfer
TYGOTHANE TUBING
MEETS FDA CRITERIA FOR FOOD | RESISTANT TO OILS, GREASES AND FUELS
Cyclohexane
Diesel Fuel
Fatty acids
Gasoline
Heptane
Hexane
Kerosene
Lard
Mineral spirits
Soap solutions
Turpentine
Oils:
ASTM reference No. 1,2,3
Castor
Coconut
Fuel
Oils:
Linseed
Lubricating
Mineral
Chem-Pro C2 & C3 Diaphragm Metering Pumps

The Chem-Pro Diaphragm metering pump is manufactured using only the finest materials,
resulting in superior chemical resistance for increased reliability, and reduced maintenance
costs.
The quiet, powerful DC gear motor is enclosed in a rugged, chemical resistant polyester powder coated metal housing
rated for wash-down installations. The Chem-Pro also includes a built-in controller with remote motor speed control,
digital user interface, diaphragm leak detection system and alarm output. The Chem-Proexceeding expectations.
CHEM-PRO C3F
CHEM-PRO C2F
Comparison
Chart
Junction
Box
C2F & C3F
Optional
C2V & C3V
FVS
DFD
(Flow
(Leak
VerificaDetection)
tion)
I N P U T
OUTPUT
4-20 mA
0-10 VDC
Pulsed
Alarm Relay
(3 Amp)
Chem-Pro Benefits
OUTPUT
C2
Maximum 20.3 U.S. gallons per hour (76.8 liters per hour).
C3
CONTROL
Remote speed control via 4-20mA, 0-10 VDC, pulse inputs.

100:1 turndown.
Diaphragm leak detection and Flow Verification systems.
Alarm output: one 3 amp 250VAC relay.
Variable speed, Smooth motor driven chemical feed.

Built-in diaphragm failure detection.
Nema 4X washdown / IP 66 .
Easy to read, Back Lit LCD display.
Large Double Ball Valve.
Priming / Degassing Valve - Built-in.
Leak Detection - Built-in Diaphragm Failure Detection
(DFD).
Housing constructed of chemical resistant, powder
coated 413 aluminum.
Suction tubing, injection fitting, and foot valve
included.
Turndown Ratio 100:1.
Accuracy +/- 2% full scale.
Output adjustment 1% to 100%.
PUMP HEAD MATERIALS

PVDF TEFLON
Viton Ceramic
PRESSURE
Maximum 175 pounds per square

inch (12 bar).
Suction lift 15 feet of water.
FLUIDS
Chlorine
Acid
Caustic
Alum
Ferric chloride
Sodium Bisulfite
Ink
Dye
Flocculant and other fluids
Please contact FABCO for additional
information.
5
6
7
8
ENVIRONMENT
NEMA 4X (IP 66) wash down duty.
DIMENSIONS*
C2
Height 7.75 (19.7 cm)
Width
11.75 (29.8 cm)
Depth 10.75 (27.4 cm)
C3
Height 9.00 (22.8 cm)
Width
13.13 (33.3 cm)
Depth 10.75 (27.4 cm)
* Dimensional and weight information may
be approximate.
10
6-39
ENGINEERED SKID SYSTEM
1
2
Chem-feed Engineered Skid System

The Chem-Feed Engineered Skid System was designed and engineered using solid
modeling tools for superior quality and easy component maintenance.
The strong, lightweight system can be floor or wall mounted for easy operator access. Custom engineered
universal mounting blocks, and pre-assembled component assemblies, are easily stocked and field replaceable
into pre-machined mounting slots. Each factory built and tested system can be supplied with any ProSeries
metering pump, peristaltic or diaphragm.
DOUBLE
SKID
SINGLE
SKID
4
5
6
Skid System Benefits
Versatile, single pump and dual pump systems.

Drip containment trays, removable for easy cleaning.
Efficient, small footprint design.
Exclusive flow indicator, visually indicates pump is delivering solution.
Self-filling calibration cylinder (flooded suction not required).
Proven components, Plast-O-Matic ball valves, PRV (pressure relief valve), gauge guards, and metal free
check valves.
Metal free check valve, protects operator from back-flow during maintenance.
Fits any ProSeries metering pump (diaphragm and peristaltic).
Stainless steel mounting pads.
Heavy duty, chemical resistant powder coated 6061-T6 aluminum. Welded joint construction.
7
8
9
10
CONSTRUCTION
Chemically resistant polyester powder

coated 6061-T6 aluminum. Welded joint
construction.
Schedule 80 PVC piping and unions.
True union vented ball valves with PTFE
shaft bearings and seats.
316 stainless steel skid mounting pads.
316 stainless steel pump mounting extension brackets.
150 PSI maximum working pressure (10.2
bar).
COMPONENTS
Pressure relief valve: PVC body, PTFE

diaphragm seal, HDPE adjustment screw,
5-100 PSI adjustment range.
Check Valve: PVC body, Viton diaphragm
(optional EP), cracking pressure 1.0-1.5psi.
6-40
Inlet Strainer: PVC body, Viton seals (optional EP).

Calibration Cylinder: PVC body, PVC end
caps.
Pulsation Dampener: 10 cubic inch volume,
CPVC body, Viton bladder (optional EP).
Pressure gauge with guard:
Gauge: Liquid filled SS gauge with blowout
plug, bottom mount, 1/4 NPT threads.
Guard: PVC body, Viton diaphragm seal
(optional EP), temperature compensated oil
filled.
Flow Indicator: Machined cast acrylic body,
PVC connections, ceramic ball indicator,
polypropylene ball stop, PVC half unions,
Viton seals (optional EP).
Drip Tray: Polypropylene
Tubing: Reinforced braided PVC, 200 PSI
max, NSF std. 51.
Tubing Clamps: 300 series stainless steel

band, 400 series stainless steel screw.
DIMENSIONS*
Single Skid
Height 35.00
Width
23.75
Depth 24.00
Weight 60 lbs.
(88.9
(60.3
(61.0
(27.2
Double Skid
Height 35.00
Width
39.75
Depth 24.00
Weight 70 lbs.
(88.9 cm)
(101.0 cm)
(61.0 cm)
(31.8 Kg) without pumps
cm)
cm)
cm)
Kg) without pumps
* Dimensional and weight information may

be approximate.
Page 25
ProSeries Price List
ENGINEERED SKID SYSTEM

CHEM-FEED
Matrix
Engineered Skid Systems
Chem-Feed Engineered Skid System Matrix
CFS - 1 Single pump system - single chemical / single outlet

CFS - 2 Dual pump system - single chemical / single outlet
Piping / Valves / Unions / Seal Materials
A PVC piping, PVC ball valves, PVC unions, PVC braided tubing connections, Viton seals
B PVC piping, PVC ball valves, PVC unions, PVC braided tubing connections,EP seals
E CPVC piping, CPVC ball valves, CPVC unions, PVC braided tubing connections, Viton seals
F CPVC piping, CPVC ball valves, CPVC unions, PVC braided tubing connections,EP seals
Structure Assembly Materials
A Chemical resistant powder coated aluminum stand with 316SS mounting hardware
Inlet Strainer and Flow Verification Sensors

A PVC Strainer, Viton seals (without flow verification)
B PVC Strainer, EP seals (without flow verification)
C PVC Strainer & 30-300 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
D PVC Strainer & 100-1000 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
E PVC Strainer & 200-2000 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
F PVC Strainer & 300-3000 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
G PVC Strainer & 500-5000 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
H PVC Strainer & 700-7000 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
J PVC Strainer & 30-300 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
K PVC Strainer & 100-1000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
L PVC Strainer & 200-2000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
M PVC Strainer & 300-3000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
N PVC Strainer & 500-5000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
P PVC Strainer & 700-7000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
X None
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Y
3
4
5
6
7
8
CPVC Strainer, Viton seals (without flow verification)

CPVC Strainer, EP seals (without flow verification)
CPVC Strainer & 30-300 ml/min Flow Verification, Viton
CPVC Strainer & 100-1000 ml/min Flow Verification, EP
Optional Materials of Construction - Order Code / Price

Calibration Cylinder
Volume
PVC
Polypropylene
Glass
1.6 GPH (100 ml)
E
S
L
4 GPH (250 ml)
D
R
K
8 GPH (500 ml)
C
Q
J
16 GPH (1,000 ml)
B
P
I
32 GPH (2,000 ml)
A
O
H
X None
Pressure Relief Valve
A PVC body, PTFE diaphragm
D CPVC body, PTFE diaphragm
B PVDF body, PTFE diaphragm
C PTFE body, PTFE diaphragm
Pulsation Dampener
A 10 cubic inch, CPVC body, PTFE diaphragm, Viton seals
B 10 cubic inch, CPVC body, PTFE diaphragm, EPDM seals
X None
Pressure Guage w/Guard
A PVC guard, 200 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphragm
diaphm
G CPVC guard, 200 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphm
diaphm
B PVC guard, 100 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphragm
H CPVC guard, 100 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphm
diaphm
CPVC guard, 30 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphm
C PVC guard, 30 PSI gauge, PTFE diaphragm
I
X None
Check Valve
A PVC valve body, Viton diaphragm seal
B PVC valve body, EPDM diaphragm seal
C CPVC valve body, Viton diaphragm seal
D CPVC valve body, EPDM diaphragm seal
Note:
All skid systems ship with accessory kits for
the following pump connections:
male NPT
female NPT
hose barb
1/4 ID tube (3/8 OD)
Note: Flex-Pro and Chem-Pro pumps are sold and shipped separately.
Notes: For safety reasons, it is recommended that all systems be supplied with a Pressure Relief
Valve and a Check Valve.
CFS - 1
Sample Chem-Feed Engineered Skid System Part Number
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-41
CHEM-FEED FIXED SPEED UNITS
Chem-feed C-1100 Series Fixed Speed

The Superior CHEM-FEED C-1100 Fixed Speed pumps are offered with three output
control options.
STANDARD X MODELS feature a quick-adjusting, high accuracy mechanical stroke length control. The
efficient design of the pump allows for a minimum stroke length of 5%. Minimum recommended output is
5% of maximum.
DIGITAL E MODELS feature stroke length, electronic user programmable time interval (interval lengths
DELUXE C MODELS feature stroke length and electronic time interval control. The pumps On-time is
adjustable from 5-100% of the repeating 5 second time interval. (0.25-5.0 seconds) The high frequency of
the repeating 5 second time interval and the extremely accurate mechanical stroke adjustment, result in a
higher frequency of small injections per minute. Minimum recommended output is .5% of maximum.
from 1 through 99 seconds are user programmable), and external input signal control. The unit accepts
pulse inputs (programmable from 1-9900) which can trigger programmable timed chemical injection batches
from 1-99 seconds in duration. Analog signals can be used to
remotely vary the interval timers on-time adjustment.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
STANDARD X MODEL
with Stroke Adjustment
DELUXE C MODEL
with Stroke Length & Time Interval
Control
CHEM-FEED C-1100 Benefits
Superior pump head design.

All ball bearing, permanently lubricated gear motor
for smooth, powerful operation.
Pump head design and material options.
Efficient, dependable design - each unit is factory
tested.
Private labeling for volume purchasers.
3/8" OD x 1/4" ID tubing connections.
C-1100 FIXED SPEED SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Fluid Temperature: 130 F (54 C)
Ambient temp range: 14 to 110F (-10 - 43C)
Max. viscosity: 1000 Centipoise
Max. suction lift: 10 ft. Water
Output accuracy: +/- 1% full scale repeatability
Turndown ratio: 20:1 Standard models
400:1 Deluxe models
4000:1 Digital models
Enclosure: Acceptable for outdoor use. NEMA 3R
(IP23)
Amperage draw: 115V/60Hz start 1.37 / run 1.95
230V/60Hz start 0.57 / run 0.37
220V/50Hz start 0.49 / run 0.34
O-ring seals: Viton and TFE/P
Dimensions: 6-1/4" H x 10" W x 9-1/4" D
Approximate shipping weight: 10 lb. (4.2 kg)
6-42
DIGITAL E MODEL
with Stroke Length & Time Interval
Control
CHEM-FEED C-1100 Applications

Water treatment and conditioning.
Soap, wax and detergent injection.
Wastewater treatment.
Biocide feed.
Rural water systems.
Cooling tower & boiler treatment.
Fertilizer and nutrient injection.
Pool chlorination & PH control.
C-1100 FIXED SPEED ORDERING GUIDELINES

STANDARD X MODELS with Stroke Adjustment
MODEL
NUMBER
C11X3(*)4X000V00
C11X4(*)4X000V00
C11X4(*)1X000V00
C11X5(*)4X000V00
C11X5(*)3X000V00
MAX OUTPUT AT 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPD
GPH LPH OZ/MIN Per minute PSI
57.7
119.7
155.9
260.8
360.0
2.4 9.1
4.9 18.9
6.4 24.6
10.8 41.1
15.0 56.8
5.1
10.6
13.8
23.1
32.0
60
125
125
250
250
150
150
150
100
25
DELUXE C MODELS with Stroke and Time Adjustment

MODEL
NUMBER
C11C3(*)4X000V00
C11C4(*)4X000V00
C11C4(*)1X000V00
C11C5(*)4X000V00
C11C5(*)3X000V00
MAX OUTPUT AT 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPD
57.7
119.7
155.9
260.8
360.0
2.4 9.1
4.9 18.9
6.4 24.6
10.8 41.1
15.0 56.8
5.1
10.6
13.8
23.1
32.0
60
125
125
250
250
150
150
150
100
25
DIGITAL E MODELS with Stroke, Pulse, and 4-20mA Adjustment

MODEL
NUMBER
C11E3(*)4X000V00
C11E4(*)4X000V00
C11E4(*)1X000V00
C11E5(*)4X000V00
C11E5(*)3X000V00
MAX OUTPUT AT 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPD
57.7
119.7
155.9
260.8
360.0
2.4 9.1
4.9 18.9
6.4 24.6
10.8 41.1
15.0 56.8
5.1
10.6
13.8
23.1
32.0
60
125
125
250
250
150
150
150
100
25
VOLTAGE OPTIONS
(*)Replace: 4=115V/60Hz, 5=220V/50Hz, 6=230V/60Hz
Note: 220V/50Hz units deliver approximately 20% less output
CHEM-FEED VARIABLE SPEED UNITS

Chem-feed C-1100 Series Variable Speed
The CHEM-FEED C-1100
Variable Speed Units feature Two Output Control
Options.
DELUXE F MODELS have stroke length and analog speed control.
The pumps speed is adjustable from 5-100% of the maximum using
a dial knob style controller. The minimum recommended output is
.25% of maximum.
DIGITAL V MODELS feature stroke length, manual digital

DELUXE F MODEL - VARIABLE SPEED UNIT
with Stroke Length & Analog Speed Control
percentage and external input signal speed control. The unit accepts
pulse inputs from 1-999 Hz and 4-20mA or 0-10Vdc analog input
signals. The minimum and maximum speed at the minimum and
maximum input values can be programmed using the digital LCD
display.
C-1100 OUTPUT VS. PRESSURE
Fixed
Speed
Units
Variable
Speed
Units
IP66
NEMA 4X
WASH
DOWN
1
2
3
4
DIGITAL V MODEL - VARIABLE SPEED UNIT

with Stroke Length & 4-20mA, 0-10dc,
and Pulse Input Speed Control
Benefits:

All ball bearing, permanently lubricated gear motor for
smooth, powerful operation.
Flow verification sensor option available.
No special input signal connectors to buy.
1 amp alarm output (digital models).
Pump head design and material options.
Efficient, dependable design - each unit is factory tested.
3/8" OD x 1/4" ID tubing connections.
Applications:
Water treatment and conditioning.

Soap, wax and detergent injection.
Biocide feed.
Rural water systems.
Cooling tower & boiler treatment.
Pool chlorination & PH control.
C-1100 VARIABLE SPEED ORDERING

GUIDELINES
DELUXE F MODELS with Stroke and Dial Knob Speed Adjustment
C-1100 VARIABLE SPEED SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Fluid Temperature........ 130 F (54 C)
Ambient temp range............ 14 to 110 F (-10 to 43 C)
Max. viscosity 1000 Centipoise
Max. suction lift 10 ft. Water
Output accuracy +/- 1% full scale repeatability
Turndown ratio 400:1
Enclosure Acceptable for outdoor use. NEMA 3R
(IP23)
Amperage draw 115V/60Hz start 1.37 / run .35
230V/60Hz start 0.57 / run .18
220V/50Hz start 0.49 / run .23
O-ring seals Viton and TFE/P
Dimensions 6-1/4" H x 10" W x 9-1/4" D
Approximate shipping wt....... 12 lb. (5.4 kg)
MODEL
NUMBER
C11F3(*)4X000V00
C11F4(*)4X000V00
C11F4(*)1X000V00
C11F5(*)4X000V00
C11F5(*)3X000V00
GPD
57.7
119.7
155.9
260.8
360.0
MAX OUTPUT AT 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPH
LPH OZ/MIN Per minute PSI
2.4
4.9
6.4
10.8
15.0
9.1
18.9
24.6
41.1
56.8
5.1
10.6
13.8
23.1
32.0
60
125
125
250
250
150
150
150
100
25
DIGITAL V MODELS with

Stroke, Pulse Input and 4-20mA Analog Input Speed Adjustment
MODEL
NUMBER
C11V3(*)4X000V00
C11V4(*)4X000V00
C11V4(*)1X000V00
C11V5(*)4X000V00
C11V5(*)3X000V00
GPD
57.7
119.7
155.9
260.8
360.0
MAX OUTPUT AT 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPH
LPH OZ/MIN Per minute PSI
2.4
4.9
6.4
10.8
15.0
9.1
18.9
24.6
41.1
56.8
5.1
10.6
13.8
23.1
32.0
60
125
125
250
250
VOLTAGE OPTIONS
(*)Replace: 4=115V/60Hz, 5=220V/50Hz, 6=230V/60Hz
150
150
150
100
25
7
8
9
10
6-43
CHEM-FEED METERING PUMPS
1
2
3
Chem-feed C-1500 Metering Pumps

Blue-Whites CHEM-FEED C-1500N Metering Pumps are well suited to a variety of water
and wastewater treatment applications.
C-1500N Series injectors feature Blue-Whites exclusive Heavy Duty Head with Cartridge Valves constructed
of tough PVDF. Each valve has two ceramic checks, and is double sealed. The double ball valve design
provides enhanced priming, and is exceptional for purging air and gas. The Heavy Duty Head is nearly
maintenance-free, and Bottom and Top Valves are completely interchangeable for quick, easy and economic
servicing.
Two distinct C-1500N Models are offered. The STANDARD C-1500N has an easy to adjust dial-type, top mounted
mechanical stroke length (output) control. The efficient design allows for minimum stroke length of 5%. DELUXE
Models feature stroke length and time interval control. The pumps on time is adjustable from 5-100% of the
repeating 5 second time interval. (0.25-5.0). The high frequency of the repeating 5 second time interval,
and the extremely accurate mechanical stroke adjustment, result in a higher frequency of small injections per
minute.
C-1500N
OUTPUT VS. PRESSURE
4
5
C-1500N DELUXE
C-1500N
C-1500N ORDERING GUIDELINES
6
7
8
9
10
STANDARD MODEL with Stroke Adjustment

MODEL
NUMBER
C15N0(*)2X026V00
C15N1(*)2X026V00
C15N3(*)2X026V00
C15N2(*)2X000V00
C15N4(*)2X026V00
C15N2(*)4X000V00
C15N3(*)4X000V00
C15N4(*)2X000V00
C15N4(*)4X000V00
C15N4(*)1X000V00
C15N4(**)3X000V00
MAX OUTPUT @ 0 PSI

Max Strokes MAX
GPD GPH LPH OZ/MIN Per minute PSI
3.4 0.2 0
.5 0.3
8.3 0.3 1.3
0.7
16.3 0.6 2
.5 1.4
26.6 1.1 4.2 2.4
34.2 1.4 5.4 3.0
49.0 2.0 7.7 4.3
57.7 2.4 9.1 5.1
68.4 2.8 10.8 5.9
119.7 4.9 1
8.9 1
0.6
155.9 6.4 24.6 13.8
228.1 9.5 36.0 20.2
14
30
60
45
125
45
60
125
125
125
125
125
125
1
25
125
125
125
125
125
70
20
10
DELUXE MODEL with Stroke and Time Interval Adjustment

MODEL
NUMBER
MAX OUTPUT @ 0 PSI

GPH
LPH
Max Strokes MAX

OZ/MIN Per minute
PSI
C15N4(*)2I026V00 .007-1.4
.027-5.40 .015-3.00 125
125
C15N4(*)2I000V00 .014-2.8
.054-10.8 .030-5.90 125
125
C15N4(*)1I000V00 .032-6.4
.123-24.6 .069-13.8 125
20
VOLTAGE OPTIONS
(*)Replace: 0=115V/60Hz, 1=220V/50Hz, 2=230V/60Hz, 3=24V/60Hz
(**)Replace: 4=115V/60Hz, 5=220V/50Hz, 6=230V/60Hz
Micro-Flo Flow Verification System

An Effortless Means of Accessing Critical Data
Are you certain the pump is actually pumping?
An empty chemical tank, clogged injection fitting, lost prime, and other problems
can prevent a metering pump from actually injecting chemical even though the
pump is in good working order!
Benefits:
Model Variations include: Sensor

Only; and Panel Mount Display,
which includes 25 of Cable.
Six Digit LCD, up to Four decimal
points.
Displays both Rate of Flow and
Accumulated Flow.
Non-volatile programming and
accumulated flow memory.
6-44
User Selectable scale factors include:

Flow units: Gallons; Liters; Ounces;
Milliliters
Time units: Minutes; Hours; Days
Clear PVC viewing lens.
Weather resistant Valox PBT
enclosure.
LCD is not recommended for direct
sunlight installation.
CHEM-FEED METERING PUMPS

Chem-Feed C1700N Duplex Head Pump
The CHEM-FEED C1700N Duplex Head Metering Pump features two

independently controlled pump heads.
Because of the unique duplex head configuration, motor power is used to maximum
efficiency. This is of particular importance for overcoming backpressure. Also,
alternating strokes mean double the injections per minute. For example, a 125 RPM
delivers 250 injections per minute, or four injections per second. This is of significance
for applications requiring a pump approaching a constant, even feed rate, without
broad spaces of time between injections.
The C1700N can be used to inject different amounts of like chemical into separate
systems, feed two different chemicals into the same system (blend), or when a single
head pump doesnt provide quite enough output.
C-1700N
OUTPUT VS. PRESSURE
C-1700N SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Fluid Temperature........ 130 F (54 C)
Ambient temp range............ 14 to 110 F (-10 to 43 C)
Output accuracy +/- 10% of max. (water 0 psi, 5 suction
lift)
Turndown ratio 20:1 Standard models
400:1 Deluxe models with optional Time
Interval controller
Amperage draw 115V/60Hz starting .74 / running .45
24V/60Hz starting 3.4 / running 2.0
O-ring seals Viton and TFE/P
Dimensions 9-1/2" H x 7-1/2" W x 4" D
Approximate shipping wt....... 11 lb. (5.0 kg)
MODEL
NUMBER
GPD
MAX OUTPUT @ 0 PSI

GPH LPH OZ/MIN
Max Strokes MAX

Per minute PSI
C17N0(*)2X000V00 14.2 0.6 2.3 1.3

14 125
C17N0(*)4X000V00 28.9 1.2 4.5 2.6
14 125
C17N2(*)2X000V00 50.2 2.1 7.9 4.4
45 125
C17N3(*)2X000V00 62.3 2.6 9.8 5.5
60 125
C17N2(*)4X000V00 89.7 3.7 14.1 8.0
45 125
C17N3(*)4X000V00 119.0 5.0 18.8 10.6
60 125
C17N4(*)2X000V00 133.8 5.5 21.1 11.9
125 125
C17N4(*)4X000V00 243.3 10.1 38.4 21.6
125 70
C17N4(*)1X000V00 304.2 12.6 48.0 27.0
125 20
VOLTAGE OPTIONS (*)Replace: 0=115V/60Hz, 1=220V/50Hz, 2=230V/60Hz
Please Note: Outputs given are a combined total of both pump heads using pure water at zero gauge pressure.
All C-1700N are shipped complete with accessory package. Ordering matrix available on request, Order #80000-301.
Chem-Feed C-600P Metering Pumps

CHEM-FEED C-600P BENEFITS
C-600P ORDERING
GUIDELINES
MODEL
NUMBER
GPD
MAX OUTPUT @ 0 PSI

GPH LPH OZ/MIN
C-614P-(*)VAC
24 1.0 3.8 2.7
C-630P-(*)VAC
58 2.4 9.3 5.2
C-645P-(*)VAC
91 3.8 14.9 8.1
C-660P-(*)VAC
110 4.6 17.4 9.8
C-6125P-(*)VAC
237 9.9 37.0 21.1
C-6250P-(*)VAC
389 16.2 61.4 34.6
VOLTAGE OPTIONS
(*)Replace:
115=115V/60Hz, 220=220V/50Hz,

230=230V/60Hz, 24=24V/60Hz
Note: 220V/50Hz units deliver approx. 20% less output
C-600P SPECIFICATIONS
Max. Working Pressure...............125 psig (8.6 bar) Turndown ratio 27:1 Standard models
Max. Fluid Temperature..............130 F (54 C)
Amperage draw 115V/60Hz.....starting .74 / running .45
Ambient temp range......................14 to 110 F (-10 to
230V/60Hz.....starting .36 / running .21
43 C)
220V/50Hz.....starting .31 / running .19
24V/60Hz.......starting 3.4 / running 2.0
12VDC............3.0 amp max
Output accuracy +/- 10% of max.
Dimensions 6-1/2" H x 6-5/8" W x 5-3/8" D
(water 0 psi, 5 suction lift)
Approximate shipping wt............8 lb. (3.6 kg)
MAX
PSI
125
125
80
60
30
10
3
4
C-1700N ORDERING GUIDELINES

Easy access, side mounted

mechanical output rate adjustment.
Double-ball inlet and outlet
cartridge type ceramic check valves.
PVDF valve body and fitting, ceramic balls, Viton
and TFE/P o-rings.
Superior pump head design of precision molded
polypropylene.
Teflon coated EP diaphragm.
All ball bearing, permanently lubricated gear
motor for smooth, powerful operation.
Polypropylene injection check valve with Viton
and TFE/P o-rings and spring loaded ceramic ball
seal.
PVDF suction (foot) valve with Viton and TFE/P
o-rings, ceramic check ball and removable
polypropylene filter screen.
Includes 3/8" OD suction and discharge tubing,
and all mounting hardware.
Efficient, dependable design - each unit is factory
tested.
7
8
9
10
6-45
MODEL PC FLOW METER SYSTEM
1
2
3
Model PC Proportional Feed System

Benefits:
The F-2000 digital paddlewheel flowmeter includes

circuitry that automatically turns on your metering
pump for a preset injection time, from 1 through
999 seconds, per volume of fluid flow measured.
The simple relay switch (8A 115/230Vac) can be
used to control any electrically operated device
such as a metering pump, centrifugal pump,
solenoid valve, etc.
It maintains a constant chemical injection to water
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-46
HOW TO BUILD YOUR SYSTEM
flow ratio regardless of changes in the system flow

rate or pressure.
Setpoint status icon indicates when chemical is
being injected.
Total number of injections (batches) is recorded
and displayed.
When purchased as a Flowmeter & Pump System
Kit, the system is factory wired and tested for easy
installation.
Hundreds of Flowmeter and pump combinations to
choose from.
1 SELECT YOUR F-2000-PC FLOWMETER:
Each F-2000 flowmeter is designed specifically for use on the intended pipe size
and operating flow range. Contact the factory for assistance in specifying the
correct model for your application.
THE MODEL F-2000-PC FEATURES THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS:
Models with flow ranges from .4 to 8000 gallons per minute.

Pipe sizes from 3/8" through 12".
Pipe fitting styles include:
Injection molded inline units with MPT end connectors. 3/8" - 2" pipe.
Machined inline units with FPT end connectors and union adapters.
3/8" - 2" pipe.
Saddle mount units from 1-1/2" - 12" pipe.
PVC solvent weld tee fittings from 1" - 2"
Display mounting options include:
On-sensor mounting.
Remote panel mounting (1/4 DIN opening)
Remote pipe or wall mounting.
Power options include 115Vac, 220Vac, 230Vac, 16-24V DC.
Calibration unit options:
Gallons, liters, cubic meters, acre feet, imperial gallons, or custom units.
Applications:
Water treatment and

conditioning.
Rural water well systems.
Cooling tower & boiler
treatment.
Biocide feed.
2 SELECT YOUR METERING PUMP:
Virtually any metering pump can be used for your Proportional Feed System. For
diaphragm pump applications, we recommend the CHEM-FEED C-1500N Series.
For peristaltic pump applications, we recommend the FLEXFLO A-100N Series.
Contact the factory for assistance in specifying the best model for
your application.
OPTION 1: CHEM-FEED C-1500N DIAPHRAM PUMP
Standard Models feature a quick adjusting, high accuracy mechanical

stroke length feed control allowing you to easily fine tune your system.
All ball bearing gear motor for smooth, powerful operation.
Voltage options 115Vac, 220Vac, 230Vac, 24Vac.
Pump head configuration and material options.
Field serviceable.
Efficient, dependable design - each unit is factory tested.
OPTION 1 C-1500N DIAPHRAGM PUMP SYSTEM

F-2000 FLOWMETER MODEL NUMBER: PCS11MP2GM2-Z
C-1500N PUMP MODEL NUMBER: C15N402Z000V00
(TANK SOLD SEPARATELY)
OPTION 2: FLEXFLO A-100N PERISTALTIC PUMP
Self priming, even against line pressure.

No valves in the pump head to clog or clean.
Great for slurries.
Patented Tube Failure Detection System (TFD).
De-gassing design eliminates gas or air accumulation in the pump head.
Output amount is not effected by changes in back pressure.
Voltage options: 115Vac, 220Vac, 230Vac.
3 CONTACT THE FACTORY:
Our sales staff can assist you in selecting the exact flowmeter and
pump models to meet your application requirements. The flowmeter and
pump will be pre-wired and factory tested to ensure a high quality, hassle
free installation.
OPTION 2 A-100N PERISTALTIC PUMP SYSTEM

F-2000 FLOWMETER MODEL NUMBER: PCP120K8GM1-ZW
A-100N PUMP MODEL NUMBER: A1N10A-6T
(TANK SOLD SEPARATELY)
KOFLO PRODUCTS
Koflo Chemical Injection Quills
Koflo Chemical Injection Quills are used to introduce medium
to highly corrosive chemicals into a pipeline without damage
to the side port or pipe wall at the point of injection. Chemical
injection quills insure that chemicals are evenly dispersed into
the center of the pipeline, which prevents channeling of the
chemical down the pipe wall. The body and stinger are both
constructed of chemical resistant plastics or alloys (PVC, Kynar,
316 SS, or Hastelloy C-276). Each unit comes complete with
an integral removable spring loaded ball check to prevent flow
of the injected chemical into the main flow when the system
is shut down. Injection quills with stinger lengths of 3 and 5
are available from stock.* All injection quills come with FNPT
x MNPT connections for ease of installation.
1
2
3
4
5
6
MODEL
CONN.
A B
SIZE
STINGER
BODY
SPRING
BALL
PRESSURE
LENGTH* MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL MAX (PSIG)
TEMP
MAX.
(F)
QP-.5-3
1/2
5.5
.575 .250 1.125
PVC
Hastelloy C
Ceramic
150
140
QP-.5-5
1/2
7.5
.575 .250 1.125
PVC
Hastelloy C
Ceramic
150
140
QK-.5-3
1/2
5.5
.575 .250 1.125
Kynar
Hastelloy C
Ceramic
150
280
QK-.5-5
1/2
7.5
.575 .250 1.125
Kynar
Hastelloy C
Ceramic
150
280
QS-.5-3
1/2
5.5
.530 .350 1.125
316 SS
316 SS
Ceramic
3000
500
316 SS
316 SS
QS-.5-5
1/2
7.5
.530 .350 1.125
Ceramic
3000
500
QH-.5-3
1/2
5.5
.530 .350 1.125
Hastelloy C Hastelloy C
Ceramic
3000
500
QH-.5-5
1/2
7.5
.530 .350 1.125
Hastelloy C Hastelloy C
Ceramic
3000
500
Notes:
Maximum pressures stated above at 70F

*Longer stinger lengths available, please consult your Fabco Representative
7
8
9
10
6-47
KOFLO PRODUCTS
Koflo Calibration Cylinders
Koflo pump calibration columns and calibration cylinders provide

an easy method for determining pump flowrate using industry
standard graduations of milliliters/minute and gallons/hour. An
equal starting point for both graduated scales gives the operator
both ml/min. and GPH in one test. High contrast blue lettering
enhances readability in all light conditions, and all scales have a
protective Mylar lamination to protect against chemical attack.
All sizes feature rugged construction using industrial grade
machined PVC fittings.
2
3
4
5
CAPACITY
FIXED CAPS
TOP SLIP CAP
100ML 0-1.5GPH
250ML 0-4GPH
500ML 0-8GPH
1000ML 0-16GPH
2000ML 0-32GPH
4000ML 0-64 GPH
10,000ML 0-160GPH
20,000ML 0-320GPH
100ML
250ML
500ML
1000ML
2000ML
4000ML
10,000ML
20,000ML
100ML-SC
250ML-SC
500ML-SC
1000ML-SC
2000ML-SC
4000ML-SC
10,000ML-SC
20,000ML-SC
TUBE O.D. COLUMN HEIGHT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.315
1.660
2.375
2.375
3.500
4.000
6.625
6.625
FNPT END
CONNECTIONS
WEIGHT
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
2
2
7 OZ
12 OZ
22 OZ
30 OZ
4 LB
6.5 LB
7.5 LB
10 LB
12 1/2
16 1/4
16
25
24
34
27
46
Koflo Calibration Columns with Fixed Caps
6
7
8
9
10
6-48
MODEL
100 ML
250 ML
500 ML
1000 ML
2000 ML
4000 ML
10 000 ML
20 000 ML
A
12 1/2
16 1/4
16
25
24
34
27
46
B
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
2
2
C
1.315
1.650
2.375
2.375
3.500
4.000
6.625
6.625
D
1.5
4.0
8.0
16.0
32.0
64.0
160.0
320.0
E
100
250
500
1000
2000
4000
10 000
20 000
INCREMENTS
1 ML / .02 GPH
2 ML / .05 GPH
5 ML / .05 GPH
5 ML / .125 GPH
10 ML / .25 GPH
20 ML / .25 GPH
100 ML / 1 GPH
100 ML / 1 GPH
KOFLO PRODUCTS
Koflo Clear PVC Static Mixers, Series 308
In response to a growing need for high quality PVC
static mixers at a lower price, Koflo developed the
Series 308 PVC Static Mixer. This unit is a clear PVC
static mixer, which unlike other static mixers, allows
for a visual inspection of the mixing process. All Series
308 static mixers are made in standard 6 element and
12 element configurations. Additionally, all PVC static
mixers are edge sealed to the inside of the housing.
The advantages of edge sealing are twofold. Not only
does edge sealing increase mixing efficiency, but this
bonding method also increases the structural integrity
of the entire mixer. All mixers come standard with
male NPT threads. Sizes 3/8"- 2" are in stock for
immediate delivery.
One of the primary uses of the Series 308 static
mixers is in the dilution of polymers and flocculants.
With proper blending, it is quite common to recover
the cost of a mixer in a relatively short period of time,
due to the lower chemical costs associated with better
mixing.
Other Applications:
Admixing of water treatment chemicals

pH control
Chlorination and ozonation
Process control sampling
MODEL
NUMBER
PIPE DIA. NUMBER OF

MAX. WORKING
TYPICAL
PRESSURE
LENGTH WEIGHT
MNPT ENDS ELEMENTS
PRESSURE (PSI @75 F) FLOW (GPM) LOSS (PSI)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3/8-40C-4-6-2
3/8
6 1/2
1.3 OZ
310
.4-3
.25-11.25
3/8-40C-4-12-2
3/8
12
11
2.1 OZ
310
.4-3
.50-22.5
1/2-40C-4-6-2
1/2
2.1 OZ
300
.65-5
.25-10
1/2-40C-4-12-2
1/2
12
12
3.3 OZ
300
.65-5
.50-20
3/4-40C-4-6-2
3/4
3.7 OZ
240
1.5-12
.25-11
3/4-40C-4-12-2
3/4
12
15
5.8 OZ
240
1.5-12
.50-22
1-40C-4-6-2
11
6.5 OZ
220
2.5-16
.30-11.75
1-40C-4-12-2
12
18
9.9 OZ
220
2.5-16
.60-23.5
1.25-40C-4-6-2
1 1/4
14
12.2 OZ
180
4-32
.25-13.5
1.25-40C-4-12-2
1 1/4
12
25
18.3 OZ
180
4-32
.50-27
1.5-40C-4-6-2
1 1/2
15
14.8 OZ
170
6-40
.25-12.25
1.5-40C-4-12-2
1 1/2
12
28
25.4 OZ
170
6-40
.50-24.5
2-40C-4-6-2
19
25 OZ
140
9-60
.25-9.25
2-40C-4-12-2
12
35
43 OZ
140
9-60
.50-18.5
Note:
Also available in gray PVC, PVDF, PFA, Fiberglass & Stainless Steel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6-49
KOFLO PRODUCTS
Koflo Static Mixer Flanged Schedule 80
1
2
3
4
5
6
SIZE
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
2
12
14
15
17
21
22
27
32
39
45
A *NUMBER OF ELEMENTS
3
4
5
12
12
13
14
16
18
16
19
21
19
22
25
23
27
31
27
32
37
33
41
49
43
53
63
52
66
79
60
76
90
6
13
19
23
27
33
41
56
73
90
105
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
12
12
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
D
3
3
4
5
1/8
7/8
3/4
1/2
6
7 1/2
9 1/2
11 3/4
14 1/4
17
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
12
12
PORT SIZE
(FNPT)
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
Koflo Static Mixer Clear PVC Schedule 40
7
8
9
10
6-50
SIZE
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
6 ELEMENT MODEL
NUMBER
3/8-40C-4-6-2
1/2-40C-4-6-2
3/4-40C-4-6-2
1-40C-4-6-2
1.25-40C-4-6-2
1.5-40C-4-6-2
2-40C-4-6-2
A 6
ELEMENT
6 1/2
7
9
11
14
15
19
12 ELEMENT MODEL
NUMBER
3/8-40C-4-12-2
1/2-40C-4-12-2
3/4-40C-4-12-2
1-40C-4-12-2
1.25-40C-4-12-2
1.5-40C-4-12-2
2-40C-4-12-2
A 12
ELEMENT
11
12
15
18
25
28
35
SECTION 7:
TANKS AND ACCESSORIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Snyder Tank Systems 7-2 Cone Bottom Tanks 7-13

Tank-Saver Platform System 7-3 Tank Fittings 7-14
Chemical Resistance Chart 7-4 Tank Accessories 7-16
Vertical Tanks 7-5
Sodium Hypochlorite Storage 7-18
Double-Wall Tanks 7-7
Sulfuric Acid Storage 7-19
Open Top Tanks & Containments 7-9
Horizontal Tanks 7-10 Bleach Protection System 7-20
Open Top Tanks Systems 7-11 Tank Heaters 7-21
Closed Top Tank Systems 7-12 Tank Controls 7-22
SNYDER TANK SYSTEMS
Snyder Tank Systems
2
3
4
5
6
Note: FABCO recommends Flex Connectors for all lower outlets and inlets
7
8
9
10
7-2
TANK-SAVER PLATFORM SYSTEM

Tank-Saver Platform System
Why is Snyder your #1 choice for engineered tank systems?
Because were constantly developing the innovations that add value to your business, like our Tank-Saver Platform
System. If youre using Snyders 102 vertical tanks or Captor Containment systems, the Tank-Saver system will
not only add mobility and versatility, it can even extend your tanks life.
TANK-SAVER
PLATFORM SYSTEM
1
2
3
SINGLE WALL TANKS
CAPACITY
3000
4100
4500
5000
6000
7500
DIAMETER
102
102
102
102
102
102
HEIGHT
96
130
142
154
188
234
DOUBLE WALL TANKS
CAPACITY DIAMETER
HEIGHT
2000
102
103
2500
102
122
3000
102
142
3500
102
158
4000
102
178
4500
102
197
5000
102
216
All tank dimensions exclude
ladder attachment.
Add Portability to A Complete Tank System
The Tank-Saver Platform System is portable, so its ideal for both permanent and temporary bulk storage tank
installations. With the Tank-Saver, you can ship your entire tank system, even the ladder assembly in one piece
on site.
Extend your Tanks Life
The Tank-Saver has a domed top design, so the bottom of your tank is more fully supported. This important
feature can extend your tanks life in high cycle rate applications.
No Drainage Clearance Needed
With the Tank Saver System, you wont even need additional clearance or separation from the floors surface for
draining tanks. The integrated slab crates space required for complete drainage.
Snyder Stability
Finding tank and containment systems as versatile and dependable as Snyders would be a challenge in itself.
Add the innovation of our Tank Saver System, and its easy to see why Snyder is the first choice in bulk storage
solutions.
Call your FABCO Representative to learn more about the TankSaver Platform System and other innovative Snyder Products.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-3
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART

Snyder Chemical Resistance Chart
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-4
Acetic Acid
CONCENTRATION
60
DESIGN FITTING
GASKET
INFO MATERIAL MATERIAL
1.5/600
PP/PVC
EPDM
HDLPE & XLPE
Acetic Acid
80
316SS/Hastelloy/Titan.
HDLPE
1.9/600
PP
EPDM
Acrylic Emulsions
50
XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
Aluminum Sulfate
316SS
50
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS**/Hastelloy/Titan.
Ammonium Sulfate
40
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
Calcium Carbonate
Saturated
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Calcium Chloride
40
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
CHEMICAL
RESIN
BOLT MATERIAL
DEF (Diesel Exhaust Fluid)
32.5
HDLPE & XLPE
1.35/600
PP/PVC
EPDM
316SS
Deionized Water <5 Megohm
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Deionized Water >5 Megohm
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
316SS
Ethyl Alcohol
100
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
Ethylene Glycol
100
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Ferric Chloride
50
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
Hastelloy/Titan.
Ferric Sulfate
60
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
Ferrous Chloride
Saturated
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
Hastelloy/Titan.
Ferrous Sulfate
20
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
Hastelloy
Hydrochloric Acid
37
HDLPE
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
Hastelloy
Hydrofluoric Acid
48
HDLPE
1.9/600
PP/PVC
Viton
Hastelloy
Hydrofluosilicic Acid
26
HDLPE & XLPE*
1.9/600
PP/PVC
Viton
Hastelloy
Hydrogen Peroxide
50
HDLPE
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
Isopropyl Alcohol
100
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Magnesium Chloride
30
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
Methyl Alcohol
100
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Motor Oil
100
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
316SS
Viton
316SS
Phosphoric Acid
85
HDLPE
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
316SS
Phosphoric Acid
50
HDLPE
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
316SS
Polymers (Deposition)
XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Potable Water
HDLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Potassium Carbonate
50
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Potassium Hydroxide
Saturated
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Sodium Carbonate
30
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
Sodium Carbonate
Saturated
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
Sodium Hydroxide
50
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Sodium Hypochlorite-in(Non-UV)
<16.5
HDLPE
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
Titanium
Sodium Hypochlorite-out (UV)
<16.5
HDLPE#880059
1.9/600
PVC
Viton
Titanium
Sodium Hypochlorite-out (UV)
<16.5
HDLPE Insulated 1.9/600
PVC
Viton
Titanium
Sodium Thiosulfate
40
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Sulfuric Acid
98
HDLPE#880046* 1.9/600
CPVC
Viton
Hastelloy
Sulfuric Acid
93
HDLPE#880046* 1.9/600
CPVC
Viton
Hastelloy
Surfactants
XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
Urea Solution
50
HDLPE & XLPE
1.35/600
PP/PVC
EPDM
316SS
Water w/ Ozone up to 10 PPM
HDLPE & XLPE
1.5/600
PVC
EPDM
316SS
HDLPE & XLPE
1.9/600
Notes:
Ambient Temperature.
Chart applies to Industrial ASTM designed tanks.
*Chemical may cause tank material to discolor.
** 316SS may pit upon drying. Not recommended for SUMOs.
High purity chemical applications are limited to natural tank color or special hot compounded resins.
For chemicals or chemical blends not listed on the above chart, please contact Snyder Industries
ALL DIMENSIONS AND US GALLON CAPACITIES ARE NOMINAL AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE
VERTICAL TANKS
Snyder/RTS Vertical Tanks
PART NO.
Features:
Industrial (ASTM D-199806) and Commercial design

standards available.
Available with cable restraint
systems that meet 150 mph
wind load and IBC seismic
requirements.
Specific gravity ratings are
based on the industrys most
severe calculation.
Standard specific gravity choices
are 1.5 and 1.9, other ratings
are available upon request.
All materials are UV stabilized
for long- term outdoor service.
Material options:
High-density linear polyethylene

(HDLPE) - black and natural
white color - Complies with FDA
Regulation 177.1520 and NSF
standard 61.
Cross-linked, high-density
polyethylene (XLPE) - black and
natural white color.
Opaque white sodium
hypochlorite resin #880059 up
to 12,500 gallons for outdoor
application.
Sulfuric acid HDLPE resin
#880046 up to 15,000 gallons.
1530000N
1541000N
1000101N
1540700N
5680000N
1550000N
5690000N
8010000N
5700000N
1540200N
5710000N
1540400N
5720000N
1540000N
1540300N
8020000N
5730000N
5740000N
1630000N
1630200N
1630100N
8030000N
8040000N
5750000N
1630300N
5760000N
1740000N
5770000N
5780000N
1800300N
1800000N
1820000N
8060000N
1700100N
1700200N
1810000N
1831000N
1830000N
1710000N
8120000N
1830200N
1830400N
1840300N
1770000N
8120100N
1840000N
1780200N
8300000N
5050300N
5050000N
8130000N
5090000N
8140000N
US
GALLONS
22
30
35
50
60
65
90
110
120
120
150
190
200
200
200
200
250
275
300
290
300
300
300
330
330
360
400
440
500
500
550
550
550
700
710
850
1000
1100
1100
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1500
1550
1900
1900
2000
2000
2000
2500
2500
US
BRIMFUL
22
30
35
56
60
70
94
115
125
120
155
205
213
235
200
215
260
285
300
310
300
315
318
342
360
373
400
456
518
525
550
580
580
720
710
850
1100
1140
1150
1150
1240
1400
1500
1550
1550
1600
1930
1950
2000
2300
2100
2600
2600
DIAMETER
(IN)
18
23
22
23
26
23
34
33
34
32
34
42
40
40
36
33
40
47
35
42
36
33
46
47
48
53
45
53
53
48
48
64
64
48
60
48
60
64
86
86
60
72
60
86
86
64
72
64
93
90
90
90
90
HEIGHT
(IN)
23
23
36
38
40
46
36
41
50
39
60
47
56
48
59
69
67
56
80
59
82
94
51
66
55
56
62
67
74
74
75
47
46
99
68
117
89
90
55
55
109
87
128
72
72
124
119
147
84
88
88
107
107
MANWAY
(IN)
2
10
6
10
14
6
14
10
14
10
14
10
14
6
10
10
14
14
18
10
10
10
10
14
10
14
18
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-5
VERTICAL TANKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-6
PART NO.
5090300N
8390000N
5130300N
5130000N
8160000N
7410000N
8190000N
5190000N
7421100N
7360000N
8200000N
5210000N
7420000N
7000400N
7000500N
8210000N
5480000N
1002100N
7020000N
7000000N
5250000N
7430000N
7140300N
8220000N
7140000N
5300400N
5300500N
5300000N
7440000N
5320300N
5300600N
7400000N
5360000N
7450000N
5330000N
5330300N
5350000N
5370000N
5280000N
US
GALLONS
2500
2650
3000
3000
3000
3000
3650
3900
4000
4100
4100
4400
4500
4500
4600
4650
4900
5000
5500
5500
5600
6000
6000
6200
6500
6600
6600
7000
7500
8000
8000
8500
8750
9500
10500
10500
12500
15000
16500
US
BRIMFUL
2600
3000
3000
3150
3150
3200
4000
4100
4300
4200
4400
4600
4700
5300
5100
5000
5100
5100
5600
6000
6350
6300
6500
6300
7000
7100
7600
7700
7800
8875
8300
8950
9250
9900
10850
10850
12750
15250
16800
DIAMETER
(IN)
96
102
96
90
90
102
102
90
120
102
120
90
102
143
120
102
90
102
90
120
142
102
120
120
120
120
143
142
102
143
120
120
142
120
142
143
142
142
142
HEIGHT
(IN)
98
97
111
127
127
96
126
163
104
130
100
182
142
91
116
154
202
154
221
132
102
188
145
140
153
158
123
122
234
144
186
194
143
215
169
177
198
234
257
MANWAY
(IN)
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
Note:
Snyders integrally molded-in

bottom drain fitting, SUMO,
provides maximum drainage
for
vertical
bulk
storage
tanks 2000 Gal. and larger
and is available as an option
in diameter sizes up to 6
depending on tank size.
Narrow Vertical Storage Tanks

Features:
18 manways for easy clean-out.

Narrow 29 width designed to fit through 30 doorways.
Fitting inset to protect against impact damage.
PART NO.
1001600N
1001700N
300 NST
400 NST
300
400
LENGTH
(IN)
60
60
WIDTH HEIGHT MANWAY

(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
29
57
18
29
71
18
DOUBLE-WALL TANKS
Snyder/RTS Dual Containment Mini-Captors
Smaller dual-containment tanks provide added safety and environmental
protection in more confined or remote storage locations. The advanced
double-wall tank design is enclosed to prohibit foreign matter from
entering the secondary containment tank, and a unique octagonal shape
provides optimal spacing and sealing surface for the industrys most
reliable transition fitting.
US
DIAMETER
GALLONS
(IN)
35
22
HEIGHT
(IN)
36
MANWAY
(IN)
6
26
41
14
34
49
14
150
34
60
14
DCT
275
47
60
14
DCT
360
53
60
14
DCT
500
53
79
14
PART NO.
STYLE
1000200N
DCT
1000300N
DCT
60
5980000N
DCT
120
1000400N
DCT
1000500N
1000600N
1000800N
Enclosed Double-Wall Tank
Primary Tank
Top Draw-Tube Assembly
Large Flat Surface Area
Prevents foreign matter from

entering outer containment tank.
Enables material contents to be

safely dispensed from the top of
the tank. (optional)
2 Vent
Provides vacuum relief for interior

tank. (optional)
Available in XLPE and HDLPE

(resin packages)
Transition Fitting
Allows side safe installation and

long-term sealing power through
both walls of your dual containment
tank. (optional)
Available in both closed and opentop designs
Provides ample space for a variety

of fitting sizes and styles.
Two Tanks within one

design
Provide double-wall protection
Rib Reinforced Flat Top

Design
2
3
4
5
6
Narrow Diameter
Secondary Containment
Tank
All Other Synder Industrial

Product Fittings and
Accessories
Provides ample surface space for

chemical feed pump mounting.
Provides location versatility in
that it can fit through most any
doorway.
Provides 120% of inner tanks

capacity. Complies with CFR264.193.
are available wherever applicable
Molded-in Forklift Channels
Available on DCTs sizes 275 gollon

through 500 gallon.
10
7-7
DOUBLE-WALL TANKS
Snyder/RTS Captor Containment Systems

Snyders revolutionary Captor Containment System is designed to alleviate
the ever-changing environmental and safety concerns regarding bulk
chemical storage and containment for the 21st century. Captors unique
tank-in-a-tank design enables users and specifiers to incorporate advanced
performance and safety features on a bulk-handling system, which provides
total containment protection. Captors double-wall construction is completely
enclosed so that external matter, such as dust, rain and snow is prevented
from collecting in the outer containment tank. Besides delivering unparalleled
performance benefits, Captor Containment Systems also contribute to your
companys bottom line by significantly reducing installation and procurement
cost. Captors are shipped fully assembled on either a standard or wide-load
flatbed trailer, which reduces comparable costs by an average of 35 percent.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-8
Tank-Saver
Platform
System
Adds mobility and

versatility, and can
extend tank life.
Available on 102
Captor, and 102
single wall tanks.
PART NO.
5040000N
5470000N
5490000N
5570000N
5580000N
5590000N
5600000N
5610000N
5620000N
5630000N
5660000N
5670000N
1006400N
1006600N
US GALLONS
550
1100
1550
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6500
8700
10000
DIAMETER (IN)
76
76
76
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
120
120
142
142
HEIGHT (IN) MANWAY (IN)

65
18
104
18
136
18
103
18
122
18
142
18
158
18
178
18
197
18
216
18
172
18
199
18
197
18
226
18
Flanged Outlets and Other

Fitting Designs
U-vent Assemblies
Can be securely fastened and sealed to

many of the large flat areas located on
the top section of the tank. (optional)
Available in a variety of sizes to

relieve stress from vacuum or
pressure.
Top Lifting Eyelets
Make tank unloading and site

handling easier and safer.
Available with and without

cages in fiberglass and
steel construction.
Bolted and Threaded

Manways
Available in sizes up to
24. Standard size is an
18 threaded manway.
Fill/Draw Pipe Assemblies
Installed to facilitate different

material loading or unloading
requirements. (optional)
Molded-In Tie-Down
Lugs
U.F.O. (Unified Fitting Outlet)
interface with optional

cable restraint system
to meet seismic zone
4 and 110 mph wind
requirements.
Uniquely designed to mechanically

seal fitting outlet through both
the inner and outer tank walls.
Material unloading is easier and
more cost effective than pumping
contents from the top of the tank.
(optional)
Captor
containment
tank wall
OSHA-Approved
Ladders
Double-Wall Tank
Construction
Captor
primary
tank
wall
Sectional Side View
Outer Containment Tank
Provides 115-120% of inner tanks

capacity for added safety factor.
Complies with 40 CFR-264.193.
Encloses and interlocks

outer and inner tank to
prevent rain, snow, and
debris
from
entering
outer containment tank.
OPEN TOP TANKS & CONTAINMENTS

Snyder/RTS Vertical Open Top Containment Tanks
Vertical open-top containment tank designs incorporate an inward top flange
lip, which provides optimum container structural integrity.
PART NO.
1550200N
1550300N
1540600N
1540500N
1370200N
527000N
1370300N
1370400N
5400000N
5420000N
5030100N
1370600N
5030500N
5920000N
5030200N
5030300N
5940000N
5030400N
5030600N
5070200N
5950000N
5220100N
5230100N
5960000N
5220200N
5970000N
5230200N
STYLE
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
VOT
US GALLONS
175
290
345
500
650
700
775
975
1000
1250
1350
1450
1550
1800
1850
1900
2500
2500
2600
2850
3600
4000
4900
5800
6100
6900
7100
DIAMETER (IN)
42
42
48
48
60
64
72
60
64
86
72
60
96
86
72
96
102
96
120
96
102
120
143
120
120
120
143
HEIGHT (IN)
30
47
46
65
58
54
44
80
80
55
76
120
51
76
109
62
76
78
65
90
108
83
72
125
126
146
103
Snyder/RTS Used Oil Collection Tanks
1
2
3
4
5
6
Features:
Unique tank-in-a-tank containment system provides 120% containment of tanks

contents.
Primary tank is black, Secondary containment tank is safety yellow.
Complies with the latest EPA standards for waste oil storage containers CFR 40279.22.
2 top draw quick-connect drain coupling
12 hinged lockable manway for indoor or outdoor security.
Debris strainer basket.
Optional Tank Level Indicator.
Maintenance free, wont rust, chip or dent.
Vented, weather resistant design.
Made from 100% recyclable polyethylene
120, 150, 275, 360 and 500 gallon sizes available.
PART NO.
5980000N89102
1000400N89102
1000500N89102
1000600N89102
1000800N89102
US GALLONS
120
150
275
360
500
DIAMETER (IN)
34
34
47
53
53
HEIGHT (IN) OPTIONAL LEVEL GAUGES

49
35900105
60
35900104
60
35900103
60
35900103
79
35900102
7
8
9
10
7-9
HORIZONTAL TANKS
1
2
3
Snyder/RTS Horizontal Leg Tanks

Features:
1080000N
1060000N
1120000N
1280000N
1320100N
1320000N
1400100N
1400000N
1360000N
1300000N
1420000N
1440000N
8440000N
1000700N
1460000N
1002300N
7510000N
8470000N
7500000N
7520000N
Note:
Hoops are required on horizontal leg tanks

730 gallons and above.
US
DIAMETER LENGTH HEIGHT MANWAY
GALLONS
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
30
23
20
26
6
60
23
39
26
6
125
30
49
35
10
230
38
52
43
10
300
38
68
44
10
300
38
72
43
10
500
49
72
55
18
525
48
75
53
10
730
54
80
58
10
750
46
117
48
18
1000
46
154
48
18
1025
48
139
50
18
1600
56
158
60
24
1650
71
143
55
18
1685
62
159
62
18
2000
84
142
55
18
2000
62
160
70
18
2600
82
155
70
18
3000
92
142
76
18
3400
82
155
86
24
Snyder/RTS Specialty Tanks
7
8
PART NO.
STYLE
1020000N
1040000N
1100000N
1140000N
1600000N
1620000N
1650000N
L&G
L&G
SADDLE
SADDLE
PICKUP
PICKUP
PICKUP
US
LENGTH
GALLONS
(IN)
8
12
12
12
15
14
25
18
150
54
300
64
450
64
WIDTH
(IN)
16
16
32
36
37
38
-
HEIGHT
(IN)
15
19
13
16
26
33
48
MANWAY
(IN)
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
Snyder/RTS Rectangular (PCO) Tanks
9
10
High-density linear polyethylene (HDLPE) - black

and natural white color - Complies with FDA
Regulation 177.1520 and NSF standard 61.
Cross-linked, high-density polyethylene (XLPE) black and natural white color.
Opaque white sodium hypochlorite resin #880059
(available on HLTs up to 525 gallons) for outdoor
application.
Sulfuric acid resin #880046 (available on HLTs up
to 525 gallons).
PART NO.
4
5
Material options:
Skids, saddles, cradles and side mounts for a

wide range of stationary storage or mobile liquid
transport applications.
Low-profile designs increase safety factors.
Available in a wide variety of styles, 25 - 3,400
gallons.
Horizontal products are available in specific
gravities up to 1.9.
All materials are UV stabilized for long-term
outdoor service.
PART NO.
1090000N--43
1170000N--43
1200000N--43
1570000N--43
1660000N--43
1720000N--43
US
GALLONS
30
50
100
150
200
325
LENGTH
(IN)
25
38
38
48
49
69
WIDTH
(IN)
19
20
30
36
37
38
HEIGHT
(IN)
22
22
31
29
39
37
MANWAY
(IN)
6
6
10
10
10
18
7-10
OPEN TOP TANKS SYSTEMS

Snyder/RTS Open Top Flat Bottom Tanks
Open-top tanks come equipped with a standard lid cover and molded-in gallon/liter indicators. Standard lids
incorporate unique rib designs to better support top-fitting installations.
PART NO.
10001VOT
56800VOT
56900VOT
57000VOT
57100VOT
57200VOT
57300VOT
57400VOT
57500VOT
57600VOT
57700VOT
57800VOT
US
DIAMETER HEIGHT LID OPENING
GALLONS
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
30
18
31
22
55
22
37
26
90
30
36
34
120
30
47
34
150
30
57
34
200
36
53
40
250
36
65
40
275
42
53
47
330
42
63
47
360
48
53
53
440
48
64
53
500
48
72
53
2
3
4
Snyder/RTS Tank Stands

PART NO.
1370000N
1370001N
1690000N
1690001N
1730000N
1730001N
1750000N
1750001N
1760000N
1760001N
STAND
DIAMETER (IN)
22
22
30
30
36
36
42
42
48
48
NOMINAL BOTTOM
CLEARANCE
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
6
7
Snyder/RTS Open Top Total Drain Bottom Tanks

PART NO.
57900VOT
58000VOT
58100VOT
58200VOT
58300VOT
58400VOT
58500VOT
58600VOT
58700VOT
58800VOT
58900VOT
US
GALLONS
55
90
120
150
200
250
275
330
360
440
500
HEIGHT (IN) HEIGHT (IN) DIAMETER

12 STAND
18 STAND WITH STAND
52
58
34
52
58
42
63
69
42
73
79
42
70
76
48
81
87
48
71
77
54
80
86
54
72
78
60
82
88
60
90
96
60
8
9
10
7-11
CLOSED TOP TANK SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
Snyder/RTS Open Top Tanks Systems

Mixer Mount Assembly
Superior all plastic hinge provides more

reliable service and greater protection
from dust and debris. Bolted and sealed
lids also available. (optional)
100% HDLPE
Molded in Gallon and Liter

Markers
Material Construction complies with

FDA Regulation 177.1520 and National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) standard 61.
Provide permanent gallonage indication

for the life of the tank.
Top Stiffening Ribs
Unique Stand Leg Design
Provide additional strength to help support

top-fitting installations.
Provides strength and accessibility for

forklift handling when tanks are full
and empty with appropriate restraint
banding. Also can be permanently
mounted to the floor for long-term
installations.
Outward Top Tank Flange Design

Provides optimum rigidity and strength.
Flat and Total Drain Bottom Tank

Configurations
Designed to interface with respective tank

stands.
Heavy-Duty Plastic Stand

Design
Fitting Options
Corrosion proof and available for

both flat and total drain bottom tank
configurations; stands elevate tanks
12 to 18 off the floor for fitting and
piping clearance. (optional)
including welded, bolted or bulkhead

types of fittings.
Snyder/RTS Closed Top Total Drain Tanks
Minimize waste and improve tank cleanout efficiencies with Snyders total drain
bottom tank designs.
Total drainage can be achieved through both welded fitting (open top only) and
mechanically fastened bottom fitting arrangements.
PART NO.
8
9
10
Hinged Lid Design
Enables a wide variety of mixers to be

attached and incorporated into batch tank
system service capabilities. (optional)
US
HEIGHT DIAMETER
GALLONS
(IN)
(IN)
TOP
LID O.D.
HEIGHT HEIGHT
12
18
STAND STAND
55
61
5790000N
55
42
26
Flat
14
34
5800000N
90
41
34
Flat
14
42
55
61
5810000N
120
51
34
Flat
14
42
66
72
5820000N
150
62
34
Flat
14
42
76
82
5830000N
200
58
40
Flat
14
48
72
78
1540000N
200
54
40
Domed
54
66
72
5840000N
250
70
40
Flat
14
48
84
90
5850000N
275
60
47
Flat
14
54
73
79
5860000N
330
69
47
Flat
14
54
83
89
5870000N
360
60
53
Flat
14
60
74
80
5880000N
440
71
53
Flat
14
60
85
91
5890000N
500
79
53
Flat
14
60
93
99
1800000N
550
86
48
Domed 18
60
94
100
1810000N
850
126
48
Domed 18
60
136
7-12
CONE BOTTOM TANKS

Snyder/RTS Cone Bottom Tanks
HEIGHT
US
DIAMETER CONE
MANWAY
PART NO.
(IN) W/
GALLONS
(IN)
DEGREE
(IN)
STAND
1520000N
15
17
45
38
17
Features:
Available in 30, 45 and 60-degree slopes,

sizes range from 15-13,000 gallons.
Available with cable restraint system that
meets 150 mph wind load and IBC seismic
requirements.
Specific gravity ratings are based on the
industrys most severe calculation.
Standard specific gravity choices are 1.5
and 1.9, other ratings are available upon
request. Maximum operating temperature is
100 F.
All materials are UV stabilized for long-term
outdoor service.
Material options:
High-density linear polyethylene (HDLPE)

- black and natural white color - Complies
with FDA Regulation 177.1520 and NSF
standard 61.
Cross-linked, high-density polyethylene
(XLPE) - black and natural white color
1850000N
17
19
60
34
1580000N
35
30
30
34
10
1560000N
65
30
30
41
10
6070000N
110
30
30
56
10
*1560400N
225
48
30
54
18
*1560500N
325
48
30
66
18
1560300N
475
60
30
70
18
1880100N
500
60
45
63
18
6190000N
500
64
45
80
18
1890000N
1000
86
30
83
10
5000000N
1000
64
45
120
18
8310000N
1250
95
30
91
18
1900000N
1400
86
30
94
10
5010000N
1500
64
45
158
18
8330000N
1600
95
30
95
18
1910000N
1650
86
30
110
10
5070000N
2000
90
30
125
18
5110000N
2500
90
30
148
18
8350000N
2500
95
30
125
18
5100000N
2600
90
45
160
18
5150000N
3000
90
30
167
18
8360000N
3000
95
30
141
18
5440000N
3900
90
30
203
18
5180000N
4100
90
45
216
18
5200000N
4400
90
30
222
18
7040000N
5500
90
30
255
18
5280000N
6000
142
30
159
18
7180000N
6500
90
30
296
18
5320000N
7400
142
30
179
18
5340000N
11500
142
30
238
18
7490000N
13000
142
30
259
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*Tank comes complete with poly stand only.
8
Smaller cone bottom tanks are ideal for small mix or
batch applications.
Large cone bottom tanks ranging in sizes from 2,500

to 13,000 gallons, are used to store and deliver up to
10,000 cubic ft. of bulk resins at a processing plant.
9
10
7-13
TANK FITTINGS
Heavy Duty Bulk Head Fittings
SIZE
(IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
3
4
2
3
PVC
P7025807DT
P7025808DT
P7025809DT
P7025810DT
P7025811DT
P7025812DT
P7025814DT
P7025816DT
CPVC
CP7025807DT
CP7025808DT
CP7025809DT
CP7025810DT
CP7025811DT
CP7025812DT
CP7025814DT
CP7025816DT
RED PVDF
PVR7025807DT
PVR7025808DT
PVR7025809DT
PVR7025810DT
PVR7025811DT
PVR7025812DT
PVR7025814DT
PVR7025816DT
NATURAL
PVDF
PV7025807DT
PV7025808DT
PV7025809DT
PV7025810DT
PV7025811DT
PV7025812DT
PV7025814DT
PV7025816DT
Moulded, with double tapped NPT internal threads.

Heavy duty bulkhead fittings feature double tapped internal NPT threads and a unique left hand self
tightening nut.
Complete with one (1) EPDM gasket (Buna-N and Viton gasketing materials available upon request).
Gasket effectively seals against curved or irregular surfaces.
Tank Fittings and Adapters

To add to the versatility of your shipping, storage and material handling
containers, Fabco offers a complete range of accessories. Each is engineered
and manufactured to work precisely with the container its designed for.
Accessories include bulkhead fittings with gaskets, welded bosses, ball
valves, covers, tank stands and flexible connectors.
FITTINGS:
The Standard threaded fittings recommended for our polyethylene tanks

are the welded polyethylene female Boss and the removable PVC Bulkhead
fitting. Half and full welded couplings are also available. All threaded fittings
are standard NTA.
VALVES:
PVC True Union ball valves and polypropylene gate valves are available. The
PVC TU ball valve permits easy disconnect without disturbing plumbing and
has replaceable seats and seals. An economy tap is available for small tank
applications and is used with either a threaded boss or bulkhead fitting.
NATURAL
PP
PP7025807DT
PP7025808DT
PP7025809DT
PP7025810DT
PP7025811DT
PP7025812DT
PP7025814DT
PP7025816DT
Notes:
BLACK PPG
PG7025807DT
PG7025808DT
PG7025809DT
PG7025810DT
PG7025811DT
PG7025812DT
PG7025814DT
PG7025816DT
CUSTOM PLACEMENT OF VALVES AND FITTINGS:
FABCO is ready to help with your specific requirements and can assemble
a tank-accessory package that will uniquely meet your storage, mixing or
dispensing application.
ORDER INFORMATION:
When ordering a tank with fitting(s) installed, identify the connection, type, size, and exact location. If positioning
is critical to the installation, it is recommended that a dimensional drawing accompany the order. If installing
your own fittings, cut holes at least 1/16 (1.59 mm) larger in diameter than piece to be installed. Care must be
taken to allow clearance of inside flange or bottom inside radius of tank.
Notes:
10
7-14
Identify fitting and specify its exact location. If installing your own fittings, cut holes at least 1/16 in.
larger in diameter than piece to be installed. Care must be taken to allow clearance of inside flange.
The standard threaded fitting recommended for polyethylene tanks is a removable P.V.C. Adaptor
(Bulkhead or Compression Fitting) with FEMALE N.P.T. and Neoprene Gaskets. Where chemical reaction
does not permit P.V.C. and Neoprene Fittings, Polyethylene welded Boss with FEMALE N.P.T. can be used
as an alternative.
Welded poly bosses full and half couplings, and gusseted flanged nozzles are available for installation on
all containers.
Fabricated options such as baffles, interior piping, welded covers and tank extensions are available.
Special and custom sizes available on request.
TANK FITTINGS
Bolted Flange Fittings
Bolted Flange Fittings are available in PVC and CPVC. Bolt heads are encapsulated
in polyethylene providing chemical resistance. Available bolt materials are
316 Stainless Steel, Titanium, C-276 and Alloy 400. Available in a variety of
diameters.
Bolted Flange Bulkhead Fittings

Bolted Flange Bulkhead Fittings are used in strong oxidizing chemical applications such
as Sodium Hypochlorite and Sulfuric Acid where the OR-1000 Systems are used. It is
designed to protect the cross-section of the tank against chemical attack. Available in
a variety of diameters.
Universal Ball Dome Fittings

The Universal Ball Dome Fittings are self-aligning which allow for vertical plumbing
on the dome of the tank and available in PVC or CPVC. It allows piping to be plumbed
vertically and is a economical alternative to UBD flange style (no additional bolts
required). Available in a variety of diameters.
Self Aligning Ball Dome Fittings

The Universal Ball Dome Fittings are self-aligning which allow for vertical plumbing
on the dome of the tank and available in PVC or CPVC. It also allows piping to be
plumbed vertically and the fitting can be repaired and maintained externally without
tank entry. Available in a variety of diameters.
Flexi-Joint Connections
This unique product is a built-in shock absorber. It can absorb movement &
stress, accommodate pipe misalignment, surge force protection, and isolate pump
vibration. It allows you to install direct to a tank with confidence. Available in a
variety of diameters.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-15
TANK ACCESSORIES
Tank Accessories
1
2
3
4
Liquid Level Assemblies

Ladders & Seismic
Restraint Systems
OSHA compliant ladders are

available with and without
cages in fiberglass and steel
construction. Cable restraint
systems are available that
meet 150 mph wind load and
IBC seismic requirements.
Variety of Manways
A wide variety of manways are

available from 8 to 24 size in
threaded vented styles, 12 to
24 in hinged styles, and 14 to
24 in bolted and sealed vapor
tight styles.
Liquid levels can be monitored

more closely with external sight
gauges and ultrasonic level
sensors.
5
6
Flexmaster
Insulation and Heat Tracing
A heating element and thermostat can be installed to allow regulation of

temperature. In temperature sensitive applications, Snyder tanks can be
insulated with rigid urethane foam. The insulation carries an R-16 rating and
has a chemical and weather resistant acrylic latex mastic coating.
A uniquely designed flexible

tank connection that allows a
tanks sidewall to move freely,
substantially reducing stress
at fitting locations resulting
in longer, trouble free tank
installations.
8
9
10
Double Flanged Fittings with PE Encapsulated Bolts
Increase corrosion resistance without jeopardizing bolted fitting

strength by utilizing Snyders encapsulated bolted fittings which
ensure no metals come in contact with interior liquids. Available
with PVC, CPVC, or PP flanges and with 316 SS, Titanium or
Hastelloy encapsulated bolts.
Stainless Steel Bolted Fittings
For maximum sealing power and fitting

strength, Snyder specially cast, 316
stainless steel fitting to provide long-term
durability and leak resistance.
7-16
FLEXMASTERTM
FlexmasterTM
In recent years, a variety of expansion joint products have been utilized to
help alleviate the stress generated at the tank and piping interface points.
While some of these products can be an expensive alternative in steel tank
installations, none provide the degree of expansion required in a plastic tank,
which is why Snyder engineering has been compelled to develop a solution to
this age-old problem.
The Flexmaster is a uniquely designed flexible tank connection that allows
a tanks sidewall to move freely, which substantially reduces stress at fitting
locations, resulting in longer, trouble free tank installations.
Its a well known fact within the tank manufacturing
industry that the majority of all tank failures occur
at a fitting location. This is because, the rigidity of
a tanks plumbing connection apparatus typically
does not allow the tank sidewall to expand and
contract adequately, which creates a stress point
that ultimately becomes the cause of failure at some
stage within a tanks useful life.
Bottom Line, Flexmaster will increase the useful
life of your companys tanks while reducing the risk
of premature tank failures, which will ultimately
result in more profits. Flexmaster is constructed
of the same polyethylene resin as the tank, which
guarantees superior chemical resistance at a lower
cost than traditional expansion joints.
PART NO.
5390100N95401
5390100N99601
5390000N95401
5390000N99601
DESCRIPTION
2 Flange Connector Assembly - HDLPE
2 Flange Connector Assembly - XLPE
3 Flange Connector Assembly - HDLPE
3 Flange Connector Assembly - XLPE
Stress point
resulting from
tank expanding
and contracting
as it is filled and
emptied.
Substantially
reduces stress
at fitting
locations
caused by rigid
plumbing.
Snyder Industries unique molded drain fitting, the SUMO, has been developed from knowledge accumulated
from over 50 years of rotationally molding polyethylene tanks. The SUMO was designed to help ensure maximum
liquid drainage from vertical bulk storage tanks.
Using standard bulkhead fittings as outlets for vertical
storage tanks can leave as much as 9 of liquid in the
bottom of the tank. This means the tank is keeping
your product, and your money. The SUMO provides
maximum drainage so the product gets to your customer.
It also helps reduce unscheduled maintenance downtime
due to build up of sediment.
Ease of Installation:
Because SUMO is molded into the tank, pipe and

fitting assembly is also easier with no secondary siphon
tube assembly required.
The SumosTM encapsulated
insert allows for modification
free attachment to two, three,
four, and six inch ANSI pipe
sizes, and can be located at 90
locations around the base of
most of our tanks.
Longer Tank Life:
With other polyethylene tank full drainage outlets,

additional flange connections are required. With the
SUMO you eliminate this cost by piping directly into
it. A molded-in outlet also reduces the stress on the
tank caused by cutting and bolting. This means youll
save even more money since your tank will last longer.
More importantly, you avoid having resin that is not fully
cured in the area of the tank that is most stressed. And,
if the SUMO fitting is damaged for any reason, it can
be repaired. This further extends your tank life.
Snyder is able to encapsulate either a stainless steel,
hastelloy, or titanium insert into the wall of the tank.
This encapsulated insert is then sealed off from the
liquid contents of the tank by the two O-rings that
are installed on a specially machined male adapter.
The SUMOTM provides a metal reinforcement
completely isolated from any chemical attack.
Maximum tank drainage results from the SUMOTM
being molded at the knuckle radius of the tank.
2
3
SUMOTM
Maximum Drainage:
6
7
8
9
10
7-17
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STORAGE

<16.5%,
ambient/
atmospheric
Bleach/NaOCL
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
HDLPE exposed 6 months in

16.5% NaOCL. 400 ft. pounds
@ -40 degrees F.
XLPE exposed 6 months in

16.5% NaOCL. 160 ft. pounds
@ -40 degrees F.
XLPE with Linear Liner

Actual sodium hypochlorite tank; shows
thin liner, delamination, cracking, etc.
Pictures are worth a thousand words. Snyder researched and tested the best material for the
job, and as a result, recommends the correct material for storage of Sodium Hypochlorite .
Ultraviolet (UV) radiation not only destroys light sensitive chemicals such as sodium hypochlorite (NaOCL) it also
has the potential to significantly degrade the structural integrity of the storage tank containing the light sensitive
chemical.
In the past, most polyethylene tank manufacturers have promoted either black pigment or natural translucent
polyethylene for sodium hypochlorite applications. While a black tank can block UV rays it also absorbs sunlight
which can heat the tank to a level that harms both the tank and the chemicals it contains.
The Snyder Bleach Protection System reflects light away from the container, protecting the bleach within from both
UV rays and heat damage. Snyders HDLPE #880059, opaque white resin, was specifically designed for storing
NaOCL. #880059s opacity prevents UV rays from attacking the sodium hypochlorite while its white color reflects the
sunlight. Reducing exposure to these decomposition catalysts means longer shelf life for your NaOCL.
Rotationally molded HDLPE tanks, unlike fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks, have homogeneous walls. Without
any fibers for the chemicals to wick along, you get consistent corrosion resistance throughout the tank. HDLPE tanks
also have excellent impact resistance, which minimizes damage to the tank during shipping and installation.
The performance of a tank is dependent not only upon the materials used, but also on the manufacturing process.
Snyder has the most rigorous QC program in the industry - to ensure that every tank is built to last.
Another Snyder innovation, our Snyder Unitized Molded Outlet (SUMO), helps maximize tank drainage to remove
the sedimentation that can occur with time. The SUMO is available in titanium in 2, 3 4, or 6 sizes for NaOCL.
Whether youre in the water treatment, waste water treatment, pulp and paper, or chemical processing industry, the
.942 density HDLPE can provide a cost effective alternative for storing sodium hypochlorite.
Corrosion resistance and toughness mean long tank life. All at an economical price. Call us today to determine if you
can benefit by using Snyder storage tanks.
Based on studies conducted in conjunction with the University of Nebraska and resin
producers, Snyder Industries, Inc. has determined the best current polyethylene resins
available for the storage of sodium hypochlorite.
Indoor Storage
Outdoor Storage
Low UV exposure: HDLPE Resin, natural in
color, 1.9 specific gravity, and 600 psi, which
meets ASTM standards. (ASTM D 1998)
Moderate UV Exposure: HDLPE Resin, black
in color, 1.9 specific gravity, 600 psi which
meets ASTM standards. (ASTM D 1998)
HDLPE Resin, natural in color, 1.9 specific gravity, 600 psi

which meets ASTM (ASTM D 1998) standards. 1 sprayed on
polyurethane foam insulation with mastic coating.
HDLPE Resin #880059, opaque white in color, 1.9 specific
gravity, 600 psi which meets ASTM standards (ASTM D 1998),
provides a full opacity without the residual heat and UV affects
of black tanks.
We also recommend the Titanium SUMO fitting for full drainage and ease in the periodic flushing of the tank in
order to prolong tank life. Flushing the tank every six months is recommended. These studies have shown that salt
build up in the tanks holds free oxygen molecules near the surface, causing oxidation of the polyethylene. It should
also be noted that heavy metal contaiminants such as copper or iron increase the rate of oxidation. By utilizing these
suggested tank designs, and by following installation guidelines and good maintenance and piping practices, the life
of the tank will be extended.
The Compass Publications Chemical Resistance Guide for Plastics 2000, a well respected reference guide for the Plastics
Industry states under its listing for XLPE Polyethylene for Sodium Hypochlorite Not as good as HDPE.
7-18
SULFURIC ACID STORAGE

Sulfuric Acid Storage Tanks
USE THE BEST MATERIAL FOR THE JOB
2
Unexposed FRP @ 400 ft.
pounds @-40F.
HDLPE #880046 exposed

6 months in 98% H2SO4
400 ft. lbs. @-40F.
XLPE exposed 6 months in

98% H2SO4 3.4 ft. pounds
@-40F.
XLPE with linear liner

(delamination example)
Sulfuric Acid to 98% Concentration

HDLPE resins #880046, natural in color, 1.9 specific gravity, 600 psi, meets ASTM
Standards and Snyder Industries provides a FULL 3 YEAR WARRANTY for storage at
ambient temperatures.
Specify the correct tank material....one that you can depend on...a material that has been
proven to be the best overall for the storage of Sulfuric Acid!
The resin that Snyder recommends is a true high density linear resin. Unlike other tank manufacturers who try
to achieve the same results using a laminated Linear LOW Density liner in a XLPE tank, Snyder uses the better
material, for the whole tank - providing much higher tensile strength, and chemical resistance.
Additional advantages over lined tanks: you dont have the potential problems of total coverage of the laminated
linear material over the XLPE material during processing; and, delamination as a result of the constant filling and
emptying processes associated with storage tanks in general.
The High Density linear resin that Snyder uses provides:
the best chemical barrier
best chemical resistance
best tank life, and,
is repairable by welding if the tank is ever damaged.
5
6
7
8
9
10
7-19
BLEACH PROTECTION SYSTEM

The Best UV Protection for Bleach ever to see the light of day!
Protect Your Bleach AND Your Profits With Snyder
2
3
4
5
6
Ultraviolet (UV) radiation not only destroys light sensitive

chemicals such as sodium hypochlorite (NaOcI), it also has the
potential to significantly degrade the structural integrity of the
storage tank or intermediate bulk container (IBC) containing the
light sensitive material.
SNYDER BLEACH PROTECTION SYSTEM BLOCKS HARMFUL UV RADIATION
Snyder Industries has researched and tested the best material for this application and as a result developed an HDLPE
resin specifically designed for the containment of bleach, or sodium hypochlorite. The Snyder Bleach Protection
System is available in both bulk storage tanks and IBCs. The proprietary Snyder resin package is formulated with a
special opaque pigment that prevents UV rays from attacking the bleach contained within.
REFLECTIVE OPAQUE RESIN MINIMIZES TANK HEAT EXPOSURE
In the past, most polyethylene tank and IBC manufacturers have promoted either black pigmented or natural
translucent polyethylene for sodium hypochlorite applications. While a black tank can block UV rays, it also absorbs
sunlight, which can heat the tank to a level that harms both the tank and the chemicals it contains. The Snyder
Bleach Protection System reflects light away from the container, protecting the bleach within from both UV rays and
heat damage.
BLEACH PROTECTION IS AVAILABLE IN STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION TANK SYSTEMS
Snyder Bleach Protection is available for both the bulk storage and transportation of bleach products. Vertical,
horizontal or double wall tanks are available in many sizes and designs up to 12,500 gallons. Portable, D.O.T.approved IBCs are available in a variety of options up to 550 gallons. Whether youre a manufacturer, distributor
or end-user of bleach, the Snyder Bleach Protection System will keep your companys investment and profits safe,
preserving and even extending the useful life of your bleach.
7
8
9
10
7-20
For More information on the Snyder Bleach Protection System or any

other Snyder Product, please contact your FABCO Representative.
TANK HEATERS
Process Technology Electric Immersion Heaters
1
2
3
Fluoropolymer (PTFE) Heaters
Compatible with virtually any chemistry. Sizes up to 27

kW. Large variety of standard and custom configurations
for over the side and bottom installations
Metal Heaters
Variety of materials to match your application (titanium,

316 stainless, 304 stainless and plain steel). Sizes up to
54 kW. Standard and custom configurations for over the
side and bottom installations.
4
5
6
Quartz Heaters
Ideal for most acidic chemistries. Metal grounded quartz

sheathed heaters up to 30 kW. Polypropylene guards
standard.
Special Application Heaters
Unique or difficult applications are our specialty.

Configurations available include: lab heaters, flexible
riser heaters, phosphate heaters, deep tank heaters,
VaripowerTM heaters, EasyPlugTM heaters, etc.
7
8
9
Water Heaters
Excellent for DI spray rinse, precision cleaning and

other applications. Electric inline water heaters with all
titanium wetted parts. Sizes up to 144 kW.
Screw Plug and Flanged Heaters
Wide variety of heater types and features to fit virtually

any application. Stainless, titanium, fluoropolymer and
other materials. Sizes from 1/2 screw plug to 14
flanged.
10
7-21
TANK CONTROLS
Process Technology Coils and Heat Exchangers
1
2
3
4
Metal Coils
Heat exchangers designed and built

to your specific application, including
simple U coils, single and multi bank
grid coils, helical coils, serpentine coils,
standard and custom designs. Wide
variety of materials available.
Fluoropolymer Coils
Excellent chemical compatibility.

Rugged
construction
with
perforated
guards.
Variety
of sizes and configurations
available.
Inline Heat
Exchangers
Engineered specifically to
your needs. Spiral plate,
tube-in-tube
and
other
designs available. Variety of
materials of construction.
Temperature Controls and Liquid Level Controls
5
6
7
Temperature Controls
Sophisticated digital to simple non-indicating

controls. Combination controls up to 150 amp
capacity. Custom designed central control stations.
8
9
Liquid Level Controls
Conductivity and capacitive style controls for the

ultimate in reliability. Multi-level controls available.
Can be packaged with temperature controls.
Accessories
Accessory Items Include
Thermowells, digital timers, electronic temperature indicators,

amp hour meters, solenoid valves, strainers, coil insulators
and vacuum breakers.
10
7-22
SECTION 8:
FLEXIBLE TUBING, HOSE & FITTINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pool and Spa Hose 8-2

Clear PVC Hose 8-3
Clear Braided PVC Hose 8-4
PVC Hose 8-5
PE Tubing 8-7
PP Tubing 8-8
Specialty Tubing 8-9
Hose Clamps 8-10

Flexible Tubing 8-11
PVC Hose Insert Fittings 8-13
PP Cam Coupler Fittings 8-14
Tube Fittings 8-15
Compression Tube Fittings 8-17
HDPE & Nylon Insert Fittings 8-28
POOL AND SPA HOSE

Tiger-Flex Pool and Spa Hose
The Tiger-Flex brand of Pool and Spa hose is

assurance to your customers that you care about
quality installations. In addition to substantially
reducing time on each job, you also save up to 50%
of the fittings required when compared to using rigid
PVC pipe. Tiger-Flex Pool and Spa Hose is designed
for use with PVC schedule 40 solvent weld fittings
only. The temperature range is from -4F to 150F.
Tiger-Flex Pool and Spa Hose is the worlds leading
and original flexible PVC hose. When making pool and
spa installations, be sure to apply primer before using
solvent cement on the outside of the hose.
This hose is very flexible so it is ideal for working in
confined areas and permits installer to make smooth,
tight turns which saves time and labor. The smooth
bore construction allows unrestricted flow.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Features:
Very flexible. Ideal for working in confined areas, it

allows installer to make smooth turns.
Unbeatable for labor saving.
Smooth bore interior for efficient transfer of water.
Cost savings requires less fittings than rigid pipe
when plumbing a normal spa or hot tub.
Standard packages are either 50 feet or 100 feet.
Applications:
Swimming Pools
Spas
Hot Tubs
Filters
Heaters
PFH050
F16MBT
1/2"
MAX. WORKING
MINIMUM
VACUUM
PRESSURE
BEND
APPROX.
RATING (IN HG)
STD
(PSI)
DIAMETER
WEIGHT
LENGTH
@ 68 F
(LBS/FT)
(IN) (MM) @68F @104F @68F @104F
(IN)
0.850 21.50
100
70
28
26
2
100/50
0.14
PFH075
F20MBT
3/4"
1.053 26.75
100
70
28
26
100/50
0.21
PFH100
F27MBT
1"
1.320 33.52
100
70
28
24
100/50
0.28
F36MCR
F36MBT
1 1/4" 1.663 42.25
80
55
28
24
100/50
0.37
PFH150
F42MBT
1 1/2" 1.904 48.35
70
50
28
24
100/50
0.44
PFH200
F52MBT
2"
2.381 60.48
70
50
28
24
100/50
0.58
PFH300
3"
3.500 89.00
65
40
28
22
50
1.20
SOLID
CREAM
PART #
CLEAR FLEX/
IPS
BURGUNDY
SIZE
HELIX
(IN)
PART #
OD
Notes:
8
9
Inside diameter is nominal.

Tolerance on outside diameters are 0.20.
Vacuum rating on sizes 1 thru 2 is 29.8 HG @ 72 F
Like other materials, Spa Hoses can be damaged by rodents or insects, including termites. Our warranty
does not cover damages caused by them. Spa Hose should not be used underground in areas infested by
termites. This product warning shall be given to every purchaser of Spa Hose.
Use with recommended primers and PVC cements; consult with glue supplier for recommendations.
Coils of Tigerflex Spa Hose should not be stacked more than five coils high. Hose which has been stacked
high may be damaged over time.
10
8-2
CLEAR PVC HOSE

Kuri-Tec Clear PVC Hose
Fabco clear vinyl tubing is constructed of a Clear non-toxic food
and crystal clear PVC compound which makes it ideal for beverage
grade PVC tubing. It is formulated with ingredients in compliance
with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17), 3A(01),
NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) and USP(18) Class VI criteria. The
service temperature Range: is between +25F (-4C) and +150F
(+65C). Hose clamps and fittings are also available. See index for
types and locations.
1
2
Applications:
Features:
High gloss crystal clear appearance with glass

smooth interior to reduce sediment buildup.
Non-toxic blue tint to enhance clarity.
NSF-51 and NSF-61 certified material.
Self-extinguishing.
Compound hardness 73 3 Shore A.
PART #
CVT037
K0100304
CVT051
K0100306
CVT071
CVT073
CVT074
CVT092
K0100508
K0100509
CVT107
CVT108
K0100610
K0100709
CVT135
CVT137
CVT138
K0101012
CVT164
CVT165
CVT180
K0101218
CVT185
K0101418
K0101420
CVT210
CVT213
K0101624
K0102024
CVT241
K0102028
K0102430
K0102432
K0103240
NOM.
I.D.
1/8"
3/16"
3/16"
3/16"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
5/16"
5/16"
5/16"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
7/8"
7/8"
1"
1"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1-1/4"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
2"
NOM.
O.D.
1/4"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
7/16"
1/2
9/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"
3/4"
13/16"
7/8"
1"
1 1/8"
1-1/4"
1 1/8"
1 1/4"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1-5/8"
1 3/4"
1 7/8"
2"
2 1/2"
WALL
THICKNESS
1/16"
1/32"
1/16"
3/32"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
1/16"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
1/8"
3/16"
1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
3/16"
1/4"
1/4"
Tubing for laboratories.

Water distillation lines.
Deionized water systems.
Air conditioning and refrigeration drainage.
Air lines and bottling plants.
Beverage dispensing units
Ice making machines.
High efficiency furnace drainage.
Transfer of weak chemicals & acids.
WP/PSI
68 F (20C)
65
50
55
60
55
58
60
50
55
60
45
50
55
35
30
40
45
26
35
40
35
40
45
30
35
25
30
35
20
30
40
30
35
35
STANDARD
LENGTH (FT)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
APPROX. WT PER
ROLL (LBS.)
2.0
1.2
2.7
4.5
3.4
5.5
8.0
4.0
6.5
9.4
4.7
7.5
10.7
6.0
6.0
9.5
13.4
8.2
11.6
16.1
18.8
30.0
42.9
21.4
34.1
24.1
38.2
53.6
14.8
23.1
32.2
27.1
37.5
48.2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Notes:
Working Pressure decreases as temperature increases.

Pressure ratings can only be obtained with proper coupling procedures.
Use of compression fittings with non-reinforced PVC tubing is not recommended. Hose claims involving use
of these fittings will be disallowed.
10
8-3
CLEAR BRAIDED PVC HOSE

Kuri-Tec Clear Braided PVC Hose
Kuri-Tec clear braided PVC hose is a lightweight

standard wall crystal clear yarn reinforced hose
suitable for a wide variety of food and beverage
applications. It is constructed of crystal clear PVC
compound, formulated with ingredients in compliance
with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets
USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) and
USP(18) Class VI criteria. It is reinforced with spiraled
polyester yarn and longitudinal orange tracer yarns
for identification. The service temperature Range: is
between +25F (-4C) and +150F (+65C). Hose
clamps and fittings are also available. See index for
types and locations.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-4
Features:
Constructed with non-toxic compounds.

NSF-51 and NSF-61 certified material.
Crystal clear allows visual confirmation of product flow.
Longitudinally-reinforced to reduce elongation under pressure.
Light weight.
Self-extinguishing.
Non-marking.
Silicone-free.
Non-conductive.
One-piece lengths.
Resistant to chemicals
PART #
NYR-050
NYR-055
NYR-060
NYR-072
NYR-080
NYR-090
NYR-100
NYR-110
NYR-120
NYR-130
NYR-150
K3150MM04
k3150MM06
K3150MM08
K3150MM10
K3150MM12
k3150MM19
NOMINAL
I.D.
3/16"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
4 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
12 mm
19 mm
NOMINAL
WALL
O.D.
THICKNESS
0.375"
3/16"
0.438"
1/16"
0.531"
1/16"
0.594"
1/16"
0.750"
3/32"
0.891"
1/8"
1.031"
1/16"
1.300"
3/32"
1.620"
1/16"
1.938"
3/32"
2.490"
1/8"
9 mm
2.5 mm
11 mm
2.5 mm
13.5 mm
2.75 mm
16 mm
3 mm
18 mm
3 mm
26 mm
3.5 mm
WP/PSI
70F/(20C)
250
250
250
225
200
200
150
125
100
100
75
250
250
250
225
200
150
Applications:
Food & beverage dispensing.

Deionized water.
Liquid food products.
Air and water lines.
Powdered food products.
Potable water transfer.
Air breathing lines.
Pneumatic lines.
Packaging machines.
WP/PSI
STANDARD
APPROX. WT
122F/(50C)
LENGTH
PER ROLL (LBS.)
150
300
13
150
300
17
135
300
24
125
300
27
100
300
40
100
200
35
85
200
43
75
200
59
55
100
45
50
100
64
35
100
94
150
100
4
150
100
6
135
100
8
125
100
10
100
100
12
85
100
21
Notes:
Working Pressure decreases as temperature increases.

Pressure ratings can only be obtained with proper coupling procedures.
Use of compression fittings with braided hose is not recommended. Hose claims involving use of these
fittings will be disallowed.
PVC HOSE
Series K7130 Heavy Wall PVC Transfer Hose
Series K7130 Heavy Wall PVC Food & Beverage Vacuum/ Transfer Hose
is made from crystal clear PVC compound, formulated in compliance with
applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17), 3A(01), NSF(13),
UL(16), USP(18) and RoHS(15) criteria. It is reinforced with helically-wound
spring steel wire. Hose clamps and fittings are also available.
Features:
29.9 HG vacuum rating.

Spiral wire reinforcement prevents kinking or collapsing, hose
diameter will not expand under normal rated working pressures.
Glass-smooth interior reduces material buildup.
Electrogalvanized helical steel wire can be used for static
dissipation.
Self-extinguishing.
Non-marking, non-toxic and silicone-free.
Applications
Industrial vacuum pumps and lines

Car wash applications.
Coolant and air breathing lines.
Notes:
The service
temperature range is
from +25F (-4C)
to +150F (+65C).
NSF 51 certified
SERIES SIZE NOMINAL NOMINAL

#
CODE ID (IN)
OD (IN)
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
K7130
04
06
08
10
12
16
20
24
32
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
0.500
0.625
0.813
1.000
1.125
1.375
1.750
2.000
2.500
WP/
PSI
70F
250
150
150
150
150
100
100
100
100
WP/
PSI
122F
80
80
80
65
65
50
50
35
35
STANDARD APPROX. MIN. BEND

LENGTH OF WT PER RADIUS @
COIL
ROLL
70F
100 ft.
10 lbs.
1"
100 ft.
13 lbs.
1 1/2"
100 ft.
21 lbs.
2"
100 ft.
30 lbs.
2
100 ft.
36 lbs.
3"
100 ft.
44 lbs.
4"
50 ft.
37 lbs.
5"
50 ft.
42 lbs.
6"
50 ft.
56 lbs.
8"
Series K7160 Standard Wall PVC Hose

Series K7160 Standard Wall PVC Food & Beverage Vacuum/ Transfer Hose
is made from crystal clear PVC compound, formulated with ingredients
in compliance with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17),
3A(01), NSF(13) and RoHS(15) criteria. It is reinforced with a helicallywound spring steel wire.
Features:
29.9 HG vacuum rating.

Spiral wire reinforcement prevents kinking or collapsing, hose diameter
will not expand under normal rated working pressures.
Glass-smooth interior reduces material buildup.
Electrogalvanized helical steel wire can be used for static dissipation.
Self-extinguishing.
Non-marking, non-toxic and silicone-free.
Applications:
Industrial vacuum
pumps and lines
Food & beverage
dispensing.
Car wash applications.
Coolant and air
breathing lines.
Deionized water
systems.
Notes:
The service temperature

range is from +25F
(-4C) to +150F
(+65C).
NSF 51 certified

#
CODE ID (IN)
OD (IN)
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
K7160
04
06
08
10
12
16
20
24
32
36
40
48
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
3
.460
.600
.750
.891
1.031
1.297
1.609
1.860
2.391
2.750
3.000
3.500
WP/ WP/ STANDARD APPROX. MIN. BEND

PSI
PSI LENGTH OF WT PER RADIUS @
70F 122F
COIL
ROLL
70F
150
100
100
100
70
70
70
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
50
50
35
35
30
30
30
30
30
100 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
100 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
50 ft.
7 lbs.
11 lbs.
15 lbs.
19 lbs.
24 lbs.
33 lbs.
25 lbs.
29 lbs.
42 lbs.
58 lbs.
69 lbs.
81 lbs.
1"
1 1/2"
2"
2
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
9"
10"
12"
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-5
PVC HOSE
K3130 Series BF Heavy Wall PVC Hose
A heavier walled crystal clear yarn reinforced hose suitable for a wide variety of
food and beverage applications. It is constructed of crystal clear PVC compound,
formulated in compliance with applicable FDA(03) requirements, meets USDA(17),
3A(01), NSF(13), UL(16), RoHS(15) and USP(18) Class VI criteria. It is reinforced
with spiraled polyester yarn and longitudinal blue tracer yarns for identification.
2
3
4
5
6
Features:
Applications:

Coolant and air breathing lines.
Liquid food products.
Powdered food products.
Potable water transfer.
Pneumatic lines.
Packaging machines.
Notes:
9
10
8-6

#
CODE ID (IN)
OD (IN)
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
K3130
02
03
04
05
06
08
10
12
16
20
24
32
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
.328
.406
.500
.563
.625
.813
1.000
1.125
1.375
1.750
2.000
2.500
to reduce elongation under

pressure.
Light weight.
Self-extinguishing.
Non-marking and Silicone-free.
One-piece lengths.
Compound hardness 73 3
Shore A.
WP/ WP/ STANDARD APPROX.
PSI
PSI
LENGTH
WT PER
70F 122F OF COIL
ROLL
350
350
350
275
275
250
225
200
150
125
100
75
200
200
200
160
145
130
125
120
85
75
65
55
300
300
300
300
300
300
200
200
200
100
100
100
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
12
17
24
28
32
52
52
60
76
64
75
96
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
The service temperature range

is from +25F (-4C) to +150F
(+65C).
NSF 51 certified
Working Pressure decreases as
temperature increases. Pressure
ratings can only be obtained with
proper coupling procedures.
Use of compression fittings with yarn-reinforced hose is not recommended. Hose claims involving use of
these fittings will be disallowed.
Series UBK Abrasion-Resistant PVC Hose

Series UBK Polyurethane-lined abrasion-resistant PVC material Applications:
handling hose is ideal for dry applications.
Roof rock cleaning
The smooth polyurethane lining provides resistance to Abrasive material
transfer
abrasion and eliminates material build up. The black HMW PVC
is flexible provides sub-zero flexibility and light weight for easy Sand/shot blast
recovery line.
handling. It is formulated with static-dissipative compounds.
Exposed black rigid PVC helix is abrasion-resistant and allows
hose to slide easily and makes it easier handle.
7
8
Constructed with non-toxic

compounds.
NSF-51 and NSF-61 certified
material.
Crystal clear allows visual
confirmation of product flow.
Longitudinally-reinforced
PART
#
UBK200
UBK250
UBK300
UBK400
UBK500
UBK600
UBK800
APPROX.
VACUUM
MIN.
WP/ WP/ STANDARD APPROX. VACUUM
NOMINAL NOMINAL
LINER
/(IN
BEND
PSI
PSI
LENGTH
WT
/(IN OF
ID (IN)
OD (IN) THICKNESS
OF HG) RADIUS
68F 104F OF COIL (LBS./FT) HG) 68 F
(IN)
104F
@ 70F
2
2.40
0.7
15
40
100/50
0.59
Full
28
2"
2 1/2
3.07
0.9
15
40
100/50
0.79
Full
28
4"
3
3.64
1.0
15
40
100/50
0.83
Full
28
4"
4
4.76
1.2
13
35
100/50
1.37
Full
28
6"
5
5.69
1.2
10
30
100/50/20
2.28
28
15
10"
6
6.81
1.5
10
30
100/50/20
3.10
28
15
12"
8
9.02
2.0
10
30
50/20
4.51
28
15
15"
Notes:
The service temperature range is from -40F to +150F.

Actual service temperature range is application-dependent.
Spiral Double Bolt Clamps
Service life may vary depending on operating conditions and type of material being conveyed.
PE TUBING
Series E Instrument Grade PE Tubing
Parflex flexible polyethylene thermoplastic tubing is extruded
from high molecular weight resin for increased dimensional
stability, uniformity and long-term strength. Its resistance to
environmental stress cracking greatly exceeds that of ordinary
polyethylene tubing as measured by ASTM D-1693. (10%
IGEPAL).Parflex polyethylene tubing is available in black as well
as seven coding colours as recommended by the Instrument
Society of America. Black (EB) tubing contains an ultraviolet inhibitor which is recommended for use in sunlit areas.
Ingredients of natural and colour tubing (except black) listed
below meet F.D.A. requirements for food contact applications. All
tubing conforms to ASTM D-1248, Type I, Class A, Category 4,
Grade E5. Parker Fast & Tite fittings or Parker Brass fittings are
recommended for this type of Tubing. The suggested operating
temperature -80F (-62C) to +150F (+66C).
PART NO.
COLOUR
OD
(IN)
ID (IN)
E-43-0100
Natural
1/4
0.170
0.040
100
E-43-0500
Natural
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
MIN. BURST
PSI @ 73F
MIN. BEND
RADIUS (IN)
WEIGHT
PER 100 FT
120
625
1.17
120
625
0.74
WALL
LENGTH
WO @73F
THICKNESS
(FT)
E-43-1000
Natural
1/4
0.170
0.040
1000
120
625
0.32
EB-43-0100
Black
1/4
0.170
0.040
100
120
625
1.28
EB-43-0500
Black
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.78
EB-43-1000
Black
1/4
0.170
0.040
1000
120
625
0.66
E-43-R-0100
Red
1/4
0.170
0.040
100
120
625
0.99
E-43-R-0500
Red
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.78
E-43-B-0100
Blue
1/4
0.170
0.040
100
120
625
1.02
E-43-B-0500
Blue
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.78
E-43-O-0500
Orange
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.93
E-43-Y-0500
Yellow
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.74
E-43-P-0500
Purple
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.74
E-43-G-0500
Green
1/4
0.170
0.040
500
120
625
0.74
E-53-0500
Natural
5/16
0.187
0.062
500
145
800
1 1/8
1.02
EB-53-0500
Black
5/16
0.187
0.062
500
145
800
1 1/8
1.03
E-64-0100
Natural
3/8
0.250
0.062
100
125
675
1 1/4
1.10
E-64-0500
Natural
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
0.62
EB-64-0100
Black
3/8
0.250
0.062
100
125
675
1 1/4
1.93
EB-64-0500
Black
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.28
E-64-R-0500
Red
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.35
E-64-B-0500
Blue
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.40
E-64-O-0500
Orange
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.38
E-64-Y-0500
Yellow
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.42
E-64-P-0500
Purple
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.38
E-64-G-0500
Green
3/8
0.250
0.062
500
125
675
1 1/4
1.38
E-86-0100
Natural
1/2
0.375
0.062
100
90
425
2 1/2
1.78
EB-86-0100
Black
1/2
0.375
0.062
100
90
425
2 1/2
2.44
E-108-0100
Natural
5/8
0.500
0.062
100
70
325
3.35
EB-108-0100
Black
5/8
0.500
0.062
100
70
325
3.27
E-108-0500
Natural
5/8
0.500
0.062
500
70
325
1.20
EB-108-0500
Black
5/8
0.500
0.062
500
70
325
1.99
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-7
PP TUBING
Laboratory Grade PP Tubing
Parflex polypropylene tubing may be used at higher temperatures

and working pressures than polyethylene tubing. Resistance to
hot water and hot corrosive acids is excellent. Polypropylene
tubing will last many times longer than nylon tubing in hot
water service. Parflex polypropylene tubing is available in white
or ultra-violet resistant black. Good resistance to vegetable
oils. Water absorption is less than .01% and its resistance
to environmental stress cracking is excellent. It meets FDA
requirements for food contact. It is flexible and dimensionally
stable. The recommended fittings for this pipe are the Parflex
Fast & Tite fittings or the Parker Brass fitting. Other sizes
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes:
Suggested operating temperatures, depending upon

conditions are 0F (18C) to +200F (+93C).
The recommended fittings for this pipe are the Parflex Fast
& Tite fittings or the Parker Brass fitting.
PART #
COLOUR
O.D.
(IN)
I.D.
(IN)
WALL
(IN)
COIL
LENGTH
(FT)
WORKING
PRESSURE AT
73F (PSI)
MIN. BURST
AT 73F
(PSI)
MIN. BEND
RADIUS
(IN)
WEIGHT
PER 100
FEET
PP-21-1000
White
1/8
.080
.023
1000
300
1400
1/2
.30
PPB-21-1000
Black
1/8
.080
.023
1000
300
1400
1/2
.30
PP-32-0500
White
3/16
.120
.034
500
300
1400
3/4
.70
PPB-32-0500
Black
3/16
.120
.034
500
300
1400
3/4
.70
PP-43-0500
White
1/4
.170
.040
500
300
1200
1.1
PPB-43-0500
Black
1/4
.170
.040
500
300
1200
1.1
PP-53-0500
White
5/16
.187
.062
500
300
1400
1 1/4
2.1
PPB-53-0500
Black
5/16
.187
.062
500
300
1400
1 1/4
2.1
PP-64-0500
White
3/8
.250
.062
500
300
1200
1 1/4
2.4
PPB-64-0500
Black
3/8
.250
.062
500
300
1200
1 1/4
2.4
PP-86-0250
White
1/2
.375
.062
250
200
900
2 1/2
3.5
PPB-86-0250
Black
1/2
.375
.062
250
200
900
2 1/2
3.5
8
9
10
8-8
FABCO SPECIALTY TUBING

Specialty Tubing
1
2
FABCO
MATERIAL
CLEARFLEX
60/V60/
M60
NORTON
COMPANY
Tygon
R-3603 1)
RESIN
PVC
AVAILABLE
SIZES
1/4 - 2
1/2
CERTIFICATIONS
DUROMETER
(SHORE)
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
OPERATING
TEMP. RANGE
(F)
OPERATING
TEMP. RANGE
(C)
STERILIZATION*
TENSILE
STRENGTH,
PSI
COLOUR
ODOR
TASTE
IMPARTED
TEAR
STRENGTH
BEND RADIUS
ELONGATION
(%)
FLAME
RESISTANCE
ABRASION
RESISTANCE
CORROSION
RESISTANCE
PERMEABILITY ** N2
O2 CO2
CLEARFLEX
70
Tygon
B-44-3 2)
B-44-4X 3)
S-50-HL 4)
FUELFLEX BRAIDFLEX
65
70
ACUTECH
FEP
ACUTECH
PFA
Tygon
F-4040-A
5)
Tygon
Chemfluor
B-44-4X
Chemfluor
FEP
I.B./NT-80 6)
PFA
PVC
PVC, FUEL
PVC
REINFORCED
1/8 - 2
1/8 - 3/4
3/16 - 2
USDA, FDA,
USDA, FDA,
3-A NSF-51
USP VI
USP VI
TEFLON
FEP
1/16 1/2
USDA, FDA,
NSF-51
USDA, FDA
TEFLON
PFA
1/16 1/2
ACUTECH
PVDF
PURFLEX
85
PURFLEX
75
POLYFLEX
50
Tygothane
KYNARPVDF
PUR,
ESTER
PUR,
ETHER
LLDPE
1/8 - 1
1/8 - 1
USDA,
USDA, FDA FDA, 3-A
USP VI
1/8 - 1 1/8 - 1
USDA,
FDA
55 (A)
65 (A)
60 (A)
65 (A)
58 (D)
60 (D)
67 (D)
85 (A)
75 (A)
50 (D)
1.19
1.20
1.23
1.20
2.17
2.15
1.78
1.18
1.13
0.92
-25 to 160
-10 to 175
-15 to 165
-5 to 180
-103 to
400
-454 to
500
-25 to
255
-70 to 185
-70 to
175
-100 to
175
-35 to 71
-23 to 79
-26 to 74
-21 to 82
-75 to 205
-268 to
260
-32 to
124
-56 to 85
-56 to 79
-73 to
79
Autoclave
Gas
Chemical
Autoclave
Gas
Chemical
N/A
Gas
Chemical
Autoclave
Gas
Chemical
Autoclave
Gas
Chemical
Autoclave
Gas
Chemical
Gas
Gas
1650
2200
1900
2000
3000
3000
4300
6000
3500
1700
Crystal
Clear
Slight
Crystal
Clear
Slight
Transparent
Yellow
Slight
Slight
None
None
Translucent
None
Slight
Transparent
None
Translucent
Slight
None
None
N/A
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Good
Good
Good
Very Good
Good
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
4 x O.D.
5 x O.D.
4 x O.D.
6 x O.D.
8 x O.D.
10 x O.D.
10 x
O.D.
Very
Good
6 x O.D.
6 x O.D.
8 x O.D.
450
400
425
350
300
300
375
550
700
600
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Self-ext.
Burns
Burns
Burns
Very Good
Very Good
Very Good
Good
Very Good
Very Good
Very
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
0.5-2 1-6
10-35
0.5-2 1-6
10-35
0.5-2 1-6
10-35
0.5-2 1-6
10-35
18 65 150
0.6 0.4
2
0.3-5 1-10
4-25
1-10
1-20 1040
Clear
Transparent Transparent
20 60 135
Transparent
Chemical
Excellent
20 60
280
TYPE:
4
5
6
7
8
1) Laboratory tubing 2) Beverage tubing 3) Food, Milk and Dairy Products tubing 4) Surgical and Hospital tubing
5) Fuel and Lubricant tubing 6) Pressure-rated food, milk and dairy products tubing
*STERILIZATION GUIDELINES:
Autoclaving (121C, 15 psig for 20 minutes) Clean and rinse item with distilled water before autoclaving.
Certain chemicals which have no appreciable effects on resins at room temperature may cause deterioration
at autoclaving temperatures unless removed with distilled water beforehand.
Gas ethylene oxide formaldehyde. Disinfectants benzalkonium chloride, formalin, ethanol, etc. Dry
Heat 170C (338F).
Radiation gamma irradiation at 2.5 Mrad with unstabilized plastic. For additional information, contact FABCO
PLASTICS
Preferred method of sterilization
Polyethylene, Polypropylene, Polyurethane, and Nylon Tubing also available upon request.
9
10
8-9
HOSE CLAMPS
Hose Clamps
Fabco tubing and hose clamps are available in two configurations. Type
1 is constructed of 301 stainless steel band with 5/16 Slotted carbon
steel hex head screw. Type 2 is constructed of 301 stainless steel bands
with 5/16 Slotted 305 stainless steel hex head screw. Chart indicates
standard sizes. Contact Fabco for availability of non-standard sizes.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-10
Notes:
Dimensions in brackets in millimeters.
NOMINAL SIZE
MIN. DIAMETER
1/4" (6.35)
1/4" (6.35)
MAX. DIAMETER STANDARD PACK TYPE 1 PART # TYPE 2 PART #

5/8" (15.87)
10
SCL04
SSCL04
5/16" (7.94)
5/16" (7.94)
7/8" (22.23)
10
SCL05
SSCL05
3/8" (9.52)
3/8" (9.52)
25/32" (19.81)
10
SCL06
SSCL06
1/2" (12.70)
1/2" (12.70)
1" (25.40)
10
SCL08
SSCL08
5/8" (15.87)
9/16" (14.27)
1 1/8" (28.57)
10
SCL10
SSCL10
3/4" (19.05)
11/16" (17.47)
1 1/4" (31.75)
10
SCL12
SSCL12
1" (25.40)
5/8" (15.87)
1 1/2" (38.10)
10
SCL16
SSCL16
1 1/4" (31.75)
13/16" (20.62)
1 3/4" (44.45)
10
SCL20
SSCL20
1 1/2" (38.10)
1 1/16" (27.00)
2" (50.80)
10
SCL24
SSCL24
1 3/4" (44.45)
1 7/16" (36.50)
2 3/8" (60.32)
10
SCL28
SSCL28
2" (50.80)
1 9/16" (39.70)
2 1/2" (63.50)
10
SCL32
SSCL32
2 1/4" (57.15)
1 13/16" (46.05)
2 3/4" (69.85)
10
SCL36
SSCL36
2 1/2" (63.50)
2 1/16" (52.40)
3" (76.20)
10
SCL40
SSCL40
2 3/4" (69.85)
2 5/16" (58.75)
3 1/4" (82.55)
10
SCL44
SSCL44
3" (76.20)
2 9/16" (65.10)
3 1/2" (88.90)
10
SCL48
SSCL48
3 1/4" (82.55)
2 13/16" (71.45)
3 3/4" (95.25)
10
SCL52
SSCL52
3 1/2" (88.90)
3" (76.20)
3 13/16" (96.85)
10
SCL54
SSCL54
3 1/2" (88.90)
3" (76.20)
4" (101.60)
10
SCL56
SSCL56
3 3/4" (95.25)
3 5/16" (84.15)
4 1/4" (107.95)
10
SCL60
SSCL60
4" (101.60)
3 9/16" (90.50)
4 1/2" (114.30)
10
SCL64
SSCL64
4 1/2" (114.30)
4 1/8" (104.77)
5" (127.00)
10
SCL72
SSCL72
5" (127.00)
4 5/8" (117.47)
5 1/2" (139.70)
10
SCL80
SSCL80
5 1/4" (133.35)
4 3/8" (111.12)
5 11/16" (144.46)
10
SCL84
SSCL84
5 1/2" (139.70)
5 1/8" (130.17)
6" (152.40)
10
SCL88
SSCL88
6" (152.40)
5 5/8" (142.81)
6 1/2" (165.10)
10
SCL96
SSCL96
6 1/2" (165.10)
6 1/8" (155.57)
7" (177.80)
10
SCL104
SSCL104
7 1/4" (184.00)
6 7/8" (174.63)
7 3/4" (196.85)
SCL116
SSCL116
7 1/2" (190.50)
6 5/8" (168.27)
7 7/8" (200.02)
SCL120
SSCL120
7 3/4" (196.85)
6 7/8" (174.63)
8 1/4" (209.55)
SCL124
SSCL124
8" (203.20)
7 5/8" (193.68)
8 1/2" (215.90)
SCL128
SSCL128
8 3/4" (222.25)
7 7/8" (200.03)
9 1/4" (234.95)
SCL140
SSCL140
9 1/2" (241.30)
9 1/8" (231.78)
10" (254.00)
SCL152
SSCL152
9 3/4" (247.65)
8 7/8" (225.43)
10 1/4" (260.35)
SCL156
SSCL156
10" (254.00)
9 1/8" (231.79)
10 1/2" (266.70)
SCL160
SSCL160
11 1/4" (285.75)
10 7/8" (276.23)
11 3/4" (298.45)
SCL180
SSCL180
11 3/4" (298.45)
10 7/8" (276.23)
12 1/4" (311.15)
SCL190
SSCL190
13 1/8" (333.38)
12 5/16" (312.74)
13 5/8" (346.08)
SCL212
SSCL212
14" (355.60)
13 1/4" (336.55)
14 1/2" (368.30)
SCL224
SSCL224
FLEXIBLE TUBING
Economical Flexible Tubing
TYPE
Construction
Sizes
Std. Lengths
Colours
Temp Range
Options
Applications
Features
TDS
TD-HS
FLEXFLYTE VF
Single Ply Vinyl Coated Polyester with Two Ply Vinyl Coated Polyester
Single Ply Vinyl Coated Fiberglass
Vinyl Scuff Strip
with Vinyl Scuff Strip
3 12 ID
3 12 ID
2 14 ID
25 FT
25 FT
25 FT
BLACK WITH
BLACK WITH
BLACK
ORANGE WEARSTRIP
ORANGE WEARSTRIP
40 to 200F
40 to 200F
20 to 200F
Odd size diameters and custom
Odd size diameters and custom
Ventilation of photo reproduction
lengths available. Custom colour
lengths available. Custom
machines, fine dust collection systems,
wearstrip available (minimum may
colour wearstrip available
transfer of low volume cool
apply).
(minimum may apply).
and warm air.
Vinyl coated polyester fabric cover,
Flame retardant to UL94V0,
Fiberglass cover with flame retardant
enclosed spring steel wire helix,
highly visible extruded vinyl
vinyl coating each side. Vinyl-coated
highly visible extruded vinyl orange orange scuff strip, vinyl-coated
spring steel wire helix permanently
scuff strip. Flame retardant to
polyester fabric enclosed
bonded to carcass. Flame retardant to
UL94V0. Excellent flexibility.
spring steel wire helix.
UL94V0. Excellent flexibility.
Construction
Sizes
Std. Lengths
Colours
Temp Range
Options
Applications
Features
BLUE MAX 2CN

BLUE MAX 2NN
SLP-10
Two Ply Cotton
Two Ply Neoprene Coated
Single Ply Vinyl Coated Fiberglass
Neoprene Coated
Nylon
1 24 ID
1 24 ID
2 14 ID
25 FT
25 FT
25 FT
BLUE OR BLACK
BLACK
GREY
-40 to 250F
-40 to 258F
0 to 250F
Available as 1CN (One Ply) for temporary
Additional Neoprene
Ventilation of dry cleaning
service, lighter applications. Non-std IDs and
coatings available for added equipment, air intake and exhaust
lengths available. Cuffed ends and additional
abrasion resistance.
ducts, low volume air transfer.
coatings available.
Heavy duty neoprene
Flame retardant vinyl coated
Industry standard for long term applications.
coated nylon fabric
woven fiberglass cover
Rugged, cost effective hose for dust or fumes
with spring steel wire
permanently bonded to PVC
under low positive or negative pressures.
reinforcement. Toughest
coated spring steel wire helix.
Excellent tensile strength and crush
material in the General
Meets UL 181 class flammability
resistant. Custom IDs available up to 48.
Purpose Line. Custom IDs
rating.
available up to 48.
High Temperature Flexible Tubing

TYPE
FLEXFLYTE L9 (2FS)
FLEXFLYTE TFES
"Two Ply Silicone Coated
Fiberglass with Teflon liner"
Sizes
3/4 12 ID
1/2 12 ID
1/2 ID - 6 long, 3/4 ID - 10
Std. Lengths
12 FT (3/4 ID 10 lengths)
long, 1-12 ID - 12 long
Colours
RED
RED
Temp Range 75 to 500F (intermit to 600F)
75 to 400F
Also avail. as U9 (one Ply) for
Also avail. as TFEN Neoprene
Options/
lower pressure applications. Non-std coated fiberglass with Teflon
Applications lengths avail. Cuffs avail. U9: 1
linter. Temp range 75 to
12 ID
300F.
The standard duct for high
Teflon liner is permanently
temperature air flow and fume
bonded to inner ply of silicone
Features
removal. The internal ply of L9
fiberglass material. Excellent
provides a smoother bore for
chemical resistance and flow
maximum air flow, less friction loss.
characteristics.
Construction Two Ply FiberglassSilicone Coated
2
3
4
General Purpose Flexible Tubing

TYPE
FLEXFLYTE R
Two Ply Fiberglass Coated Neoprene
1 12 ID
12 FT
BLACK
65 to 300F
Rugged fiberglass base abrasive
resistant material with wire reinforced
double ply construction that provides
a smooth bore for unhampered flow
and does not kink in sharp bends.
Liner and cover enclose a corrosion
resistant spring steel wire helix that
are permanently vulcanized together.
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-11
FLEXIBLE TUBING
1
2
3
4
Vac-U-Flex Tubing
TYPE
SUPER VACUFLEX
TPE
TPU
Construction
PVC
Two Ply Thermoplastic Elastomer
Two Ply Urethane
Sizes
1/4 4 ID
3/4" 6 ID
3/4 6 ID
Std. Lengths
50 FT (25 on 3 and 4)
25 FT
25 FT
Colours
GREY
BLACK
CLEAR
Temp Range
-20 to 150F
-40 to 250F
-40 to 250F
Options/
Applications
Commerical or Industrial
vacuum cleaners, ventilating
or cooling industrial machinery,
bilge pumps and bilge
ventilation.
Features
Pitch, wall thickness and length

"Colour, pitch, wall thickness and
variations available with minimum length variations available with
order quantity."
minimum order quantity."
"Industrial weight, specially

"Flexible, smooth bore 100%
formulated thermoplastic
clear thermoplastic polyurethane
High strength fiber reinforced
elastomer (black)material; coated
material; coated spring steel
PVC hose cover bonded to
spring steel helix encapsulated
helix encapsulated and bonded
coated spring steel helix. Offers and bonded to hose jacket. Offers
to hose jacket. Offers high
flexibility for ease of handling
flexibility; smooth bore; rubberabrasion, puncture, and tear
and installation
like characteristics. Exceptional
resistance; excellent chemical,
toughness; resistant to most acids, oil, and fungus resistance. Low
alkalies, and solvents."
temperature flexibility."
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-12
PVC HOSE INSERT FITTINGS

Engineered to provide positive grip and ease of installation. A wide variety of PVC and PP insert configurations
and adapters are available for use with polyethylene pipe sizes 1/2 through 4, plus 6 & 8 Couplings and
Adapters for lay-flat type irrigation hose. Special 3/8 barbed configurations allow clamp-free connection to 1/2
I.D. polyethylene irrigation hose. They are manufactured from high quality PVC materials to meet or exceed
the applicable requirements of ASTM D 2609. Available fittings include crosses, Numerous male and female NPT
threaded adapters, elbows and tees plus white PVC Schedule 40 solvent cement socket and spigot adapters.
The special spiral barb allows twist-on connection of hose without need for clamping. They are NSF Certified
for Use with Potable Water. Other sizes and materials are also available upon request.
INSERT TEE
SIZE (IN)
(INSERT X INSERT X
INSERT)
1/2
INSERT MALE
ADAPTER
(INSERT X MIPT)
INSERT 90
ELBOW
(INSERT X INSERT)
INSERT 90
ELBOW
(INSERT X MIPT)
INSERT
COUPLING
(INSERT X INSERT)
INSERT PLUG
(INSERT)
PVC PART PP PART

NO.
NO.
1401005
PT1G
3/4
1401007
PT2G
1401010
PT3G
1 1/4
1401012
PT4G
1 1/2
1401015
PT5G
1401020
PT6G
PVC PART PP PART

SIZE (IN)
NO.
NO.
1/2
1436005
PA1G
3/4
1436007
PA2G
1
1436010
PA3G
1 1/4
1436012
PA4G
1 1/2
1436015
PA5G
2
1436020
PA6G
2 1/2
1436020 1436020
SIZE (IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
SIZE (IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
SIZE (IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
SIZE (IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
INSERT FEMALE
ADAPTER
SIZE (IN)
INSERT
REDUCING
COUPLING
SIZE (IN)
(INSERT X FIPT)
(INSERT X INSERT)
PVC PART PP PART

NO.
NO.
1406005
1406007
1406010
1406012
1406015
1406020
1406025
PE1G
PE2G
PE3G
PE4G
PE5G
PE6G
1406025
REDUCING MALE
ADAPTER
(MIPT X INSERT)
PVC PART PP PART

NO.
NO.
1413005
1413007
1413010
1413012
1413015
1413-020
PEM1G
PEM2G
PEM3G
PEM4G
PEM5G
PEM6G
PVC PART PP PART

NO.
NO.
1429005
PC1G
1429007
PC2G
1429010
PC3G
1429012
PC4G
1429015
PC5G
1429020
PC6G
1429025 1429025
PVC PART PP PART
NO.
NO.
1449005
1449007
1449010
1449012
PP4G
1449015
PP5G
1449020
PP6G
INSERT
REDUCING TEE
(INSERT X INSERT X
INSERT)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3/4X1/2
1X1/2
1X3/4
1X7/8
1-1/4X3/4
1-1/4X1
1-1/2X3/4
1-1/2X1
1-1/2X1-1/4
2X1
2X1-1/4
2X1-1/2
2-1/2X1-1/2
PVC PART PP PART

NO.
NO.
1435005
1435007
1435010
1435012
1435015
1435020
PVC
PART
NO.
PP
PART
NO.
1429101 PC21G
1429130 PC31G
1429131 PC32G
14291315 PC42G
1429167 PV43G
1429168 PC52G
1429210 PC53G
1429211 PC54G
1429212 PC63G
1429249 PC64G
1429250 PC65G
1429251 1429251
1429291 1429291
PVC
PART
NO.
1/2X3/4
1429101
1/2X1
1429130
3/4X1/2
1429131
3/4X1
14291315
1X3/4
1429167
1X1-1/4
1429168
1X1-1/2
1429210
1-1/4X3/4 1429211
1-1/4X1
1429212
1-1/4X1-1/2 1429249
1-1/2x3/4
1-1/2X1
1429250
1-1/2X1-1/4 1429251
1-1/2X2
1429291
2x1-1/2
SIZE (IN)
PP
PART
NO.
PA21G
PA32G
PA42G
PA43G
PA53G
PA54G
PA65G
SIZE (IN)
PP PART
NO.
3/4 X 3/4 X 1/2

1 X 1 X 1/2
1 X 1 X 3/4
1 1/2X1 1/2X1/2
1 1/2x1 1/2X3/4
1 1/2 X1 1/2 X 1
2 X 2 X 3/4
2X2X1
3/4 X 1/2 X 1/2
1 X 3/4 X 1/2
1 X 3/4 X 3/4
PT221G
PT331G
PT332G
PT551G
PT552G
PT553G
PT662G
PT663G
PT211G
PT321G
PT322G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-13
PP CAM COUPLER FITTINGS
1
2

The Cam Coupler is a rugged engineered plastic design quick lock style for hose and pipe coupling. The
Cam Coupler is moulded of polypropylene to exacting tolerances. It is light weight, corrosion resistant, wear
resistant, rugged and interchangeable with other couplers of similar design and size. Cam couplers are suited for
a variety of applications and corrosive materials including chemical handling, agricultural fertilizers, herbicides
& irrigation, dry bulk industrial use, and barge and tank unloading. Other features include Positive Action (No
springs, ball bearings, snaps or lugs to fit), no maintenance, special tools or techniques required to operate.
BunaN Gaskets are standard; EPDM gaskets are available upon request. All handles are zinc plated steel;
Stainless steel handles are available upon request.
FEMALE THREADED
ADAPTERS
(TYPE A)
MALE THREADED
COUPLERS
4
5
(TYPE B)
HOSE SHANK COUPLERS

(TYPE C)
FEMALE THREADED
COUPLERS
(TYPE D)
7
HOSE SHANK ADAPTERS
(TYPE E)
MALE THREAD ADAPTERS

(TYPE F)
9
10
Notes:
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
24011
24111
24211
24311
24411
24511
24711
24002
24102
24202
24302
24402
24502
24702
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
24003
3/4
24103
1
24203
1 1/4
24303
1 1/2
24403
2
24503
3
24703
24004
24104
24204
24304
24404
24504
24704
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
24015
3/4
24115
1
24215
1 1/4
24315
1 1/2
24415
2
24515
3
24715
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
24017
3/4
24117
1
24217
1 1/4
24317
1 1/2
24417
2
24517
3
24717
90 MALE ADAPTER
WITH FEMALE THREAD
(TYPE 90 A)
90 FEMALE COUPLER
WITH HOSE SHANK
(TYPE 90 C)
90 FEMALE COUPLER
WITH FEMALE THREAD
(TYPE 90 D)
90 MALE ADAPTER
WITH MALE THREAD
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
24016
3/4
24116
1
24216
1 1/4
24316
1 1/2
24416
2
24516
3
24616
1/2 couplers and adapters will interchange with 3/4 couplers

and adapters. Only the threads and barbs are 1/2.
1-1/4 couplers and adapters will interchange with 1-1/2
couplers and adapters. Only the threads and barbs are 1-1/4.
8-14
DUST PLUGS
(TYPE DP)
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
24008
3/4
24108
1
24208
1 1/4
24308
1 1/2
24408
2
24508
3
24708
(TYPE G)
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
DUST CAPS
(TYPE 90 F)
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1 1/2
249015A
249020A
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1 1/2
249015C
249020C
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1 1/2
249015D
249020D
SIZE (IN) PART NO.

1 1/2
249015F
249020F
EPDM
STAINLESS
GASKET SIZE STEEL HANDLE
SIZE (IN) PART # (IN)
PART #
1/2-3/4
61570
1/2-1
61594
1
61571 1 1/4-2
61595
1 1/4-1 1/2 61572
3
61596
2
61574
3
61575
TUBE FITTINGS
Fast & Tite Tube Fittings
The most complete line of plastic fittings for thermoplastic
tubing in the industry. FAST & TITE thermoplastic tube
fittings from Parker will prove to be the answer to your
tubing connector needs. These fittings are available in
Black High Density Polyethylene as a standard. White
Nylon is also available. A unique 302 stainless steel grab
ring, for tube retention, coupled with a Nitrile O-Ring
for positive seal assures good tube connection with only
hand tight assembly. Vibration or tube movement will not
break the seal and cause leakage. Fittings are completely
reusable. Parts are easily replaced. Use FAST & TITE fittings
with all plastic, metal or glass tubing. All ingredients in
FAST & TITE fittings meet F.D.A. and NSF requirements for
food contact and potable water. The temperature range is
0 to +212F for black polypropylene -40 to +200F for
white nylon.
MALE CONNECTOR
(TUBE X MPT)
FEMALE CONNECTOR
(TUBE X FPT)
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P4MC2
1/4 x 1/8
P4MT2
1/4 x 1/8
P4MC4
1/4 x 1/4
P4MT4
1/4 x 1/4
P5MC2
5/16 x 1/8
P5MT2
5/16 x 1/8
P5MC4
5/16 x 1/4
P5MT4
5/16 x 1/4
P6MC2
3/8 x 1/8
P6MT4
3/8 x 1/4
P6MC4
3/8 x 1/4
P6MT6
3/8 x 3/8
P6MC6
3/8 x 3/8
P8MT6
1/2 x 3/8
P6MC8
3/8 x 1/2
P8MT8
1/2 x 1/2
P6MC12
3/8 x 3/4
P10MT8
5/8 x 1/2
P8MC2
1/2 x 1/8
P8MC4
1/2 x 1/4
P8MC6
1/2 x 3/8
P8MC8
1/2 x 1/2
P8MC12
1/2 x 3/4
PART
NUMBER
SIZE (IN)
P10MC2
5/8 x 1/8
P4TU4
1/4 x 1/4
P10MC4
5/8 x 1/4
P5TU5
5/16 x 5/16
P10MC6
5/8 x 3/4
P6TU6
3/8 x 3/8
P10MC8
5/8 x 1/2
P8TU6
1/2 x 3/8
P10MC12
5/8 x 3/4
P8TU8
1/2 x 1/2
MALE BRANCH TEE

(TUBE X MPT)
TEE UNION
(TUBE)
5/8 x 3/8
5/8 x 5/8
PART
NUMBER
SIZE (IN)
P4FC2
1/4 x 1/8
P4FC4
1/4 x 1/4
P6FC4
3/8 x 1/4
P6FC6
3/8 x 3/8
4OR
1/4
P6FC8
3/8 x 1/2
5OR
5/16
P8FC6
1/2 x 3/8
6OR
3/8
P8FC8
1/2 x 1/2
8OR
1/2
P10FC8
5/8 x 1/2
10OR
5/8
O-RING
3
4
5
7
8
P10TU6
OD X FPT
(IN)
P10TU10
PART
NUMBER
9
10
8-15
TUBE FITTINGS
MALE ELBOW
(TUBE X MPT)
2
3
4
5
MALE RUN TEE

(TUBE X MPT)
NUT AND SPACER

SET
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P4ME2
1/4 x 1/8
P4NS
1/4
P4ME4
1/4 x 1/4
P5NS
5/16
P4ME6
1/4 x 3/8
P6NS
3/8
P5ME2
5/16 x 1/8
P8NS
1/2
P5ME4
5/16 x 1/4
P10NS
5/8
P5ME6
5/16 x 3/8
P6ME4
3/8 x 1/4
P6ME6
3/8 x 3/8
P6ME8
3/8 x 1/2
P6ME12
3/8 x 3/4
P8ME6
1/2 x 3/8
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P8ME8
1/2 x 1/2
4GR
1/4
P10ME8
5/8 x 1/2
5GR
5/16
6GR
3/8
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P4MR2
1/4 x 1/8
P6MR4
3/8 x 1/4
P8MR6
1/2 x 3/8
P10MR8
5/8 x 1/2
GRAB RING
FEMALE ELBOW
(TUBE X FPT)
6
TUBE SUPPORT
PART
NUMBER
SIZE (IN)
P4TS3
1/4 x 3/16
P5TS3
5/16 x 3/16
P6TS4
3/8 x 1/2
P8TS6
1/2 x 3/8
P10TS8
5/8 x 1/2
UNION CONNECTOR
(TUBE)
ELBOW UNION
9
10
8-16
(TUBE)
PART
NUMBER
P4EU4
OD X MPT
(IN)
1/4 x 1/4
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
8GR
1/2
10GR
5/8
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P4FE2
1/4 x 1/8
P4FE4
1/4 x 1/4
P5FE2
5/16 x 1/2
P6FE4
3/8 x 1/4
P6FE6
3/8 x 3/8
P8FE6
1/2 x 3/8
P8FE8
1/2 x 1/2
P10FE8
5/8 x 1/2
PART
NUMBER
OD X MPT
(IN)
P4UC4
1/4x 1/4
P5UC4
5/16 x 1/4
P5UC5
5/16 x 5/16
P6UC4
3/8 x 1/4
3/8 x 5/16
P5EU4
5/16 x 1/4
P6UC5
P5EU5
5/16 x 5/16
P6UC6
3/8 x 3/8
P6EU4
3/8 x 1/2
P6EU5
3/8 x 5/16
P8UC6
1/2 x 3/8
P6EU6
3/8 x 3/8
P8EU6
1/2 x 3/8
P8EU8
1/2 x 1/2
P10EU10
5/8 x 5/8
P8UC8
1/2 x 1/2
P10UC6
5/8 x 3/8
P10UC8
5/8 x 1/2
P10UC10
5/8 x 5/8
COMPRESSION TUBE FITTINGS

Plastic Fittings That Revolutionized The

Techniques of Connecting Tubes.
Compression type metallic fittings have a loose ferrule which

requires extra assembly. JACO has been able to mold the sleeve
as an integral part of the nut, eliminating the need for a twopiece assembly. Although fittings were originally developed for
copper tubing, other fittings were then later engineered with
plastic grippers for plastic tubing.
Today, JACO fittings are widely used with all types of tubing
including copper, plastic, aluminum and glass.
JACO compression fittings typically cost less than metal fittings
and they offer better resistance to corrosion and chemicals.
Additionally, we offer four different plastic resins for a range
of applications dealing with temperatures, acids and chemicals.
JACO plastic fittings offer these additional advantages:
2
3
Good electrical insulating qualities which eliminate electrolytic action that usually corrodes tubing when
dissimilar metal meets a fitting.
The ability to absorb mechanical and acoustical vibrations because of the low density and softness of
plastic.
An inherently low resistance to flow, due to smooth internal surface.
A resistance to scale buildup.
Fittings are available in size ranges from 1/8 through 7/8 tube O.D. in all common figurations, such as union,
bulkhead, male and female connectors, male branch and male run tees, tee unions and ferrule nuts. Metric sizes
are also available on a special order basis.
Various resins are used, depending on the application. JACO plastic fittings are made of either nylon, acetal
copolymer, polypropylene, or polyvinylidene fluoride.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR JACO TUBE FITTINGS
1. Cut the tubing end squarely and remove the internal and external burrs.
2. Insert the tubing through the back of the nut all the way through the nut assembly to the tube stop in the
fitting body (see illustration). If the tubing does not enter the nut easily, loosen the nut one turn and then insert
the tubing all the way to the tube stop in the fitting body.
3. Turn the nut hand tight.
4. Wrench tighten the nut 1-1/2 - 2 turns.
5. All nuts must be retightened when the system reaches projected operating temperature.
NOTE: Squeaking sound when tightening nut is normal. For pipe threaded connections, Teflon Tape* must be
used. *Duponts Reg. T.M. Patent 1983
SG NUT ASSEMBLY PG NUT ASSEMBLY
Caution: To insure proper assembly, tubing MUST be

fully inserted into the fitting body to the tube stop.
NOTE: It is not necessary to disassemble this fitting
for application. Merely insert tubing to stop and
tighten nut.
(A)
SG Nut
(A)
PG Nut
(B)
Steel
Gripper
(B)
Plastic
Gripper
(C)
Sleeve
(C)
Sleeve
6
7
8
9
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR JACO NUTS

Please follow these diagrams in assembling nuts. As
shown below, insert gripper (B) into nut (A). Push
sleeve (C) into nut assembly.
10
8-17
1
2
Material Selection
(N) Nylon has good resistance to organic
solvents, oils and gasoline. Good strength at high

temperatures. Material rating: -40 to 200F. Cold
and hot-water applications. Longtime weathering
resistance. Good impact resistance, both single and
repeated. Not recommended for use with ammonium,
boric acid, calcium, sulfuric acid, or hydrochloric acid.
F.D.A. listed. Also N.S.F. listed.
*(C) Celcon, or acetal copolymer, has high
tensile strength and good impact resistance over a

broad temperature range. Translucent white color.
Not affected by continuous hot-water service and
works smoothly with metal tubing. Celcon cannot be
recommended for continuous exposure to solutions
with a chlorine concentration greater than 1 ppm.
Material is rated at -40 to 200F in open air, and
rated for 180F in water applications. Unaffected

by most inorganics, except sulfuric, nitric and
hydrochloric acids. Listed by U.S.D.A. and F.D.A. for
coffee, milk and antibiotics. Also N.S.F. listed. Should
not be continuously exposed to sunlight.
(P) Polypropylene has good chemical resistance.
Material is rated at -30 to 215. Opaque, white color.

Unaffected by most weak acids and alkalies. Below
175F it has good resistance to organic solvents. Do
not use with oxidants or strong acids or in continuous
sunlight. N.S.F. listed. 20% glass filled for improved
stiffness.
**(K) Kynar, a polyvinylidene fluoride, has
outstanding chemical resistance for handling highly

corrosive fluids. Material rated at -80 to 275, with a
cloudy, white color. F.D.A. listed, N.S.F. Listed.
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-18
Legend:
N=Nylon
*C=Cekon (Acetal)
P= Polypropylene
**K=Kynar
Notes:
*TRADEMARK of Ticona
**TRADEMARK of Atofina Chemicals, Inc.

Ordering Information
It is not necessary to designate the nut size when
ordering complete units as this will be determined by
the tube size indication in the part number.
1
2
3
The part number for JACO compression Fittings is

designed so that each number and letter immediately
identifies the shape, size and material.
For example: the first number identifies the shape, I.E.
10 = Male Connector,
25 = Female Connector,
50 = Union Elbow, etc.
The second number designates the tube size, in 1/16
increments, I.E.
4 = 1/4 O.D. Tubing,
8 = 1/2 O.D. Tubing.
The third number, also in 1/16 increments, (unless a
Union type fitting is required), designates the pipe size.
The letter following the numbers indicates the material:
K =Kynar
N =Nylon
P =Polypropylene
C =Celcon
The last letter(s) denote the nut desired:
O = Standard - *50 P.S.I.
P.G. = Plastic Gripper for plastic tubing - *220 P.S.I.
S.G. = Stainless Steel Gripper for use with hard
surfaced tubing - *220 P.S.I.
4
5
6
7
8
Note: Fitting dimensions as described in this brochure
may not reflect running changes made to improve part

performance. Check with JACO Manufacturing Company
in critical applications.
*Operating pressures of JACO Tube Fittings are regulated
by ambient and fluid temperatures, type of fluid being
carried, tubing type, and conditions of mechanical abuse.
Pressures in excess of above specifications in all fitting
sizes should be tested by the customer in their particular
application.
9
10
8-19

Male Connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8-20
MALE CONNECTOR SPECIFICATIONS

JACO
TUBE PIPE
THREAD
PART NO. O.D. THD.
A
B
D
1/64 1/64 +.005/.010
F
G
H
J
K
.010 1/64 1/64 1/64 1/64
10-2-2
1/8
1/8
5/16-24
7/8
5/16
.125
.175-.180
.109
7/16
7/16
15/64
25/64
10-4-2
1/4
1/8
7/16-20
63/64
3/8
.250
.330-.335
.170
15/32
5/8
3/16
15/32
10-4-4
1/4
1/4
7/16-20
1-3/16
11/32
.250
.330-.335
.170
15/32
5/8
5/16
11/16
10-4-6
1/4
3/8
7/16-20
1-13/64
3/8
.250
.330-.335
.170
15/32
13/16
3/8
43/64
10-5-2
5/16 1/8
1/2-20
3/8
.312
.380-.385
.250
31/64
11/16
1/4
Thru
10-5-4
5/16 1/4
1/2-20
1-3/16
3/8
.312
.380-.385
.232
31/64
11/16
5/16
41/64
10-6-2
3/8
1/8
5/8-20
1-9/64
15/32
.375
.460-.465
.250
19/32
13/16
1/4
Thru
10-6-4
3/8
1/4
5/8-20
1-5/16
29/64
.375
.460-.465
.312
19/32
13/16
5/16
Thru
10-6-6
3/8
3/8
5/8-20
1-11/32 29/64
.375
.460-.465
.250
19/32
13/16
3/8
23/32
10-6-8
3/8
1/2
5/8-20
1-19/32 15/32
.375
.460-.465
.250
19/32
15/16
15/32
15/16
10-8-2
1/2
1/8
3/4-20
1-15/64
9/16
.500
.590-.595
.250
11/16
15/16
1/4
Thru
10-8-4
1/2
1/4
3/4-20
1-27/64
9/16
.500
.590-.595
.312
11/16
15/16
5/16
Thru
10-8-6
1/2
3/8
3/4-20
1-15/32
9/16
.500
.590-.595
.375
11/16
15/16
3/8
Thru
10-8-8
1/2
1/2
3/4-20
1-5/8
9/16
.500
.590-.595
.375
11/16
15/16
15/32
57/64
10-10-6
5/8
3/8
7/8-20
.625
.715-.720
.375
45/64
1-1/16
3/8
Thru
10-10-8
5/8
1/2
7/8-20
19/32
.625
.715-.720
.484
45/64
1-1/16
31/64
Thru
10-12-8
3/4
1/2
1-1/16-20 1-51/64 43/64
.750
.860-.865
.500
13/16
1-5/16
1/2
Thru
10-12-12
3/4
3/4
1-1/16-20 1-5/16
43/64
.750
.860-.865
.625
13/16
1-5/16
5/8
Thru
10-14-12
7/8
3/4
1-3/16-16
3/4
.875
.995-1.000
.625
7/8
1-7/16
5/8
Thru
1-31/64 19/32
1-5/8

Union & Reducing Union Connectors
1
2
3
4
UNION CONNECTOR SPECIFICATIONS

JACO PART TUBE
THREAD
NO.
O.D.
A
B
D
1/64 1/64 +.005/.010
F
G
H
.010 1/64 1/64
15-4
1/4
7/16-20
63/64
3/8
.250
.330-.335
.170
15/32
5/8
15-5
5/16
1/2-20
1-1/32
25/64
.312
.380-.385
.232
31/64
11/16
15-6
3/8
5/8-20
1-15/64 15/32
.375
.460-.465
.250
19/32
13/16
15-8
1/2
3/4-20
1-7/16
9/16
.500
.590-.595
.375
11/16
15/16
15-10
5/8
7/8-20
1-1/2
19/32
.625
.715-.720
.500
45/64
1-1/16
15-12
3/4
1-1/16-20
1-3/4
43/64
.750
.860-.865
.625
13/16
1-5/16
15-14
7/8
1-3/16-16 1-57/64
3/4
.875
.995-1.000
.750
7/8
1-7/16
5
6
REDUCING UNION SPECIFICATIONS

JACO
PART
NO.
TUBE
O.D.
PIPE
THD.
THREAD
1/64
15-4-2
1/4-1/8
7/1620
5/16-24
59/64
3/8
5/16
.250
.330.109 15/32
.335
3/8
3/8
.312
15-5-4
5/16-1/4 1/2-20 7/16-20
B
C
D
+.005/
1/64 1/64 .010
F
G
H
L
+.005/
.010 1/64 1/64
.010
1/64
.125
.175.180
7/16
.380.170 31/64 11/16

.385
.250
.330.335
15/32
5/8
15-6-4
3/8-1/4
5/8-20 7/16-20
1-3/16 29/64 29/64
.375
.460.170 19/32 13/16

.465
.250
.330.335
15/32
15-8-6
1/2-3/8
3/4-20
5/8-20
1-5/16
9/16 29/64
.500
.590.250 11/16 15/16

.595
.375
.460.465
19/32
15-10-6
5/8-3/8
7/8-20
5/8-20
1-23/64 19/32 15/32
.625
.715.250 45/64 1-1/16

.720
.375
.460.465
19/32
15-15-8
5/8-1/2
7/8-20
3/4-20
1-15/32 19/32 9/16
.625
.715.375 45/64 1-1/16

.720
.500
.590.595
11/16
15-14-10 7/8-5/8
1-3/16
-16
7/8-20
1-21/32 17/32 17/32
.875
.995.500
1.000
.625
.715.720
45/64
7/8
1-7/16
7
8
9
10
8-21

Bulkhead Unions
1
2
3
4
5
BULKHEAD UNION SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
TUBE
PART NO. O.D.
20-4
20-5
20-6
20-8
20-12
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/64
7/16-20 1-31/64
1/2-20
1-5/8
5/8-20
1-49/64
3/4-20
1-7/8
1-1/16-20 2-13/64
THREAD
B
C
D
+
1/64 1/64
.005/.010
23/64
7/8
.250
23/64 63/64
.312
39/64 1-1/64
.375
35/64 1-3/64
.500
43/64 1-11/32
.750
.330-.335
.380-.385
.460-.465
.590-.595
.860-.865
1/64
.170
.232
.250
.375
.625
1/64
15/32
31/64
19/32
11/16
13/16
1/64
5/8
11/16
13/16
15/16
1-5/16
1/64
31/32
1-3/32
1-1/8
1-9/64
1-15/32
Female Connectors
6
7
8
FEMALE CONNECTORS SPECIFICATIONS
9
10
8-22
JACO
TUBE
PART NO. O.D.
25-4-2
25-4-4
25-5-4
25-6-4
25-6-6
25-6-8
25-8-6
25-8-8
25-10-8
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
PIPE
THD.
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/64
7/16-20 59/64
7/16-20 1-3/32
1/2-20 1-7/32
5/8-20 1-13/64
5/8-20 1-7/32
5/8-20 1-17/64
3/4-20 1-9/32
3/4-20 1-9/32
7/8-20
1-1/2
THREAD
B
D
E
F
G
H
1/64 .005/.010
.010 1/64 1/64
23/64
.250
.330-.335 .170 15/32 43/64
3/8
.250
.330-.335 .170 15/32 51/64
15/32
.312
.380-.385 .232 31/64 3/4
29/64
.375
.460-.465 .250 9/16
3/4
15/32
.375
.460-.465 .250 19/32 15/16
15/32
.375
.460-.465 .250 19/32 1-1/16
39/64
.500
.590-.595 .375 11/16 15/16
9/16
.500
.590-.595 .375 11/16 1-1/16
11/16
.625
.715-.720 .500 45/64 1-1/16
1/64
25/64
29/32
13/16
13/16
-

Male Elbows
1
2
MALE ELBOW SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
TUBE PIPE
THREAD
PART NO. O.D. THD.
40-2-2
40-4-2
40-4-4
40-4-6
40-5-2
40-5-4
40-6-4
40-6-6
40-8-4
40-8-6
40-8-8
40-10-6
40-10-8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/16-24
7/16-20
7/16-20
7/16-20
1/2-20
1/2-20
5/8-20
5/8-20
3/4-20
3/4-20
3/4-20
7/8-20
7/8-20
A
C
1/64
1/64
9/16
5/8
13/16
13/16
13/16
1-1/64
55/64
1-1/32
29/32
29-32
29/32
1-5/64
15/16
1-1/32
15/16
1-1/32
1-3/32
1-1/8
1-5/64
1-1/8
1-1/16
1-1/4
1-17/64 1-17/64
1-9/64 1-29/64
E
+
.005/.010
.125
.250
.250
.250
.312
.312
.375
.375
.500
.500
.500
.625
.625
.175-.180
.330-.335
.330-.335
.330-.335
.380-.385
.380-.385
.460-.465
.460-.465
.590-.595
.590-.595
.590-.595
.715-.720
.715-.720
.010
.109
.170
.218
.218
.232
.232
.250
.250
.375
.375
.375
.500
.500
1/64
7/16
15/32
15/32
15/32
31/64
31/64
19/32
19/32
11/16
11/16
11/16
45/64
45/64
1/64
1/4
3/8
3/8
35/64
7/16
7/16
37/64
9/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
13/16
13/16
1/64
13/16
.250
9/32
3/8
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/64
1/4
3/8
3/8
35/64
7/16
7/16
37/64
9/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
55/64
55/64
3
4
5
6
Female Elbows
7
8
FEMALE ELBOW SPECIFICATIONS
1/64
5/16-24 51/64
7/16-20 13/16
7/16-20 13/16
1/2-20
15/16
5/8-20
1
5/8-20
15/16
3/4-20 1-1/16
3/4-20 1-1/16
7/8-20 1-25/64
JACO
TUBE PIPE
THREAD
PART NO. O.D. THD.
45-2-4
45-4-2
45-4-4
45-5-4
45-6-4
45-6-6
45-8-6
45-8-8
45-10-8
1/8
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/64
7/16
15/32
15/32
31/64
19/32
19/32
11/16
11/16
45/64
1/64
31/32
11/16
3/4
1/2
31/32
43/64
1
11/16
1-1/64 11/16
1-1/32 11/16
1-1/64 13/16
1-21/64 13/16
1-1/16 1-1/16
C
1/64
E
+.005/
.010
.125
.250
.250
.312
.375
.375
.500
.500
.625
F
.175-.180
.330-.335
.330-.335
.380-.385
.460-.465
.460-.465
.590-.595
.590-.595
.715-.720
1/64
.109
.170
.170
.232
.250
.250
.375
.375
.500
1/64
23/64
3/8
3/8
7/16
9/16
9/16
11/16
11/16
13/16
1/64
43/64
9/16
51/64
25/32
13/16
13/16
29/32
29/32
1-1/16
1/64
23/64
3/8
3/8
7/16
9/16
9/16
45/64
45/64
13/16
9
10
8-23

Union and Reducing Elbows
1
2
3
UNION ELBOW SPECIFICATIONS
JACO PART TUBE

A
D
THREAD
NO.
O.D.
1/64 +.005/.010
50-4
1/4
7/16-20
13/16
.250
50-5
5/16
1/2-20
29/32
.312
50-6
3/8
5/8-20
15/16
.375
50-8
1/2
3/4-20
1-1/16
.500
50-10
5/8
7/8-20
1-1/4
.625
50-12
3/4
1-1/16 1-35/64
.750
50-14
7/8 1-3/16-16 1-9/16
.875
4
5
.330-.335
.380-.385
.460-.465
.590-.595
.715-.720
.860-.865
.995-1.000
F
1/64
.170
.232
.250
.375
.500
.625
.750
H
1/64
15/32
31/64
19/32
11/16
45/64
13/16
7/8
REDUCING UNION ELBOW SPECIFICATIONS

JACO
PART NO.
TUBE
O.D.
50-14-10 7/8-5/8
THREAD
A
D
+.005/
1/64
.010
1-3/16-20
1-9/16
- 7/8-20
.875
.9951.000
F
H
J
K
L
+.005/
1/64 1/64 1/64 1/64
.010
.750
7/8
1 1/8 1-3/16
.625
J
1/64
3/8
7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16
1
1-1/8
N
.010
K
1/64
3/8
7/16
9/16
45/64
55/64
1
1-3/16
O
1/64
1/64
.715.500 1-29/64 45-64

.720
Male Branch Tees
7
8
9
10
MALE BRANCH TEE SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
A
B
D
E
TUBE PIPE
PART
THREAD
+.005/
O.D. THD.
NO.
1/64
1/64
.010
60-4-2
1/4
1/8
7/16-20 1-29/64 47/64
.250
.330-.335
60-4-4
1/4
1/4
7/16-20 1-15/32 47/64
.250
.330-.335
60-5-4 5/16 1/4
1/2-20 1-39/64 13/16
.312
.380-.385
60-6-4
3/8
1/4
5/8-20 1-15/16 31/32
.375
.460-.465
60-6-6
3/8
3/8
5/8-20 1-29/32 61/64
.375
.460-.465
60-8-6
1/2
3/8
3/4-20 2-13/64 1-7/64
.500
.590-.595
60-8-8
1/2
1/2
3/4-20
2-7/32 1-1/8
.500
.590-.595
60-10-8 5/8
1/2
7/8-20 2-17/32 1-1/4
.625
.715-.720
60-12-8 3/4
1/2 1-1/16-20 3-7/64 1-9/16
.750
.860-.865
60-12-12 3/4
3/4 1-1/16-20 3-7/64 1-9/16
.750
.860-.865
60-14-12 7/8
3/4 1-3/16-20 3-3/32 1-35/64 .875 .995-1.000
8-24
1/64
.170
.170
.232
.250
.250
.375
.375
.500
.625
.625
.750
1/64
15/32
15/32
31/64
19/32
19/32
11/16
11/16
45/64
13/16
13/16
7/8
1/64
3/4
59/64
63/64
1-1/16
1-3/32
1-5/32
1-21/64
1-7/16
1-41/64
1-41/64
1-5/8
1/64
3/8
3/8
7/16
9/16
1/2
43/64
5/8
13/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-3/16
1/64
1/4
5/16
9/32
5/16
3/8
25/64
31/64
1/2
9/16
11/16
11/16
1/64
3/8
3/8
7/16
9/19
1/2
43/64
39/64
13/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-3/16

Union Tees
1
2
3
4
5
JACO
TUBE
PART
THREAD
O.D.
NO.
UNION TEE SPECIFICATIONS
1/64
1/64
D +
.005/
.010
70-2
1/8
5/16-24
1-1/8
9/16
.125
70-4
1/4
7/16-20
1-7/16
47/64
.250
70-5
5/16
1/2-20
1-19/32
13/16
.312
70-6
3/8
5/8-20
1-59/64
31/32
.375
70-8
1/2
3/4-20
2-1/8
1-1/16
.500
70-10
5/8
7/8-20
2-35/64 1-17/64
.625
70-12
3/7
1-1/16
-20
3-3/32 1-35/64
.70
70-14
7/8
1-3/16-16 3-3/32 1-35/64
705/8- 7/8-20 2-17/32

10-6
3/8
5/8-20
70-14- 7/8- 1-3/16-16
3-3/32
10
5/8
- 7/8-20
70-14- 7/8- 1-3/16-16
3-1/64
10 -10 5/8
- 7/8-20
117/64
135/64
129/64
.875
.625
.875
.875
.175.180
.330.335
.380.385
.460.465
.590.595
.715.750
.860.865
.9951.000
.715.720
.9951.000
.9951.000
F
G
H
1/64 1/64 1/64

.109
7/16
K
M
N +
O
P
Q
.005/ 1/ 1/
1/64 1/64 .010 .010 64
64
17/32
1/4
1/4
.218 15/32 23/32
3/8
23/64
.232 31/64 13/16
7/16
29/64
35/64 35/64
.375 11/16 1-1/16 43/64 11/16
.500
.250 19/32 31/32
45/4
1-1/4
53/64 53/64
111
35/64
1/16
11.750 7/8
1-1/8
35/64
3/16
1.500 45/64
13/16 13/16 .375
9/64
11.750 7/8
1-9/64
.625
7/16
5/32
11.500 7/8
1-9/64
.625
7/16
5/32
.625 13/16
.460.250
.465
.715.500
.720
.715.500
.720
6
7
8
19/
32
45/
64
45/
64
9
10
8-25

Male Run Tees
1
2
3
4
5
MALE RUN TEE SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
TUBE PIPE
A
THREAD
PART NO. O.D. THD.
1/64
75-4-2
1/4
1/8
7/16-20 1-15/32
75-4-4
1/4
1/4
7/16-20 1-21/32
75-5-4
5/16 1/4
1/2-20
1-3/16
75-6-4
3/8
1/4
5/8-20
2
75-6-6
3/8
3/8
5/8-20
2-1/8
75-8-6
1/2
3/8
3/4-20
2-1/4
75-8-8
1/2
1/2
3/4-20
2-3/8
75-10-8
5/8
1/2
7/8-20 2-47/64
75-12-8
3/4
1/2 1-1/16-20 3-3/16
75-12-12 3/4
3/4 1-1/16-20 3-3/16
75-14-12 7/8
3/4 1-3/16-16 3-3/16
9
10
8-26
M
1/64
23/64
3/8
7/16
35/64
37/64
11/16
43/64
13/16
1-3/64
1-3/64
1-3/16
Compression Nuts
FERRULE NUTS WITH INTERGRAL SLEEVE
SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
TUBE
PART NO. O.D.
0-2
1/8
0-4
1/4
0-5
5/16
0-6
3/8
0-8
1/2
7
8
B
D
E
F
G
H
K
1/64 +.005/.010
.010 1/64 1/64 1/64
3/4
.250
.330-.335 .170 15/32 47/64
3/8
15/16
.250
.330-.335 .170 15/32 47/64
3/8
1-1/64
.312
.380-.385 .232 31/64 13/16
7/16
1-3/64
.375
.460-.465 .250 19/32 31/32 35/64
1-3/32
.375
.460-.465 .250 19/32 31/32 37/64
1-9/64
.500
.590-.595 .375 11/16 1-7/64 11/16
1-9/32
.500
.590-.595 .375 11/16 1-3/32 21/32
1-15/32
.625
.715-.720 .500 45/64
1-1/4
13/16
1-39/64
.750
.860-.865 .625 13/16 1-37/64
1
1-5/8
.750
.860-.865 .625 13/16 1-9/16
1
1-5/8
.875
.995-1.000 .750
7/8
1-9/16 1-1/8
JACO PART NO.

PG-4
PG-5
PG-6
PG-8
PG-10
PG-12
PG-14
A
1/64
7/16
5/8
45/64
13/16
15/16
B
1/64
33/64
5/8
11/16
47/64
7/8
C
THD
5/16-24
7/16-20
1/2-20
5/8-20
3/4-20
D
+.005/.010
.125
.250
.312
.375
.500
PLASTIC GRIPPER NUTS SPECIFICATIONS

TUBE O.D.
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
A 1/64 B 1/64
5/8
43/64
11/16
47/64
13/16
23/32
15/16
7/8
1-7/64
7/8
1-5/16
1
1-7/16
1-1/8
C THD
7/16-20
1/2-20
5/8-20
3/4-20
7/8-20
1-1/16-20
1-3/16-16
+.005/.010
.250
.312
.375
.500
.625
.750
.875
STAINLESS STEEL GRIPPER NUTS SPECIFICATIONS
JACO PART NO.

SG-4
SG-5
SG-6
SG-8
SG-10
SG-12
SG-14
TUBE O.D.
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
A 1/64 B 1/64
5/8
43/64
11/16
47/64
13/16
23/32
15/16
7/8
1-7/64
7/8
1-5/16
1
1-7/16
1-1/8
C THD
7/16-20
1/2-20
5/8-20
3/4-20
7/8-20
1-1/16-20
1-3/16-16
+.005/.010
.250
.312
.375
.500
.625
.750
.875

Inserts*
INSERT SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
A
TUBE
PART
O.D.
NO.
1/64
P-4
P-5
1/4
3/8
5/16 13/32
P-6
3/8
1/2
P-8
1/2
9/16
B
.240.250
.300.312
.360.370
.475.490
C
D
+
.002 .005
E
+
.005
.199
1/8
.167
.217
9/64
.180
.245.200
.250
.370.300
.375
1
2
.235
.350
KYNAR Check Valves*

Viton O Ring
Stainless Ball & Spring
Maximum Operating Temp.
220 P.S.I.@180 F
Cracking Pressure 1-2.5 PSI
Zero Leakage
Male Pipe NPT Style
CHECK VALVE SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
MALE
A
B
PART NO. PIPE NPT 1/64 1/64
CV-2 K
1/8
1
3/32
CV-4 K
1/4
1-13/32 3/16
CV-6 K
3/8
1-1/2
1/4
CV-8 K
1/2
1-51/64 11/32
C
1/64
7/16
5/8
13/16
15/16
CELCON and KYNAR Pipe Nipples* (Non-Stock)

PIPE NIPPLE SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
MALE
PART NO. PIPE NPT
PN-2
1/8
PN-4
1/4
PN-6
3/8
PN-8
1/2
A
1/64
1
1-13/32
1-31/64
1-51/64
B
1/64
7/32
21/64
25/64
33/64
C
1/64
7/16
5/8
13/16
15/16
6
7
Blind and Bulkhead* Nuts
8
BLIND NUT SPECIFICATIONS
JACO
A
PART NO. 1/64
0-2 BLD
7/16
0-4 BLD
5/8
0-5 BLD
11/16
0-6 BLD
13/16
0-8 BLD
15/16
B
1/64
33/64
5/8
11/16
13/16
15/16
C
.005
.170
.300
.370
.455
.575
D
THD
5/16-24
7/16-20
1/2-20
5/8-20
3/4-20
C
1
3
3
3
3
3
BULKHEAD NUTS
JACO PART NO.
0-4B
0-5B
0-6B
0-8B
0-12B
* These items are offered in addition to our standard fitting product line. Standard discount schedule applies
based upon total number of items ordered and are not subject to combined pricing with our stardard fitting line.
10
8-27
HDPE & NYLON INSERT FITTINGS

Black HDPE and Nylon Insert Fittings
Black HDPE and Nylon Insert Fittings are ideal for all
types of tubing and are available in a variety of sizes and
configurations.
Notes:
Other sizes available upon request.

Available in PVC upon request.
3
4
5
6
7
8
MALE ELBOW
SIZE
(IN)
HDPE
PART NO.
(INSERT X MPT)
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
1/4
P4MEB4
N4MEB4
3/8
P6MEB6
N6MEB6
1/2
P8MEB8
N8MEB8
REDUCING TEE
UNION
SIZE
(IN)
PART
NO.
(INSERT)
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
3/8x3/8
x1/4
P6TUB4
N6TUB4
3/8x3/8
x1/2
P6TUB8
N6TUB8
1/2x1/2
x3/8
P8TUB6
N8TUB6
MALE BRANCH
TEE
SIZE
(IN)
(INSERT X INSERT X
MPT)
1/4 x 1/4
x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
x 1/2
HEX PIPE NIPPLE
9
10
8-28
(MPT)
SIZE
(IN)
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
MALE
CONNECTOR
SIZE
(IN)
(INSERT X MPT)
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
PART
NO.
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
P4MTB4
N4MTB4
P6MTB6
N6MTB6
P8MTB8
N8MTB8
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
P2HPN2
N2HPN2
P4HPN4
N4HPN4
P6HPN6
N6HPN6
P8HPN8
N8HPN8
P12HPN12 N12HPN12
PART
NO.
WHITE
PART NO.
NYLON
PART NO.
P4MCB4
N4MCB4
P6MCB6
N6MCB6
P8MCB8
N8MCB8
N12MCB12 N12MCB12
TEE UNION
(INSERT)
SIZE
(IN)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
UNION
CONNECTOR
SIZE
(IN)
(INSERT)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
BLACK
HDPE
PART NO.
P2TUB2
P3TUB3
P4TUB4
P5TUB5
P6TUB6
P8TUB8
P10TUB10
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
N2TUB2
N3TUB3
N4TUB4
N5TUB5
N6TUB6
N8TUB8
N10TUB10
BLACK
HDPE
PART NO.
P2UCB2
P3UCB3
P4UCB4
P5UCB5
P6UCB6
P8UCB8
P10UCB10
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
N2UCB2
N3UCB3
N4UCB4
N5UCB5
N6UCB6
N8UCB8
N10UCB10
REDUCING HEX
PIPE NIPPLE
SIZE
(IN)
(MPT X MPT)
1/4 x 1/8
3/8 x 1/8
'3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/8
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/2
HEX HEAD PIPE

PLUG
SIZE
(IN)
(MPT)
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
ELBOW UNION
(INSERT)
BLACK
WHITE
HDPE
NYLON
PART NO. PART NO.
P4HPN2
N4HPN2
P6HPN2
N6HPN2
P6HPN4
N6HPN4
P8HPN2
N8HPN2
P8HPN4
N8HPN4
P8HPN6
N8HPN6
P12HPN6 N12HPN6
P12HPN8 N12HPN8
BLACK
HDPE
PART NO.
P2HPL
P4HPL
P6HPL
P8HPL
P12HPL
WHITE
NYLON
PART NO.
N2HPL
N4HPL
N6HPL
N8HPL
N12HPL
BLACK
WHITE
HDPE
NYLON
PART NO. PART NO.
1/4
P4EUB4
N4EUB4
3/8
P6EUB6
N6EUB6
1/2x1/4
P8EUB4
N8EUB4
1/2x3/8
P8EUB6
N8EUB6
1/2
P8EUB8
N8EUB8
5/8
P10EUB10 N10EUB10
SIZE
(IN)
SECTION 9:
VENTILATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HF Centrifugal Fans 9-2

Universal FRP Fans 9-5
Instaduct 9-6
Instaduct Specifications 9-8
Instaduct PVC Duct Pipe 9-9
Instaduct PVC Fittings 9-10
Fire Retardant Duct Pipe 9-13

Instaduct CPVC Duct Pipe 9-14
Mass Tranfer Packing 9-15
Column Internals 9-18
Energy-Saving Hollow Balls 9-19
Eliminators 9-20
HF CENTRIFUGAL FANS
HF Thermoplastic Centrifugal Fans
Fabcos HF thermoplastic radial fans are designed specifically for exhausting

aggressive, low-aerosol gases, explosive atmosphere and ultra-clean air.
The HF fan is resistant to attack from most chemicals and as such ideally
suited for applications in chemical, pulp and paper, mining, plating,
anodizing, fertilizer, pharmaceutical, waste water treatment facilities as
well as educational and institutional labs. HF radial fans will accommodate
explosive atmospheres. Our product range includes more than 150 standard
components which allows for the design and construction of numerous
versions of fans. Axial, radial, and radial roof fans are available with direct
drive motors for consistent and maintenance-free performance. The housing
is fabricated from rotationally moulded Polyethylene (PEs) that is both flame
retardant and UV inhibited. Additional thermoplastic materials are available
to suit most applications. A condensate drain is provided at the bottom
point of the fan housing. The housing is mounted within a rigid hot dipped
galvanized frame. All sizes are available in clockwise or counter clockwise
rotations as well as six standard discharge positions.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-2
Both inlet and outlet diameters are the same sizes for ease of installation of adjacent duct work. In addition,
fans can be fitted with optional inlet and outlet flanges. The impeller is manufactured of injection moulded flame
retardant polypropylene (PPs), statically and dynamically balanced and keyed to the motor shaft by means of a taper
lock bushing. The impeller can be removed without first having to dismantle the housing. All fans are supplied
with high efficiency TEFC direct drive motors. Explosion and mill & chemical service rated motors are available upon
request. Available accessories include vibration isolators, flexible vibration isolators, inlet/outlet flanges, shaft seals,
inspection ports, weather covers, starter/disconnect switches, variable frequency drives. Fans are available in sizes
ranging from 6 to 20 diameter with a variety of motors up to 3600 rpm and 1/2 hp. These fans can accommodate
flow rates of up to 88,000 cfm and static pressure up to 12 W.G.
HF-centrifugal fans are ideally suitable for Benefits:
extraction of exhaust air and gases. These Fan sizes from 6 up to 20 can attain a maximum efficiency
fans are used mainly for extraction of corrosive
of 81% at the operating point.
fumes in such applications as:
Impellers are backward inclined providing the highest
and quietest operation with non-overloading horsepower
Electroplating and Metal Finishing
characteristic.
Circuit Board Manufacturing
HF series impellers are 20% larger than the former Oktavent
Chemical Processing
models; providing higher air and pressure specifications.
Pulp and Paper
The rotationally moulded housing has greater structural
Water and Waste Water Treatment
integrity, impact strength, flame retardant and UV inhibited.
Industrial, Government & Educational
Available in axial as well.
Laboratories
Impeller has massive blades, which are not easily damaged
Hospitals
should unforeseen objects enter the intake duct.
Pharmaceutical
Standard Construction Features:

Housing
fans can be fitted with optional inlet and outlet flanges.
The HF series of fan housings in generally made

from rotationally moulded flame and UV retardant
polyethylene (PEs). Other thermoplastic materials are
The housing is fitted with a splinter guard around the
circumference. A condensate drain is installed at the
lowest point of the housing.
HF fans are normally produced in an upblast position
and capable of rotating the exhaust outlet in steps of
45. The normal position is either refered to as GR 360
or GL 360. The exhaust outlet may be connected via a
flexible connector of flange outlet. Since the outlet is
round; attachment to round ducting does not require a
transition fitting.
Inlet/Outlet
Both inlet and outlet diameters are the same sizes for
ease of installation of adjacent duct work. In addition
Impeller
The impeller is made of flame retardant polypropylene

(PPs) that is balanced both statically and dynamically.
In the case of a direct drive fan the impeller is secured
to the motor shaft by means of a taper lock bushing. On
belt drive fans the impeller is secured in the same way
(taper lock bushing) to the drive shaft and supported by
flanged double bearings.
The impeller can be removed without having to dismantle
the housing from the frame. The fan is mounted to a
welded steel frame that is hot dip galvanized.
Drive Arrangements
Arrangement 4 Direct Drive

Arrangement 9 Belt Drive
Motors
Supplied as high efficiency TEFC motors. Explosion and

mill & chemical service rated motors are optional.
HF CENTRIFUGAL FANS
Accessories:
Vibration Isolators
All HF fans are designed to accommodate vibration

isolators in either neoprene pads or housed spring
units.
Flexible Vibration Connectors
Heavy-duty polyvinyl chloride (PVC) is available.
Inlet/Outlet Flanges
Where applications require tight bolted duct

connections. Flanges are available with or without
prepunched holes.
Shaft Seals
To limit the air leakage around the housing shaft

passage, a felt ring is standard construction. For more
stringent applications other shaft seal options are
available.
Material Data:
HF-fans are suitable for exhausting agressive corrosive

fumes or humid air. Explosive atmosphere can be
delivered with HF-fans especially designed for this
purpose. The permissible gas temperatures for plastics
most frequently used in our fans are generally:
For PE, PE-FR (PEs) -20 C up to 60 C
These temperature ranges must be reviewed and if
necessary limited depending upon gas composition and
impellers rotational speed. In case of exceptionally
aggressive media, the reduction must be reviewed
and determined from case to case.Our data sheets
contain information about mechanical limits. Other
applications or design changes must be implemented
in consultation with the manufacturer.
Rough assessment of chemical resistance can be made
according to the following instructions:
Access/Inspection Port
All HF fans can be provided with an access port,

which allows for examination and cleaning of the
housing interior without disassembly, resulting in less
downtime.
Weather Cover
For outside installation a motor covering hood is

available.
1
2
Starter & Disconnect Switches
A wide assortment of both enclosed starters/

disconnects from Nema 1 to corrosion resistant boxes
are available.
Variable Frequency Drives
A wide assortment of VFDs are available to meet both

motor capability and application.
Chemical resistance of materials used can be derived
from the material manufacturers. In case of critical gas
media, please inquire in writing giving all the conditions
of the application.
MATERIAL
PE, PE-FR
(PEs)
RESISTANT TO
NOT RESISTANT TO
Acids, Caustic Soda,
Oxidizing Acids and
Salt Solutions, Oil and
Halogens
Diluted Solvents
Note: PVC, PP custom fabricated on request.
Explanation of Code Designations:

PE = Polyethylene
PE-FR (PEs) = Polyethylene flame retardant
PVC = Polyvinyl chloride
PP = Polypropylene
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-3
HF CENTRIFUGAL FANS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-4
TYPE
HF R
HF R
HF R
HF R
HF R
HF R
D
160
200
250
315
400
500
A
18.27
22.91
28.78
36.25
44.92
57.76
B
20.28
24.41
29.42
35.75
44.49
55.12
C
18.86
21.65
25.00
28.78
34.96
41.42
E
11.42
13.15
15.75
16.69
28.46
35.16
F
G
H
13.39 5.47 11.02
15.12 6.38 13.46
17.72 7.24 16.34
18.66 9.21 20.08
31.63 11.42 25.59
38.31 13.27 31.89
J
9.65
11.50
13.19
17.28
20.28
23.98
K
7.72
9.61
12.32
15.47
19.06
24.53
L
11.42
1315
15.75
16.69
16.22
20.87
M
6.69
8.35
10.43
13.19
13.34
21.26
N
9.09
11.26
14.13
18.07
22.20
28.27
R
7.40
9.37
11.57
14.57
18.00
23.46
XMAX
18.03
22.72
25.63
30.55
32.88
38.94
LBS
49
68
108
143
192
271
Note: For engineering and performance information go to

http://www.fabcoplastics.com/ventilation/index.htm
UNIVERSAL FRP FANS

FBIX Backward Inclined Centrifugal Fan
17 Sizes : 12.2" to 60.0" ~ 310
mm to 1525 mm
Volumes : 500 - 80000 cfm ~
0.24 to 38.0 m3 /s
Pressures : to 17.0" wg ~ 4250
Pa
Maximum temperature 200F ~
94C
Arrangements 1, 8, 9 and 10
The
FBIX
backward
inclined
centrifugal high efficiency fan is
designed for severe duty corrosive
applications in odour control sewage
treatment installations clean rooms
and gas scrubber systems.
FRBJ Radial Bladed Junior Centrifugal Fan

3 Sizes : 10.6" to 13.5" ~ 270
mm to 343 mm
Volumes : 100 - 2100 cfm ~
0.05 to 1.05 m3 /s
Pa
94C
Arrangements 10
The FRBJ Junior radial bladed
centrifugal fan is ideal for laboratory
fume removal were the many
varied gas constituents can rapidly
deteriorate steel product.
FRBX Radial Bladed Centrifugal Fan

11 Sizes : 15.6" to 57.5" ~ 400
mm to 1460 mm
Volumes : 500 - 38000 cfm ~
0.24 to 18.0 m3 /s
Pa
94C
Arrangements 1, 9 and 10
The FRBX radial bladed centrifugal
fan is designed for severe duty
corrosive applications : waste water
treatment plants, plating facilities
and gas scrubber systems.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-5
INSTADUCT
Instaduct
Make EXHAUST SYSTEMS EASIER...thats the mission for FABCO

PLASTICs seamless, moulded, quick connecting (solvent cementable),
belled-end, rigid PVC INSTADUCT fittings.
INSTADUCT PVC fittings provide a broad range of cost effective
benefits over traditional, fabricated fittings. INSTADUCT PVC fittings
are exceptionally corrosion resistant, have smooth interior walls for
unimpeded flow, providing reduced sediment build up as well as reduced
turbulence and Static Pressure. They are non-contaminating for purity
applications, are installer friendly with fast, reliable, solventwelded
connections and the light weight means easier handling. INSTADUCT
PVC fittings also provide good pressure-bearing capability.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-6
INSTADUCT PVC fittings from 3 through 24 diameter are machine moulded, one-piece construction. Sizes 6
through 24 are normally stocked for immediate shipment.
INSTADUCT PVC fittings are manufactured from Type 1 Grade 1 PVC ensuring a high level of corrosion resistance
and a temperature rating up to 140 deg. F. For special applications involving higher temperatures or with abrasive
airborne particulate INSTADUCT moulded of Fire Retardant Polypropylene is available, in metric sizes only.
INSTADUCT PVC fittings from FABCO PLASTICS are the ideal foundation for a well designed and well installed
ventilation system. To compliment the moulded, seamless, INSTADUCT PVC fittings, FABCO PLASTICS also offers
a full range of Custom Fabricated fittings for applications over 24 in diameter.
Benefits:
Resists chemical and corrosive attack preventing

expensive maintenance, replacement and downtime
Safely withstands temperatures up to 140 deg.
F, maintaining system integrity in aggressive
environments
Provides consistent uniformity and reduced
fabrication time with seamless extruded sizes from
3 through 24 eliminating the need to fabricate
from sheet
Resists bacterial and biological activity
Reduces labour and keeps installation costs down
with lightweight, easily solvent cemented units
Low overall installed cost than other alternatives
Offers low flame and smoke generation
characteristics
Applications:
Air handling systems

Air pollution control systems
Corrosive fume exhaust systems
Source ventilation of fumes- for metal cleaning,
pickling, plating, halogen gas purging and etching
Exhaust ventilating systems- high humidity areas
Chemical Processing
Medical/Hospital Use
Electroplating
Pharmaceuticals
Food Processing
Dairy Processing
Laboratory Applications
Environmental Applications
Cosmetics
Beverage Processing
Fish Hatchery
In General, the selection of PVC will provide wider corrosion resistance than metal. Proper engineering design and
use of an acceptable plastic for the particular environment will result in satisfactory performance.
Care should be taken to avoid using PVC in presence of ketones, chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatic solvents.
The upper temperature limit is 140 deg. F (approx.). Most of the difficulty experienced with failures, resulted from
inadequately constructed units due lack of sufficient engineering design data.
When proper consideration is given to the corrosive environment, failures are rarely associated with the
incompatibility of PVC with materials being exhausted.
Notes:
The designer will have responsibility for the following:
The PVC must not be used to exceed manufacturers temperature and impact rating.
Inspection and maintenance opening provided (clean outs) should be on straight runs and elbows. Equipment
and special accessories should be accessible for the service required.
Standard and custom fabricated hoods providing proper capture velocities at those points where fumes are
generated.
Condensate should be collected and drained off. A recommended minimum slope for horizontal ducts pitched
downward in the direction of airflows 1 inch in 40 feet, with the recommended minimum slope for ducts
pitched downward in the direction opposite the airflow equal to 1 inch in 10 ft. Drains with traps or valves are
to be provided.
INSTADUCT
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)
Whenever the term PVC resins and PVC compounds

are used, they are generally understood to refer to
materials made from one of the following:
a) polyvinyl chloride
b) chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
c) polyvinyl chloride copolymers
The resin portion of the compound should contain
at least 80 percent vinyl chloride according to ASTM
D-1784-81. The compounding ingredients may consist
of lubricants, stabilizers, non- poly (vinyl chloride)
resin modifiers, and pigments essential for processing,
property control and colouring.
PVC has the ability to be compounded for a wide range
of applications. Use of PVC in air ventilating systems
however, is primarily limited to the rigid material. The
material in addition to being used for duct is also used
for structures such as hoods, exhaust fans, and fume
scrubbers.
Changes in physical property occur with corrosion

attack and are measured in terms of tensile strength,
impact strength, and flexural strength. The degree of
attack with organic solvents increases in order with the
following common solvents: Alcohol, ketones, ester,
aromatic and chlorinated solvents. A very distinct
softening of the specimens and some solution occurs
in most instances because of corrosive attack. Stress
cracking can occur with some plastics. However, Type
1, Grade 1, rigid polyvinyl chloride has rather rare
instance of stress cracking.
Higher
temperature
applications
in
corrosive
environments will result in substantial increases in
penetration and become apparent as temperatures
approach the heat distortion point. The decreased
corrosion resistance, as well as the upper physical
operating temperatures compared to working stress,
occur simultaneously.
FLAMMABILITY
PVC Solvent Cements - these cements are compounded

with PVC resins or copolymers, a solvent, and an
evaporation retardant. While clear amber cements can
be produced, most commercial cements are colored
grey with inert pigments. There are two grades of
solvent pipe cement. One is designed for DWV; the
other is of heavier consistency for Schedule 40, 80,
and 120 m pipes. When cementing is applicable, the
latter is suggested for structural fabrication. Cements
are available from FABCO (see section 4). Instaduct
up to 24 diameter can be cemented following proper
solvent cementing procedures. Duct and fittings over
24 diameter must be hand welded.
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), contains approximately 56%

chlorine by weight, and in its rigid, unplastisized form,
it is selfextinguishing when tested per ASTM-635.
(Generally, the threshold for vinyl resin to be selfextinguishing is approximately 30% chlorine.) Some
PVC ductwork is required to be furnished with internal
sprinklers while systems without sprinklers are
acceptable as long as the PVC does not exceed wall
thickness, (thin walled PVC collapses from the heat of
fire and interrupts flames spread by shutting off air
flow) and does not contain other combustible deposits.
CORROSIVE RESISTANCE
A) Equipment list and system layout.
Performance rating based solely on advertising data

from the reference material, can be made meaningless
by the presence of a contaminant. It is essential
that close coordination with the manufacturer be
maintained to ensure applicability. Corrosion attack is
primarily the penetration of the corrosive environment
into the surface of the plastic materials. This results in
a weight gain of the PVC. Penetration of the corrosive
environment onto the plastic proper also changes
the physical properties. The degree of the weight
gain, penetration and change in physical properties
is the manner whereby thermoplastic corrosion is
measured. Penetration either occurs relatively rapidly
or does not occur at all. A 30-day immersion test is
usually satisfactory to determine whether or not
a thermoplastic material will handle the corrosive
environment intended. Weight gain greater than 7%
suggests unsuitability.
Borderline environments in liquid service are usually
satisfactory for fume exhaust systems, where
condensation does not occur. Exhaust ducts with
adequate drainage can be satisfactory where limited
condensation occurs. Further, design of fume exhaust
systems usually incorporates 9 to 12 parts of room air
to one of fume, thereby diluting the fume concentration
and reducing corrosive attack.
CONSTRUCTION OF PVC DUCT SYSTEMS
Designed systems normally include the following:

B) Duct sizing information (diameter or width and
height) for all ducts.
C) Total system design CFM and all terminal CFM
requirements.
D) Frequency and/or location of access doors and test
holes.
E) Location and type of regulating dampers.
F) Location and type of all fire and smoke protection
devices and equipment as may be desired, or required
by local codes and regulations.
G) Location of flexible connections.
H) Location of all expansion joints.
I) Type of PVC material from which the duct is to
be manufactured, and details of the duct to special
requirements not in accordance with this reference
manual.
J) Pressure Classification: (positive or negative) to
which each duct system (or each portion of a duct
system where applicable) is to be constructed.
K) Location and type of drain connections when
required.
L) Details and location of any acoustical treatment.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-7
INSTADUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-8
Instaduct Specifications
1. MATERIALS
1.1 PVC Composed - The PVC used will possess

minimum property values equivalent to that designated
by ASTM-D-1784-81.
1.2 Rigid Sheets - Rigid PVC sheets used in the
fabrication of ductwork and accessories, shall be
manufactured from the basic compounds as specified in
paragraph 1.1. The manufactured sheet products shall
be equivalent to the requirements of ASTMD1927-81
1.3 Extruded ducts and Shapes - Extruded material,
where used, shall be manufactured from the basic
compounds as specified in paragraph 1.1
2. DUCT SIZES AND TOLERANCES
2.1 Wall Thickness :

The minimum nominal wall thickness shall be as
specified. The allowable tolerance on the minimum
thickness of the duct wall shall be minimum 15% of the
specified nominal thickness.
2.2 Round Duct:
a.) Extruded round duct up to 24 diameter shall be
determined by the nominal inside diameter and wall
thickness are indicated herein. Tolerances on extruded
duct including out of roundness shall generally be
governed by the requirements of ASTMS1785-83 but
in any event tolerance will allow for proper joint fitment
and cementing.
b.) Fabricated ducts larger than 24 in diameter shall
be determined by the nominal inside diameter. The
tolerance including out of roundness shall be the greater
of 1% of the diameter or 3/16 of an inch.
2.3 Fittings - Wall thickness of mitered fittings shall be
at least of duct of the same size.
2.4 Squareness of Ends - Individual sections and fittings
shall maintain suitable tolerances such that field erection
can be accomplished in a neat and workmanship like
manner, and such as to maintain essentially airtight
construction and structural integrity.
3. SOLVENT CEMENTING
Solvent cementing may be used as a method of joining

PVC ducting. (This process joins the O.D. of the duct
to the I.D. of the fitting). The solvents in the cement
produce a surface reaction that dissolves the PVC. As
the surfaces are places in contact with each other, the
solvents evaporate, the reaction stops and the PVC
hardens to its original state. (This method is suitable
only for applications where adequate surface-to-surface
contact area exists.)
INSTADUCT is closely fitted to ensure uniform contact
of the mating surface. When used with larger sizes of
duct (over 12 inches diameter or width) particular care
shall be exercised to insure that the solvent does not
set up in any area prior to mating of the parts.
When performing solvent welding, care must be taken
to follow FABCOs instructions precisely with respect to
preparing the material to be joined, applying the cement
and placing the materials into contact with each other.
4. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS
Thermally formed large diameter round duct sections

shall be machine fusion welding the length of duct.
5. ELBOWS, ROUND DUCT
Unless otherwise specified in the design documentation,

the centerline radius for standard elbows shall be 1
times the diameter.
6. OFFSETS
Unless otherwise specified in the design documentation,

the centerline radii for standard offset shall be the same
as for elbows.
7. TRANSITIONS AND REDUCERS
Minimum wall thickness and reinforcement of transitions

shall be that required for the larger diameter or width of
transition piece.
8. BRANCHES ENTERING MAIN
Branch ducts shall enter the main duct near the large
end of the transitions, at an angle not exceeding 45o
wherever possible. Branches shall not be positioned
directly opposite one another on a main or a sub-main.
The intersection of branches with mains and sub-mains
shall be continuously welded.
9. TRANSVERSE JOINTS
Hand welded butt joints may be used for connections

wherever desirable. For field connections, however,
it is recommended that a bell and spigot or flexible
connection be used.
10. BUTT JOINTS
A hand-welded butt joint shall have a tensile strength at

last equal to 75% of the duct itself.
11. BELL AND SPIGOT INSTADUCT
Bell and spigot joints, are made by thermal forming

of the end of round duct. The straight duct shall be
inserted into the bell end a minimum of 2
12. INSTADUCT COUPLING JOINT
The coupling joint is thermally formed of a thickness

equivalent to or greater than that of the duct. The
coupling is cemented to the duct section.
13. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
Flexible connections shall be provided to form an

anti-vibration barrier at the locations indicated on
the design drawings and shall be fabricated from the
flexible plasticized PVC material (not less than 3/32
inch thick) having corrosion resistance and temperature
compatibility suitable for the environment. Longitudinal
seams shall be sealed by machine fusion welding.
14. DUCT HANGER AND SUPPORTS
All horizontal ducts shall be supported. Duct shall

also be supported independently at other locations
and on both sides of an expansion or flexible joint.
Hangers and supports shall be securely fastened to
the building or structure. Care shall be taken to avoid
creating conditions of stress on the finished material.
Hanger materials and hardware shall be stainless steel
or plastisol coated steel for corrosion resistance as
necessary. Otherwise, mild steel or equal may be used.
INSTADUCT PVC DUCT PIPE

15. FUME HOODS
Fume hoods will be properly designed and fabricated to

suit the installations parameters.
16. VOLUME DAMPERS
Volume dampers shall be installed at the locations

indicated on the project drawing for balancing and
adjustment of the system. Volume dampers shall be
constructed of PVC material and provided with suitable
corrosion proof attachments for permanently setting
dampers in a fixed position after balancing.
17. DRAINS
18. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
The drains shall be full sized half couplings, preferably

2 in diameter and suitable for receiving standard IPS
pipe connections. The fittings shall be continuously
welded and trimmed flush with the interior surface of
the duct.
Fans, scrubbers, filters, eliminators, sound traps and
other such auxiliary equipment, can be incorporated
into the system.
Instaduct PVC Ventilation Duct Pipe

Fabcos Instaduct is available in sizes ranging from 6 to 24
diameters. It is manufactured from high quality PVC so it will be
in service for a long time and resist corrosive fumes and gasses,
in all sorts of industrial ventilation applications.
This lightweight piping system is easy to install and features
increases flow rates due to the seamless characteristics. Welded
construction supplied with socket (belled) ends and fabricated
from extruded duct pipe. Call Fabco for special or custom
manufactured duct fittings.
3
4
5
PART NUMBER
DIAMETER DIAMETER
WALL THICKNESS
O.D. (IN)
WT (LBS/FT) LENGTH (FT)
(MM)
(IN)
(IN)
010118
150
6.625
.125
1.530
20
0101181
150
6.625
.187
2.275
20
0101185
180
7.375
.187
2.534
20
010119
200
8.625
.187
2.982
20
0101195
225
9.375
.187
3.239
20
010120
10
250
10.750
.187
3.733
20
010121
11
280
11.375
.187
3.944
20
010122
12
315
12.750
.187
4.440
20
010124
14
355
14.000
.187
4.884
20
010126
16
400
16.000
.187
5.586
20
010128
18
450
18.000
.187
6.750
20
010130
20
500
20.000
.219
8.144
20
010134
24
600
24.000
.250
11.163
20
010138
28
700
28.000
.250
13.470
20
010142
32
800
32.000
.250
17.070
20
6
7
8
9
Notes:
Available in 20ft lengths

Product supplied with plain end
10
9-9
INSTADUCT PVC FITTINGS
1
2
3
Instaduct PVC Ventilation Duct Fittings

Notes:
4, 7, 9 and 11 fittings can be fabricated on request
90 SOCKET
ELBOWS
IN.
MM
PART
NUMBER
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
01010518
01010519
01010520
01010522
01010524
01010526
01010528
01010530
0101534
45 SOCKET
ELBOWS
IN.
MM
PART
NUMBER
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
01010318
01010319
01010320
01010322
01010324
01010326
01010328
01010330
01010334
45 WYE
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
4
5
6
7
SOCKET TEES
8
9
10
9-10
SOCKET
COUPLINGS
FLANGES
PART
NUMBER
01011118
01011119
01011120
01011122
01011124
01011126
01011128
01011130
01011134
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
DAMPER
ASSEMBLIES
IN.
MM
PART
NUMBER
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
01011218
01011219
01011220
01011222
01011224
01011226
01011228
01011230
01011234
PART
NUMBER
01010718
01010719
01010720
01010722
01010724
01010726
01010728
01010730
01010734
FLEXIBLE
VIBRATION
SLEEVES
IN.
MM
PART
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
01010618
01010619
01010620
01010622
01010624
01010626
01010628
01010630
01010634
30 ELBOWS
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
IN.
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
MM
PART
NUMBER
15 ELBOWS
IN.
MM
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
01011018
01011019
01011020
01011022
01011024
01011026
01011028
01011030
01011034
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
01011618
01011619
01011620
01011622
01011624
01011626
01011628
01011630
01011634
PART
NUMBER
01010218
01010219
01010220
01010222
01010224
01010226
01010228
01010230
01010234
PART
NUMBER
01010118
01010119
01010120
01010122
01010124
01010126
01010128
01010130
01010134

30 PANT LEGS
45 PANT LEGS
90 PANT LEGS
RAIN CAPS
EXHAUST AIR
DIFFUSER/
DEFLECTOR
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
MM
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
IN.
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
MM
160
200
250
315
355
400
450
500
600
PART
NUMBER
01011518
01011519
01011520
01011522
01011524
01011526
01011528
01011530
01011534
45 REDUCING
LATERAL WYES
PART
NUMBER
01011418
01011419
01011420
01011422
01011424
01011426
01011428
01011430
01011434
PART
NUMBER
01011318
01011319
01011320
01011322
01011324
01011326
01011328
01011330
01011334
PART
NUMBER
01011918
01011919
01011920
01011922
01011924
01011926
01011928
01011930
01011934
PART
NUMBER
01013018
01013019
01013020
01013022
01013024
01013026
01013028
01013030
01013034
45 REDUCING
PANT LEGS
AXBXC
PART
NUMBER
8" x 6" x 4"
010652180
10" x 6" x 4"
010652200
12" x 8" x 6"
010652220
14" x 10" x 8"
010652240
16" x 12" x 10"
010652260
18" x 14" x 12"
010652380
20" x 16" x 14"
010652300
22" x 18" x 14"
010652320
24" x 20" x 16"
010652340
24" x 20" x 18"
010652360
26" x 20" x 18"
010652380
26" x 22" x 20"
010652400
28" x 24" x 18"
010652420
28" x 24" x 20"
010652440
30" x 28" x 18"
010652460
30" x 26" x 20"
010652480
30" x 26" x 24"
010652500
32" x 26" x 20"
010652520
32" x 28" x 20"
010652540
32" x 26" x 22"
010652560
32" x 28" x 24"
010652580
34" x 30" x 20"
010652600
34" x 30" x 18"
010652620
34" x 30" x 24"
010652640
36" x 32" x 20"
010652660
36" x 34" x 18"
010652680
36" x 34" x 20"
010652700
AXBXC
PART
NUMBER
8x6x6
0101140806
10 x 8 x 8
0101141008
12 x 10 x 10
0101141210
14 x 8 x 8
0101141408
14 x 10 x 10
0101141410
16 x 10 x 10
0101141610
16 x 12 x 12
0101141612
18 x 10 x 10
0101141810
18 x 12 x 12
0101141812
18 x 14 x 14
0101141814
20 x 12 x 12
0101142012
20 x 14 x 14
0101142014
20 x 16 x 16
0101142016
22 x 14 x 14
0101142214
22 x 16 x 16
0101142216
22 x 18 x 18
0101142218
24 x 14 x 14
0101142414
24 x 16 x 16
0101142416
24 x 18 x 18
0101142418
Note: Above fittings are custom fabricated as required
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-11
90 ELBOWS
DUCT SIZE
(INCH)
26
PART
NUMBER
01045236
28
01045238
30
01045240
32
2
3
4
30 ELBOWS
PART
NUMBER
26
01025236
28
01025238
01045242
30
01025240
34
01045244
36
01045246
32
01025242
38
01045248
34
01025244
40
01045250
36
01025246
42
01045252
44
01045254
38
01025248
46
01045256
40
01025250
48
01045258
42
01025252
44
01025254
46
01025256
48
01025258
DUCT SIZE
(INCH)
26
PART
NUMBER
01005236
28
01005238
30
01005240
32
01005242
34
01005244
36
01005246
38
01005248
40
01005250
42
01005252
44
01005254
46
01005256
48
01005258
5
6
7
DUCT SIZE
(INCH)
Damper Regulator Mechanism

This new simple damper regulator is easily installed in plastic ducting
featuring a positive action handle that locks into and clearly indicates
damper position. Any fabricator or maintenance staff can install
the damper regulator. The Fabco damper regulator is made of PVC,
Polypropylene or Polyethylene. After installation, it is airtight.
8
9
10
9-12
45 ELBOWS
Operation
Note: For use with ducts up to
20 in diameter.
Pull (PT #1) positioning handle, turn to position desired and it

locks on release.
Damper position is indicated on position handle by orientation of
two indicating slots.
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
PDR
PVC
DAMPER REGULATOR
PPDR
PP
DAMPER REGULATOR
PEDR
PE
DAMPER REGULATOR
FIRE RETARDANT DUCT PIPE

Fire Retardant PP Ventilation Duct Pipe
Fire retardant polypropylene duct is ideal for hoods and duct systems answers the problems of
in-plant safety departments. Corrosive and toxic fumes are removed safely and down time is
eliminated as the fire retardant polypropylene resists corrosion. Fire retardant polypropylene
can attain a V-O rating according to UL-94 test for flammability of plastic materials. The
incorporation of additives such as organic Bromine or Antimony compounds gives the PPS
the fire retardant resistance. PPS is chemical and solvent resistant, has a hard surface and
low moisture absorbency. Its temperature resistance is up to 100C (212F). The material is
easily hand welded or fused like normal polypropylene. Care should be exercised in outdoor
applications due to limited outdoor weathering resistance.
Applications:
Features:
Corrosive fume extraction

Chemical blending
Automotive manufacturing
Municipal water treatment
Metal Finishing
Anodizing
Laboratories
Resists chemical attack replacement and downtime.

Safely withstands temperatures of up to 212F
Is extruded to IPS dimensions.
Is lightweight allowing easy, low-cost installation.
Material has excellent flame resistant
Is readily available with fabricated fittings of all
configurations.
PART NUMBER
OD (MM)
WALL THICKNESS (MM)
WT (LBS/FT)
250114
75
3.0
0.33
250114
90
3.0
0.34
250116
110
3.0
0.62
250117
125
3.0
0.82
2501175
140
3.0
0.92
250118
160
3.0
1.05
2501185
180
3.0
1.19
250119
200
3.0
1.33
2501195
225
3.5
1.74
250120
250
3.5
1.95
250121
280
4.0
2.47
250122
315
5.0
3.45
250124
355
5.0
3.89
250126
400
6.0
5.24
250128
450
7.0
6.82
250130
500
8.0
8.65
250132
560
8.0
9.69
250134
630
10.0
13.14
250138
710
12.0
18.39
250142
800
12
20.74
250146
900
15
29.21
Notes:
Standard length is 16.4 ft. (5 metres)

Colour is light grey with limited UV resistance
Fittings are available upon request
Product supplied with plain end.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-13
INSTADUCT CPVC DUCT PIPE

Instaduct CPVC Ventilation Duct Pipe
CPVC Instaduct is available in sizes 6 thru to 24 Diameter for

Institutional and Industrial hot fume service. This duct provides
superior resistance to corrosion and chemical attack. Its lightweight
and high-strength characteristics allow for easy, low-cost installation
in a wide range of applications such as waste water treatment
facilities, metal finishing and plating operations, anodizing and
laboratory uses.
CPVC
CORZAN
ASTM TEST
METHOD
Average Time of Burning (sec.)
<5
D635
Average Extent of Burning (mm)
<10
FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES
3
4
5
6
7
Flame Spread Index
<10
E162
Flame Spread
4-18
E84
Flash Ignition
900F
Smoke Developed
70-125
Limited Oxygen Index (LOI 60)
Self-Extinguishing
Burning Rate, in./min.
Self-Extinguishing
Softening Starts, approx. F
295
Material becomes viscous, F
395
Material carbonizes, F
450
Applications:
D2863
Features:
Resists chemical attack replacement and
downtime.
Meets ASTM material standard D-1784
Safely withstands temperatures of up to 212F
Is extruded to IPS dimensions.
Is lightweight allowing easy, low-cost
installation.
Material has excellent flame resistant
Is readily available with fabricated fittings of all
configurations.
Plating
Corrosive fume extraction
Chemical blending
Automotive manufacturing
Municipal water treatment
Metal Finishing
Anodizing
Laboratories
DUCT PART
NUMBER
DUCT
COUPLING
PART NUMBER
DUCT
SIZE
AVG.
O.D.
(IN)
AVG.
O.D.
TOL.
OUT OF
ROUND
TOL.*
MIN.
WALL
(IN)
AVG.
WALL
(IN)
MAX.
WALL
(IN)
NOMINAL
WT. PER
FT.(LB)
020118
02011018
6"
6.625
.020
.050
0.172
0.187
0.202
2.555
020119
02011019
8"
8.625
.020
.075
0.172
0.187
0.202
3.349
020120
02011020
10"
10.750
.020
.075
0.172
0.187
0.202
4.192
020122
02011022
12"
12.750
.020
.075
0.172
0.187
0.202
4.986
020124
02011024
14"
14.000
.030
.075
0.172
0.187
0.202
5.485
020126
02011026
16"
16.000
.030
.075
0.172
0.187
0.202
6.273
020128
02011028
18"
18.000
.040
.080
0.172
0.187
0.202
7.580
020130
02011030
20"
20.000
.070
.140
0.199
0.199
0.239
9.146
020134
02011034
24"
24.000
.090
.180
0.230
0.250
0.270
12.536
8
9
10
9-14
Notes:
Available in 10 ft and 20ft lengths

Product supplied with plain end.
Fabricated fittings available upon request.
MASS TRANFER PACKING

Jaeger Tri-Packs Plastic Packing
Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs is a hollow spherical column packing
constructed of a unique network of ribs, struts, and drip rods.
Its geometry was totally revolutionary and unprecedented
at the time of its 1978 introduction and it continues to be
the packing to which all others are compared. Plastic Jaeger
Tri-Packs are distinguished from other packing by its
superior geometric shape. Their spherical shape allows each
element to roll into the packed position without forming
void areas common to irregular shaped packing or those
with excessive pins and appurtenances. With Jaeger TriPacks, there is no need for allowances for settling and
nesting is virtually impossible. The round Jaeger Tri-Packs
offers reliable and predictable loading of your tower which
means reliable and predictable performance. In addition to
the superior geometric shape, an active surface area is vital
to mass transfer.
The unique network of ribs, struts and drip rods have proven to give the Jaeger Tri-Packs a distinct advantage
in providing excellent wetting qualities and maintaining liquid distribution through the packed bed. Some
suppliers claim more surface area, but surface area alone is not an indication of performance. Excessive surface
area can impede proper gas and liquid contact and always results in higher pressure drop which increases
horsepower requirements and operating costs. The Jaeger Tri-Packs offers an optimum surface area to open
area ratio which yields excellent mass transfer efficiency and reduced operating costs.
Jaeger Tri-Packs are available in four sizes, 1, 1.25, 2, and 3.5. Jaeger Products uses only prime, virgin
resins and no recycled materials are ever used. Jaeger Tri-Packs made of polypropylene (PP) have been
certified by NSF to Standard 61 for use in potable water applications. Almost any injection moldable resin is
available; the most common include PP, PE, PP-G, PVC, CPVC, Noryl, Kynar, Halar, Teflon and many more.
MATERIAL
Polypropylene (PP)
Polyethylene(PE)
Polypropylene Glass
Filled (PP-G)
Noryl (PPO)
Polyvinylchloride
(PVC)
Corzan (CPVC)
Kynar (PVDF)
TopEx (LCP)
Tefzel (ETFE)
Teflon (PFA)
Halar (ECTFE)
SERVICE TEMP.
(F) **
180
160
1" DIAMETER
1 1/4" DIAMETER
2" DIAMETER
3 1/2" DIAMETER
901010
902010
901012
902012
901020
90202
901040
902040
210-250*
901GF010
901GF012
901GF020
901GF040
230
951010
951012
951020
951040
140
905010
905012
905020
905040
200
280
903010
904010
953010
906010
915010
907010
903012
904012
953012
906012
915012
907012
903020
904020
953020
906020
915020
907020
903040
904040
953040
906040
915040
907040
350
400
290
MASS TRANSFER DATA
ABSORPTION
G (LB/
L (LB/
SYSTEM
HR-FT2) HR-FT2)
SYSTEM
HCl-H2O
1792
2048
HCl-NaOH
1567
2048
Cl2-NaOH
1229
2202
NO2-Na2S+NaOH
717
1127
NH3-H2SO4
492
1024
NH3-H2O
512
1024
NH3-H2O
512
4096
SO2-NaOH
1946
4096
HF-H2O
1844
3072
H2S-NaOH
1229
1331
Notes:
HTU-INCHES
TEMP.
(F)
32
77
68
122
68
68
68
68
140
77
68
7.0
6.1
9.9
32.0
4.1
5.6
3.6
8.1
4.6
13.0
10.6
8.8
14.5
49.2
6.0
8.4
5.4
12.0
6.9
19.4
12.0
10.0
16.0
54.0
7.0
10.0
6.2
14.0
8.1
22.0
Other plastics are available on request..

* Depending on glass content
** At 1 atm, air/water at max. recommended depth)
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE (IN.)
1
1 1/4
2
GEOMETRIC
SURFACE AREA
85
70
48
(FT2/FT3)
PACKING FACTOR
28
25
16
(1/FT.)
VOID SPACE (%)
90
92
93
WEIGHT (LB/
6.2
5.6
4.2
FT3)
NUMBER O
2,300
N/A
380
PIECES/FT3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3 1/2
38
12
95
3.3
48
9
10
9-15
MASS TRANSFER PACKING
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9-16
MASS TRANSFER PACKING

Transferlox Plastic Saddles
The high capacity Transferlox plastic saddle offers distinct advantages
over conventional saddle design. The serrated edges promote high mass
transfer rates through effective liquid surface renewal. The serrated edges
of the Transferlox saddle reduce bed settling during operation and assist
to maintain packing free space and create lower column pressure drop.
The Transferlox Plastic saddles are available in 1, 2, and 3 sizes.
They are available in 5 and 10 cubic foot cardboard boxes. The proper
installation is by dry dumping with reasonable care.
1
2
Applications:
Air pollution
Scrubbing
Liquid - liquid contact
Absorption, distillation, extraction, stripping, humidification,
dehumidification, decarbonating, de-aerating
Biological filtration
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Nominal Size
1"
2"
3"
No. pcs/m3 57500 6400 1400
No. pcs/ft3
1630 190
42
Wt.*kg/m3
95
60
48
Wt.*lb/ft3
5.85 3.75 3.00
Void Space %
90
93
94
MATERIAL
1"
2"
General Grade Polypropylene

Polypropylene (10% Glass
reinforced)
High Density Polyethylene
Low Density Polyethylene
PVC
CPVC
PVDF
918010
918020
MAX.
CONTINUOUS SPECIFIC
OPERATING GRAVITY
TEMP. (F)
918030
220
0.91
919010
919020
919030
260
0.97
920010
9201010
921010
922010
923010
920020
9201020
921020
922020
923020
920030
9201030
921030
922030
923030
212
190
150
185
290
0.95
0.92
1.46
1.55
1.77
3"
Transferpack Plastic Rings

The Transferpack Plastic ring is a robust ring featuring an open wall
construction which maintains even liquid distribution. Reinforced struts
provide additional surface area for gas-liquid contact and support the
outer ring. The Transferpack Plastic rings are available in 1, 2, and 3
1/2 sizes. They are available in 5 and 10 cardboard boxes. The proper
installation is by dry dumping with reasonable care.
Applications:
Air pollution
Scrubbing
Liquid - liquid contact
Absorption, distillation, extraction, stripping, humidification,
dehumidification, decarbonating, de-aerating
Biological filtration
MATERIAL
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Nominal Size
1"
2"
3"
No. pcs/m3
57500 6400 1400
No. pcs/ft3
1630 190
42
Wt.*kg/m3
95
60
48
Wt.*lb/ft3
5.85 3.75 3.00
Void Space %
90
93
94
1"
2"
General Grade
968010 968020
Polypropylene
Polypropylene (10%
969010 969020
Glass reinforced)
High Density
970010 970020
Polyethylene
Low Density
97011010 9701020
Polyethylene
PVC
971010 971020
CPVC
972010 972020
PVDF
973010 973020
3"
MAX.
CONTINUOUS
OPERATING
TEMP. (F)
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
968030
220
0.91
969030
260
0.97
970030
212
0.95
9701030
190
0.92
971030
972030
973030
150
185
290
1.46
1.55
1.77
6
7
8
9
10
9-17
COLUMN INTERNALS
1
2
3
Column Internals
Fabco Plastics offers a wide variety of internals for a given function. The selection among different types of internals
(i.e., liquid distributors) is made based on the characteristics of the application. Some internals operate better at
high loads, some at low. Some exhibit better turndown than others. The following list summarizes the points to be
considered in the selection of the proper internals.
Liquid Distributors
Tower diameter
Pourpoint density
Geometric coverage
Turndown
Presence of solids
Pressure drop
Liquid pressure
Liquid condition
Entrainment
Type and size of packing
Feed inlets
Space to top of packing
Material selection
Packing Supports
Tower diameter
Pressure drop & capacity
Packing type and size
Combinations with collector/
redistributors
Load limitations
Material selection
Liquid Collector/Redistributors
Same as for liquid distributors
Total and effective mixing
Gas redistribution
Gas Distributors
Column size
Inlet nozzle design

Available pressure drop
Turndown
Space availability
Material selection
Mist Eliminators
Efficiency/capacity
Presence of solids
Gas velocity and properties
Pressure drop
Liquid load
Mist size and properties
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
LIQUID DISTRIBUTORS
Trough type distributors are generally used in towers with high liquid rates and/or fouling service. Liquid is introduced into the
parting box which properly distributes the liquid into the troughs. Generally, one parting box is used for smaller towers while
multiple parting boxes are used for larger diameters or high liquid rates. Trough distributors can be made in plastics, FRP or
metals and ceramics. Orifice type distributors are made in various sizes and designs. Typically all sizes have round or rectangular
chimneys with a flat floor sealed to the vessel support ring. These distributors can act as bed limiters by having antimigration bars/
rods in the open areas. Orifice type distributors can be made in plastics, metals or ceramics.
SUPPORT PLATES/GRIDS
Multibeam support plates are composed of corrugated sheets perforated with slots/holes to separate gas and liquid flow paths
maximizing total throughput. The slots/holes are laid out in a uniform pattern where the open area approaches or exceeds the
cross-sectional area of the tower. The slots/holes sizes are such that the packing do not fall through them. The angle of corrugation,
height and width of each beam varies with design and material used. Multibeam support plates are available in various metals,
plastics and ceramics.
MIST ELIMINATORS
Knitted wire filament mist eliminators are available in various densities, filament sizes and surface areas to suit specific process
conditions for maximum removal of mist and micron-size droplets. Mist eliminators can be made in various metals and plastics.
Additionally, our random and structured packing can be used as mist eliminators. Chevron and plate type mist eliminators are
suitable for high liquid load, dirty services and high capacities. They can be applied in horizontal flow or used in vertical upflow
and they can be made in sections to be installed through a manway. Chevron mist eliminators can be made in plastics or metals.
CUSTOM INTERNALS
Special internals for liquid and gas distribution can also be provided. Fabco has experience in flashing feed, collector tray, and
sparger designs.
BED LIMITERS/HOLD DOWN
Bed limiters, or holddowns as they are also called, are used to limit the packing bed from moving and getting packing pieces
entrained away from the bed. They are secured to the wall or loosely placed on the packing; they are made of rods and bars or
in combination with screens or expanded metal, depending on the application. Bed limiters can be made in various metals and
plastics.
COLLECTOR/REDISTRIBUTORS
Collector redistributors are similar to the orifice liquid distributors with risers. Our model CR01 collector is composed of a
flat perforated plate with round or rectangular chimneys. The risers or chimneys have caps to prevent liquid from bypassing.
Redistributors are normally used when a long packed bed section has to be split up into smaller sections or when an intermediate
feed is inserted in the column. Collector/redistributors can be made in various metals and plastics.
JP-7 - A CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR PREVENTING FOULING OF SCRUBBER PACKING
One of the most common problems with air stripping and absorption towers is that over time they become fouled with solids,
resulting in the loss of efficiency, capacity and increased pressure drop. Fabco has accumulated a wealth of knowledge in dealing
with packing fouling problems while optimizing stripping and absorption efficiencies. The addition of JP-7 as a pretreatment will
keep free iron, calcium, manganese and other minerals in suspension, preventing oxidation within the air stripping column, thus
preventing a fouling problem. Typical dosages of JP-7 range from 1 to 3 gallons per million gallons of water. JP-7 is furnished in a
stable, liquid form and is fed on a continual basis with a low maintenance chemical feed pump.
9-18
ENERGY-SAVING HOLLOW BALLS

You can save money, conserve energy,
and reduce air and noise pollution with
Fabco hollow balls. Theyre not only
environmentally sound but they pay
for themselves up to 6 times over per
year. They just pour onto the surface
and covering 91% in a single layer. Balls
move out of the way for dipping and
float back into position automatically.
One layer reduces heat loss by 75%
and evaporation by 87%; with two
layers, reduction is 81% and 90%
respectively. Hollow ball blankets are
successfully used in many applications
including anodizing, food processing,
metal processing and finishing, sewage
treatment, gas scrubbing, temperature
retardation, and more.
As well, Fabco Hollow Balls control
fumes and smell, reduce evaporation
and foul smell with 90%, reduce loss
of valuable chemicals and fluids, save
70 75% energy on heated tanks, and
reduce oxygen uptake.
MOULDED HOLLOW BALLS
Part
No.
Approximate
Diameter (inches)
Approximate
Diameter (mm)
Weight
(grams)
Balls per
Pack
Quantity Needed
per sq. ft.
PP 10
3/8
PP 20
3/4
10
.2
1000
1076
20
1.0
2000
270
PP 25
PP 38
25
1.5
1000
172
1 1/2
38
4.5
1000
74
PP 50
50
8.0
1000
43
PP 70
2 3/4
70
16.0
300
22
PP 100
100
30.0
100
10
PP 150
150
90.0
50
4.8
Nylon
Delrin
Acrylic
PP
HDPE
Teflon
1/8
NY125
DL125
PP125
HDPE125
TEF125
5/32
NY156
DL156
PP156
HDPE156
TEF156
3/16
NY187
DL187
PP187
HDPE187
TEF187
1/4
NY250
DL250
ACR250
PP250
HDPE250
TEF250
5/16
NY312
DL312
PP312
HDPE312
TEF312
3/8
NY375
DL375
ACR250
PP375
HDPE375
TEF375
1/2
NY500
DL500
ACR250
PP500
HDPE500
TEF500
9/16
NY562
DL562
5/8
NY625
DL625
ACR625
PP625
HDPE625
TEF625
3/4
NY750
DL750
PP750
HDPE750
TEF750
NY875
DL875
7/8
1
NY1000 DL1000 ACR1000 PP1000 HDPE1000 TEF1000
Notes:
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRECISION GROUND SOLID BALLS

Diameter
Other plastics are available on request.

Heat loss data available upon request.
Case quantities are 1000.
Smaller quantities available on request.
9
10
9-19
ELIMINATORS
Eliminator Type LTH 2000
The Fabco Mist Eliminator, Type LTH 2000 is a profile eliminator for horizontal gas
flow. It operates at high velocity and captures droplets down to approximately
10 micron diameter. An important aspect of this design is that it has a drain
channel which positively prevents the captured liquid from being re-entrained
into the gas stream. The sophisticated aerodynamic design of the profiles
cause the elimination of liquid droplets by inertial forces. The profiles are
designed with a main drain channel to capture the bulk of the captured liquid
and a number of small drain channels to prevent reentrainment downstream
of the venture like throat. By this combination of drain channels the captured
liquid droplets are prevented from re-entering.
2
3
4
5
Features
Applications
Downstream of scrubbers,
especially spray scrubbers or
towers.
Process gas cleaning
Evaporators
Acids mists from electroplating
and electro-deposition plants.
Notes:
10
MATERIAL
PVC
PP.
Eliminator Type LTV 1500

The Fabco eliminator Type LTV 1500 is designed for vertical gas flow. It has
been developed to give high efficiency mist elimination with low pressure
drop. The multi-chamber profile causes the liquid droplets caught to be
moved out of the gas stream such that they can drain back to the process
without re-entrainment. We recommend operating conditions that consist of
an inlet velocity of 4 m/s, and operating velocity of between 2.5 and 6 m/s.
The LTV 1500 is available in Polypropylene, PVDF, and 304/316 Stainless
Steel. Other materials like Polystyrene, Noryl, PVC, CPVC, PPO, and ABS
are available upon request. The gas and the entrained liquid droplets are
deflected by means of the vanes of the profile. The droplets impinge on
the walls of the profiles by inertial forces. Ribs placed on the surface of the
profile cause the captured liquid to flow down the sides where it can fall back
into the process without re-entrainment.
LTH 2100 BLADES
PART NO.
LTH2100
LTH2400
We supply modular packs of profiles for installation into existing housings, towers or vessels and complete units
with housing for pressure or vacuum operation
We recommend operating conditions that consist of an inlet face velocity of 2.5 - 6 m/s, and up to 12 m/s with
two stages or more for a single stage of eliminators.
Also available in ABS, PVDF, Carbon Steel, Galvanized Steel, or Stainless Steel (304, 316) upon request.
Removal efficiency 99.9% of limit

drop size droplets and larger.
High face velocity which results in
com pact units.
Two profiles available, one with a
single drain channel, the other with
three to suit different applications.
Easy to clean.
Applications
Downstream of gas
scrubbers, especially
spray scrubbers and
packed columns.
Fitted also to acid
coolers, evaporating
coolers and
evaporators.
Features
High efficiency mist elimination

combined with very low pressure
drop.
Compact size finds wide
application.
Can be retrofitted to scrubbers
and other process equipment.
Available in a full range of
corrosion resistant materials.
LTV 1500 ELIMINATOR MODULES
PART NO.
LTV1500
LTV1520
LTV1530
LTV1540
LTV2415 *
LTV2415C
LTV1520C
MATERIAL
POLYPRO
PVC
CPVC
PVDF
ABS (BLACK)
ABS (CLEAR)
PVC (CLEAR)
MODULE WIDTH
12" or 24"
12" or 24"
12" or 24"
12 or 24"
12" or 24"
12" or 24"
12" or 24"
Notes:
LTV2415 ABS (Black) are Fire Retardant modules.
9-20
SECTION 10:
ENGINEERING INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Plastic Material Digest 10-2 Plastic Piping Standards 10-30

Thermoplastic Fabrication 10-3 Chemical Resistance Guide 10-31
Processing/Machining Plastics 10-5
Chemical Resistance Chart 10-33
Installation Instructions 10-7
Glossary of Terms 10-58
Solvent Welding Instructions 10-8
HDPE Pipe And Fittings 10-60
Thermo-Sealing Instructions 10-15
Thermoplastic Pipe Joint Repair 10-19 Pump Data 10-63
Threading Instructions 10-21 Conversion Factors 10-68
PLASTIC MATERIAL DIGEST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Plastic Material Digest

PVC
(Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM D-1784 Class

12454-B, formerly designated Type 1 Grade 1, PVC is the
most frequently specified of all thermoplastic materials.
It has been used successfully for over 30 years in such
areas as chemical processing, industrial plating, chilled
water distribution, deionized water lines, chemical
drainage, and irrigation systems. PVC is characterized
by high physical properties and resistance to corrosion
and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions
and many other chemicals. It is attacked, however,
by polar solvents such as ketones, some chlorinated
hydrocarbons and aromatics. The maximum service
temperature of PVC is 140F. With a design stress of
2,000 PSI, PVC has the highest long term hydrostatic
strength at 73F of any of the major thermoplastic
being used for piping systems. PVC is joined by solvent
cementing threading or flanging.
CPVC
(Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM

D-1784 Class 23447-B, formerly designated Type IV,
Grade 1, CPVC has physical properties at 73F similar
to those of PVC, and its chemical resistance is similar
to that of PVC. CPVC, with a design stress of 2,000 psi
and maximum service temperature of 210F has, over a
period of about 25 years, proven to be excellent material
for hot corrosive liquids, hot and cold water distribution
and similar applications above the temperature range
of PVC. CPVC is joined by solvent cementing, threading
or flanging.
Polypropylene
(PP) Polypropylene homopolymer, conforming to ASTM

D-4101 Class PP110 B67154, formerly designated Type
1, is a member of the polyolefin family of plastics.
Although PP has less physical strength than PVC, it is
chemically resistant to organic solvents as well as acids
and alkalies. Generally, polypropylene should not be
used in contact with strong oxidizing acids, chlorinated
hydrocarbons and aromatics. Polypropylene has
gained wide acceptance where its resistance to sulfurbearing compounds is particularly useful in salt water
disposal lines, crude oil piping, and low pressure gas
gathering systems. Polypropylene has also proved to
be an excellent material for laboratory and industrial
drainage where mixtures of acids, bases and solvents
are involved. Polypropylene is joined by the thermoseal fusion process, threading or flanging.
PVDF (Kynar)
(Polyvinylidene Fluoride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and

abrasion resistant fluoro carbon material. It resists
distortion and retains most of its strength to 280F.
It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases, and
organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet
or dry chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other
solid thermoplastic piping components can approach
the combination of strength, chemical resistance and
working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the
10-2
FRP
FIBERGLASS
REINFORCED
PLASTICS
commonly
manufactured by hand lay up (HLU) in accordance
with CGSB-41-GP-22 in Canada and NBS PS 15-69
in the United States. Also manufactured according
to ASTM D-3299 for machine made Filament Wound
(FW) construction. FRP constructions are on a custom
designed basis allowing the designer to select many
different resin systems and laminate constructions. As
an engineered system FRP generally displays higher
physical properties than thermoplastics with a wide
chemical and temperature resistance. Joining methods
are by Flanging, Butt and Strap joined or bell and spigot
connection.
FRP Reinforced Thermoplastics
These plastics commonly referred to as thermoplastic

lined FRP such as PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF, FEP, ECTFE
chemically or mechanically bonded to an FRP structural
overlay. This custom engineered system offers the
unique properties of the thermoplastic liner with the
superior physical properties of the FRP. Joining methods
include Flanging, Fusion and Solvent Cementing of the
LINER and OVERLAYING WITH FRP.
FPM (Viton or Florel )
(Fluoroelastomer) FPM is inherently compatible with

a broad spectrum of chemicals. Because of extensive
chemical compatibility which spans considerable
concentration and temperature ranges, fluorocarbons
have gained wide acceptance as a material of construction
for butterfly valve O-rings and seats. Fluorocarbons can
be used in most applications involving mineral acids
(with the exception of HCI), salt solutions, chlorinated
hydrocarbons and petroleum oils.
EPDM (EPT)
EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from ethylenepropylene diene monomer. EPDM has good abrasion
and tear resistance and offers excellent chemical
resistance to a variety of acids and alkalines. It is
susceptible to attack by oils and is not recommended
for applications involving petroleum oils, strong acids
(with the exception of HCI), or strong alkalines.
Teflon
PTFE
(Polytetrafluoroethylene)
has
outstanding
resistance to chemical attack by most chemicals and
solvents. PTFE has a temperature rating of -200F to
+500F. PTFE, a self-lubricating compound, is used as a
seat material in Fabco Ball Valves.
Neoprene (CR)
Neoprene was the first commercial synthetic rubber. It

is a moderately oil-resistant material with good ozoneresisting properties. Neoprene is not recommended
for use with aromatic hydrocarbons or chlorinated
solvents. It is specifically recommended for use with
higher concentrations of sodium hydroxide. It can be
used in continuous service up to 180F.
THERMOPLASTIC FABRICATION
Thermoplastic Fabrication
INTRODUCTION
The preparation of thermoplastics for assembly by

welding or other fastening methods is similar to the
procedures used in metal fabrication.
The pieces
are laid out, cut, machined and joined with the same
tools, equipment, and skills employed in the metal
working trades. There are, however, special forming
requirements for thermoplastics, not encountered
in metal work. The degree of skill and the quality of
preparatory work in layout and in various machining
operations on components for fit up are very important in
assuring accurate assembly and successful fabrication.
Fabrication of thermoplastics covers a wide field of
operations on sheet, rod, tube, and special shapes in
making them into finished products: cutting, sawing,
machining, forming and joining or fastening together for
the completed object. Machining may include beveling,
routing, grinding, turning, milling, drilling, tapping, and
threading. Once the different parts are shaped, they
then may have to be joined.
Assembly techniques include use of self-tapping screws,
threaded inserts, press fitting, snap fitting, cold heating,
heat joining (like hotplate welding, hot-wire welding,
induction heating, thermal-impulse heating, resistancewire welding, or hot flaring, spin welding), cementing,
and hot gas welding. Each operation requires its own
tools and equipment.
CUTTING
Thermoplastic rods and shapes can be readily cut with

an ordinary hand hacksaw, or power saws can be used.
Using a circular power saw, a cutting speed of 6,000
rpm. Using hand pressure is recommended. With
bandsaws, this should be reduced to 3,600 fpm with
hand pressure. Under some circumstances a lathe can
be used. Best results are obtained with fine-toothed
saw blades (6 to 9 teeth per in.) and little or no set
(maximum 0.025 in.).
THREADING
Thermoplastic pipe, rod and shapes can easily be

threaded using either standard hand pipe stocks or
power operated equipment. For optimum results in
threading, use of new taps and dies is recommended;
but in any case they should be clean and sharp and
maintained in good condition. Power threading machines
should be fitted with dies having 5 negative front rake
and ground especially for this application, tapered
guide sleeves are not required. For hand stocks, the
dies should have a negative front rake angle of 5 to
10. Dies which have been designed for use on brass
or copper pipe may be successfully used. Carboloy dies
give longer service.
Taps should be ground with a 0 to 10 negative rake,
depending upon the size and pitch of the thread. Die
chasers should have a 33 chamfer on the lead: a 10
front or negative rake; and a 5 rake on the back of
relief edge. Self-opening die heads and collapsable
taps, power threading machines and a slight chamfer
to lead the tap or dies will speed production, however,
taps and dies should not be driven at high speeds or

with heavy pressure.
A tapered plug should be inserted into tubular ends
when threading to hold the pipe round and to prevent
the die from distorting or digging into the pipe wall.
This insures uniform circumferential depth of threads.
Pipe for threading should be held in a pipe vice since
sawtooth jaws will leave marks. Thermoplastic materials
are readily threaded without use of external lubricants.
However, ordinary lubrication or cutting oil will be
beneficial to the operation. In a pipe-threading machine,
water soluble oil or plain cold water is used. Clearing of
cuttings from the die is strongly recommended.
HEAT WELDING
The most important and most versatile of welding

methods is hot gas and air welding which, in principle,
is similar to oxyacetylene welding of metals, but with a
difference in the technique involved. Specialized welding
equipment has been developed in which the pressure
and the rate and area of heating are precisely controlled
in order to provide strong, tight bonds. Welding rods
are available in different sizes to suit the individual jobs.
Hot gas welding of thermoplastics is accomplished with
a welding torch and tips or tools. It is divided into three
basic types of welding: tack welding, hand welding and
high speed welding. Each type requires different tips or
high speed tools.
1
2
3
4
5
FUSION WELDING
Industrial thermoplastics such as PVC, PP, PE, and PVDF

can be fusion welded using modern temperature and
pressure controlled fusion equipment. This relatively
simple equipment is available to fuse PIPE and Tube
products to 24 diameter. SHEETS and Plates can also be
fused using micro processor controlled fusion machines.
Weld efficiency, when using modern equipment, will
develop weld strength of up to 98% of the unwelded
parent material.
SOLVENT CEMENT WELDING
Cementing is a convenient technique for bonding PVC

and CPVC (High-Temp) stock. Surfaces to be cemented
must be clean and dry. They should be cut square and
smooth and wiped clean of dirt, grease, etc. with a
small amount of Fabco Pipe Cleaner.
When solvent-cementing, it is important to have close
clearances between the surfaces to be joined. Solventcement should be applied with an ordinary small
paint brush to each member. (Do not use synthetic
hair brushes). Then the cemented surfaces should
immediately be pushed snugly together. After the
cemented joint has been pressed together the initial set
takes place within several minutes.
Handling strength, however, is not developed for
approximately 30 minutes. Relative motion between
the cemented surfaces during the initial set period is
undesirable. It is good practice to apply no more than
10% of the rated stress for four hours. Full strength of
the joint is developed after about 48 hours.
6
7
8
9
10
10-3
THERMOPLASTIC FABRICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
FLANGING
One of the earliest methods of joining thermoplastics

piping, flanging continues to be used extensively for
process lines. Thermoplastic flanges and flanged fittings
are available in a full size range and may be attached
to pipe by solvent welding, by threading, or by thermal
bonding, as required by the particular thermoplastics
material.
MACHINING, CUTTING AND SAWING
Thermoplastics may be turned, threaded, grooved,

milled, or polished to very close tolerances, with the
same tools as are used for wood or metal.
The only requirement for machining of plastic that differs
from metal machining is compensation for heating
up of materials due to its poor heat-conductivity. The
limitation of heat build-up is accomplished by use of
sharp, high-speed tools, streams of air or water/soda
cooling, and proper machine feeds.
In machining plastics on a lathe, tool bits should be
sharpened as for machining brass. The tool should be
ground with a front clearance of 10, a 2 negative
back-rake and no side rake. The tool should have a 10
side-clearance. Chips should be blown or washed away
from the work to reduce frictional heat to a minimum.
The piece is set up in the lathe for turning or thread
cutting as in metal work but with special protection
provided for the plastic where it is held in the chuck
jaws. The plastic should be wrapped in several heavy
layers of heavy cardboard, held in place by masking
tape, before being inserted into chuck.
A cutting speed of 200 fpm is recommended. Lathe
speed for machining different diameters of plastic can be
calculated as: 4 times the cutting speed (fpm) divided
by the diameter of the plastic in inches. Example: With
a plastic rod 1- in. diameter, the lathe speed would be
200 times 4 divided by 1 or 800 rpm. Light cuts are

recommended - 0.030 to 0.060 in. cross-feed at a time.
In sawing plastic sheet, there is likely to be concentrated
heat build-up in the saw blades. To allow for this, the
blade used should be selected in accordance with
the gauge of the material. The saw blade for cutting
thicker materials should be heavier and should be
hollow ground. The saw should make a slicing cut in
the material: to do this, the teeth should have negative
rake, with little or no set. The rate of feed should be
very slow. The blade of a circular saw should just show
through the material. If it extends too far through, it
will increase the heat build-up, by increasing friction.
In cutting polyethylene and polypropylene on a circular
saw, the saw blade required is different from that used
in cutting PVC. PE and PP do not require a hollow ground
blade and are cut by a well-set saw blade. Shears can be
used for cutting of light gauge thermoplastic sheets. All
shearing should be accomplished at room temperature.
A cold sheet will crack or shatter. A 1/8-in. sheet of
Type 1 PVC can be sheared easily. Heavier-gauge Type
1 PVC will tend to cut off-square and also show stress
marks. Type 2 PVC, PP, PE and modified high impact PVC
shear better and to a higher gauge than Type 1 PVC. In
drilling plastics, the same problems are experienced as
in drilling metal. The non-conducting characteristics of
the material and the heat concentration in the tool must
be allowed for. This is accomplished by grinding the drill
differently than for drilling metals. If the holes are to
be drilled in the fabrication at hand, the drill should be
reground to a negative rake and the lip angle increased
for 59 to 70. The margin on the drill should be smooth
and highly polished to reduce friction. Drilling speeds
should be reduced: 50 to 150 rpm is a safe range, with
120 rpm being optimum. Very slow feeds should be
used.
7
8
9
10
10-4
PROCESSING/MACHINING PLASTICS
Guidelines For Processing and Machining Plastics
General Remarks
Non-reinforced thermoplastics can be machined

with cutting tools of highspeed steel. For reinforced
materials, hard metal tools are required.
In all cases, only properly sharpened tools are to be
used.
Due to the poor thermal conductivity of plastics,
provision has to be made for good heat dissipation.
Heat is best dissipated via the chips.
Dimensional Stability
Dimensional stability of parts is conditional on

stress-relieved, semi-finished materials which have
to be annealed. The heat generated by the cutting
tool otherwise inevitably leads to the release of
processing stresses and deformation of the part.
In the case of high material removal volumes,
intermediate heating may be necessary after the
main machining operation so as to remove the
arising thermal stresses.
Materials with high moisture absorption (e.g.
polyamides) may require conditioning before
machining.
Plastics require larger finishing tolerances than
metals. Furthermore, allowance has to be made for
the many times greater thermal expansion.
Machining Operations
1. Turning
Figure 3.
1 Finishing tip
For plane surfaces, face milling is more economical than

peripheral milling. For perpheral milling and profiling,
the cutting tools should not have more than two cutting
edges so that vibrations due to the number of teeth
are kept to a minimum and chip widths are sufficiently
large.
Optimum removal rates and surface finish are obtained
with single-point tools.
3. Drilling and boring
As a general rule it is possible to use twist drills; these

should have an angle of twist of 12-16 and very smooth
helical flutes for good chip removal. Larger diameters
should be rough-drilled or produced by trepanning or
internal turning.
On drilling into solid material, care must be taken to
ensure that the tools are properly sharpened; otherwise,
the developing compressive strain can build up and
cause the material to split.
Reinforced plastics possess higher residual processing
stresses with lower impact strength than unreinforced
plastics and are thus particularly susceptible to cracking.
Where possible, these should be heated to about 120C
before drilling or sawing (heating time approximately 1
hour per 10 mm cross-section). This procedure is also
recommended in the case of polyamide 6/6.
1
2
3
4
5
4. Sawing
Guide values for cutting tool geometry are given in the

table. For particularly high quality surface finishes, the
tip is to be shaped as a broad-nosed finishing tool as
shown in Figure 1.
For cutting off, the tool should be ground to the profile
shown in Figure 2 so as to avoid a remaining stump.
On thin walled and particularly flexible workpieces, on
the other hand, it is better to work with tools that are
ground to a knife-like cutting geometry. Figures 3 and
4.
2. Milling
Unnecessary generation of heat by friction is to be

avoided, since sawing is generally used to cut off
thickwalled parts with relatively thin tools. Wellsharpened and heavily crossed sawblades are therefore
advised.
Note: The information is only to assist and advise you
on current technical knowledge and is given without
obligation or liability. All trade and patent rights should
be observed. All rights reserved.
6
7
8
2
2 Turning tool
Figure 4.
Figure 2: Profile prevents remaining stump
9
10
10-5
10
10-6
5-10
6-8
15
6-8
POLYETHERIMIDE
(ULTEM)
REINFORCED
ENGINEERING
PLASTICS*
POLYETHERETHERKE6-12
TONE (PEEK)
ACETAL
HOMOPOLYMER
(DELRIN)
PPO
(POLYPHENYLENE
OXIDE) (NORYL)
950
V
8-10
2-8
10005-20
2000
500650 4-20
5
4560
15
12
1020
1020
1530
1020
1530
1020
5-20
1020
5-10
1030
1020
y1
5-10
6505-20
1300 5-10
5505-15 750
1525030 6-10 350
15
5-15
950
8-10
4560
950
1020 5-15
4-20
950
4560
5-10
6-8
950
9508005-15
1950 4-16
5-15 1600 5-10
9505-15
1300 8-16
5-15
4560
4560
9508005-15
1950 4-16
5-15 1600 5-10
4560
1080020 5-15 1600 5-15
8001600 4-20
4560
1016
8001600 3-10
5008005-15
1600 4-12
5-15 1600
1-5
10
4511502-10
60
4-12
1300
1525030 6-10 350
500650 4-20
1020 5-15
4560
4-20
6509505-10
1600 8-20
0-10 1600 8-12
950
4560
15
0-5
0-5
PET (POLYETHYLENE
TEREPHTHALATE)
5-10
0-5
0-5
6-10
5-8
6-8
ACETAL
NYLON 6/6
10
PVDF
(POLYVINYLIDENE
FLUORIDE)
6-8
6
2-8
5-15
6-8
2530
5-10
POLYSULFONE
ABS
(ACRYLONITRILEBUTADIENESTYRENE)
PPS
(POLYPHENYLENE
SULFIDE)
POLYCARBONATE
RAW MATERIAL
GROUP
6
120
7090
118
90
90
90
90
90
130
90
120
90
90
5-15
2-8
250300 4-12
300
400
150300 8-12
150650 4-12
150300 8-12
150650 4-12
150500 4-12
500650 4-12
50250 4-12
250300 4-12
150650 8-12
150300 8-12
1530
1530
1530
1530
2030
1530
2030
2030
2030
1530
1530
1530
1530
1600
950
1600
600950
950
950
950
600950
950
1015
600950
5-10 30005000
1015
5-8
0-5 16002600
5-8
0-5 16002600
2-5
5-8
0-4
1015
0-5
5-8
In the case of fluid

cooling only use pure
water
Preheat to 240F
before drilling or
sawing
water
Preheat to 240F
before drilling or
sawing
Preheat to 240F
before drilling or
sawing
Preheat to 240F
before drilling or
sawing

water

water
SPECIAL MEASURES
115- Use hard metal cutting

195
tools
100
115195
115310
75195
115310
75195
115310
75195
75195
115195
75310
115310
Clearance angle () y
Rake angle () V Cutting
speedft/min t Pitch mils
MACHINING
OPERATIONS
4
SAWING
Clearance angle () y1
Rake angle ()b Side angle
() V Cutting speed ft/min S
Feed mils/rev The angle of
twist of the drill bit should
be approximately 12 to 16.
DRILLING AND BORING
TURNING
MILLING
Clearance angle ()
y Rake angle () X Side
Clearance angle
angle () V Cutting
() y Rake angle () V
speed ft/min S Feed
Cutting speed ft/min
mils/rev The nose radius The feed can amount to
r must be at least 0.020 up to 0.020 in./tooth
in.
PROCESSING/MACHINING PLASTIC
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Thermoplastic Installation Instructions
SCOPE
One of the more important features of industrial

thermoplastics is the ease with which they lend
themselves to a variety of fabricating techniques. This
versatility, plus the wide selection of piping components
now available, make possible fast and economical
installation, maintenance and modification of industrial
piping systems. It is the objective of this section to
provide detailed instructions on all known techniques
of joining, maintaining and handling thermoplastics
in order to permit maximum integrity of your piping
system.
SOLVENT WELDING
The generally preferred method of joining rigid

thermoplastics such as PVC and CPVC is solvent welding.
This process gives a stronger joint than threading and is
also considered faster and simpler. Additionally, solvent
welding permits the use of thinner walls when compared
to threaded connections for equivalent pressure ratings.
THERMO-SEALING (SOCKET FUSION)
Polypropylene (PP), a thermoplastic polyolefin and

PVDF (Kynar), cannot be dissolved by even the
strongest of organic solvents. Since solvent attack (or
bite) by dissolution is necessary to effect a solvent
cement bond with thermoplastics, it is not possible
to join polypropylene or PVDF by solvent cementing.
Therefore, polypropylene and PVDF pressure systems
can only be joined using heat fusion techniques. A
thermal sealing procedure is used when joining using
SCOPE
heat fusion techniques. A thermal sealing procedure is

used when joining 1/2 through 4 sizes. When joining
6 polypropylene systems, which are recommended for
drainage applications only, a fillet welding procedure is
utilized.
THREADING
Threaded joints are sometimes used when a piping

system must be dismantled for occasional cleaning or
modifications. Since threading results in a reduction in
the effective wall thickness of the pipe, the pressure
rating of threaded pipe is reduced to one-half that of
unthreaded pipe, ie. pipe joined by solvent cementing
or thermal sealing. This reduction in wall thickness
resulting from threading can seriously affect the
pressure carrying capability and mechanical strength
of Schedule 40 or lighter pipe and therefore, only
Schedule 80 or heavier pipe should be threaded
when the pipe is used for pressure applications. Also,
threading is not recommended for plastic pipe above 4
inches in diameter nor is it recommended for pressure
polypropylene piping systems.
STORAGE
1. Pipe - When pipe is received in standard lifts it should

remain in the lift until ready for use. Lifts should not
be stacked more than three high and should always
be stacked wood on wood. Loose pipe should be
stored on racks with a minimum support spacing of
three feet. Pipe should be shaded but not covered
when stored outside in high ambient temperatures.
This will provide for free circulation of air and reduce
the heat build-up due to direct sunlight exposure.
2. Fittings - Fittings should be stored in their original
cartons to keep them free of dirt and reduce the
possibility of damage. If possible, fittings should be
stored indoors.
3. Solvent Cements and Primers - Solvent cements
have a definite shelf life and each can and carton
is clearly marked with a date of manufacture. Stock
should be rotated to ensure that the oldest material
2
3
4
FLANGING
One of the earliest methods for joining thermoplastic

piping, flanging continues to be used extensively for
process lines. Thermoplastic flanges and flanged fittings
are available in a full size range and mat be attached
to pipe by solvent welding, by threading, or by thermal
sealing, as required by the particular thermoplastic
material.
is used first. Primer does not have a shelf life but

it is good practice to rotate this stock also. Solvent
cements and primers should be stored in a relatively
cool shelter away from direct sun exposure.
CAUTION: SOLVENT CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ARE
COMPOSED OF VARIOUS SOLVENTS AND REQUIRE

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STORAGE. BECAUSE OF
THEIR FLAMMABILITY THEY MUST NOT BE EXPOSED
TO IGNITION, HEAT, SPARKS OR OPEN FLAMES.
HANDLING
5
6
Storage and Handling of Thermoplastic

Piping Components
Industrial thermoplastic piping components are

designed and manufactured for use in severe duty
systems involving the transport of aggressive liquids. In
order to ensure their integrity, once installed, they must
be handled with reasonable care prior to installation.
1. Pipe and Fittings - Care should be exercised to avoid

rough handling of thermoplastic pipe and fittings.
They should not be dragged over sharp projections,
dropped or have objects dropped upon them. Pipe
ends should be inspected for cracks resulting from
such abuse. Transportation by truck or pipe trailer
will require that the pipe be continuously supported
and all sharp edges on the trailer bed that could
come in contact with the pipe must be padded.
2. Solvent Cements and Primers - Keep containers for
solvent cements tightly closed except when in use.
Avoid prolonged breathing of solvent vapors, and
when pipe and fittings are being joined in partially
enclosed areas use a ventilating device to attenuate
7
8
9
10
10-7
SOLVENT WELDING INSTRUCTIONS
1
2
3
4
vapor levels. Keep solvent cements, primers and

cleaners away from all sources of ignition, heat,
sparks and open flames. Avoid repeated contact
with the skin by wearing proper gloves impervious to
the solvents. Application of the solvents or cements
with rags and bare hands is not recommended;
7
8
9
10
DANGER: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR
HARMFUL. MAY BE HARMFULIF SWALLOWED. MAY

CAUSE SKIN OR EYE IRRITATION.
Instructions for Solvent Welding

To make consistently good joints, the following points
should be clearly understood.
1. The joining surfaces must be softened and made
semifluid.
2. Sufficient cement must be applied to fill gap between
pipe and fitting.
3. Assembly of pipe and fittings must be made while
the surfaces are still wet and cement is still fluid.
4. Joint strength develops as the cement dries. In the
tight part of the joint, the surfaces will tend to fuse
together; in the loose part, the cement will bond to
both surfaces.
5
6
natural fiber brushes and other suitable applicators

can produce satisfactory results.
FABCO recommends the use of a primer for all

applications. A suitable primer will usually penetrate and
soften the surfaces more quickly than cement alone.
Additionally, the use of a primer can provide a safety
factor for the installer, for he can know under various
temperature conditions when sufficient softening has
been achieved. For example, in cold weather more time
and additional applications may be required.
Sufficient cement to fill the loose part of the joint must
be applied. Besides filling the gap, adequate cement
layers will penetrate the surfaces and also remain wet
until the joint is assembled. Prove this for yourself.
Apply on the top surface of a piece of pipe two separate
layers of cement.
First apply a heavy layer of cement; then along side

it, apply a thin brushed out layer. Test the layers every
15 seconds or so by a gentle tap with your finger. You
will note that the thin layer becomes tacky and then
dries quickly (probably within 15 seconds); the heavy
layer will remain wet much longer. A few minutes after
10-8
applying these layers check for penetration. Scrape the

surface of both with a knife. The thin layer will have
achieved little or no penetration; the heavy one will
have achieved much more penetration.
If the cement coatings on the pipe and fittings are wet
and fluid when assembly takes place, they will tend to
flow together and become one cement layer. Also, if the
cement is wet, the surfaces beneath them will still be
soft and these softened surfaces in the tight part of the
joint will tend to fuse together. As the solvent dissipates,
the cement layer and the softened surfaces will harden
with a corresponding increase in joint strength. A good
joint will take the required working pressure long
before the joint is fully dry and final joint strength is
obtained. In the tight (fused) part of the joint, strength
will develop more quickly than in the looser (bonded)
part of the joint. Information about the development
of bond strength of solvent welded joints is available in
this manual.
SOLVENT WELDING WITH PRIMER
1. Assemble proper materials for the job (proper primer,

cement, if necessary - cleaner, and applicator for
the size of pipe and fittings to be assembled).
2. Pipe must be cut as square as possible. Use a miter
box saw or power saw. Check the end of the pipe
with a square to make sure it has been cut squarely.
A diagonal cut reduces bonding area in the most
effective and critical part of the joint.
3. Plastic tubing cutters may also be used for cutting

plastic pipe; however, some produce a raised bead
at the end of the pipe. This bead must be removed
with a file or deburring tool, as it will scrape the
cement away when pipe is inserted into the fitting.

7. Use the right applicator for the size of pipe or
fittings being joined. The applicator size should be
approximately 1/2 the pipe diameter. It is important
that a satisfactory size applicator be used to help
ensure that sufficient layers of cement are applied.
4. Remove inside diameter burrs or raised beads with

an internal deburring tool or knife. Remove the
burrs or raised beads on the outside diameter of the
pipe by using a file or external deburring tool that
will produce a 3/32, 10-15 chamfer (bevel). Burrs
can scrape channels into pre-softened surfaces or
create hang-ups across the inside fitting diameter.
2
8. Priming; the purpose of a primer is to penetrate and
soften the surfaces so they can fuse together. The
proper use of a primer and checking its softening
capability provides assurance that the surfaces are
prepared for fusion in a wide variety of conditions.
Check the penetration or softening on a piece of
scrap pipe before you start the installation or if the
weather changes during the day.
5. With a clean-dry rag, remove any dirt, grease,

shavings or moisture from the inside and outside
of the pipe and fitting. A thorough wipe is usually
sufficient. (Moisture will retard cure and dirt, grease,
or any foreign material can prevent proper fusion).
6. Check pipe and fittings for dry fit before cementing.

For proper interference fit, fitting should go over
end of pipe easily but become tight about 1/3 to
2/3 of the way on. Too tight a fit is not desirable;
you must be able to fully bottom the pipe in the
socket during assembly. If the pipe and fittings are
not out of round, a satisfactory joint can be made
if there is a net fit, that is, the pipe bottoms in
the fitting socket with no interference, but without
slop. A quick, dry fit slop test: Hold a short length
of pipe vertically with a fitting bottomed on the
pipe. If the fitting falls off the end of the pipe, do
not start assembly. Contact your pipe or fitting
supplier. Measure the fitting socket length and mark
this distance on the pipe OD to insure the fitting
has been fully inserted, add a couple inches to this
distance and make a second check mark on the
pipe, as the primer and cement will remove the first
mark. All pipe and fittings must conform to ASTM or
other recognized product standards.
Using a knife or other sharp object, drag the edge

over the coated surface. Proper penetration has been
made if you can scratch or scrape a few thousandths of
the primed surface away. Because weather conditions
do affect priming and cementing action, repeated
applications to both surfaces may be necessary. In cold
weather more time is required for proper penetration.
NOTE: WITHOUT HESITATION, COMPLETE STEPS 9
THROUGH 16.
FOR PIPE DIAMETERS OF 6 AND LARGER, THE SIZE
OF THE JOINING CREW SHOULD BE INCREASED (SEE
JOINING LARGE DIAMETER PIPE AND FITTINGS).
9. Using the correct applicator (as outlined in step #7),
aggressively apply the primer into fitting socket,
keeping the surface and applicator wet until the
surface has been softened. More applications may
be needed for hard surfaces and cold weather
conditions. Re-dip the applicator in primer as
required. When the surface is primed, remove any
puddles of primer from the socket.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10. Next, aggressively apply the primer to the end of

the pipe to a point 1/2 beyond the depth of the
fitting socket.
10
10-9
1
2
11. Apply a second application of primer to the fitting

socket. Do not allow primer to run down the inside
of the fitting or pipe.
3
4
5
12. With the proper size and type of applicator,

while surfaces are still wet, immediately apply the
appropriate Weld-On cement.
16. Immediately, while cement is still wet, assemble

the pipe and fittings. If not completely wet, recoat
parts before assembly. If cement coatings have
hardened, cut pipe, dispose of fitting and start over.
Do not assemble partially cured surfaces. While
inserting, twist 1/8 to 1/4 turn until reaching socket
bottom. Do not continue to rotate after the pipe has
reached the socket bottom.
17. Hold the pipe and fitting together for a minimum

of 30 seconds to eliminate movement or pushout.
PLEASE NOTE: THE ADDING OF PRIMERS, CLEANERS

OR OTHER THINNERS TO THIN THE VISCOSITY OF
SOLVENT CEMENT IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
13. Cementing: (Stir or shake the cement before
using.) Aggressively apply a full, even layer of
cement to the pipe-end equal to the depth of the
fitting socket do not brush it out to a thin paint
type layer, as this will dry too quickly.
18. After assembly, a joint should have a ring or bead of

cement completely around the juncture of the pipe
and fitting. If voids (gaps) in this ring are present,
sufficient cement was not applied and the joint may
be defective.
6
7
14. Aggressively apply a medium layer of cement into

the fitting socket; avoid puddling cement in the
socket. On bell-end pipe do not coat beyond the
socket depth or allow cement to run down into the
pipe beyond the bell.
8
9
19. Using a rag, remove the excess cement from the

pipe and fitting, including the ring or bead around
the socket entrance, as it will needlessly soften the
pipe and fitting, and does not add to joint strength.
Excess cement around the socket entrance will
also extend the cure time. Avoid disturbing or
moving the joint.
15. Apply a second, full even layer of cement on the

pipe. Most joint failures are caused by insufficient
application of cement.
10
10-10
20. Handle newly assembled joints carefully until

initial set has taken place. Follow Weld-On set and
cure times before handling or hydro-testing piping
system.

Joining Large Diameter Pipe and Fittings
6 Diameter and Larger
As pipe diameter increases, so does the difficulty in

installing it. The professional installer should be able to
successfully assemble large diameter pipe and fittings
by following the Weld-On Solvent Welding with Primer
instructions listed in the beginning of this guide along
with the following additional recommendations.
1. Use of proper size applicators is even more necessary
to ensure enough cement is applied to fill the larger
gap that exists between the pipe and fittings.
2. Of equal importance is the use of the applicable
cement for the size of pipe and fittings being
installed. We recommend the following:
up to 12 PVC Sch 40 or Sch 80 - Weld-On 711
& 717
up to 30 PVC Sch 40 or Sch 80 - Weld-On 719
up to 12 CPVC - Weld-On 714 & 724
up to 24 CPVC Duct - Weld-On 729
3. End of pipe must be cut square
and chamfered (beveled).
(See photo beside)
4. Increase size of joining crew:
6- 8: 2-3 people per joint
10- 30: 3-4 people per joint
It is important in large diameter
joining that the primer and
cement be applied simultaneously
to the pipe and fittings.
5. Make sure to apply a second, full layer of cement to
the pipe.
6. Because of the short sockets in many large diameter
fittings, IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO HAVE PIPE
BOTTOMED INTO THE FITTING. Large diameter
pipe is heavy and can develop significant resistance
during insertion, before reaching socket bottom.
It is for this reason that we recommend above 4
diameter the use of a pipe-puller such as the one
pictured. (Available at FABCO PLASTICS).
Tips for Installation:
1. Installers should attend a Weld-On Installation

Seminar.
2. Allow at least two to three times the normal set and
7. Large diameter pipe and fittings require longer set

and cure times. *(In cold weather, a heat blanket
may be used to speed up the set and cure times.)
8. Prefabricate as many joints as possible.
9. If pipe is to be buried, make as many joints as
possible above ground, then after joints have cured,
carefully lower into trench.
10. Never bury empty cans, brushes, or anything else
containing wet cement, primer, or cleaner next to
the pipe.
*Contact FABCO PLASTICS for further information.
4
5
6
cure times on page 22.

3. Flush system before putting into operation.
4. Installers should use extra care during assembly to
ensure proper installation of system.
5. Make sure the proper cement for the specific
application is used.
6. If there is any doubt about compatibility of materials
(pipe, fittings or cement) with chemicals in system,
manufacturers of materials should be contacted.
Repairs
Taking into consideration the cost of materials, time
involved and labor costs, in most cases the installer
is better off cutting out the defective joint, replacing
it with new materials and taking greater care in the
joining process.
If the joint cannot be cut out, the following repair is
somewhat successful. This repair is for leaks only, not
cases where pipe has separated from fitting. Leak area
should be dry and clean of debris, oil or grease.
2
3
Chemical Applications
Installations of plastic pipe and fittings for chemical
applications requires a higher degree of skill than other
installations; joint failures in these systems could be
life threatening. It is for this reason we recommend the
following tips for these applications.
1. Apply Weld-On 810/811 to area to be repaired.

Let the adhesive set.
2. Cut a fiberglass mat or tape, providing sufficient
coverage/wrap to the leak area. Saturate mat/tape
with adhesive.
3. Cover or wrap repair area with saturated mat/tape.
Work air bubbles out of the fiberglass mat/tape.
4. Let repaired area cure before pressurizing. Although
not a guaranteed fix, this process has proven very
successful in most applications.
7
8
9
10
10-11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Joining Plastic Pipe in Hot Weather

There are many occasions when solvent welding plastic pipe at 95F (38C) temperatures and above cannot be
avoided. If special precautions are taken, problems can be avoided.
Solvent cements for plastic pipe contain high strength solvents which evaporate faster at elevated temperatures.
This is especially true when there is a hot wind blowing. If the pipe is stored in direct sunlight, the pipe surface
temperatures may be from 20F to 30F (10C to 15C) higher than the ambient temperature. Solvents attack
these hot surfaces faster and deeper, especially inside a joint. Therefore, it is very important to avoid puddling the
cement inside the fitting socket and to wipe off any excess cement outside the joint.
By following our standard instructions and using a little extra care, as outlined below, successful solvent cemented
joints can be made in even the most extreme hot weather conditions.
Tips to Follow when Solvent Welding in High Temperatures:
1. Store solvent cements and primers in a cool or shaded area prior to use.
2. If possible, store fittings and pipe or at least the ends to be solvent welded, in a shady area before cementing.
3. Cool the surfaces to be joined by wiping with a damp rag. Make sure that surface is dry prior to applying
solvent cement.
4. Try to do the solvent welding during the cooler morning hours.
5. Make sure that both surfaces to be joined are still wet with cement when putting them together. With large
diameter pipe, more people on the crew may be necessary.
6. Using a primer and a heavier, high viscosity cement will provide a little more working time. Vigorously shake
or stir the cement before using.
As you know, during hot weather there can be a greater expansion-contraction factor. We suggest you follow the
advice of the pipe manufacturer regarding this condition. Anchored, and final connections should be made during
the cooler hours of the day.
By using Weld-On products as recommended and by following these hot weather tips, making strong, leakproof
joints even during very hot weather conditions can be achieved.
Joining Plastic Pipe in Cold Weather

Working in freezing temperatures is never easy. But sometimes the job is necessary. If that unavoidable job
includes solvent welding plastic pipe, you can do it successfully with Weld-On Solvent Cements.
By following our standard instructions and using a little extra care as outlined below, successful solvent welded
joints can be made at temperatures even as low as -15F (-26C). In cold weather, solvents penetrate and soften
the plastic pipe and fitting surfaces more slowly than in warm weather. Also the plastic is more resistant to solvent
attack. Therefore it becomes even more important to presoften surfaces with an aggressive primer. And, because
of slower evaporation, a longer cure time is necessary. Our cure schedules allow a margin for safety, but for colder
weather more time should be allowed.
Tips to Follow in Solvent Welding during Cold Weather:
1. Prefabricate as much of the system as is possible in a heated work area.

2. Store cements and primers in a warmer area when not in use and make sure they remain fluid. If possible,
store the fittings & valves the same way.
3. Take special care to remove moisture including ice and snow from the surfaces to be joined, especially from
around the ends of the pipe.
4. Use the most aggressive Weld-On Primer available to soften the joining surfaces before applying cement. More
than one application may be necessary.
5. Vigorously shake or stir cement before using. Allow a longer cure period before the system is tested and used.
*A heat blanket may be used to speed up the set and cure times.
6. Read and follow all of our directions carefully before installation. All Weld-On cements are formulated to have
well balanced drying characteristics and to have good stability in subfreezing temperatures.
For all practical purposes, good solvent welded joints can be made in very cold conditions with proper care and a
little common sense.
AVERAGE INITIAL SET SCHEDULE FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS
TEMPERATURE PIPE SIZES
PIPE SIZES PIPE SIZES PIPE SIZES PIPE SIZES
RANGE
1/2 TO 1 1/4 1 1/2 TO 2 2 1/2 TO 8 10 TO 15
15+
60-100F
2 min.
5 min.
30 min.
2 hrs.
4 hrs.
40-60F
5 min.
10 min.
2 hrs.
8 hrs.
16 hrs.
0-40F
10 min.
15 min.
12 hrs.
24 hrs.
48 hrs.
Note - Initial set schedule is the necessary time to allow before the joint can be carefully handled. In damp or
humid weather, allow 50% more set time.
10-12
AVERAGE JOINT CURE SCHEDULE FOR WELD-ON PVC/CPVC SOLVENT CEMENTS

RELATIVE
CURE TIME
CURE TIME
CURE TIME
CURE TIME CURE TIME
HUMIDITY
PIPE SIZES
PIPE SIZES
PIPE SIZES
PIPE SIZES PIPE SIZES
60% OR LESS
1/2 TO 1 1/4
1 1/2 TO 2
2 1/2 TO 8
10 TO 15
15+
Temperature
above 160
above 160
above 160
range during
up to
up to
up to 160
up to 100
up to 100
psi to 370
psi to 315
psi to 315
assembly and 160 psi
160 psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
cure periods
60-100F
15 min.
6 hrs.
30 min.
12 hrs. 1 1/2 hrs. 24 hrs.
48 hrs.
72 hrs.
40-60F
20 min.
12 hrs.
45 min.
24 hrs.
4 hrs.
48 hrs.
96 hrs
6 days
0-40F
30 min.
48 hrs.
1 hr.
96 hrs.
72 hrs.
8 days
8 days
14 days
Note - Joint cure schedule is the necessary time to allow before pressurizing system. In damp or humid weather
allow 50% more cure time.
**These figures are estimates based on testing done under laboratory conditions. Field working conditions can
vary significantly. This chart should be used as a general reference only.
PIPE DIAMETER
NUMBER OF JOINTS
1/2
300
AVERAGE NUMBER OF JOINTS/QT. OF WELD-ON CEMENT

3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
8
200
125
90
60
40
30
10
5
10
2-3
12
1-2
15
3/4
18
1/2
*For Primer: Double the number of joints shown for cement. These figures are estimates based on our laboratory
tests. Due to the many variables in the field, these figures should be used as a general guide only. Note: 1 Joint
= 1 Socket
IN.
MM.
1/2 3/4
20
25
1
32
PIPE SIZE EQUIVALENT CHART - INCHES/MILLIMETERS

1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3
4
6
8
10 12
40
50
63
75
90 110 160 200 250 315
14
355
18
450
24
600
30
800
Helpful Hints
4
5
Fahrenheit to Celsius Conversion Chart
We are all aware that a properly cemented joint is a

most critical part of the installation of plastic pipe and
fittings. And no matter how many times we join pipe
and fittings, its very easy to overlook something. So,
we just want to remind you of a few things you may
already know.
1. Have you reviewed all of the instructions on the
cement container label or in ASTM D-2855?
2. Are you using the proper cement for the job for
the type and size of pipe and correct fittings being
joined?
3. Do you need to take special precautions because of
unusual weather conditions?
4. Do you have sufficient manpower? Do you need
more help to maintain proper alignment and to
bottom pipe in fitting?
5. Do you have the proper tools, applicators and
sufficient quantities of Weld-On cements and
primer and is cement in good condition?
Please Note: The adding of primers, cleaners or other
thinners to thin the viscosity of solvent cement is not
recommended.
6. Remember, primer is NOT to be used on ABS pipe
or fittings.
7. Be sure to use a large enough applicator to quickly
spread cement generously on pipe and fittings.
Then assemble immediately.
8. Avoid puddling excess primer and cement inside
the fitting socket, especially on thin wall, bell-end
PVC pipe.
9. Do NOT allow primer or cement to run through a
valve-socket into the valve body. The solvents can
cause damage to interior valve components and
cause valve malfunction.
10. Be aware at all times of good safety practices.
Solvent cements for pipe and fittings are flammable,
so there should be no smoking or other sources of
heat, spark or flame in working or storage areas.
Be sure to work only in a well ventilated space and
avoid unnecessary skin contact with all solvents.
More detailed safety information is available from
us.
11. Take advantage of our free literature on joining
techniques. We offer DVDs/CDs on joining PVC/
CPVC pipe and fittings, and individual bulletins.
7
8
9
10
10-13
1
2
3
Special Precautions
WELD-ON SOLVENT CEMENTS MUST NEVER BE USED IN A PVC OR CPVC SYSTEM USING
OR BEING TESTED BY COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES!
Do not use any type of dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable
water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent
cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution is not
used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system this solution will be
nonvolatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers.
All systems should be flushed before start-up to remove excess fumes from piping system.
New or repaired potable water systems shall be purged of deleterious matter and disinfected prior to utilization.
The method to be followed shall be that prescribed by the health authority having jurisdiction or, in the absence
of a prescribed method, the procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652.
CAUTION:
USE CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ONLY IN WELL VENTED AREAS

SEE MSDS SECTION II (AVAILABLE ON REQUEST) FOR EXPOSURE LIMITS AND FIRST AID INSTRUCTIONS
CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ARE VOLATILE, KEEP AWAY FROM ANY SOURCE OF IGNITION
4
5
6
7
Storage and Handling

Store in the shade between 40F and 110F (5C and 44C) or as specified on label. Keep away from heat, spark,
open flame and other sources of ignition. Keep container closed when not in use. If the unopened container is
subjected to freezing, it may become extremely thick or jelled. This cement can be placed in a warm area, where
after a period of time, it will return to its original, usable condition. But such is not the case when jelling has taken
place because of actual solvent loss for example, when the container was left open too long during use or not
properly sealed after use. Cement in this condition should not be used and should be properly discarded.
Weld-On solvent cements are formulated to be used as received in original containers. Adding thinners or
primers to change viscosity is not recommended. If the cement is found to be jelly-like and not free flowing, it
should not be used. Containers of cement should be shaken or stirred before using. Do not shake primers.
Listings and Standards

Weld-On products are
,
, and/or
listed and meet one or more of the following ASTM Standards:
D-2235, D-2564, D-2846, D-3122, D-3138, F-493, F-656.
8
9
10
10-14
THERMO-SEALING INSTRUCTIONS
Thermo-Sealing (Socket Fusion) Instructions
For Polypropylene and PVDF Pressure Piping Systems
SCOPE
The socket fusion joining method which is detailed herein

applies to all FABCO polypropylene and PVDF pressure
piping systems including molded socket fittings, and
socket type valve connections. This procedure involves
the application of regulated heat uniformly and
simultaneously to pipe and fitting mating surfaces so
that controlled melting occurs at these surfaces.
All recommendations and instructions presented herein
for socket fusion are based upon the use of a ThermoSeal fusion tool for applying uniform heat to pipe and
fittings.
Joining Equipment and Materials
Cutting tools
Cotton rags
Deburring tool
Thermo-Seal tool
Electric Model NA with 1/2 - 2 tool pieces or
Electric Model NB with 1/2 - 4 tool pieces
Vise
TYPES OF JOINING TOOLS
ELECTRIC MODEL tools are available for making socket

fusion joints. They are the preferred socket fusion tools
because the thermostatically controlled heat source
automatically maintains fusion temperatures within the
recommended range.
1. Electric Model NA. This tool which is electrically
heated and thermostatically controlled, is used to
join polypropylene and PVDF pipe, and valves and
fittings in sizes 1/2 through 2. This unit operates
on 110 VAC (6.7 amps; 800 watts) electrically and
is fitted with ground wires.
2. Electric Model NB. This tool is also electrically heated
and thermostatically controlled and is used to join
polypropylene pipe and fittings in sizes 1/2 through
4. This unit operates on 110 VAC (1.38 amps; 1650
watts) electrically and is fitted with ground wires.
CAUTION: SOCKET FUSION AND FILLET WELDING

INVOLVE TEMPERATURES IN EXCESS OF 540F.
SEVERE BURNS CAN RESULT FROM CONTACTING
EQUIPMENT OR MOLTEN PLASTIC MATERIAL AT OR
NEAR THESE TEMPERATURES.
PREPARATION FOR JOINING
1. Cutting - Polypropylene or PVDF can be easily cut

with a power or hand saw, circular or band saw.
For best results, use the fine-toothed blades (16-18
teeth per inch). A circumferential speed of about
6,000 ft/min. is suitable for circular saws; band
saw speed should be approximately 3,000 ft/min.
Carbide-tipped blades are preferable when large
quantities of pipe are to be cut. It is important that
the pipe ends be cut square. To ensure square end
cuts, a miter box, hold down or jig must be used.

Pipe or tubing cutters can also be used to produce
square, clean cuts, however, the cutting wheel
should be specifically designed for plastic.
2. Deburring and Beveling - All burrs, chips, filing, etc.,
should be removed from both the pipe I.D. and O.D.
before joining. Use a knife, deburring tool or halfround, coarse file to remove all burrs. All pipe ends
should be beveled to approximately the dimensions
shown below for ease of socketing and to minimize
the chances of wiping melt material from the I.D. of
the fitting as the pipe is socketed. The beveling can
be done with a coarse file or a beveling tool.
1/16" to 3/32"
10
2
3
4
15
3. Cleaning - Using a clean, dry cotton rag, wipe away

all loose dirt and moisture from the I.D. and O.D.
of the pipe end and the l.D. of the fitting. DO NOT
ATTEMPT TO SOCKET FUSE WET SURFACES.
4. Joint Sizing - In order to provide excess material
for fusion bonding, polypropylene and PVDF
components are manufactured to socket dimensions
in which the socket I.D. is smaller than the pipe
O.D. Therefore, it should not be possible to easily
slip the pipe into the fitting socket past the initial
socket entrance depth and in no case should it ever
be possible to bottom the pipe in the socket prior
to fusion.
Before making socket fusion joints, fittings should be
checked for proper socket dimensional tolerances,
based on the above discussion, by attempting to
insert the pipe into the fitting socket. If a fitting
socket appears to be oversize, it should not be used.
5. Planning Construction - Socket fusion joints are
more easily made when there is sufficient space
to properly secure the Thermo-Seal tool and to
maneuver pipe and fittings into the Thermo-Seal
tool. Therefore, it is recommended that the piping
system be prefabricated, as much as possible, in an
area where there is sufficient room to work, and that
as few joints as possible should be made in areas
where there is limited working space. Mechanical
joints such as flanges or unions may be considered
in extremely tight areas.
6. Thermo-Seal Tool Set Up
a. Install the male and female tool pieces on either
side of the Thermo-Seal tool and secure with set
screws.
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-15
1
2
3
2. Attach the depth gauging clamp to the pipe by

butting the clampup to the end of the depth gauge
and locking it into place. Then remove the depth
gauge.
b. Insert the electrical plug into a grounded 110

VAC electrical source, and allow the tool to come
to the proper operating temperature. The tool
temperature is read directly from the mounted
temperature gauge, and tool temperature can be
adjusted by turning the thermostat adjustment
screw with a screwdriver. (Counterclockwise) to
raise the temperature and clockwise to lower the
temperature.)
4
5
NOTE: One turn of the adjustment screw will give

approximately a 25F temperature change
6
7
8
IMPORTANT: Good socket fusion joints can be
made only when the Thermo-Seal tool is operating at

the proper temperature, and only when the length of
time that the pipe and fittings remain on the heated
tool pieces does not exceed those times recommended
for the particular size of pipe and fitting to be joined.
Please consult the user manual for your particular
system.
Excessive temperatures and excessive heating times
will result in excessive melting at and below the
surfaces of the fitting socket I.D. and pipe O.D. When
the pipe is inserted into the fitting socket, excessive
melt material needed for socket fusion will be scraped
from the socket wall and into the fitting waterway and
the resulting joint will be defective. Low temperatures
and insufficient heating times will result in a lack of
or incomplete melting making it impossible to make a
good socket fusion joint.
3. Simultaneously place pipe and fitting squarely and

fully on heat tool pieces so that the I.D. of the
fitting and the O.D. of the pipe are in contact with
the heating surfaces. Care should be taken to insure
that the pipe and fitting are not cocked when they
are inserted on the tool pieces.
4. Hold the pipe and fitting on the tool pieces for the
prescribed amount of time. During this time a bead
of melted material will appear around the complete
circumference of the pipe at the entrance of the tool
piece.
5. Simultaneously remove the pipe and fitting from

the tool pieces and immediately insert the pipe,
squarely and fully and without purposeful rotation,
into the socket of the fitting. Hold the completed
joint in place and avoid relative movement between
components for at least 15 seconds.
MAKING SOCKET FUSION JOINTS
1. Place the proper size depth gauge over the end of

the pipe.
10
10-16
6. Once a joint has been completed the clamp can be

removed and preparation for the next joint can be
started.
Plastic welding gun with flexible hose, pressure
regulator and gauge
Welding and tacking tips
Compresses air supply or bottled nitrogen (see note
below)
1/8 welding rod
Cotton rags
Joining
7. The surfaces of the female and male tool pieces are
Teflon coated to prevent sticking of the hot plastic. It
is important that the tool pieces be kept as clean as
possible. Any residue left on the tool pieces should
be removed immediately by wiping with a cotton
cloth. CAUTION: HOT PLASTIC MATERIAL CAN
CAUSE SEVERE BURNS; AVOID CONTACT WITH IT.
Procedures for making good socket fusion joints can be

summarized into five basic principles as follows:
1. The tool must be operated at the proper temperature.
2. The pipe end must be beveled.
3. The fitting must be slipped squarely onto the male
tool while the pipe is simultaneously inserted into
the female tool.
4. The fitting and pipe must not remain on the heat
tool for an excessive period of time. Recommended
heating times must be followed.
5. The pipe must be inserted squarely into the fitting
socket immediately after removal from the heated
tools.
6. The Thermo-Seal tool must be kept clean at all
times.
NOTE: Fillet welding of thermoplastics is quite similar

to the acetylene welding or brazing process used with
metals. The fundamental differences are that the
plastic rod must always be the same basic material as
the pieces to be joined; and heated gas, rather than
burning gas, is used to melt the rod and adjacent
surfaces. Because of its economy, compressed air is
normally the gas of choice for most plastic welding.
A welding gun which generates itsown air supply is
frequently desirable for field-made pipe joints where
ultimate weld strength is not required. For welding guns
which require compressed gas, nitrogen is preferable
when the compressed plant air system does not contain
adequate drying and filtration (Presence of moisture in
the gas stream causes premature failure in the heater
element of the welding gun. Impurities in the gas
stream, particularly those in oil, may oxidize the plastic
polymer, resulting in loss of strength. Polypropylene is
known to be affected in this manner).
1. Insert pipe fully and squarely into the fitting after

removing all dirt, oil, moisture and loose particles of
plastic material from thewelding surfaces by wiping
with a clean cotton cloth.
PRESSURE TESTING
The strength of a socket fusion joint develops as the

material in the bonded area cools. One hour after the
final joint is made, a socket fusion piping system can be
pressure tested up to 100% of its hydrostatic pressure
rating.
CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT
RECOMMENDED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A
MEDIA FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING
SYSTEMS.
FILLET WELDING
SCOPE
The joining procedure covered herein applies only to

6 polypropylene drainage or non-pressure systems.
Fillet Welding is not recommended as a primary joining
technique for pressure rated systems.
Joining Equipment and Materials

Cutting and deburring tools
2. Adjust
the
nitrogen/air
pressure
between
approximately 3 and 8 psi and further adjust the
pressure as necessary to control both temperature
and rate of welding.
NOTE: Tacking required prior to welding. 6
polypropylene joints require a slip fit. Therefore,
they must be dry fitted and tack welded to prevent
movement of the pipe and fitting prior to the application
of welding rod. Special welding gun tips are required for
tacking. A low strength bond is accomplished by pulling
the heated tacking tip along while directly in contact
with the interface of pipe and fitting at an angle of 75
to 80 . Initially, joints are tack-fused at four intervals.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-17
Then at least one complete revolution around the joint

is made to provide a uniform groove for subsequent rod
welding.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PRESSURE RATING
As with all other thermoplastic piping components, the

maximum non-shock operating pressure is a function of
temperature.
Maximum pressure rating for FABCO valves, unions
and flanges is 150 psi. Above 100F refer to the
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTOR CHART HEREIN.
2
3
and 8 CPVC design, as well as socket designs for

polypropylene and PVDF.
SEALING
3. Holding the polypropylene welding rod at an angle
of 75 to the joint and while maintaining pressure
on the rod, apply heat uniformly to the rod and
the pipe and fitting with an arching motionof the
welding torch.
The degree of heating can be controlled by regulating
the nitrogen/air flow to the welding gun or by regulating
the distance from thetip of the welding gun to the
work. Too much heat will over melt the polypropylene
material and cause it to splash. Too little heat will result
in incomplete fusion. Lay three separate weld beads in
the following manner for a full fillet weld:
A. Pipe to fitting
B. Pipe to bead
C. Fitting to bead
When terminating each weld bead, the bead should be
lapped ontop of (never along-side) itself for a distance of
3/8 to 1/2 insights to hot gas welding see REPAIRING
THERMOPLASTIC PIPE JOINTS.
FLANGED JOINTS
SCOPE
Flanging is used extensively for plastic process lines that

require periodic dismantling. Plastic flanges are factory
flanged valves and fittings in PVC, CPVC, PVDF and
polypropylene are available in a full range of sizes and
types for joining to pipe by solvent welding, threading
or socket fusion as in the case with polypropylene with
PVDF.
Gasket seals between the flange faces should be an
elastomeric full flat faced gasket with a hardness of 50
to 70 durometer. FABCO can provide neoprene gaskets
in the 1/2 through 12 range having an 1/8 thickness.
For chemical environments too aggressive for neoprene
another resistant elastomer should be used.
When it is necessary to bolt plastic and metal flanges
- use flat face metal flanges - not raised face, and
use recommended torques shown in table under
INSTALLATION TIPS.
DIMENSIONS
Bolt circle and number of bolt holes for the flanges are
the same as Class 150 metal flanges per ANSI B16.5.
Threads are tapered iron pipe size threads per ANSI
B1.20.1. The socket dimensions conform to ASTM
D-2467 which describes 1/2 through 8 sizes and ASTM
D439 for Schedule 80 CPVC which gives dimensional
data for 1/2 through 6. Internal Fabco specifications
have been established for the 10 and 12 PVC patterns
10-18
The faces of flanges are tapered back away from the

orifice area at a 1/2 to 1 degree pitch so that when
the bolts are tightened the faces will be pulled together
generating a force in the water way area to improve
sealing.
INSTALLATION TIPS
Once a flange is joined to pipe, the method for joining

two flanges together is as follows:
1. Make sure that all the bolt holes of the mating
flanges match up. It is not advisable to twist the
flange and pipe to achieve this.
2. Use flat washers under bolt heads and nuts.
3. Insert all bolts. (Lubricate bolts.)
4. Make sure that the faces of the mating flanges are
not separated by excessive distance prior to bolting
down the flanges.
5. The bolts on the plastic flanges should be tightened
by pulling down the nuts diametrically opposite each
other using a torque wrench. Complete tightening
should be accomplished in stages and the final
torque values shown in the table should be followed
for the various sizes of flanges. Uniform stress
across the flange will eliminate leaky gaskets.
FLANGE SIZE
1/2 - 1-1/2
RECOMMENDED TORQUE*
10 - 15 ft.lbs.
2 - 4
20 - 30 ft.lbs.
6 - 8
33 - 50 ft.lbs.
10
53 - 75 ft.lbs.
12
80 - 110 ft.lbs.
*For a well lubricated bolt with flat washers under bolt

head and nut.
The following tightening pattern is suggested for the
flange bolts.
5
7
6. If the flange is mated to a rigid and stationary flanged

object, or a metal flange, particularly in a buried
situation where settling could occur with the plastic
pipe, the adjacent plastic pipe must be supported
or anchored to eliminate potential stressing of the
flange joint.
THERMOPLASTIC PIPE JOINT REPAIR

Repairing Thermoplastic Pipe Joints
SCOPE
The most common method for repairing faulty and

leaking joints is hot gas welding at the fillet formed by
the junction of the fitting socket entrance and the pipe.
Hot gas welding (which is similar to gas welding with
metals except that hot gas is used for melting instead
of a direct flame) consists of simultaneously melting
the surface of a plastic filler rod and the surfaces of
the base material in the fillet area while forcing the
softened rod into the softened fillet. Welding with
plastics involves only surface melting because plastics
unlike metal must never be puddled. Therefore, the
resulting weld is not as strong as the parent pipe and
fitting material. This being the case, fillet welding as a
repair technique is recommended for minor leaks only.
It is not recommended as a primary joining technique
for pressure rated systems.
WELDING TOOLS AND MATERIALS
Plastic welding gun with pressure regulator, gauge

and hose.
Filler rod
Emery cloth
Cotton rags
Cutting pliers
Hand grinder (optional)
Compressed air supply of bottled nitrogen
Source of compressed air
WELD AREA PREPARATION
Wipe all dirt, oil and moisture from the joint area. A
very mild solvent may be necessary to remove oil.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL LIQUID HAS BEEN
REMOVED FROM THE PORTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM
WHERE THE WELD IS TO BE MADE.
If backwelding is required, all residual cement, which is
easily scorched during welding, must be removed from
the fillet by using emery cloth. If the weld is to seal a
threaded joint, a file can be used to remove threads in
the weld area in order to provide a smooth surface.
WELDING BACK JOINTS
1. Remove residual solvent cement from the weld area

using emery cloth. When welding threaded joints, a
file can be used to remove threads in the weld area.
2. Wipe the weld area clean of dust, dirt and moisture.

3. Determine the amount for the correct filler rod
necessary to make one complete pass around the
joint by wrapping the rod around the pipe to be
welded. Increase this length enough to allow for
handling of the rod to the end of the pass.
4. Make about a 60 angular cut on the lead end of the

filler rod. This will make it easier to initiate melting
and will insure fusion of the rod and base material
at the beginning of the weld.
1
2
5. Welding
temperatures
vary
for
different
thermoplastic materials (500F - 550F for PVC
and CPVC, 550F 600F for PP, 575F - 600F
for PVDF). Welding temperatures can be adjusted
for the various thermoplastic materials as well as
any desired welding rate, by adjusting the pressure
regulator (which controls the gas flow rate) between
3 and 8 PSI.
CAUTION: For welding guns which require compressed

gas, nitrogen is preferred when the compressed plant air
system does not contain adequate drying and filtration.
(Presence of moisture in the gas stream causes
premature failure in the heater element of the welding
gun. Impurities in the gas stream, particularlythose in
oil, may oxidize the plastic polymer, resulting in loss of
strength. Polypropylene is known to be affected in this
manner).
6. With air or an inert gas flowing through the welding
torch, insert the electrical plug for the heating
element into an appropriate electrical socket to
facilitate heating of the gas and wait approximately
7 minutes for the welding gas to reach the proper
temperature.
3
4
5
6
7
8
CAUTION: THE METAL BARREL OF THE WELDING

TORCH HOUSES THE HEATING ELEMENT SO IT CAN
ATTAIN EXTREMELY HIGH TEMPERATURES. AVOID
CONTACT WITH THE BARREL AND DO NOT ALLOW IT
TO CONTACT ANY COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.
7. Place the leading end of the filler rod into the fillet
formed by the junction of the pipe and fitting socket
entrance. Holding the filler rod at an angle of 90 to
the joint for PVC, CPVC and Kynar, 75 to the joint
for polypropylene, pre-heat the surfaces for the rod
and base materials at the weld starting point by
holding the welding torch steady at approximately
9
10
10-19
THERMOPLASTIC PIPE JOINT REPAIR
1/4 to 3/4 inches from the weld starting point and

directing the hot gas in this area until the surfaces
become tacky . While preheating, move the rod up
and down slightly so that the rod slightly touches the
base materials. When the surfaces become tacky,
the rod will stick to the base material.
2
3
4
8. Advance the filler rod forward by applying a slight

pressure to the rod. Simultaneously applying even
heat to the surfaces of both the filler rod and base
material by moving the torch with a fanning or arcing
motion at a rate of about 2 cycles per second. The
hot gas should be played equally on the rod and base
material (along the weld line) for a distance of about
1/4 inch from the weld point.
11. Properly applied plastic welds can be recognized by

the presence of small flow lines or waves on both sides
of the deposited bead. This indicates that sufficient
heat was applied to the surfaces of the rod and base
materials to effect adequate melting and that sufficient
pressure was applied to the rod to force the rod melt
to fuse with base material melt. If insufficient heat
is used when welding PVC, CPVC or PVDF, the filler
rod will appear in its original form and can easily be
pulled away from the base material. Excessive heat
will result in a brown or black discoloration of the
weld. In the case of polypropylene, excessive heat
will result in a flat bead with oversized flow lines.
12. Always unplug the electrical connection to the

heating element and allow the welding gun to cool
before shutting off the gas or air supply to the gun.
WELDING PRINCIPLES
5
6
7
8
9
IMPORTANT: If charring of the base or rod material

occurs, move the tip of the torch back slightly, increase
the fanning frequency or increase the gas flow rate. If
the rod or base materials do not melt sufficiently reverse
the previously discussed corrective procedures. Do not
apply too much pressure to the rod because this will tend
to stretch the weld bead causing it to crack and separate
after cooling.
9. Since the starting point for a plastic weld is frequently
the weakest part of the weld, always terminate a weld
by lapping the bead on top of itself for a distance
of 3/8 to 1/ 2 inches. Never terminate a bead by
overlapping the bead side by side.
10. When welding large diameter pipe, three weld

passes may be required. The first bead should be
deposited at the bottom of the fillet and subsequent
beads should be deposited on each side of the first
bead. When making multiple pass welds, the starting
points for each bead should be staggered and ample
time must be allowed for each weld pass to cool
before proceeding with additional welds.
10
10-20
The procedures for making good thermoplastic welds

can be summarized into four basic essentials:
1. Correct Heating Excessive heating will char or
overmelt. Insufficient heating will result in incomplete
melting.
2. Correct Pressure Excessive pressure can result
in stress cracking when the weld cools. Insufficient
pressure will result in incomplete fusion of the rod
material with the base material.
3. Correct angle Incorrect rod angle during welding
will stretch the rod and the finished weld will crack
upon cooling.
4. Correct speed Excessive welding speed will stretch
the weld bead and the finished weld will crack upon
cooling.
Rod Size and Weld Passes
Filler rod size and the number of weld passes required to

make a good plastic weld are dependent upon the size of
the pipe to be welded as presented below. Do not use
filler rod larger than 1/8 in diameter when welding with
CPVC. Also, when welding CPVC, the number of passes
for pipe sizes 1 through 2 should be increased to three.
PIPE SIZE
1/2 - 3/4
1 - 2
2-1/2 - 4
6 - 8
10 - 12
ROD SIZE
3/32
3/32
1/8
1/8 or 5/32
5/32 or 3/16
NUMBER OF PASSES
1
1 or 3
3
3
3
Pressure Testing
The strength of a plastic weld develops as it cools. Allow

ample time for the weld to cool prior to 100% pressure
testing.
CAUTION: Air or compressed gas is not recommended
and should not be used as a media for pressure testing
of plastic piping systems.
THREADING INSTRUCTIONS
Threading Instructions for Thermoplastic Pipe
SCOPE
THREADING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
The procedure presented herein covers threading of

all IPS Schedule 80 or heavier thermoplastic pipe. The
threads are National Pipe Threads (NPT) which are
cut to the dimensions outlined in (ANSI) B1.20.1 and
presented in the table on the following page.
Pipe Dies
Pipe Vise
Threading ratchet or power machine
Tapered plug
Cutting lubricant (soap & water)
Strap wrench
Teflon tape
Cutting and Deburring tools
DO NOT THREAD SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
(Imperfect
threads
due to chamfer
on die)
Pipe Preparation
Plastic pipe can be easily cut with a handsaw, power

hacksaw, circular or band saw. For best results, use
a finetoothed blade (16-18 teeth per inch) with little
or no set (maximum 0.025). A circumferential speed
of about 6,000 ft./ min. is suitable for circular saws;
band saw speed should be approximately 3,000 ft./min.
Carbide-tipped blades are preferable when quantities of
pipe are to be cut. To ensure square-ends, a miter box
hold-down or jig should be used. Pipe or tubing cutters
can be used for smaller diameter pipe when the cutting
wheel is specifically designed for plastic pipe.
Threading Dies
Thread cutting dies should be clean, sharp and in good

condition, and should not be used to cut materials other
than plastics. Dies with a 5 negative front rake are
recommended when using power threading equipment
and dies with a 5 to 10 negative front rake are
recommended when cutting threads by hand.
Threading and Joining
1. Hold pipe firmly in a pipe vise. Protect the pipe at

the point of grip by inserting a rubber sheet or other
material between the pipe and vise.
L4
L2
L3
Taper of thread
1 in 16 measured
on diameter
L1
h
p
E0
E1
REINFORCING PLUG DIMENSIONS

PIPE SIZE
PLUG O.D.*
1/2
.526
3/4
.722
.935
1-1/4
1.254
1.913
2-1/2
2.289
2.864
3.786
*These dimensions are based on the median wall

thickness and average outside diameter for the
respective pipe sizes. Variations in wall thicknesses
and O.D. dimensions may require alteration of the plug
dimensions.
3. Use a die stock with a proper guide that is free of
burrs or sharp edges, so the die will start and go on
square to the pipe axis.
2. A tapered plug must be inserted in the end of the

pipe to be threaded. This plus provides additional
support and prevents distortion of the pipe in the
threaded area. Distortion of the pipe during the
threading operation will result in eccentric threads,
non-uniform circumferential thread depth or gouging
and tearing of the pipe wall. See the following Table
for approximate plug O.D. dimensions.
7
8
9
10
10-21
THREADING INSTRUCTIONS
1
2
4. Push straight down on the handle, avoiding side

pressure that might distort the sides of the threads.
If power threading equipment is used, the dies
should not be driven at high speeds or with heavy
pressure. Apply an external lubricant liberally when
cutting the threads. Advance the die to the point
where the thread dimensions are equal to those
listed in Table No. 1. Do not over thread.
7. Thread the fitting onto the pipe and tighten by

hand. Using a strap wrench only, further tighten the
connection an additional one or two threads past
hand tightness. Avoid excessive torque as this may
cause thread damage or fitting damage.
3
4
5. Periodically check the threads with a ring gauge to

ensure that proper procedures are being followed.
Thread dimensions are listed in Table 1 and the
gauging tolerance is 1-1/2 turns.
PRESSURE TESTING
5
6
7
8
9
10
other than TFE (Teflon) tape.
6. Brush threads clean of chips and ribbons. Then

starting with the second full thread, and continuing
over the thread length, wrap TFE (Teflon) thread tape
in the direction of the threads. Overlap each wrap by
one half of the width of the tape. FABCO does not
recommend the use of any thread lubricant/sealant
Threaded piping systems can be pressure tested up to

100% of thehydrostatic pressure rating as soon as the
last connection is made.
CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT
RECOMMENDED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A
MEDIA FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING
SYSTEMS.
PIPE AND FITTING THREADS AMERICAN STANDARD TAPER PIPE THREAD, NPT (EXCERPT
FROM ANSI B1.20.1)
Wrench
Total
Number
Pitch Diameter Pitch Diameter
Pitch
Normal
Normal
Makeup
Length:
Outside
of
at Beginning of at Beginning of
Nominal
of
Engagement Engagement Length For End of Pipe
Diameter Threads
External
Internal
Size
Thread
By Hand
By Hand
Internal
to Vanish
D
Per In.
Thread
Thread
p
L1
L2
Thread
Point
n
E0
E1
L3
L4
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
1/4
0.54
18
.05556
.228
.4018
.1667
.5946
.47739
.49163
Height
of
Thread
(Max)
h
IN
.04444
1/2
0.84
14
.07143
.32
.5337
.2143
.7815
.75843
.77843
.05714
3/4
1.05
14
.07143
.339
.5457
.2143
.7935
.96768
.98887
.05714
1.315
11 1/2 .08696
.400
.6828
.2609
.9845
1.21363
1.23863
.06957
1 1/4
1.660
11 1/2
08696
.420
.7068
.2609
1.0085
1.55713
1.58338
06957
1 1/2
1.900
11 1/2
08696
.420
.7235
.2609
1.0252
1.79609
1.82234
06957
2.375
11 1/2
08696
.436
.7565
.2609
1.0582
2.26902
2.29627
06957
2 1/2
2.875
12500
.682
1.1375
.2500
1.5712
2.71953
2.76216
10000
3.500
12500
.766
1.2000
.2500
1.6337
3.34062
3.38850
10000
4.500
.12500
.844
1.3000
.2500
1.7337
4.33438
4.38712
10000
(NOTE: Special dies for threading plastic pipe are available). When cutting threads with power threading
equipment, self opening die heads and a slight chamfer to lead the dies will speed production.
10-22
ENGINEERING DATA
Temperature Rating of Fabco Products
Since the strength of plastic pipe is sensitive to
temperature, the identical test method is used to
determine the material strength at elevated temperature
levels. The correction factor for each temperature is the
ratio of strength at that temperature level to the basic
strength at 73 F. Because the hoop stress is directly
proportional to the internal pressure, which created that
pipe stress, the correction factors may be used for the
temperature correction of pressure as well as stress.
For pipe and fitting applications above 73 F, refer to
the table below for the Temperature Correction Factors.
To determine the maximum non-shock pressure rating
at an elevated temperature, simply multiply the base
pressure rating obtained from the table in the preceding
column by the correction factor from the table below.
The allowable pressure will be the same as the base
pressure for all temperatures below 73 F.
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE (F)
70
80
90
100
110
115
120
125
130
140
150
160
170
180
200
210
240
280
PVC
1.00
0.90
0.75
0.62
0.50
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.22
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
FACTORS
CPVC
PP
1.00
1.00
0.96
0.97
0.92
0.91
0.85
0.85
0.77
0.80
0.74
0.77
0.70
0.75
0.66
0.71
0.62
0.68
0.55
0.65
0.47
0.57
0.40
0.50
0.32
0.26
0.25
*
0.18
N.R.
0.15
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
PVDF
1.00
0.95
0.87
0.80
0.75
0.71
0.68
0.66
0.62
0.58
0.52
0.49
0.45
0.42
0.36
0.33
0.25
0.18
* Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure not

exceeding 20 psi.
N.R. = Not Recommended.
Pressure Rating of Fabco Products

The pressure carrying capability of any pipe at a given
temperature is a function of the material strength from
which the pipe is made and the geometry of the pipe as
defined by its diameter and wall thickness. The following
expression, commonly known as the ISO equation, is
used in thermoplastic pipe specifications to relate these
factors:
P = 2S / (Do/t 1)
where: P = maximum pressure rating, psi

S = maximum hydraulic design stress (max.

working strength), psi

Do = average outside pipe diameter, in.

t = minimum wall thickness, in.
The allowable design stress, which is the tensile stress
in the hoop direction of the pipe, is derived for each
material in accordance with ASTM D 2837, Standard
Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for
Thermoplastic Pipe Materials, at 73 F. The pressure
ratings below were calculated from the basic Hydraulic
Design Stress for each of the materials.
Pipe and Fittings
In order to determine the pressure rating for a product

system, first find the plastic material and schedule of
pipe and fittings in the heading of the Maximum NonShock Operating Pressure table below. Then, locate the
selected joining method in the subheading of the table
and go down the column to the value across from a
particular pipe size, listed in the far left column. This
will be the maximum non-shock operating pressure at
73 F for the defined product system.
MAX. NON-SHOCK OPERATING PRESSURE

(PSI) AT 73F
2
3
4
5
SCHEDULE 40 PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 PVC & CPVC

Nom. Pipe Size Socket End
1/2
600
3/4
480
1
450
1 1/4
370
1 1/2
330
2
280
2 1/2
300
3
260
4
220
6
180
8
160
10
140
12
130
Socket End
850
690
630
520
470
400
420
370
320
280
2502
230
230
Threaded End
420
340
320
260
240
200
210
190
160
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
SCHEDULE 80 POLYPROPYLENE
SCHEDULE 80 PVDF
Nom. Pipe Thermo Seal

Threaded
Size
Joint
1/2
410
20
3/4
330
20
1
310
20
1 1/4
260
20
1 1/2
230
20
2
200
20
2 1/2
3
190
20
4
160
20
6
140
N.R.
Thermo
Seal Joint
580
470
430
326
270
250
220
190
Threaded
290
230
210
160
140
N.R.
N.R
N.R.
6
7
8
9
10
10-23
ENGINEERING DATA
1
2
3
1. For more severe service, an additional correction

factor may be required.
2. 8 CPVC Tee, 90 ELL and 45 ELL rated at 1/2
of value shown. Pressure rating of 175 psi can be
obtained by factory overwrapping with glass and
polyester. Consult Customer Service for delivery
information.
3. Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure
not exceeding 20 psi.
Valves, Unions, and Flanges
The maximum pressure rating for valves, flanges, and

unions, regardless of size, is 150 psi at 73 F. As with all
other thermoplastic piping components, the maximum
non-shock operating pressure is related to temperature.
Above 100 F refer to the chart below.
MAXIMUM NON-SHOCK OPERATING
PRESSURE (PSI) VS. TEMPERATURE
4
5
6
7
8
9
Temperature ( F)
PVC
CPVC
PP
PVDF
100
150
150
150
150
110
135
140
140
150
120
110
130
130
150
130
75
120
118
150
140
50
110
105
150
150
N.R.
100
93
140
160
N.R.
90
80
133
170
N.R.
80
70
125
180
N.R.
70
50
115
190
N.R.
60
N.R.
106
200
N.R.
50
N.R.
97
250
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
50
280
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
25
Fabco Products in Vacuum or Collapse

Loading Situations
Thermoplastic pipe is often used in applications
where the pressure on the outside of the pipe exceeds
the pressure inside. Suction or vacuum lines and
buried pipe are examples of this type of service. As
a matter of practical application, gauges indicate the
pressure differential above or below atmospheric
pressureHowever, scientists and engineers frequently
express pressure on an absolute scale where zero

equals a theoretically perfect vacuum and standard
atmospheric pressure equals 14.6959 psia.
Solvent cemented or thermo-sealed joints are
particularly recommended for vacuum service. In PVC,
CPVC, PP, or PVDF vacuum systems, mechanical devices
such as valves and transition joints at equipment will
generally represent a greater intrusion problem than the
thermoplastic piping system will. Experience indicates
that PVC vacuum systems can be evacuated to pressures
as low as 5 microns with continuous pumping. However,
when the system is shut off, the pressure will rise and
stabilize around 10,000 microns or approximately 10
mm of Mercury at 73 F. The following chart lists the
allowable collapse loading for plastic pipe at 73 F. It
shows how much greater the external pressure may be
than the internal pressure. (Thus, a pipe with 100 psi
internal pressure can withstand 100 psi more external
pressure than a pipe with zero psi internal pressure.) For
temperatures other than 73 F, multiply the values in the
chart by the correction factors listed in the temperature
correction table on the preceding page. The chart also
applies to a vacuum. The external pressure is generally
atmospheric pressure, or 0.0 psig, while the internal
pressure is normally identified as a vacuum or negative
gauge pressure. However, this negative value will never
exceed 14.7 psig. Therefore, if the allowable pressure
listed in the chart (after temperature correction) is
greater than the difference for internal-to-external
pressure, the plastic system is viable.
Pipe
Size
Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80

PVC
PVC
CPVC
PP
PVDF
1/2
450
575
575
230
391
3/4
285
499
499
200
339
245
469
469
188
319
1 1/4
160
340
340
136
1 1/2
120
270
270
108
183
75
190
190
76
129
2 1/2
100
220
220
70
155
155
62
105
45
115
115
46
78
25
80
80
32
54
16
50
50
10
12
43
12
39
10
10-24
ENGINEERING DATA
Pressure Losses in a Piping System
Piping Calculations
As a fluid flows through a piping system, it will
experience a headloss depending on, among other
factors, fluid velocity, pipe wall smoothness and internal
pipe surface area. The Tables on pages 9 and 10 give
Friction Loss and Velocity data for Schedule 40 and
Schedule 80 thermoplastic pipe based on the Williams
and Hazen formula.
H=0.2083 x (100/C)1.852 x (q1.852/d4.8655)
Where:

H = Friction Head Loss in Feet of Water/100

Feet of Pipe
C = Surface Roughness Constant (150 for all
thermoplastic pipe)
q = Fluid Flow (gallons/min.)
d = Inside Diameter of Pipe
Fittings and valves, due to their more complex

configurations, contribute significant friction losses in
a piping system. A common method of expressing the
losses experienced in fittings is to relate them to pipe
in terms of equivalent pipe length. This is the length of
pipe required to give the same friction loss as a fitting
of the same size. Tables are available for the tabulation
of the equivalent pipe length in feet for the various sizes
of a number of common fittings. By using this Table and
the Friction Loss Tables, the total friction loss in a plastic
piping system can be calculated for any fluid velocity.
For example, suppose we wanted to determine the
pressure loss across a 2 Schedule 40, 90 elbow, at
75 gpm. From the lower table we find the equivalent
length of a 2 90 elbow to be 5.5 feet of pipe. From
the Schedule 40 Pipe Table we find the friction loss to
be 3.87 psi per 100 feet of pipe when the flow rate is 75
gpm. Therefore, the solution is as follows:
5.5 Feet/90 Elbow x 3.87 psi/100 Feet
= 0.21 psi Pressure Drop/90 Elbow
which is the pressure drop across a 2 Schedule 40
elbow. But, what if it were a 2 Schedule 80 elbow, and
we wanted to know the friction head loss? The solution
is similar, except we look for the friction head in the
Schedule 80 Pipe Table and find it to be 12.43 feet per
100 feet of pipe when the flow rate is 75 gpm. The
solution follows:
5.5 Feet/90 Elbow x 12.43 Feet/100 Feet
= 0.68 Feet Friction Head/90 Elbow
which is the friction head loss across a 2 Schedule 80
elbow.
For a copy of the tables mentioned in this

section, please contact customer service.
Valve Calculations
As an aid to system design, liquid sizing constants

(Cv values) are shown for valves where applicable.
These values are defined as the flow rate through the
valve required to produce a pressure drop of 1 psi. To
determine the pressure drop for a given condition the
following formula may be used:
P=(QS.G.)/(Cv)
Where: P = Pressure drop across the valve in psi

Q = Flow through the valve in gpm

S.G. = Specific gravity of the liquid (Water=1.0)

Cv = Flow coefficient
See the solution of the following example problem. For
Cv values for specific valves, contact customer service
or consult the manufacturers catalog.
EXAMPLE:
Find the pressure drop across a 1 1/2 PVC ball check

valve with a water flow rate of 50 gpm. The Cv is 56.

P=(50 x 1.0)/56
P=(50/56)

P=0.797 psi
Hydraulic Shock
Hydraulic shock is the term used to describe the

momentary pressure rise in a piping system which
results when the liquid is started or stopped quickly.
This pressure rise is caused by the momentum of the
fluid; therefore, the pressure rise increases with the
velocity of the liquid, the length of the system from
the fluid source, or with an increase in the speed with
which it is started or stopped. Examples of situations
where hydraulic shock can occur are valves which are
opened or closed quickly or pumps which start with an
empty discharge line. Hydraulic shock can even occur
if a highspeed wall of liquid (as from a starting pump)
hits a sudden change of direction in the piping, such as
an elbow.
The pressure rise created by the hydraulic shock effect
is added to whatever fluid pressure exists in the piping
system and, although only momentary, this shock load
can be enough to burst pipe and break fittings or valves.
Proper design when laying out a piping

system will limit the possibility of hydraulic
shock damage.
The following suggestions will help in avoiding problems:
1. In a plastic piping system, a fluid velocity not
exceeding 5 ft./sec. will minimize hydraulic shock
effects, even with quickly closing valves, such as
solenoid valves. (Flow is normally expressed in
GALLONS PER MINUTEGPM. To determine the
fluid velocity in any segment of piping the following
formula may be used:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-25
ENGINEERING DATA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
V=(0.4085xGPM)/Di2
Where: v = fluid velocity in feet per second

Di = inside diameter

GPM = rate of flow in gallons per minute
Flow Capacity Tables are available for the fluid velocities
resulting from specific flow rates in Schedule 40 and
Schedule 80 pipes. The upper threshold rate of flow for
any pipe may be determined by substituting 5 ft./sec.
Fluid velocity in the above formula and solving for GPM.
Upper Threshold Rate of Flow (GPM) = 12.24 Di2
2. Using actuated valves, which have a specific closing
time, will eliminate the possibility of someone
inadvertently slamming a valve open or closed too
quickly. With air-to-air and air-to-spring actuators,
it will probably be necessary to place a flow control
valve in the air line to slow down the valve operation
cycle, particularly on valve sizes greater than 1 1/2.
3. If possible, when starting a pump, partially close the
valve in the discharge line to minimize the volume
of liquid that is rapidly accelerating through the
system. Once the pump is up to speed and the line
completely full, the valve may be opened.
4. A check valve installed near a pump in the discharge
line will keep the line full and help prevent excessive
hydraulic shock during pump start-up. Before initial
start-up the discharge line should be vented of all
air. Air trapped in the piping will substantially reduce
the capability of plastic pipe withstanding shock
loading.
Shock Surge Wave
Providing all air is removed from an affected system, a

formula based on theory may closely predict hydraulic
shock effect.
Where: p = maximum surge pressure, psi

v = fluid velocity in feet per second.

C = surge wave constant for water at 73 F.

*SG = specific gravity of liquid, *if SG is 1,

then p = vC
gravity of 1.2 at a rate of 30 gpm and at a line pressure

of 160 psi. What would the surge pressure be if a valve
were suddenly closed?
From table: c = 24.2 v = 3.35

p = (3.35) (26.6) = 90 psi
Total line pressure = 90 + 160 = 250 psi
Schedule 80 2 PVC has a pressure rating of 400 psi at
room temperature. Therefore, 2 Schedule 80 PVC pipe
is acceptable for this application.
PIPE
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
SURGE WAVE CONSTANT(C)

PVC
CPVC
PP
Sch.40 Sch.80 Sch.40 Sch.80 Sch.80
31.3
29.3
28.7
26.3
25.7
23.2
22.0
20.2
21.1
19.5
17.8
15.7
14.8
14.0
13.7
13.4
34.7
32.7
31.7
29.8
29.2
27.0
25.8
24.2
24.7
23.2
21.8
20.2
18.8
18.3
18.0
17.9
33.2
31.0
30.3
27.8
27.0
24.5
23.2
21.3
22.2
20.6
18.8
16.8
15.8
15.1
14.7
14.4
37.3
34.7
33.7
31.6
30.7
28.6
27.3
25.3
26.0
24.5
22.9
21.3
19.8
19.3
19.2
19.2
25.9
23.1
21.7
19.8
18.8
17.3
16.6
15.4
14.2
PVDF
Sch.80
28.3
25.2
24.0
20.6
19.0
18.3
17.0
15.8
CAUTION: The removal of all air from the system in

order for the surge wave analysis method to be valid was
pointed out at the beginning of this segment. However,
this can be easier said than done. Over reliance on this
method of analysis is not encouraged. Our experience
suggests that the best approach to assure a successful
installation is for the design to focus on strategic
placements of air vents and the maintenance of fluid
velocity near or below the threshold limit of 5 ft./sec.
EXAMPLE:
A 2 PVC Schedule 80 pipe carries a fluid with a specific
Expansion and Thermal

Contraction of Plastic Pipe
Calculating Dimensional Change
All materials undergo dimensional change as a result of
temperature variation above or below the installation
temperature. The extent of expansion or contraction is
dependent upon the coefficient of linear expansion for
the piping material. These coefficients are listed below
for the essential industrial plastic piping materials in the
more conventional form of inches of dimensional change,
per F of temperature change, per inch of length. They
are also presented in a more convenient form to use.
Namely, the units are inches of dimensional change, per
10 F temperature change, per 100 feet of pipe.
10-26
MATERIAL
PVC
CPVC
PP
PVDF
EXPANSION COEFFICIENT
C(IN/IN/Fx10-5) Y(IN/10F/100 FT)
3.0
.360
3.8
.456
5.0
.600
7.9
.948
The formula for calculating thermally induced

dimensional change, utilizing the convenient coefficient
(Y), is dependent upon the temperature change to which
the system may be exposed between the installation
temperature and the greater differential to maximum or
minimum temperature as well as, the length of pipe
run between directional changes or anchors points.
ENGINEERING DATA
the length of pipe run between directional changes or
anchors points. Also, a handy chart is presented at
the bottom of this column, which approximates the
dimensional change based on temperature change vs.
pipe length.
L=Yx(T1-T2)/10 X L/100
L = Dimensional change due to thermal expansion
or contraction(in)
Y = Expansion coefficient (See table above)
(in/10/100 ft)
(T1-T2) = Temperature differential between the
installation temperature and the maximum or
minimum system temperature, whichever provides
the greatest differential ( F).
L = Length of pipe run between changes in direction
(ft.)
EXAMPLE 1:
How much expansion can be expected in a 200 foot

straight run of 3 inch PVC pipe that will be installed
at 75 F when the piping system will be operated at a
maximum of 120 F and a minimum of 40 F?
L=(120-75)/10x200/100=0.360x4.50x2.0=3.24 in.
TEMP
T(F)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
LENGTH OF PIPE TO CLOSEST ANCHOR POINT

(FT.)
10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 60' 70' 80' 90' 100'
0.04 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.36
0.07 0.14 0.22 0.29 0.36 0.43 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72
0.11 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.54 0.65 0.76 0.86 0.97 1.08
0.14 0.29 0.43 0.58 0.72 0.86 1.00 1.15 1.30 1.44
0.18 0.36 0.54 0.72 0.90 1.08 1.26 1.44 1.62 1.80
0.22 0.43 0.65 0.86 1.08 1.30 1.51 1.73 1.94 2.16
0.25 0.50 0.76 1.01 1.26 1.51 1.76 2.02 2.27 2.52
0.29 0.58 0.86 1.15 1.44 1.73 2.02 2.30 2.59 2.88
0.32 0.65 0.97 1.30 1.62 1.94 2.27 2.59 2.92 3.24
0.36 0.72 1.08 1.44 1.80 2.16 2.52 2.88 3.24 3.60
0.40 0.79 1.19 1.58 1.98 2.38 2.77 3.17 3.56 3.96
0.43 0.86 1.30 1.73 2.16 2.59 3.02 3.46 3.89 4.32
Note: Temperature change ( T) from installation to the

greater of maximum or minimum limits.
To determine the expansion or contraction for pipe of a
material other than PVC, multiply the change in length
given for PVC in the table above by 1.2667 for the
change in CPVC, by 1.6667 for the change in PP, or by
2.6333 for the change in PVDF.
Calculating Stress
If movement resulting from thermal changes is restricted

by the piping support system or the equipment to
which it is attached, the resultant forces may damage
the attached equipment or the pipe itself. Therefore,
pipes should always be anchored independently at
those attachments. If the piping system is rigidly held
or restricted at both ends when no compensation has
been made for thermally induced growth or shrinkage
of the pipe, the resultant stress can be calculated with
the following formula.
St = EC (T1-T2)
St = Stress (psi)
E = Modulus of Elasticity (psi) (See table below
for specific values at various temperatures)
C = Coefficient of Expansion (in/in/ F x 105)

(see physical property chart on page 2 for values)
(T1-T2) = Temperature change ( F) between the
installation temperature and the maximum or
minimum system temperature, whichever provides
the greatest differential.
73F
PVC 4.20
CPVC 4.23
PP
1.79
PVDF 2.19
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
90F 100F 140F 180F 210F 250F
3.75 3.60
2.70
N/A
N/A
N/A
4.00 3.85
3.25
2.69
2.20
N/A
1.25 1.15
.72
.50
N/A
N/A
1.88 1.74
1.32
1.12
.81
.59
N/A - Not Applicable

The magnitude of the resulting longitudinal force can be
determined by multiplying the thermally induced stress
by the cross sectional area of the plastic pipe.

F = St x A

F = FORCE (lbs)

St = STRESS (psi)

A = CROSS SECTIONAL AREA (in)
EXAMPLE 2:
What would be the amount of force developed in 2

Schedule 80 PVC pipe with the pipe rigidly held and
restricted at both ends? Assume the temperature
extremes are from 70 F to 100 F.

St = EC (T1 T2)

St = EC (100 70)

St = (3.60 x 105) x (3.0 x 10-5) (30)

St = 324 psi
The Outside and Inside Diameters of the pipe are used
for calculating the Cross Sectional Area (A) as follows:
(See the Pipe Reference Table for the pipe diameters
and cross sectional area for specific sizes of schedule
80 Pipes.)
A=/4(ODID)=3.1416/4(2.3751.913)
=1.556 in
The force exerted by the 2 pipe, which has been
restrained, is simply the compressive stress multiplied
over the cross sectional area of that pipe.

F = St x A

F = 324 psi x 1.556 in.2

F = 504 lbs.
Managing Expansion/Contraction in System

Design
Stresses and forces which result from thermal

expansion and contraction can be reduced or eliminated
by providing for flexibility in the piping system through
frequent changes in direction or introduction of loops as
graphically depicted on this page.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-27
ENGINEERING DATA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Normally, piping systems are designed with sufficient

directional changes, which provide inherent flexibility,
to compensate for expansion and contraction. To
determine if adequate flexibility exists in leg (R) (see
Fig. 1) to accommodate the expected expansion and
contraction in the adjacent leg(L) use the following
formula:
An expansion loop (which is fabricated with 90 elbows

and straight pipe as depicted in Fig. above) is simply a
double offset designed into an otherwise straight run
of pipe.
R = 2.877D L SINGLE OFFSET FORMULA

Where:

R = Length of opposite leg to be flexed (ft.)

D = Actual outside diameter of pipe (in.)
L = Dimensional change in adjacent leg due
to thermal expansion or contraction (in.)
Keep in mind the fact that both pipe legs will expand and
contract. Therefore, the shortest leg must be selected
for the adequacy test when analyzing inherent flexibility
in naturally occurring offsets.
EXAMPLE 3:
What would the minimum length of a right angle leg

need to be in order to compensate for the expansion if
it were located at the unanchored end of the 200 ft. run
of pipe in Example 1 from the previous page?
Flexibility must be designed into a piping system,

through the introduction of flexural offsets, in the
following situations:
1. Where straight runs of pipe are long.
2. Where the ends of a straight run are restricted from
movement.
3. Where the system is restrained at branches and/or
turns.
Several examples of methods for providing flexibility
in these situations are graphically presented below. In
each case, rigid supports or restraints should not be
placed on a flexible leg of an expansion loop, offset or
bend.
9
10
10-28
R = 2.041 D L LOOP FORMULA
EXAMPLE 4:
How long should the expansion loop legs be in order to

compensate for the expansion in Example 1 from the
previous page?
R = 2.041 3.500 x 3.24 = 6.87 ft.
Minimum Cold Bending Radius
R = 2.8773.500 x 3.24 = 9.69 ft.
The length for each of the two loop legs (R), required to
accommodate the expected expansion and contraction
in the pipe run (L), may be determined by modification
of the SINGLE OFFSET FORMULA to produce a LOOP
FORMULA, as shown below:
The formulae above for Single Offset and Loop bends

of pipe, which are designed to accommodate expansion
or contraction in the pipe, are derived from the
fundamental equation for a cantilevered beam in this
case a pipe fixed at one end. A formula can be derived
from the same equation for calculating the minimum
cold bending radius for any thermoplastic pipe diameter.
RB = DO (0.6999 E/SB 0.5)
Where:

RB = Minimum Cold Bend Radius (in.)

DO = Outside Pipe Diameter (in.)
E * = Modulus of Elasticity @ Maximum
Operating Temperature (psi)
SB * = Maximum Allowable Bending Stress
@ Maximum Operating Temperature (psi)
*The three formulae on this page provide for the

maximum bend in pipe while the pipe operates at
maximum long-term internal pressure, creating
maximum allowable hydrostatic design stress (tensile
stress in the hoop direction). Accordingly, the maximum
allowable bending stress will be one half the basic
hydraulic design stress at 73 F with correction to the
maximum operating temperature. The modulus of
elasticity, corrected for temperature may be found in
the table in the second column of the preceding page.
EXAMPLE 5:
What would be the minimum cold radius bend, which

the installer could place at the anchored end of the 200
ft. straight run of pipe in Examples 1 and 3, when the
maximum operating temperature is 100 F instead of
140F?
RB = 3.500 (0.6999 x 360,000/ 1/2 x 2000 x 0.62
0.5) =1,420.8 in. or 118.4 ft
ENGINEERING DATA
Pipe Support Spacing
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.5
CORRECTION FACTOR 1.0 .98 .96 .93 .90 .85 .80
CPVC Schedule 80
220
Temperature F
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
1/
4
1/
2
3/
4
1 11/4 11/2
21/2
12
10
Support Spacing (Feet)
Polypropylene Schedule 80
180
160
Temperature F
Correct supporting of a piping system is essential to

prevent excessive bending stress and to limit pipe sag
to an acceptable amount. Horizontal pipe should be
supported on uniform centers, which are determined for
pipe size, schedule, temperature, loading and material.
Point support must not be used for thermoplastic piping
and, in general, the wider the bearing surface of the
support the better. Supports should not be clamped
in such a way that will restrain the axial movement of
pipe that will normally occur due to thermal expansion
and contraction. Concentrated loads in a piping system,
such as valves must be separately supported.
The graphs on this page give recommended support
spacing for Chemtrol thermoplastic piping materials at
various temperatures. The data is based on fluids with
a specific gravity of 1.0 and permits a sag of less than
0.1 between supports. For heavier fluids, the support
spacing from the graphs should be multiplied by the
correct factor in the table below.
140
120
100
80
60
1/2 3/4
PVC Schedule 40
1 11/4 11/2 2
140
PVDF Schedule 80
Temperature F
120
180
160
80
140
60
1/4
1/2 3/4
1 11/4 11/2 2
21/2 3
10 12
10
12
Temperature F
100
120
100
80
PVC Schedule 80
60
140
1/2 3/4
11/2
1
5
3
6
4
7
6
8
120
Temperature F
100
80
60
1/4
1/2 3/4
1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3

6
4
8
6
10
10
12
12
14
The above data is for uninsulated lines. For insulated lines, reduce spans to 70% of graph values. For spans of less
than 2 feet, continuous support should be used.
9
10
10-29
PLASTIC PIPING STANDARDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Plastic Piping Standards

Many commercial, industrial and governmental
standards or specifications are available to assist the
design engineer in specifying plastic piping systems.
Standards most frequently referred to and most
commonly called out in plastic piping specifications are
ASTM Standards. These standards also often form the
basis of other standards in existence. Below is a list and
description of those standards most typically applied to
industrial plastic piping.
ASTM Standard D-1784

(American Society for Testing and
Materials)
This standard covers the procedures for heat-fusion

bonding of polyolefin materials.
ASTM Standards D-2564 and F-493
These standards set forth requirements for PVC (D2564) and CPVC (F-493) Solvent Cement including a
resin material designation and resin content quality
standard. Also included in these standards are test
procedures for measuring the cement quality by means
of burst and lap shear tests.
ASTM Standard F-656
This standard covers PVC and CPVC compounds used

in the manufacture of plastic pipe, valves, and fittings.
It provides a means for selecting and identifying
compounds on the bases of a number of physical and
chemical criteria. Conformance to a particular material
classification in this standard requires meeting a number
of minimum physical and chemical properties.
These standards cover the specification and quality

of Schedule 40, 80 and 120 PVC (D-1785) and CPVC
(F-441) pressure pipe. Outlined in these standards
are dimensional specifications, burst, sustained and
maximum operating pressure requirements and test
procedures for determining pipe quality with respect to
workmanship and materials.
These standards cover PVC (D-2464) and CPVC (F437) Schedule 80 threaded pressure fittings. Thread
dimensional specifications, wall thickness, burst,
material quality, and identification requirements are
specified.
These standards cover Schedule 40 PVC (D-2466)

threaded and socket pressure fittings. Stipulated in
the standard are thread and socket specifications, by
lengths, wall thickness, burst material, quality and
identification requirements.
This standard covers the requirements for primers to

be used for PVC solvent cemented joints of pipe and
fittings.
This standard describes the procedure for making

joints with PVC pipe and fittings by means of solvent
cementing.
The following are standards of other
groups that are commonly encountered in industrial
thermoplastic piping design.
ANSI B1.20.1 (was B2.1)

(American National Standards Institute)
This specification details the dimensions and tolerance

for tapered pipe threads. This standard is referenced
in the ASTM standard for threaded fittings mentioned
above.
ANSI B16.5
This specification sets forth standards for bolt holes, bolt

circle, and overall dimensions for steel 150# flanges.
NSF Standard 14
(National Sanitation Foundation)
This standard provides specifications for toxilogical

and organoleptic levels to determine the suitability
of plastic piping for potable water use. It additionally
requires adherence to appropriate ASTM Standards
and specifies minimum quality control programs. To
meet this standard, a manufacturer must allow third
party certification by NSF of the requirements of this
standard.
Standards D-2467 (PVC) and F-439 (CPVC) cover the

specification of Schedule 80 socket type pressure fittings,
including dimensions and physical requirements.
Technical assistance regarding standards, applications,

product performance, design, and installation tips are
available from FABCO.

(Formerly D-2146)
FABCO is also able to provide:
This standard covers the specifications for propylene

(PP) plastic injection and extrusion materials.
This standard covers the specifications for PVDF

fluoroplastic molding and extrusions materials.
10-30
Material and Performance Certification Letters

Returned Product Evaluation
Product, Installation, and Design Seminars
Technical Reports on a variety of Subjects
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE

Chemical Resistance Guide
For Pipe, Valves & Fittings
This chemical resistance guide has been compiled to assist the piping system designer in selecting chemical
resistant materials. The information given is intended as a guide only. Many conditions can affect the material
choices. Careful consideration must be given to temperature, pressure and chemical concentrations before a
final material can be selected. Thermoplastics and elastomers physical characteristics are more sensitive to
temperature than metals. For this reason, a rating chart has been developed for each.
MATERIAL RATING FOR THERMOPLASTICS & ELASTOMERS
MATERIAL RATINGS FOR METALS
Temp. in F = A rating, maximum temperature which material is recommended, resistant under normal
conditions.
B to Temp. in F = Conditional resistance, consult factory.
C = Not recommended.
Blank = No data available.
A = Recommended, resistant under normal conditions.

B = Conditional, consult factory.
C = Not recommended.
Blank = No data available.
Temperature maximums for thermoplastics, elastomers and metals should always fall within published temp/
pressure ratings for individual valves. THERMOPLASTICS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR COMPRESSED AIR OR
GAS SERVICE. This guide considers the resistance of the total valve assembly as well as the resistance of
individual trim and fitting materials. The rating assigned to the valve body plus trim combinations is always that
of the least resistant part. In the cases where the valve body is the least resistant, there may be conditions under
which the rate of corrosion is slow enough and the mass of the body large enough to be usable for a period of
time. Such use should always be determined by test before installation of the component in a piping system. In
the selection of a butterfly valve for use with a particular chemical, the liner, disc, and stem must be resistant. All
three materials should carry a rating of A. The body of a properly functioning butterfly valve is isolated from the
chemicals being handled and need not carry the same rating.
ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene) Class 4-2-2
conforming to ASTM D1788 is a time proven material.
The smooth inner surface and superior resistance to
deposit formation makes ABS drain, waste, and vent
material ideal for residential and commercial sanitary
systems. The residential DWV system can be exposed
in service to a wide temperature span. ABS-DWV has
proven satisfactory for use from -40F to 180F These
temperature variations can occur due to ambient
temperature or the discharge of hot liquids into the
system. ABS-DWV is very resistant to a wide variety
of materials ranging from sewage to commercial
household chemical formulations. ABS-DWV is joined
by solvent cementing or threading and can easily be
connected to steel, copper, or cast iron through the use
of transition fittings.
CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 23447B, formerly designated Type IV, Grade 1 conforming to
ASTM D-1784 has physical properties at 73F similar to
those of PVC, and its chemical resistance is similar to or
generally better than that of PVC. CPVC, with a design
stress of 2000 psi and maximum service temperature
of 210F, has proven to be an excellent material for
hot corrosive liquids, hot and cold water distribution,
and similar applications above the temperature range
of PVC. CPVC is joined by solvent cementing, threading
or flanging.
P.P. (Polypropylene) (PP) Type 1 Polypropylene is
a polyolefin which is lightweight and generally high in
chemical resistance. Although Type 1 polypropylene
conforming to ASTM D-2146 is slightly lower in physical

properties compared to PVC, it is chemically resistant to
organic solvents as well as acids and alkalies. Generally,
polypropylene should not be used in contact with
strong oxidizing acids, chlorinated hydrocarbons, and
aromatics. With a design stress of 1000 psi at 73F,
polypropylene has gained wide acceptance where its
resistance to sulfur-bearing compounds is particularly
useful in salt water disposal lines, crude oil piping, and
low pressure gas gathering systems. Polypropylene has
also proved to be an excellent material for laboratory
and industrial drainage where mixtures of acids, bases,
and solvents are involved. Polypropylene is joined by
the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or flanging.
At 180F., or when threaded, P.P. should be used for
drainage only at a pressure not exceeding 20 psi.
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 12454-B, formerly
designated Type 1, Grade 1. PVC is the most frequently
specified of all thermoplastic materials. It has been used
successfully for over 30 years in such areas as chemical
processing, industrial plating, chilled water distribution,
deionized water lines, chemical drainage, and irrigation
systems.
PVC is characterized by high physical
properties and resistance to corrosion and chemical
attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions, and many other
chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents
such as ketones, some chlorinated hydrocarbons and
aromatics. The maximum service temperature of PVC
is 140F. With a design stress of 2000 psi, PVC has the
highest long term hydrostatic strength at 73F of any of
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-31
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
the major thermoplastics being used for piping systems. features high resiliency with low compression set, flame
PVC is joined by solvent cementing, threading, or resistance, and is animal and vegetable oil resistant.
flanging.
Neoprene is principally recommended for food and
PVDF (KYNAR) (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) is a strong, beverage service. Generally, neoprene is not affected
tough and abrasion resistant fluorocarbon material. It by moderate chemicals, fats, greases, and many oils
resists distortion and retains most of its strength to and solvents. Neoprene is attacked by strong oxidizing
280F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases, acids, most chlorinated solvents, esters, ketones,
and organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet aromatic hydrocarbons, and hydraulic fluids. Neoprene
or dry chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other has a moderate temperature range of -20F to 160F.
solid thermoplastic piping components can approach NITRILE (NBR) (BUNA-N) is a general purpose
the combination of strength, chemical resistance and oil resistant polymer known as nitrile rubber. Nitrile
working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the is a copolymer of butadiene and acrylonitrile and has
a moderate temperature range of -20F to 180F.
EPDM EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from Nitrile has good solvent, oil, water, and hydraulic fluid
ethylenepropylene diene monomer. EPDM has good resistance. It displays good compression set, abrasion
abrasion and tear resistance and offers excellent resistance and tensile strength. Nitrile should not be
chemical resistance to a variety of acids and alkalines. It used in highly polar solvents such as acetone and
is susceptible to attack by oils and is not recommended methyl ethyl ketone, nor should it be used in chlorinated
for applications involving petroleum oils, strong acids, hydrocarbons, ozone or nitro hydrocarbons.
or strong alkalines. It has exceptionally good weather FLUOROCARBON (FKM) (VITON) (FLUOREL)
aging and ozone resistance. It is fairly good with Fluorocarbon elastomers are inherently compatible
ketones and alcohols and has an excellent temperature with a broad spectrum of chemicals.
Because of
range from -20F to 250F.
this extensive chemical compatibility, which spans
HYPALON (CSM) Hypalon has very good resistance considerable concentration and temperature ranges,
to oxidation, ozone, and good flame resistance. It fluorocarbon elastomers have gained wide acceptance
is similar to neoprene except with improved acid as a material of construction for butterfly valve O-rings
resistance where it will resist such oxidizing acids and seats. Fluorocarbon elastomers can be used in
as nitric, hydrofluoric, and sulfuric acid. Abrasion most applications involving mineral acids, salt solutions,
resistance of Hypalon is excellent, about the equivalent chlorinated hydrocarbons, and petroleum oils. They are
of the nitriles. Oil and solvent resistance is somewhat particularly good in hydrocarbon service. Fluorocarbon
between that of neoprene and nitrile Salts have little elastomers have one of the broadest temperature ranges
if any effect on Hypalon. Hypalon is not recommended of any of the elastomers, -20F to 300F, however, are
for exposure to concentrated oxidizing acids, esters, not suitable for steam service.
ketones, chlorinated, aromatic and nitro hydrocarbons. TEFLON (PTFE) Polytetrafluoroethylene has
Hypalon has a normal temperature range of -20F to outstanding resistance to chemical attack by most
200F.
chemicals and solvents. PTFE has a temperature rating
NEOPRENE (CR) Neoprenes were one of the first of -20F to 400F in valve applications. PTFE, a self
synthetic rubbers developed. Neoprene is an all purpose lubricating compound, is used as a seat material in ball
polymer with many desirable characteristics and valves.
VITON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
HYPALON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
KYNAR is a registered trademark of the Pennwalt Company
FLUOREL is a registered trademark of the 3M Company
9
10
10-32
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH
25%
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH
50%
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH
85%
C 180 180 140
B
B
to to
140 176
C 120 73
73
Glacial C
C 120 73
B
B
to to
104 68
Acetone
CH3COCH3
73
73
Acetophenone
C6H5COCH3
Acetyl Chloride
CH3COCI
C
Gas,
73
100%
Acrylonitrile
H2C=CHCN
Allyl Chloride
CH2=CHCH2CI
C
C
C
73
Adipic Acid
COOH(CH2)4COOH Sat'd.
Allyl Alcohol
CH2=CHCH2OH
96%
73
140
B
180 140 140 to 140
176
B
C 140 to
73
C
C 140 C
Aluminum Acetate
Sat'd.
AI(C2H4O2)3
Aluminum
180 140 140
140
Ammonium
Sat'd.
Sulfate (Alum)
AINH4(SO4)212H2O
Aluminum Chloride
B
(Aqueous)
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
212
AICI3
B
Aluminum Fluoride
Sat'd. 160 180 180 73 to 140
AIF3
212
B
Aluminum Hydroxide
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
AI(OH)3
212
COPPER
630 SS
316 SS
3% NI/IRON
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
GRAY IRON
DUCTILE IRON
BRASS
METAL
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
EPDM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
B
140 to 350 176
73
Acetic Anhydride
(CH3CO)2O
Acetylene
B
B
B
200 to to to
200 180 200
Acetamide
CH3CONH2
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH
B
350 to
200
FKM
GRAPHITE
C 140 C
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
Conc.
CPVC
Acetaldehyde
CH3CHO
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
Chemical Resistance Chart for Valves and Fittings
70
350 140
350 70
B
to
70
B
C 350 to
300
B
350 to
176
200
350
B
250 to 200 104 200
250
350 104
B
B
350 140 to to 176
220 160
B
B
B
B
250 to to to to
300 180 120 70
350
350 176
B
to
70
B
B
250 to to
200 140
B
to
200
B
B
250 176 to to 176 A
200 200
B
B
B
250 to to to 176 A
300 200 200
B
250 176 160 to 176
180
4
5
6
7
8
190 A
350
9
10
10-33
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
B
B
B
250 to to to to A
300 300 200 390
Ammonia Gas
NH3
Ammonia Liquid
NH3
Ammonium Acetate
CH3COONH4
100%
100% 160
C 140 140
140
B
400 140 to 140
140
C 140 C
140
400 212 70
B
to
160
B
Sat'd. 120 180 73 140 to 140
212
Ammonium Bifluoride
Sat'd.
NH4HF2
180 180 140
140
B
180 212 140 to 140
248
Ammonium Carbonate
Sat'd.
(NH4)2CO3
400 140 140 140

B
400 140 to
140
140 A
B
B
400 176 to to 212
200 200
COPPER
630 SS
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
DUCTILE IRON
CARBON
STEEL
3% NI/IRON
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
B
B
B
400 to to to 248 A
200 200 200
FKM
Aluminum Potassium
B
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140 to 140
Sulfate (Alum)
212
AIK(SO4)212H2O
Aluminum Sulfate
B
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140 to 140
(Alum)
212
AI2(SO4)3
EPDM
PTFE
PEX
PPSU
PVDF
PVC
B
B
250 176 140 to to A
200 400
PP
BRASS
GRAPHITE
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
METAL
B
180 180 140 to 140
212
A
to C
140
Ammonium Chloride
NH4CI
B
Sat'd. 120 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
B
400 300 to to 250 A
200 212
Ammonium Fluoride
NH4F
10%
B
120 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
B
400 300 to to 140 A
200 100
Ammonium Fluoride
NH4F
25%
120 180 212 C
140
B
B
400 300 to to 140 A
120 100
120
140
B
B
400 to 200 200 to A
300
190
Sat'd.
B
400 to
300
B
200 to A
190
B A
to to
70 140
B
Sat'd. 120 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
400 to 200 200 176 A
300
B
200 to
70
Ammonium Hydroxide
10%
NH4OH
Ammonia Hydroxide
NH4OH
Ammonium Nitrate
NH4NO3
(NH4)2S2O8
Ammonium Phosphate
(Monobasic)
NH4H2PO4
All
Ammonium Sulfate
(NH4)2SO4
Ammonium Sulfide
(NH4)2S
Ammonium Thiocyanate
Amyl Acetate
CH3COOC5H11
Amyl Alcohol
C5H11OH
10-34
C 212 140
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
Ammonium Persulphate
NH4SCN
10
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
Sat'd.
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
GRAY IRON
Aluminum Nitrate
AI(NO3)39H2O
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
70
B
to
140
B
120 180 212 140 to 140
212
400 300 200 200 176 A
B
B
B
B
350 to to to to
300 180 160 70
140
B
120 180 212 140 to 73
212
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
to to to to
300 180 200 190
B
C 122 73
100 210
B
B
C to to
212 140
B
B
B
B
400 to to to to A
300 180 200 212
B
B
B
400 to 200 to to A
200
200 180
B
120 180 212 140 to 140
248
Dilute 120 180 212 140

50 60%
Dry
Arsenic Acid
H3AsO4
80%
B
180 140 140 to 140
248
Asphalt
73
73
B
Barium Carbonate Sat'd.
120 180 140 140 to 140
BaCO3
248
Barium Chloride
BaCI22H2O
B
Sat'd. 120 180 140 140 to 140
212
Barium Hydroxide Sat'd.

73 180 140 140
Ba(OH)2
200
70
B
to
70
C
70
B
to C
190
350
B
B
B
to 250 to to
400
100 500
400
B
B
B
to
to
to 140 A
176 200 180
212
B
B
400 to 140 to 248
300
160
350
Benzene
C 6H 6
Benzene Sulfonic
Acid
C6H5SO3H
Benzoic Acid
C6H5COOH
10%
B
to
73
73
B
to
73
180 180 140
160 180 73 140
B
B
B
to
to
to 248
300 220 200
B
to 248 A
200
B
B
B
B
to
to
to to
310 200 200 400
B
B
B
to
to to
250 140 300
300 120
B
B
B
to 200 to to
300
180 400
73
200
C 250
B
to
73
350
B
to A
140
B
to 200
100
B
to 176
150
400
73
B
to
68
400
Sat'd. 73 180 140 140
10%
Barium Sulfide
BaS
Benzaldehyde
C6H5CHO
B
B
B
B
400 to
to
to to A
300 200 200 380
180 180 140
B
Sat'd. 73 180 140 140 to 140
212
Beet Sugar Liquors
Barium Sulfate
BaSO4
B
B
120 180 180 140 to to
248 140
250 176 140
2
3
B
B
B
B
to
to
to to A
300 200 160 400
Sat'd. 73 180 140 73
Beer
400
Barium Nitrate
Ba(NO3)2
140
COPPER
B
180 140 140 to 140
140
B
to
73
630 SS
316 SS
180 73 140
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
140
3% NI/IRON
180
CARBON
STEEL
140
DUCTILE IRON
PEX
BRASS
B
to
70
GRAY IRON
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
METAL
GRAPHITE
B
to
140
FKM
EPDM
200
B
to
68
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PVDF
200
Argon Ar
Sat'd.
(Nitrohydrochloric
Acid)
Sat'd.
Aqua Regia
PVC
Aniline
Hydrocloride
C6H5NH2HCI
Anthraquinone
C14H8O2
Anthraquinone
Sulfonic Acid
C14H7O2SO3H2O
Antimony
Trichloride
SbCI3
400
PP
Aniline
C6H5NH2
CPVC
n-Amyl Chloride
CH3(CH2)3CH2Cl
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
8
9
10
10-35
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sat'd.
Boric Acid
H3BO3
Sat'd.
Brine
Sat'd.
160 180 212 140
225 220 140 70 212
200 70
70
70
140
180 140 140
Liquid 73
140
B
140 to
212
B
to
248
180
FKM
70
3% NI/IRON
B
B
to
to
70 250
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
212
Bromic Acid
HBrO3
Bromine
Br2
400
B
to
200
73
Blood
Borax
Na3B4O710H2O
COPPER
73 185 120 140
630 SS
12%
Cl
316 SS
Bleach
(Sodium
Hypochlorite)
400 SERIES SS
180 140 140
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
Sat'd.
CARBON
STEEL
120
Black Liquor
DUCTILE IRON
140
BRASS
180 180 140
EPDM
B
to 140
122
PPSU
PEX
PVC
C
PVDF
PP
120
PTFE
Bismuth Carbonate
(BiO)2CO3
METAL
GRAY IRON
Benzyl Alcohol
C6H5CH2OH
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
400
70
70
B
B
300 to to 200
200 200
B
B
B
to to to 185 A
300 200 200
200
200
300
B
to C
350
Bromine
Br2
Gas,
25%
180
140
200
B
to C
180
Bromine Water
Sat'd.
180
B
140 to
176
300
B
to C
210
Butadiene
H2C=CHHC=CH2
50%
180
140
73
50%
180 140 140
B
B
B
300 to to 140 to A
250 190
390
B
200 to
300
400
70
400
250
B
to
400
250
250
B
to
400
300
Butane
C4H10
Butyl Acetate
CH3COOCH2CH2CH2CH3
Butyl Alcohol
CH3(CH2)2CH2OH
Butyl Cellosolve
n-Butyl Chloride
C4H9CI
Butylene
CH3CH=CHCH3
10-36
180 140
C
140
73
140
120
175
B
140
180
73
Butyl Stearate
Calcium Bisulfide
Ca(HS)26H2O
Liquid
Butyl Phthalate
C16H22O4
Butyric Acid
CH3CH2CH2COOH
140 73 350
180 73
73
73
140
70
B
B
B
to to
to
250 200 400
C
B
200 200 to 140 140
140
B
A
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
400 SERIES SS
316 SS
630 SS
CARBON
STEEL
COPPER
GRAY IRON
DUCTILE IRON
3% NI/IRON
BRASS
B
B
B
to to to
200 200 400
METAL
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
350
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
EPDM
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
180 180 140
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PTFE
Calcium Bisulfite
Ca(HSO3)2
CPVC
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
Calcium Carbonate
CaCO3
B
180 180 140 to 140
248
B
350 to
210
Calcium Chlorate
Ca(CIO3)22H2O
B
180 180 140 to 140
248
B
B
B
B
350 to to to to 140
200 200 200 190
Calcium Chloride
CaCI2
B
B
120 180 180 140 to to
248 176
B
B
B
350 to to to 300
212 200 200
160 180 180 140
140
B
B
250 210 to to 212
200 220
30% 160 180 140 140
140
B
200 to
310
Calcium Nitrate
Ca(NO3)2
180 180 140
140
B
B
B
B
200 to to to to
300 200 200 390
Calcium Oxide
CaO
180
140
Calcium Hydroxide
Ca(OH)2
Calcium
Hypochlorite
Ca(OCI)2
140
B
100 180 180 140 to 140
212
Calcium Sulfate
CaSO4
Camphor
C10H16O
Cane Sugar
C12H22O11
73
73
180 180 140
Carbon Dioxide
CO2
Carbon Dioxide
CO2
350
140
400
B
Dry,
160 180 140 140 to 140
100%
212
Wet
Carbon Disulfide
CS2
Carbon Monoxide
CO
Carbon
Tetrachloride
CCI4
Carbonic Acid
H2CO3
Castor Oil
Caustic Potash
(Potassium
Hydroxide) KOH
73
160 180 140 140
140
B
to
68
B
180 180 140 to 140
140
Gas
73
Sat'd. 185 180 140 140
C 140 140
50% 160 180 180 140
140
73
140
140 248
B
to 90
400
C
B
B
to to 140
200 200
B
B
B
B
200 to to to to
300 176 70 212
73
Caprylic Acid
CH3(CH2)COOH
Carbitol
100
350
B
200 to
80
B
to
80
70
B
to
140
C
B
400 to 140
250
212
200
B
to
400
B
B
400 to 160 140 to
300
400
B
to
350
B
B
350 to 70 200 to
300
400
B
to 350
73
350
212 200
B
to 550
400
B
B
B
200 to to to
150 70 140
3
4
5
6
B
B
400 to 200 to 212
250
200
7
8
9
10
10-37
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CH3COOCH2CH2OC2H5
Chloral Hydrate
CCI3CH(OH)2
73
73
300
70
140
120
73
73
73
70
Chloric Acid
HCIO37H2O
10%
180 73 140
73
140 212
Chloric Acid
HCIO37H2O
20%
185 73 140
73
140 212
70
400
400
COPPER
630 SS
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
3% NI/IRON
GRAY IRON
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
B A* A*
C
C
B
to
212
B
to
212
A
to
70
B
to
70
B
to
70
B
200 to
175
C 200
Chloroform
CHCI3
Dry
73
73
10-38
C 200
200
73
350 70
73
350 70
73
200
140
200
73
400
140
73
73 140
Coke Oven Gas
140
180 140 140
73
Coconut Oil
400
Dry
Citric Acid
C6H8O7
Chlorobenzene
C6H5CI
Chromic Acid
H2CrO4
120
Chromic Acid
H2CrO4
140
B
to
212
B
30% C 180 73 140 to
212
B
50% C
C 73 C
to
212
B
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140 to
248
B
C 73 140 to
248
73 180 140 140
C 180
10%
73
50%
Chromic Acid
H2CrO4
400
Chloroacetic Acid
CH2CICOOH
Chlorosulfonic Acid
CISO2OH
B
to 70
80
B
B
to
to
120 120
Dilute
DUCTILE IRON
180
GRAPHITE
FKM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
C
B
to
70
BRASS
200
Chloramine
NH2CI
Chlorine Gas
(Moisture Content
< 150 ppm)
Chlorine Gas
C
(Moisture Content
> 150 ppm)
Liquid C
Chlorine
Chlorinated Water
(< 3500 ppm)
Chlorinated Water
(> 3500 ppm)
METAL
B
B
to 212 to 80
200
200
140
C
EPDM
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
Caustic Soda
(Sodium Hydroxide) 40% 160 180 180 140
Na0H
C 73 73
Cellosolve
Cellosolve Acetate
Coffee
10
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
C
B
to A
400
B
to A
400
C
B
to C
400
B
to C
400
B
to C
400
A
B
to
390
B
B
to 140 140 to
140
200
B
400 C
C
C
to
390
C
250
C
C
C
C
140
140
B
to 140
212
140
Copper Cyanide
CuCN
180
Copper Fluoride
CuF22H2O
2%
180 73 140
Copper Nitrate
Cu(NO3)23H2O
30%
180 140 140
Copper Sulfate
CuSO45H2O
120
Crude Oil
C
C
73
B
to
73
140
B
to
68
180
140
B
140 140 to
212
73
200
200
Sat'd. 100 180 73 140

140
Sat'd. 70 180
Cyclohexane
C6H12
73
Cyclohexanol
C6H11OH
140
73
Liquid
Detergents
(Heavy Duty)
Diacetone Alcohol
CH3COCH2C(CH3)2OH
C
Sat'd.
180 140
140
B
to
C
248
B
to 73
104
C
C
B
to
140
180 140 140
140
180 140 140
140
120
400
70
C
C
B
to
400
B
to
400
140
B
to
250
B
to
300
350
A
C
250
250
B
to
70
B
to
400
B
B
to
to
70 400
C 200
B
B
to 212
200 176 to
180 200
B
400 200 200 200 to
400
B
350 to
C
C
C
300
250
300
630 SS
COPPER
3% NI/IRON
CARBON
STEEL
GRAY IRON
DUCTILE IRON
BRASS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
140 140
B
400 to 200
70
B
350 C
to
220
50%
Dextrose
C6H12O6
212
B
to
140
Cresylic Acid
Dextrin
(Starch Gum)
200 200
90%
Cyclohexanone
C6H10O
B
to
400
140
Cresol
CH3C6H4OH
CuCI
185 140 140
Creosote
Cuprous Chloride
250
120
Cottonseed Oil
400
73 140
Corn Syrup
B
to
190
B
B
to
176 to
A
210 400
B
to
390
B
80 140 to
A
190
B
B
to 212 A
to
230 200
B
B
to 200 to
A
212
212
C
B
to 140
212
B
to
210
B
350 to
212
B
350 to
300
B
to
250
B
to
210
B
to
300
350
Sat'd. 120 180 120 140
Corn Oil
CuprIc Sulfate
CuSO45H2O
316 SS
Sat'd. 73 180 140 140
B
to
300
400 SERIES SS
140
350
METAL
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
140
EPDM
180
PTFE
Copper Carbonate
Sat'd.
CuCO3
PPSU
73
PEX
PVC
73
PVDF
PP
73
ABS
Copper Acetate
Sat'd.
Cu(C2H3O2)2H2O
Copper Chloride
CuCI2
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
C
A
C
A
A
A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
A
A
A
9
10
10-39
5
6
7
8
9
10
Diesel Fuels
C
Diethyl Ether
C4H10O
C
Sat'd.
73
350
350
200
B
140 140 to 73
212
350
200 70
70
73
73
180
Dioctyl Phthalate
C6H4(COOC8H17)2
Sat'd.
180 140 140
Dow Therm A
C12H10C12H10O
140
B
to
160
73
B
to
310
B
to 70
210
80
90
B
to
A
350
73
C 200
350
350
C
B
to
158
350 140 200
C
C
70
B
to
A
400
B
to 158
200
140 73 300 200
212
400
A
B
140
200
73
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
Ethyl Acetate
CH3COOCH2CH3
B
to
122
120 C 250
73
Ethyl Benzene
C6H5C2H5
140 140
B
to
140
250
73
Ethyl Alcohol
(Ethanol) C2H5OH
Ether
ROR
B
to
73
B
B
to 200 to
300
200
140
Ethyl Acrylate
CH2=CHCOOC2H5
GRAPHITE
FKM
73
10-40
EPDM
73
Dry
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
Dimethyl Formamide
HCON(CH3)2
Ethyl Chloride
C2H5CI
PTFE
73 140
Disodium Phosphate
Na2HPO4
PPSU
180 140 140
Dioxane
C4H8O2
PEX
B
to
250
Dimethylamine
(CH3)2NH
Diphenyl Oxide
(C6H5)2O
PVDF
PVC
PP
350
Diethylamine
C4H10NH
Diethyl Cellosolve
C6H14O2
Diglycolic Acid
0(CH2COOH)2
73
COPPER
CARBON
STEEL
Dibutyl Sebacate
C4H9OCO(CH2)8OCOC4H9
Dichlorobenzene
C6H4CI2
Dichloroethylene
C2H4CI2
73
DUCTILE IRON
BRASS
Dibutyl Phthalate
C6H4(COOC4H9)2
630 SS
METAL
GRAY IRON
Dibutoxyethyl
Phthalate
C20H30O6
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
B
A
A
A
Ethylene Chloride
Dry
(Vinyl Chloride)
CH2CHCl
Ethylene Glycol
OHCH2CH2OH
73
73
140
73
C
C
212 140
C
B
to
212
73
160 73 120 140
200
200
70
B
to
80
300
B
to
90
B
to
400
B
B
to 400 250 250 250 to
220
250
350
400
Ferric Chloride
Sat'd. 120 180 140 140 to 140
(Aqueous) FeCl3
212
400
140
B
to 140
212
B
Ferric Sulfate
160 180 140 140 to 140
Fe2(SO4)3
212
B
Ferrous Chloride
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140 to 140
FeCI2
212
Ferric Nitrate
Fe(NO3)39H2O
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140
Ferrous Hydroxide
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140
Fe(OH)2
140
Ferrous Nitrate
Fe(NO3)2
160 180 140 140
140
Ferrous Sulfate
FeSO4
160 180 140 140
B
to 140
212
180 180 140
140
Fish Oil
Fluorine Gas
F2
Fluorine Gas
F2
73
Dry,
100%
Wet
B
to
400
250
160 176
COPPER
630 SS
200 185
212
212
B
to
200
B
to
400
70 140
6
7
A
A
4
5
B
B
to
to
200 200
B
B
to
to
200 400
B
to 176
200
B
to
200
B
to
200
B
to
200
B
250 to
70
A
C
73 140 140
140
73
73
B
to
300
73
73
350 70
316 SS
B
to
200
B
400 to
210
B
400 to
200
400 SERIES SS
400
2
3
400 210
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
B
to
250
B
to
200
B
to
176
B
to
176
B
to
200
B
to
200
B
to
176
B
to
200
B
to
200
3% NI/IRON
DUCTILE IRON
BRASS
GRAY IRON
Flue Gas
Fluoroboric Acid
HBF4
B
to
300
B
400 to
210
B
400 to
300
B
200 to
280
300
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
400
Ferric Hydroxide
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140
Fe(OH)3
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
120
B
350
Ethyl Formate
Fatty Acids
R-COOH
EPDM
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
Ethylene Oxide
CH2CH2O
PVC
METAL
350
Ethylene Dichloride
Dry
C2H4CI2
Ethylene
Chlorohydrin
CICH2CH2OH
Ethylene Diamine
NH2CH2CH2NH2
PP
Dry
CPVC
Ethylene Bromide
BrCH2CH2Br
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
8
9
10
10-41
7
8
9
10
400 SERIES SS
316 SS
630 SS
COPPER
Formaldehyde
HCHO
35% 160
140 140
B
to 140 100 300 212 140 150
212
Formaldehyde
HCHO
50%
140
FKM
300 212 140 150
PPSU
B
to
176
PEX
Dilute 160 73 140 140
3% NI/IRON
Formaldehyde
HCHO
140 73
CARBON
STEEL
B
B
to 160 158 185
300
DUCTILE IRON
EPDM
BRASS
GRAY IRON
PTFE
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
PVDF
GRAPHITE
PVC
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
300
5
6
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
B
to
212
73 140
Formic Acid
HCOOH
73
Fluorosilicic Acid
(Hydrofluosilicic 50%
Acid) H2SiF6
PP
METAL
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
140
300
B
to
140
B
to
70
140
300 210
73
140
73
300
B
to
250
73
73 140
73
300
73
140
250
100%
140
73
300
Freon 114
C2Cl2F4
100%
140
73
300
Fructose
C6H12O6
Sat'd. 73 180 180 140
140
300
300
B
to
160
140
73
300
B
to
400
190
250 A
190 A
Freon 11
CCl3F
100%
Freon 12
CCl2F2
100%
Freon 21
CHCl2F
100%
Freon 22
CHClF2
100%
Freon 113
C2Cl2F3
Furfural
C4H3OCHO
73
Gallic Acid
C6H2(OH)3CO2HH2O
73
Gasoline
(Leaded)
73
200
Gasoline
(Unleaded)
73
200
Gasohol
73
200
200
B
to
A
250
300 200 200 200 212
B
200 to
200
B
B
to
to
200 400
B
B
to 200 200 to
212
400
Gasoline
(Sour)
Gelatin
180 180 140
C
140
Glaubers Salt
Glucose
C6H12O6H2O
Glue
Glycerin
C3H5(OH)3
120 180 212 140
140
400
140 140
140
400
140 180 212 140
250
B
B
B
140 to 400 to 250 to 250 A
320
200
180
Glycol Amine
Glycolic Acid
OHCH2COOH
10-42
Sat'd.
180 73 140
140
200 140
140
Heptane
C7H16
n-Hexane
C6H14
Hexanol
CH3(CH2)4CH2OH
73
73
180
Hydraulic Oil
(Petroleum)
Hydrazine
H2NNH2
Hydrobromic Acid
HBr
20%
73
Hydrobromic Acid
HBr
50%
Hydrochloric Acid
HCI
10%
Hydrochloric Acid
HCI
30%
HCN
10% 160
73
73
73
300
300
B
250 to 200
200
B
B
250 to
to
140 250
212
73
73
300
250
70
250
73 140 73
Hydrofluoric Acid
HF
50%
73
Dry
180 150 140
Hydrogen Sulfide
H2S
Wet
180
140
B
to
300
200 A
140
250 200
200 A
B
to 140 230 A
150
B
B
B
250 to
to
to 160
130 70 100
B
B
B
250 to
to
C
to
300 200
400
B
B
300 212 to
to 212 A
70 185
B
300 to
C
212 A
140
B
300 to
C
C
70 A
140
B
B
300 140 to
C
to
C
220
400
B
300 200 to 200 210
220
B
B
to 300 to
C
C
70 A
73
100
B
30 to
C
C
C
C
70
73 250 176
140
140
140
B
to 120
212
73
B
to 140
248
140
250 140 140
130
70
B
C
B
C
1
2
3
4
250
B
73 140 140 to 140
248
B
180 73 140 to 140
212
Hydrogen Sulfide
H2S
140
Hydrofluosilicic Acid 50%
180 C 140
COPPER
B
B
B
B
to
to
to
to
300 200 160 400
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
BRASS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
140
100
140
30%
Hydrogen Peroxide
90%
H2O2
Hydrofluoric Acid
HF
Hydrogen Peroxide
50%
H2O2
300
Dilute 73
Gas
140
Hydrofluoric Acid
HF
Hydrogen
H2
140
B
73 140 140 to
212
B
120
to
140
B
180 140 140 to
212
B
180 140 140 to
212
B
180 73 140 to
248
B
73 180 73 to
212
73
350
73 180 C 140
630 SS
Slurry
316 SS
140
CARBON
STEEL
160 180
B
C
Green Liquor
DUCTILE IRON
Grease
Hydrocyanic Acid
METAL
140
OCHCHO
Gypsum
EPDM
PTFE
PPSU
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
GRAY IRON
Glyoxal
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-43
B
Hypochlorous Acid
10% 73 180 73 140 to 140
HOCI
212
140
140
Inks
Iodine
I2
10%
73
73
B
C
to
C
176
Isobutane
Isobutyl Alcohol
(CH3)2CHCH2OH
8
9
10
Isooctane
(CH3)3CCH2CH(CH3)2
Isopropyl Acetate
CH3COOCH(CH3)2
300 104
120
300
140
B
300 to
300
73
73 300
73
200
250
C
250
250
250
B
to
160
Isopropyl Ether
(CH3)2CHOCH(CH3)2
316 SS
A
630 SS
400 SERIES SS
C
COPPER
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
3% NI/IRON
GRAY IRON
DUCTILE IRON
A
C
140
200
70
140
JP-4 Fuel
73
300
250
B
to
400
JP-5 Fuel
73
300
250
B
to
400
200
B
to
120
70
B
to
400
250 210 200 70
200
JP-6 Fuel
Kelp Slurry
Kerosene
73
Ketchup
73
Ketones
73 180
Kraft Liquors
73
140
120
Lactic Acid
CH3CHOHCOOH
25% 73 180 212 140
140
Lactic Acid
CH3CHOHCOOH
80%
140
Lard
OIl
C 140 73
140
250
300 212 80
300 176 80
70
B
to
400
300
200
Lauric Acid
CH3(CH2)10COOH
180 140 140
120
300
B
140 to 120
248
300
B
to 200 160 160
200
C
70
70
70
B
70
to
400
140
73
250
250
140
Lauryl Chloride
CH3(CH2)10CH2Cl
200 200 200
Latex
10-44
JP-3 Fuel
B
160 to
400
B
B
C 212 140 C 140 to 300 160 70
to 170 550
130
120
73
70
B
B
to 190 to
80
70
140
B
200 to
80
160
73
Isopropyl Alcohol
(CH3)2CHOH
6
7
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
C
BRASS
Hydrogen Sulfite
H2SO3
Iron Phosphate
METAL
GRAPHITE
FKM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
EPDM
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
Lead Chloride
PbCI2
Lead Nitrate
Pb(NO3)2
Sat'd.
Lead Sulfate
PbSO4
180 140 140
120
B
B
300 to 120 to 212 A
210
180
73
B
to 300
73
73
300
B
B
C 140 140 to to
248 73
70
300
C
C
630 SS
COPPER
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
BRASS
70
B
200 to 250
180
B
140 to 300
212
140 140
120
160 160 160 160 A
140
120
160
70
Lubricating Oil
(ASTM #1)
B
180 C 140 to 73
248
350
180 150 70
Lubricating Oil
(ASTM #2)
180 C 140
73
350
B
to
180
70300
Lubricating Oil
(ASTM #3)
180 C 140
73
350
180
350
140 A
Ludox
Magnesium
Carbonate
MgCO3
B
120 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
Magnesium Chloride
Sat'd. 120 180 140 140 to 140
MgCI2
140
Magnesium Citrate
180
140
140
MgHC6H5O75H2O
Magnesium Oxide
160
MgO
Magnesium Sulfate
MgSO47H2O
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
Maleic Acid
Sat'd. 160 180 140 140 to 140
HOOCCH=CHCOOH
140
B
B
225 to 140 to 212
300
180
400 230 176
B
to 185 A
200
300 176 140
300 194
250
Manganese Sulfate
MnSO44H2O
180 180 140
140
300 176
B
B
to
to 212 A
200 200
Mercuric Chloride
HgCI2
180 180 140
140
B
B
B
300 to
to 160 to
A
210 200
300
212
B
B
B
to
to
to
A
230 200 390
C
2
3
140 140
212 A
B
B
B
B
to
to
to
to
300 220 180 420
120
180 180 140
CARBON
STEEL
B
B
300 to
to 200 212 A
300 220
GRAY IRON
120
DUCTILE IRON
180 140 140
METAL
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
EPDM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
300 176 140
73
Lithium Chloride
LiCI
Lithium Hydroxide
LiOH
PVDF
120
Lime Sulfur
Lithium Bromide
LiBr
180 140 140
73
B
B
to
to
140 140
300 200
Linseed Oil
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
B
180 180 140 to 140
212
Lemon Oil
Linoleic Acid
PVC
PP
Sat'd.
CPVC
Lead Acetate
Pb(CH3COO)23H2O
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
4
5
6
7
8
A
A
9
10
10-45
3
4
Mercurous Nitrate
HgNO32H2O
Sat'd.
5
6
7
8
9
10
Methanol (Methyl
Alcohol) CH3OH
Methyl Acetate
CH3CO2CH3
70
B
to
70
180 140 140
140
300 100
B
to
90
90
300 210 140 140 185 A
300 160
300
C
73
73
300
10-46
Milk
250
200
B
C 200 to
200
B
to
120
73
150
73
140
150
250
C 250
180 140 140

B
160 180 212 140 to 140
212
200
70
70
70
400 250 250 250 250
B
to
130
185
200
73
73
Methyl Formate
Methyl Isobutyl
Ketone
(CH3)2CHCH2COCH3
Methyl Isopropyl
Ketone
CH3COCH(CH3)2
Methyl Methacrylate
CH2=C(CH3)COOCH3
Methylene Bromide
CH2Br2
Methylene Chloride
CH2Cl2
Methylene
Chlorobromide
CH2ClBr
Methylene Iodine
CH2I2
Methylsulfuric Acid
CH3HSO4
COPPER
B
B
300 to to 160
176 160
630 SS
316 SS
B
to
140
400 SERIES SS
C 180 140
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
B
to
140
Methyl Acetone
Methyl Amine
CH3NH2
Methyl Bromide
CH3Br
Methyl Cellosolve
HOCH2CH20CH3
Methyl Chloride
CH3Cl
Dry
Methyl Chloroform
CH3CCl3
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
(MEK)
CH3COC2H5
300
140
C 140 C
73 140
73
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
FKM
300 70
GRAPHITE
EPDM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
140
B
180 140 140 to 140
248
Mercury
Hg
Methane
CH4
180 140 140
CARBON
STEEL
Sat'd.
DUCTILE IRON
Mercuric Sulfate
HgSO4
B
B
B
300 to to
to
210 160 70
BRASS
Sat'd.
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
METAL
GRAY IRON
Mercuric Cyanide
Hg(CN)2
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
140
200
70
200 C
100 120 C
B
to
70
C
140
140
200 C
Motor Oil
180 C 140
B
to
140
37%
Naphtha
73
B
73 140 to
122
Naphthalene
C10H8
73
Natural Gas
73 140
73
73
140
Nickel Ammonium
Sulfate
250
B
to
400
176
300 C 250 140 250
B
to
70
B
200 C
to
250
250 C
70
70
Nickel Sulfate
NiSO4
B
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
212
400 176 176 160
B
to
A
400
140
B
to
A
185
B
B
to 140 140 to
130
212
250
B
to C
185
B
to 73 140
120
250 C
70
50%
C 110 C 100
250 C
70
70%
C 100 C
73
250 C
B
C
to
C
122
400 C
<10%
Nitric Acid
HNO3
30%
Nitric Acid
HNO3
40%
Fuming
70
C
2
3
4
5
6
B
B
to 70 to
140
200
B
250 to
C
104
Nitric Acid
HNO3
Nitrobenzene
C6H5NO2
B
B
400 212 to
to 248 A
200 200
Nitric Acid
B
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
248
Nitric Acid
HNO3
Nitric Acid
HNO3
Nickel Nitrate
Ni(NO3)26H2O
B
C 180 180 140 to
212
180
Nicotinic Acid
C5H4NCOOH
B
B
406 176 176 to
to
A
200 400
B
140 to 140
212
B
350 C 190 to 190 A
70
B
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
212
140
Nickel Chloride
NiCI2
180
250 70
Nicotine
C10H14N2
630 SS
COPPER
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
B
300 to 200 200 212
212
GRAPHITE
140
FKM
EPDM
Morpholine
C4H8ONH
Muriatic Acid
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
73
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
B
B
B
to 300 C 250 to
to
73
200 400
3% NI/IRON
140 140
Monochloroacetic Acid
50%
CH2CICOOH
Monochlorobenzene
C6H5CI
Monoethanolamine
HOCH2CH2NH2
CARBON
STEEL
180 140 140
DUCTILE IRON
Molasses
METAL
BRASS
B
73 180 C 140 to
212
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
GRAY IRON
Mineral Oil
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
7
8
9
10
10-47
Oleum (Sulfuric Acid)

C
Fuming
xH2SO4yS03
Olive Oil
Oxygen
O2
160 C
Gas
10%
73
70%
10
Peracetic Acid
CH3COOOH
40%
Perchloric Acid
HCIO4
10%
Perchloric Acid
HCIO4
70%
10-48
350 C 250
250
300 300 C
B
to A
400
B
to A
190
406
300 B
120
300 C 220
400
73 180 73
120
300 C 220
400
250 C 250
400
250 C 250
400
100 C 250 70 200
B
to
248
C
B
to
73
73
70
B
A
B
250 to C
140
140 400 A
B
to C
140
70 400 C
B
to 73
212
73 140 73
73
73 180 140
73
73
B
to A
212
250
B
to
225
250 C
73
73 180 C
200 C 250
73
B
to 550
400
140
73
COPPER
630 SS
316 SS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
EPDM
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
B
B
to 400 C to
250
200
B
to
212
180 C 140
Perphosphate
B
to
80
B
B
73 140 to to
248 68
C 140
n-Pentane
CH3(CH2)3CH3
Phenol
C6H5OH
100
73 400 140 70
B
73 180 140 140 to C
212
Parafin
C36H74
Perchloroethylene
(Tetrachloroethylene)
CI2C=CCI2
73
B
160 180 C 140 to 140
212
Peanut Oil
400 100 C
B
50% 160 180 140 140 to 140
122
Ozone
O3
Palm Oil
Palmitic Acid
CH3(CH2)14COOH
Palmitic Acid
CH3(CH2)14COOH
73
B
160 180 73 140 to C
248
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid
HOOCCOOH2H2O
73
70
400 SERIES SS
n-Octane
C8H18
73
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
73
70
3% NI/IRON
Nitrous Oxide
N 2O
70
CARBON
STEEL
180 C 140
B
to
73
DUCTILE IRON
10%
73
BRASS
METAL
GRAY IRON
300 B
B
B
A
to to 300 to
350 230
400
Nitroglycerin
CH2NO3CHNO3CH2NO3
Nitrous Acid
HNO2
PVC
Gas
PP
Nitrogen
N2
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
200 C
400
B
to A
210
250
B
140 to
140
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
CARBON
STEEL
BRASS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
630 SS
250 C
COPPER
DUCTILE IRON
FKM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
B
to
70
METAL
GRAY IRON
Phosphate Esters
EPDM
B
to
C
104
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVC
PVDF
PP
Phenylhydrazine
C6H5NHNH2
CPVC
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
C
C
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4
10%
140
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4
B
50% 73 180 212 140 to 140
212
B
300 176 to 171 212 A
104
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4
85%
300 176 C
B
to A
185
Phosphoric Anhydride
P2O5
Phosphorus Pentoxide
P2O5
Phosphorus Trichloride
PCl3
Photographic Solutions
180 212 140
73
73
73
73
73
73
140
73
C 120
180 140 140
Phthalic Acid
C6H4(COOH)2
Picric Acid
C6H2(NO2)3OH
Pine Oil
Plating Solutions
(Brass)
140 C
10% C
73
73
C 140
180 140 140
200 B
122
B
C
300 70
70
140
B
B
B
to to to 185
104 70 140
140
B
to
C
100
B
to 73
212
B
to
73
B
to
100
70
140
300 70
70
Plating Solutions
(Cadmium)
180 140 140
140
Plating Solutions
(Chrome)
180 140 140
140
300 210 C
180 140 140
140
B
B
B
300 to to
to 185
300 190 160
180 140 140
140
300 B
Plating Solutions
(Gold)
180 140 140
140
Plating Solutions
(Nickel)
180 140 140
140
B
300 to
B
300
Plating Solutions
(Rhodium)
180 140 140
140
B
B
300 120 to 80 to
200
190
Plating Solutions
(Silver)
180 140 140
140
B
B
B
B
300 to to to to
300 180 200 190
Plating Solutions
(Tin)
180 140 140
140
B
300 210 to 140 140
180
Plating Solutions
(Zinc)
180 140 140
140
B
B
300 to to
300 180
B
to 185 A
200
B
to
190
Plating Solutions
(Lead)
B
to
400
B
B
300 to to 140 185
300 190
140 140
B
B
300 300 to
to 190
180 200
Plating Solutions
(Copper)
B
200 to 70 400
200
C
B
B
B
300 to 104 to
to A
300
206 400
180 212 140
9
10
10-49
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B
350 to 80
280
Potassium Alum
180
140
140
B
B
400 176 to
to 212
180 200
Potassium Aluminum
Sulphate
180
140
140
B
B
400 176 to
to 212
180 200
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
400 200 200 200 212
B
180 140 140 to
212
400 140 140 104 212 A
Potassium Bisulfate
KHSO4
B
180 212 140 to 140
212
400 B 140 70 212 A
Potassium Bromate
KBrO3
B
180 212 140 to 140
212
B
B
400 212 to
to 212
70 140
Potassium Bromide
KBr
B
180 212 140 to 140
248
400 212 200 200
B
to A
212
73 180 180 140 C 140
400 B 200 200
B
to A
212
160 180 212 140 C 140
B
B
400 to 70 to
200
200
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
212
400 B 200 200 212
Potassium
Bicarbonate
KHCO3
Sat'd.
Potassium Bichromate
Sat'd.
K2Cr2O7
Potassium Carbonate
(Potash)
K2CO3
Potassium Chlorate
(Aqueous)
KClO3
Potassium Chloride
KCl
Potassium Chromate
K2CrO4
Potassium Cyanide
KCN
Potassium Dichromate
Sat'd.
K2Cr2O7
Potassium
Ferricyanide
K3Fe(CN)6
Potassium
Ferrocyanide
K4Fe(CN)63H2O
180 180 140
400 212 140 120 212 C
400 70
160 180
140
180 73
Potassium Nitrate
KNO3
160 180 140 140
73
120
400 70
B
to 140
212
400 70
140
400 B
B
70 to
212
630 SS
COPPER
316 SS
B
B
to
to 212 C
200 200
70
B
to
70
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
400 B 200 200 200
Potassium Iodide
KI
10-50
B
180 180 140 to 140
212
140
B
180 180 140 to 140
400 140 C 70 140
248
B
B
Potassium Fluoride
180 180 140 to 140
400 200 to 70 212 A
KF
212
180
B
B
B
Potassium Hydroxide
25% 160 180 212 140
to 248 300 320 to
to 80 A
KOH
140
80 212
Potassium
Hypochlorite
KCIO
B
180 180 140 to 140
248
140
B
B
400 176 to 140 to C
140
212
180 212 140
CARBON
STEEL
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
DUCTILE IRON
Polyvinyl Acetate
BRASS
300
METAL
GRAY IRON
Polysulfide Liquor
FKM
EPDM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
316 SS
630 SS
B
to 140
212
400 200 C
B
140 to
212
B
180 140 140 to 140
176
400 180 C
Potassium
Permanganate
KMnO4
180 73
25%
Potassium
Persulfate
K2S2O8
73
B
160 180 180 140 to 140
212
Potassium Sulfate
K2SO4
Potassium Sulfide
K2S
180 140
68 140
Potassium Sulfite
K2SO32H2O
180 140
140
Potassium
Tetraborate
Potassium
Tripolyphosphate
Propane
C3H8
B
73 140 to 140
248
73
Propargyl Alcohol
C 140 140
Propionic Acid
CH3CH2CO2H
C 140
73
B
B
C 140 140 to to
122 140
n-Propyl Bromide
Propylene Oxide
CH3CHCH2O
<25%
>25%
C
73
140
n-Propyl Nitrate
Pyridine
N(CH)4CH
Pyrogallic Acid
C6H3(OH)3
B
to
68
73
73
300 70
70 210
B
B
300 200 to to 210
150 150
400
300
300 C 250 140 250 A

140 70
70 140
200
140
Rosin
140
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
350 to 180 to to
225
176 300
300
A
A
180 300 200 180 70 250 A
B
to 300 200 180 70 250 A
180
200 C
B
to
100
140
200 C
B
to 200
200
A
A
4
5
6
7
150 C
150 C
Pyrrole
Quinone
C6H4O2
140 C
Propyl Alcohol
CH3CH2CH2OH
Propylene Glycol
140
Propyl Acetate
Propylene Glycol
210
B
B
200 176 to to 212 A
200 200
B
to 140
140
COPPER
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
KMnO4
3% NI/IRON
CARBON
STEEL
B
140 to
212
BRASS
400 210 C
B
to
70
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
140
10%
70
GRAPHITE
180 73 140
Potassium
Permanganate
B
to
70
FKM
70 190
EPDM
200 140 C
PTFE
140
PPSU
180 140 140
PEX
Potassium
Perchlorate
KCIO4
PVDF
400 70
PVC
140
PP
180 140 140
CPVC
Potassium
Perborate
KBO3
ABS
DUCTILE IRON
METAL
GRAY IRON
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
9
10
10-51
6
7
8
9
10
Silicone Oil
180 212 73
350 140 212 212 400 A
73
160 180 140 140
70
B
180 180 140 to 140
212
Silver Cyanide
AgCN
350 70
C
C
70
70
90
70 140
B
to
140
350 300 C
Silver Sulfate
Ag2SO4
160 180 140 140
140
350 176 140 70 212 A
Soaps
73 180 140 140
B
to
140
400
Sodium Acetate
CH3COONa
Sat'd.
B
180 212 140 to 140
212
Sodium Aluminate
Na2AI2O4
Sat'd.
140
Sodium Benzoate
C6H5COONa
Sodium Bichromate
B
to 185 A
200
B
B
B
300 to to 140 to
200 180
200
B
B
400 176 140 to to C
70 212
140
B
400 176 160 to 212
200
Sodium Borate (Borax) Sat'd.

160 180 180 140
Na2B4O710H2O
140
B
B
B
300 to to to 210 A
300 220 200
140
300 140 C
B
to A
180
B
B
B
73 180 212 140 C 140 to 400 176 to to 212
73
200 200
C 140
B
B
B
B
350 to to to to
200 200 200 200
120 180 212 140
140
B
350 to 160 120 212
212
180 73
140
200 70
180 140 73
A
to
100
B
B
400 212 to to 212
200 200
70
316 SS
B
73 180 212 140 to 140
212
Sat'd. 120 180 140 140
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
3% NI/IRON
BRASS
180 140 140
10-52
Sodium Bisulfite
NaHSO3
25%
Sodium Chlorite
NaCIO2
Sodium Chloride
NaCI
B
B
B
to to to 212
200 200 200
Sat'd.
140
Sodium Chlorate
NaCIO3
73 180 140 140
Sodium Carbonate
Na2CO3
Sodium Bisulfate
NaHSO4
Sodium Bromide
NaBr
B
B
B
300 140 to to to
140 70 140
Sat'd.
140
180 140 140
Sodium Bicarbonate
NaHCO3
400 212 C
160 180 180 140
Silver Nitrate
AgNO3
COPPER
400 176 176 70 212
70
630 SS
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
140
CARBON
STEEL
Silicic Acid
SiO2nH2O
140
GRAY IRON
180
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
300
METAL
DUCTILE IRON
300 300 C
FKM
EPDM
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
Selenic Acid
H2SeO4
Silver Chloride
AgCI
PP
B
140 140 to 140
212
Salicylic Acid
C6H4(OH)(COOH)
3
4
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
B
to C
140
B
180 180 140 to 140
212
B
350 176 to 140 176 200 275
230
20%
180 180 140
140
300 176 140
Sodium Ferricyanide
Na3Fe(CN)62H2O Sat'd.
180 140 140
140
350 300 70
70 140
180 140 140
140
350 140 80
70 140
Sodium Cyanide
NaCN
Sodium Dichromate
Na2Cr2O72H2O
Sodium
Ferrocyanide
Na3Fe(CN)610H2O
Sat'd.
B
120 180 180 140 to 140
212
Sodium Fluoride
NaF
B
to
C
212
630 SS
COPPER
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
3% NI/IRON
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
BRASS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
EPDM
140 140 70 140 C
METAL
GRAY IRON
B
to 140
176
120 180 140
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
DUCTILE IRON
Sodium Chromate
Na2CrO44H2O
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
A
A
350 140 100 140 140 A
B
B
B
400 to 212 to to A
200
200 140
B
to
68
< 5%
Sodium Hydroxide
NaOH
<10%
Sodium Hydroxide
NaOH
30%
120 180 212 140 C
B
to
140
B
B
350 to 212 to 80
130
200
Sodium Hydroxide
NaOH
50%
120 180 212 140
B
B
B
B
to 194 350 to 212 to
to
140
130
200 70
Sodium Hydroxide
NaOH
70%
120 180 212 140
B
to
140
120 180 73
B
140 to 350 C
190
B
to
A
400
B
B
400 200 to
to 212 A
171 200
400 C
400
400
400
Sodium Hypochlorite
NaOCI5H2O
Sodium Metaphosphate
73
180 120 140
(NaPO3)n
300 220 150
Sodium Nitrate
NaNO3
B
Sat'd. 160 180 180 140 to 140
212
Sodium Nitrite
NaNO2
B
160 180 73 140 to 140
212
400 176 171
120 180 73 140
350 140 C
Sodium Perborate
NaBO34H2O
Sodium Perchlorate
NaCIO4
Sodium Peroxide
Na2O2
10%
Sodium Phosphate
NaH2PO4
Acid
B
to 212
140
180 212 140
140
350 70
70
180
140
250 300 C
140
B
120 180 212 140 to 140
140
Sodium Phosphate
Alkaline
NaH2PO4
120 180 212
Sodium Phosphate
Neutral
NaH2PO4
120 180 212
Sodium Silicate
73
180 140 140
140
140
70
140 A
Sodium Hydroxide
NaOH
B
B
B
B
350 to to
to
to
130 70 200 70
6
7
8
B
B
to 140 to 212
200
200
9
10
10-53
GRAY IRON
DUCTILE IRON
CARBON
STEEL
3% NI/IRON
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
400 SERIES SS
316 SS
630 SS
COPPER
B
B
350 200 to to 176
200 200
B
B
B
B
Sat'd. 160 180 212 140 to 140 to 350 200 to to 140
212
73
200 200
Sodium Sulfide
Na2S
Sat'd. 160 180 212 140
Sodium Sulfite
Na2SO3
Sodium Thiosulfate
Na2S2O35H2O
180 180 140
5
6
7
8
9
10
Stannous Chloride
SnCI2
140
140
180 140 140
140
350 300 220
15% 120 180 140 140
180 140 140
Sat'd.
B
to A
400
140
B
B
B
B
350 to to to to A
210 150 140 185
140
B
300 176 to 212 212
176
400
400
Stearic Acid
CH3(CH2)16COOH
180 73 140
Stoddards Solvent
Styrene
C6H5CH=CH2
C
73
Succinic Acid
COOH(CH2)2COOH
Sugar
C6H12O6
350 C
73
B
to
70
C 250
350 C
180 140 140
140
200 140 70
180
140
350
140
20%
C 180 C
Sulfate Liquors
(Oil)
6%
180 140 140
Sulfite Liquors
6%
73 180
Sulfur
S
Sulfur Chloride
S2CI2
120
Sulfamic Acid
HSO3NH2
10-54
73
Steam
(Low Pressure)
Steam
(Medium Pressure)
Steam
(High Pressure)
Sulfur Dioxide
SO2
160 140
C
B
400 C 250 250 to
400
Starch
Sulfur Dioxide
SO2
350 140
140 140
Soybean Oil
Stannic Chloride
SnCI4
140
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
EPDM
Sour Crude Oil
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
Sat'd. 160 180 212 140
PEX
Sodium Sulfate
Na2SO4
PVDF
PVC
PP
BRASS
METAL
B
B
400 to 200 to 212 A
200
200
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
70
140 A
250
B
B
to to
70 176
B
to
150
B
B
B
200 to to to 170
250 150 150
140
350 B
180 212 140

C
B
to 140
70
350 250 C
70 266 A
350 C
140 A
Gas
(Dry)
73 140 140
140
350 160 C
B
to A
250
Gas
(Wet)
C 140 73
120
140 C
B
to A
140
316 SS
630 SS
COPPER
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4
70%
C 180 73 140
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4
90%
C 150 73
73
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4
100%
Sat'd.
Tall Oil
Tanning Liquors
180 212
200 70
158 212
200 C
158 C
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
350 C
B
to
212
120
250 C 200
B
C 180 73 140 to 140
212
160 180 73 140
Tar
Tetrachloroethane
CHCl2CHCl2
200
B
200 to 70 200
200
250 C
B
250 C 200 158 to A
200
C 400 C
200
350 C
212
73
73
73
350 C
120
Thionyl Chloride
SOCl2
Thread Cutting Oils
73
73
73
Tetrachloroethylene
Cl2C=CCl2
Tetraethyl Lead
Pb(C2H5)4
Tetrahydrofuran
C4H8O
Titanium Tetrachloride
TiCl4
140 C
Toluene (Toluol)
CH3C6H5
120
C
180 212 140
140
Transformer Oil
180 73 140
180
Tributyl Phosphate
(C4H9)3PO4
C
50%
140
B
to
120
73
B
140 140 to 140
104
160 A
C 200 C
B
to
200
350 70 140 140 140
300 C
300 A
A
300
300 250 C
200 C
A
A
2
3
4
B
A
6
7
C
A
A
A
73 350
Tomato Juice
Transformer Oil
DTE/30
B
250 200 200 to 200
200
120
B
160 180 140 140 to 140
248
Tartaric Acid
HOOC(CHOH)2COOH
200 140 C
C 180 140
10%
CARBON
STEEL
158 212 A
BRASS
EPDM
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
CPVC
158 248 A
ABS
B
B
B
<30% 120 180 180 140 to to to 250 212 B
248 140 73
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
C
3% NI/IRON
DUCTILE IRON
GRAY IRON
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
B
to C
120
B
B
73 180 140 140 to to 212 250 212 C
212 140
Trichloroacetic Acid
CCI3COOH
73
50%
Tannic Acid
C76H52O46
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4
Sulfurous Acid
H2SO3
400 SERIES SS
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4
GRAPHITE
Gas
METAL
FKM
Sulfur Trioxide
SO3
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
9
10
10-55
Trisodium Phosphate
Na3PO412H2O
140 73
73 180 140 140
C
140
Urea
CO(NH2)2
Urine
C 140
140
160 180 180 140
140
Varnish
6
7
8
9
10
Vaseline
(Petroleum Jelly)
Vegetable Oil
Vinegar
Vinyl Acetate
CH3COOCH=CH2
C 140 C
120
B
B
C 140 140 to to
248 140
73 150 140 140
73
140
C 140
350 212 C
B
to A
300
B
C 250 to 250
120
B
to
200
400 140 140
140
350 C
B
to
400
300 C 140 140 140

300 C 200
200
B
300 to C
210
200
350 C
Water (Acid Mine)

H 2O
160 180 140 140
140
B
400 200 to
210
B
to A
190
Water (Deionized)
H2O
160 180 140 140
140
B
B
B
B
400 to to to to A
140 200 150 200
250 A
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
70
C
C 250
630 SS
3% NI/IRON
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
C
COPPER
180 180 140
B
160 140 to
70
C
Tung Oil
Turpentine
316 SS
B
to
73
400 SERIES SS
73
CARBON
STEEL
Trimethylpropane
(CH2OH)3C3H5
B
to
190
200 A
DUCTILE IRON
C 140
73
BRASS
Triethylamine
(C2H5)3N
GRAPHITE
73 140 73
C 200 C
FKM
EPDM
Triethanolamine
(HOCH2CH2)3N
B
to C
176
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
Trichloroethylene
CHCI=CCI2
METAL
GRAY IRON
PP
CPVC
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CONCENTRATION
Water (Distilled)
H 2O
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
248
B
400 140 to
210
Water (Potable)
H 2O
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
248
400
Water (Salt)
H2O
160 180 212 140
140
B
B
B
400 to to 140 to A
250 210
200
Water (Sea)
H2O
B
160 180 212 140 to 140
248
B
B
B
400 to to to 212 A
250 210 140
Water (Soft)
H 2O
160 180 212 140
140
400
Water (Waste)
H 2O
73 180 212 140
140
400
10-56
Zinc Acetate
Zn(CH3COO)22H2O
180
Zinc Carbonate
ZnCO3
180 140
B
to 140
212
300 104 140 190
350 200 200 140 200
C 350 C
B
to A
200
140 C
70
70
70
70
Zinc Chloride
ZnCI2
120 180 180 140
140
B
400 210 to 194 212 A
200
Zinc Nitrate
Zn(NO3)26H2O
160 180 180 140
140
180 140 100 190 A
Zinc Sulfate
ZnSO47H2O
160 180 212 140
140
B
B
400 to to 171
300 220
630 SS
3% NI/IRON
BRASS
BRONZE
(85% CU)
SILICON
BRONZE
ALUMINUM
BRONZE
GRAPHITE
FKM
EPDM
350 200 200 140
COPPER
NITRILE
(BUNA-N)
POLYCHLOROPRENE
PTFE
316 SS
400 SERIES SS
NI PLATED
DUCTILE
CARBON
STEEL
B
73 180 140 140 to 140
248
PPSU
PEX
PVDF
PVC
PP
140
DUCTILE IRON
Xylene (Xylol)
C6H4(CH3)2
73 180
METAL
GRAY IRON
Wine
CPVC
B
180 140 140 to 140
212
Whiskey
White Liquor
SEAL MATERIALS MAX

TEMPERATURE (F)
PLASTICS
MAX TEMPERATURE (F)
ABS
CHEMICALS
AND
FORMULA
CONCENTRATION
3
4
The data set forth herein is provided as is. NIBCO INC., its distributors and the authors of and contributors to
this publication specifically deny any warranty or representation, expressed or implied, for the accuracy and/or
reliability of the fitness for any particular use of information contained herein or that any data is free from errors.
NIBCO, its distributors and the authors of and contributors hereto do not assume any liability of any kind
whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of such information. Moreover, there is a need to reduce human
exposure to many materials to the lowest practical limits in view of possible long-term adverse effects. To the
extent that any hazards may have been mentioned in this publication, we neither suggest nor guarantee that such
hazards are the only ones which may exist. Final determination of the suitability of any information or product for
the use to be contemplated by the user, the manner of that use, and whether there is any infringement of patents
is the sole responsibility of the user. The successful use or operation of valves, fittings or pipe depends on many
factors, not just the chemical resistance of their materials. We recommend that anyone intending to rely on any
data, information or recommendation or to use any equipment, processing technique or material mentioned in
this publication should satisfy himself as to such suitability and that he meets all applicable safety and health
standards. We strongly recommend that users seek and adhere to manufacturers or suppliers current instructions
for handling each material they use.
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-57
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Glossary of Terms
Adhesive a substance capable of holding materials together
by surface attachment.
Adhesive solvent an adhesive having a volatile organic
liquid as a vehicle. See Solvent Cement.
Aging (1) The effect on materials of exposure to an
environment for an interval of time. (2) The process of exposing
materials to an environment for an interval of time.
Antioxidant a compounding ingredient added to a plastic
composition to retard possible degradation from contact with
oxygen (air), particularly in processing or exposure to high
temperatures.
Artificial weathering the exposure of plastics to cystic
laboratory conditions involving changes in temperature, relative
humidity, and ultraviolet radiant energy, with or without direct
water spray, in an attempt to produce changes in the materials
similar to those observed after long-term continuous outdoor
exposure. Note: The laboratory exposure conditions are
usually intensified beyond those encountered in actual outdoor
exposure in an attempt to achieve an accelerated effect. This
definition does not involve exposure to special conditions such
as ozone, salt spray, industrial gases, etc.
Bell end the enlarged portion of a pipe that resembles the
socket portion of a fitting and that is intended to be used to
make a joint by inserting a piece of pipe into it. Joining may
be accomplished by solvent cements, adhesives, or mechanical
techniques.
Beam loading the application of a load to a pipe between two
points of support, usually expressed in pounds and the distance
between the centers of the supports.
Burst strength the internal pressure required to break a pipe
or fitting. This pressure will vary with the rate of build-up of the
pressure and the time during which the pressure is held.
Cement see adhesive and solvent, cement.
Chemical resistance (1) The effect of specific chemicals on
the properties of plastic piping with respect to concentrations,
temperature and time of exposure. (2) The ability of a
specific plastic pipe to render service for a useful period in the
transport of a specific chemical at a specified concentration and
temperature.
Cleaner medium strength organic solvent such as methyl
ethyl katone to remove foreign matter from pipe and fitting
joint surfaces.
Compound the intimate admixture of a polymer or polymers
with other ingredients such as fillers, softeners, plasticizers,
catalysts, pigments, dyes, curing agents, stabilizers,
antioxidants, etc.
Copolymer see Polymer.
Creep the time-dependent part of strain resulting from stress,
that is, the dimensional change caused by the application of
load over and above the elastic formation and with respect to
time.
Deflection Temperature the temperature at which a
specimen will deflect a given distance at a given load under a
prescribed conditions of test. See ASTM D648. Formerly called
heat distortion.
Deterioration a permanent change in the physical properties
of a plastic evidenced by impairment of these properties. Note
a. Burst strength, fiber stress, hoop stress, hydrostatic design
stress, long-term hydrostataic strength, hydrostatic strength
(quick), long-term burst, ISO equation, pressure, pressure
rating, quick burst, service factor, strength, stress and sustained
pressure test are related terms.
Elasticity that property of plastics materials by virtue of
which they tend to recover their original size and shape after
deformation. Note if the strain is proportional to the applied
stress, the material is said to exhibit Hookean or ideal elasticity.
10-58
Elastomer a material which at room temperature can be

stretched repeatedly to at least twice its original length and,
upon immediate release of the stress, will return with force to
its approximate original length.
Elevated temperature testing tests on plastic pipe above
23 (73F).
Environmental stress cracking cracks that develop when
the material is subjected to stress in the presence of specific
chemicals.
Extrusion a method whereby heated or unheated plastic
forced through a shaping orifice becomes one continuously
formed piece. Note this method is commonly used to
manufacture thermoplastic pipe.
Failure, adhesive rupture of an adhesive bond, such that
the plane of separation appears to be at the adhesive-adherend
interface.
Fiber stress the unit stress, usually in pounds per square
inch (psi), in a piece of material that is subjected to an external
load.
Filler a relatively inert material added to a plastic to modify
its strength, permeance, working properties, or other qualities,
or to lower costs.
Fungi resistances the ability of plastic pipe to withstand fungi
growth and/or their metabolic products under normal conditions
of service or laboratory tests simulating such conditions.
Heat joining making a pipe joint by heating the edges of the
parts to be joined so that they fuse and become essentially one
pipe with or without the addition of additional material.
Hoop stress the tensile stress, usually in pounds per square
inch (psi), in the circumferential orientation in the wall of the
pipe when the pipe contains a gas or liquid under pressure.
Hydrostatic design stress the estimated maximum tensile
stress in the wall of the pipe in the circumferential orientation
due to internal hydrostatic pressure that can be applied
continuously with a high degree of certainty that failure of the
pipe will not occur.
Hydrostatic strength (quick) the hoop stress calculated
by means of the ISO equation at which the pipe breaks due to
an internal pressure build-up, usually within 60 to 90 seconds.
Long-term burst the internal pressure at which a pipe or
fitting will break due to a constant internal pressure held for
100,000 hours (11.43 years).
Impact, Izod a specific type of impact test made with a
pendulum type machine. The specimens are molded or extruded
with machined notch in the center. See ASTM D256.
ISO equation an equation showing the inter-relations
between stress, pressure and dimensions in pipe, namely:

S = P (ID + t) or S = P (OD t)

2t
2t
Where: S = stress

P = pressure

ID = average inside diameter

OD = average outside diameter

t = minimum wall thickness (Note a)
Reference: ISO R1611960 Pipes of Plastics Materials for the
Transport of Fluids (Outside Diameters and Nominal Pressures)
Part I, Metric Series.
Joint the location at which two pieces of pipe or a pipe and
a fitting are connected together. The joint may be made by
an adhesive, a solvent-cement or a mechanical device such as
threads or a ring seal.
Long-term hydrostatic strength the estimated tensile
stress in the wall of the pipe in the circumferential orientation
(hoop stress) that when applied continuously will cause failure
of the pipe at 100,000 hours (11.43 years). These strengths
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
are usually obtained by extrapolation of log-log regression
equations or plots.
Molding, injection a method of forming plastic objects from
a granular or powdered plastics by the fusing of plastic in a
chamber with heat and pressure and the forcing part of mass
into a cooler chamber where it solidifies. Note: this method is
commonly used to manufacture thermoplastic fittings.
Outdoor exposure plastic pipe placed in service or stored
so that it is not protected from the elements of normal weather
conditions, i.e., the suns rays, rain, air and wind. Exposure to
industrial and waste gases, chemicals, engine exhausts, etc.
are not considered normal outdoor exposure.
Permanence the property of a plastic which describes its
resistance to appreciable changes in characteristics with time
and environment.
Plastic a material that contains as an essential ingredient
an organic substance of large molecular weight, is solid in its
finished state, and, at some stage in its manufacture or in its
processing into finished articles, can be shaped by flow.
Plastics pipe a hollow-cylinder of plastic material in which
the wall thicknesses are usually small when compared to
the diameter and in which the inside and outside walls are
essentially concentric. See plastics tubing.
Plastics tubing a particular size of plastics pipe in which
the outside diameter is essentially the same as that of copper
tubing. See plastics pipe.
Polypropylene plastics plastics based on polymers made
with propylene as essentially the sole monomer.
Poly (vinyl chloride) a resin prepared by the polymerization
of vinyl chloride with or without the addition of small amounts
of other monomers.
Poly (vinyl chloride) plastics plastics made by combining
poly (vinyl chloride) with colorants, fillers, plasticizers, stabilizers,
lubricants, other polymers, and other compounding ingredients.
Not all of these modifiers are used in pipe compounds.
Pressure when expressed with reference to pipe the force
per unit area exerted by the medium in the pipe.
Pressure rating the estimated maximum pressure that the
medium in the pipe can exert continuously with a high degree
of certainty that failure of the pipe will not occur.
Primer strong organic solvent, preferably tetrahydrofuran,
used to dissolve and soften the joint surfaces in preparation for
and prior to the application of solvent cement. Primer is usually
tinted purple.
Quick burst the internal pressure required to burst a pipe or
fitting due to an internal pressure build-up, usually within 60 to
90 seconds.
Schedule a pipe size system (outside diameters and wall
thicknesses) originated by the iron pipe industry.
Self-extinguishing the ability of a plastic to resist burning
when the source of heat or flame that ignited it is removed.
Service factor a factor which is used to reduce a strength
value to obtain an engineering design stress. The factory may
vary depending on the service conditions, the hazard, the length
of service desired, and the properties of the pipe.
Solvent cement in the plastic piping field, a solvent adhesive
that contains a solvent that dissolves or softens the surfaces
being bonded so that the bonded assembly becomes essentially
one piece of the same type of plastic.
Solvent cementingmaking a pipe joint with a solvent cement.
See Solvent Cement.
Stress when expressed with reference to pipe the force per
unit area in the wall of the pipe in the circumferential orientation
due to internal hydrostatic pressure.
Sustained pressure test a constant internal pressure test
for 100 hours.
Thermoplastic a plastic which is thermoplastic in behavior.
Capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature
and hardened by decrease of temperature.
Vinyl Chloride Plastics plastics based on resins made by
the polymerization of vinyl chloride or copolymerization of vinyl
chloride with other unsaturated compounds, the vinyl chloride
being in greatest amount by weight.
Weld-orKnit-line a mark on a molded plastic formed by the
union of two or more streams of plastic flowing together.
ABBREVIATIONS
ASA American Standards Association
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
CPVC Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Technical
Officials
ISO International Standards Organization
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
PP Polyproylene plastic or resin
PPI Plastic Pipe Institute
PS Product Standard when references to a specification for
plastic pipe and fittings. These specifications are promulgated
by the U.S. Department of Commerce and were formerly known
as Commercial Standards.
PSI pounds per square inch
PVC Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin
SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-59
HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
HDPE General Specifications & Material Standards

REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
ASTM F714: Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). Based on outside diameter.
CSA B137.1: Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Cold Water Pressure Services.
ASTM D3350: Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials.
AWWA C901: Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 in. Through 3 in. for Water Service.
ASTM D3035: Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). Based on Controlled Outside
Diameter
ISO 9001:2000: Model for Quality Assurance in Production and Installation.
AWWA C906: Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings 4 in. Through 63 in., for Water
Distribution.
NSF 14, 61
API 15LE
MATERIAL
The pipe shall be made from polyethylene resin compound with a minimum cell classification of PE 345464C for PE
3408 materials in accordance with ASTM D3350. This material shall have a Long Term Hydrostatic Strength of 1600
psi when tested and analyzed by ASTM D2837, and shall be a Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) TR4 listed compound.
The raw material shall contain a minimum of 2%, well dispersed, carbon black. Additives, which can be conclusively
proven not to be detrimental to the pipe may also be used, provided that the pipe produced meets the requirements
of this standard.
The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturers own plant from resin of
the same specification and from the same raw material supplier.
Compliance with the requirements of this paragraph shall be certified in writing by the pipe supplier, upon request.
Manufactures Quality System shall be certified by an appropriate independent body to meet the requirements of
the ISO 9001:2000 Quality Management Program.
PIPE DESIGN
The pipe shall be designed in accordance with the relationships of the ISO-modified formula (see ASTM F714).
S
= Hydrostatic Design Stress (psi) The design pressure rating P shall be derived using
the formula, expressed in pounds per square inch.
P
= Design Pressure Rating (psi)
2S
The Hydrostatic Design Basis for PE 3408 materials
D = ODavg for IPS Pipe
P=
ODmin for ISO Pipe
is 1600 psi.
(D/t) - 1
t
= Minimum Wall Thickness
The pipe dimensions shall be as specified in
D/t = Dimension Ratio
manufacturers literature.
MARKING
The following shall be continuously indent printed on the pipe or spaced at intervals not exceeding 5 feet:
Name and/or trademark of the pipe manufacturer.
Nominal pipe size.
Dimension ratio.
The letters PE followed by the polyethylene grade per ASTM D3350, followed by the Hydrostatic Design basis
in 100s of psi e.g. PE 3408.
Manufacturing Standard Reference e.g. ASTM F 714
A production code from which the date and place of manufacture can be determined.
JOINING METHODS
Whenever possible, polyethylene pipe should be joined by the method of thermal butt fusion as outlined in ASTM
D2657, Heat Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. Butt fusion joining of pipe and fittings shall be performed in
accordance with the procedures recommeneded by the manufacturer. The temperature of the heater plate should
be between 400F and 450F. Follow the recommendations of ASTM D2657 regarding interfacial pressures for
pipe wall thickness less than or equal to 1.5. Follow the manufacturers recommendations regarding interfacial
pressures for pipe walls thicker than 1.5.
Polyethylene pipe may be connected to fittings or other piping systems by means of a flanged assembly consisting
of a polyethylene flange adaptor or stub end, and a metal backup ring that has a bolting pattern meeting the
dimensional requirements of Class 150, ANSI B16.1/B16.5 in sizes up through 24, and meeting Class 150 Series
A, ANSI B16.47 or AWWA C207 Class B for larger sizes. Follow the manufacturers recommendations regarding
bolting techniques and the use of gaskets. Pipe or fittings may be joined by butt fusion only by technicians who
have been trained and qualified in the use of the equipment.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The pipe manufacturer shall provide, upon request, an outline of quality control procedures performed on
polyethylene system components.
10-60
PVC DUCT COLLAPSE PRESSURE

Collapse Pressure - PVC Duct
Graph I: Calculated Collapse Pressures with Safety Factor of 5, FABCO Type I Grade I
PVC Seamless Duct (minimum wall) @ 70-75 F vs Length of Span/Nominal O.D.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National

Association (SMACNA) sponsored a physical testing
program on both rectangular and round Type I Grade
I PVC fabricated duct, as well as a theoretical analysis
of the test work. Equations were developed for collapse
pressures of varying I/D ratios (I = distance between
reinforced stiffeners (inches) and D = OD (inches)) as
well as for collapse of a very long tube. Round duct sizes
ranged from 18 O.D. to 48 O.D. with wall thicknesses
of .137 to .282. Test values correlated within a 10%
range.
Fabco ran actual collapse tests on 4 sizes of extruded
seamless duct from 6 through 12 with I/D ratios
exceeding 10 which confirmed the values calculated
from the very long tube equation. (Note: Collapse

values for all sizes with ratios exceeding 10 approach
values for a very long tube).
This graph can be utilized to determine reinforcement
spacing distance for higher negative pressures than
shown in the SMACNA publication(1) for the sizes and
minimum wall thicknesses shown.
Example: 16 duct at 20 water I/D = 4
l = 16 x 4 = 64 between reinforcing stiffeners.
(1) Thermoplastic Duct (PVC) Construction Manual,
SMACNA
8
9
10
10-61
PVC DUCT COLLAPSE PRESSURE
Graph II: Calculated Collapse Pressure with Safety Factory of 5,

FABCO Type I Grade I PVC Seamless Duct @ 7075F vs Nominal O.D./Wall
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
This calculated collapse pressure graph with a safety factor

of 5 for Type I Grade PVC duct has been experimentally
confirmed for D/I ratios from 44-170. The 5-1 safety
factor is believed to be sufficient for reasonable out of
roundness due to storage and handling. Use of this graph
for lower D/I ratios of Type I Grade I PVC pressure pipe
should provide collapse pressures of greater than a 5-1
safety factor, since out of roundness will be appreciably
less due to heavier walls of pipe produced under ASTM
standards 1785 and 2241.
10-62
Use of minimum wall thicknesses as shown in Fabcos

Specification for Duct and the ASTM Standards mentioned
above are recommended when utilizing this graph for
operating temperatures of 70 75 and below.Values
of collapse pressures above 407 of water exceed a
complete vacuum and should be considered as external
collapse pressure. Conversion to PSI collapse pressure
can be obtained by multiplying the inches of water by
.0361; inches of water to inches of mercury by .07369.
PUMP DATA
Pump Data
I. STANDARDS FOR MEASURING HEADS AND
CAPACITY.
Head is measured in feet, pounds per square inch

(PSI), or in inches of mercury. However, so that a
common means of head measurement is understood,
it is recommended that all heads be expressed in feet
of water. Measurement of liquid should be expressed in
U.S. gallons.
II. ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE.
At sea level it is 14.7 PSI. This will maintain a column of

mercury 29.9 inches or a column of water 33.9 ft. high.
This is the theoretical height of which water may be lifted
by suction. The practical limit for cold water (60 F) is 25
feet.
III. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE HEAD.
Static Suction Lift Is the vertical distance from the

center line of the pumps suction inlet to the constant
level of the water. This is added to discharge head to
obtain total dynamic head.
Positive Suction Head Is the vertical distance above the
center line of the pumps suction to the constant level of
the water. This is subtracted from the discharge head to
obtain total dynamic head.
Dynamic Suction Head Is the suction lift (or head) plus
suction line friction loss. May be positive or negative.
Static Discharge Elevation Is the vertical distance
from the pumps discharge to the highest point in the
discharge line.
TDH (Total Dynamic Head) Is the total head and is
the total of static suction lift (head), friction loss in
suction line, static discharge elevation, friction loss in
discharge line and fittings, plus discharge pressure, if
any. To be hydraulically correct, we should not include
Static Head in total dynamic head. Dynamic means
moving and Dynamic Head only includes velocity
head and friction loss. However, most pump people use
TDH interchangeably with TH (Total Head).
Friction Head Is the heat loss experienced by the
movement of the liquid through the suction and
discharge lines. Charts are available showing loss in feet
of head at various flows through various pipe or hose
sizes. Charts also show velocity in feet/sec, which is
particularly important when pumping liquids with solids
in suspension. Fittings, valves, etc. must be considered.
IV. NPSH.
Net Positive Suction Head is defined as head that causes

liquid to flow through the suction line and enter the
impeller eye. This head comes from either atmospheric
pressure or from a static suction head plus atmospheric
pressure. Two types of NPSH will be considered.
Required NPSH Is a function of pump design. It varies
between different makes, between different models, and
with capacity of any one pump. This value is supplied by
the manufacturer, if available. Refer to pump curves or
contact the factory.
Available NPSH Is a function of the system in which

pumps operate. Can be calculated for any installation.
For a pump to operate properly, available NPSH should
be greater than the required NPSH, plus 2 feet for
safety factor, at a desired head and capacity. In simple
terms, available NPSH is calculated by deducting from
barometric pressure, in feet, the static suction head (+
or -), friction loss, and the vapor pressure (ft.) of liquid
being pumped. Velocity heads should also be deducted.
NPSH does not indicate the priming capabilities of selfpriming centrifugal pumps. This capability is shown,
generally on engine driven pumps, by respective breakoff lines representing 10, 15, 20, 25 static suction lifts.
V. USEFUL FACTORS OR FORMULAS.
a) Feet head x .433 = PSI (pounds per square inch).

b) PSI (water) x 2.31 = Ft. Head
c) Specific gravity of water (sp.gr.) = 1.0.
d) PSI (water) x 2.31/sp.gr. = Ft. Head
e) Weight of one U.S. gallon of water = 8.33 pounds
f) One cubit foot (cu.ft.) of water contains 7.48 gallons.
g) GPM = Gallons Per Minute.
h) Imperial gallon x 1.2 = U.S. gallon; U.S. GPM x .833
= Imp. GPM.
i) TDH = Total Head or total dynamic head.
j) WHP = Water Horsepower.
k) BHP = Brake Horsepower.
I) EFF = Pump Efficiency.
m) WHP = Ft .Head x GPM/3960
n) BHP = WHP/EFF or BHP = Ft. Head x GPM/3960 x EFF
(Pump)
o ) EFF = WHP/BHP x 100
p) For liquids having different specific gravity other than
1.0.
WHP = Ft. Head x GPM x sp.gr./3960
BPH = Ft. Head x GPM x sp.gr./3960 x EFF
BHP (for liquids other than water)
= BHP (for water) x sp.gr.
VI. EFFECT ON CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS ON

CHANGE OF SPEED OR CHANGE OF
IMPELLER DIAMETER.
Three rules govern the operation of centrifugal pumps:

a) Capacity varies directly with changes of speed or of
the impeller diameter.
GPM1/GPM2 = RPM1/RPM2
or GPM1/GPM2 = Dia.1/Dia.2
GPM2 = GPM1/RPM1xRPM2
and GPM2 = GPM1/Dia.1xDia.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-63
PUMP DATA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
b) Head varies as the square of the speed or the impeller

diameter.
Head1/Head2= RPM12/RPM22
or Head1/Head2 = Dia.12/Dia.22
Hd2 = Hd1/RPM12/RPM22
and Hd2 = Hd1/Dia.12 /Dia.2
c) Power (BHP) varies as the cube of the speed or
impeller diameter
BHP1/BHP2 = RPM13/RPM13
or BHP1 = Dia13/Dia23
BHP2 = BHP13/RPM13xRPM23
and BPH2= BHP13/Dia.13xDia23
Vll. EFFECT OF ALTITUDE ON PUMPS
At elevations above sea level, suction lift should be

reduced accordingly to insure that the same amount
of water can get into the pump as would occur at an
equivalent sea level lift. Lower atmospheric pressure
reduces horsepower output of gas engines, thus
causing a drop in speed which reduces pump
performance. Enginepower will decrease 3.5% for each
1000 ft. above sea level and 1% for each 10F above
standard temperature at 60F.
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CONDITIONS
ELEVATIONS ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Altitude Atmospheric Barometer
Reduction to
Equivalent
Above
Pressure
Reading
Max. Practical
Head or
Sea
Pounds/
Ins. of
Dyn.Suction
Water, Ft.
Level
sq.in.
Mercury
Lift
0
14.7
29.929
33.95
0 ft.
1000
14.2
28.8
32.7
1.2
2000
13.6
27.7
31.6
2.3
3000
13.1
26.7
30.2
3.7
4000
12.6
25.7
29.1
4.8
5000
12.1
24.7
27.9
6
6000
11.7
23.8
27.0
6.9
7000
11.2
22.9
25.9
8
8000
10.8
22.1
24.9
9
VIII. GUIDELINES FOR PUMPING WARM

WATER
MAXIMUM PRACTICAL DYNAMIC SUCTION
LIFTAND VAPOR PRESSURE
WATER CHARACTERISTICS
Altitude Atmospheric Barometer
Reduction to
Equivalent
Above
Pressure
Reading
Max. Practical
Head or
Sea
Pounds/
Ins. of
Dyn.Suction
Water, Ft.
Level
sq.in.
Mercury
Lift
0
14.7
29.929
33.95
0 ft.
1000
14.2
28.8
32.7
1.2
2000
13.6
27.7
31.6
2.3
3000
13.1
26.7
30.2
3.7
4000
12.6
25.7
29.1
4.8
5000
12.1
24.7
27.9
6
6000
11.7
23.8
27.0
6.9
7000
11.2
22.9
25.9
8
8000
10.8
22.1
24.9
9
10-64
IX. EFFECT OF SPECIFIC GRAVITY
The specific gravity of a substance is the ratio of the

weight of a given volume to the weight of an equal
volume of water at standard
conditions.
1. A centrifugal pump will always develop the same
head in feet no matter what the specific gravity of the
liquid pumped; however, the pressure (in pounds per
square inch) will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the specific gravity.
2. The brake horsepower (BHP) of a pump varies directly
with specific gravity. If the liquid has a specific gravity
other than water (1.0), multiply the BHP for water by
the sp.gr. of liquid handled.
X. VISCOSITY
The viscosity of a fluid is the internal friction or resistance

to motion of its particles. The coefficient of viscosity of
a fluid is the measure of its resistance to flow. Fluids
having a high viscosity are sluggish in flow, for example:
heavy oil or molasses. Liquids such as water or gasoline
have relatively low viscosity and flow readily. Viscosity
is a fluid property independent of specific gravity.
Viscosities vary with temperature; as temperature
increases, viscosity decreases. Pressure changes have
negligible influence on viscosity. There are many types
of viscometers and expressed in many terms. Commonly
used is SSU (Seconds Saybolt Universal). This is actually
the time in seconds required for a given quantity of
fluid to pass through a standard orifice under standard
conditions. Viscous liquids tend to reduce the capacity,
head, and efficiency, and increase the BHP.
Kinematic Viscosity (in Centistokes)
= Absolute Viscosity (in centipoise)/Specific Gravity
Centistrokes = SSU/4.64
This is an approximation for Viscosities greater than
250 S.S.U.The approximated performance for pumping
fluids more viscous than water is determined from the
following formula:
BHPvis = Qvis X Hvis X S.G./3960/Evis
HOW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS WORK
Liquid is supplied to the inlet at the center of the pump

head. Since centrifugal pumps are not self-priming, liquid
must be supplied by gravity feed or the pump must be
primed. The spinning impeller propels the liquid outward
by centrifugal force, providing the motive force required
to move the liquid. The specially shaped volute receives
the liquid and converts the radial motion to a smooth
pulseless flow. Easily adjust the flow rate by restricting
the flow at the outlet.
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TERMS
IMPELLER A rotating vaned disck that provides the

pumping force.
VOLUTE The body of the pump that is shaped to receive
liquid from the inlet and direct it through the outlet.
PUMP DATA
Liquid Pump Terminology
HEAD The ability of a pump to push a column of water
vertically in a pipe. As the column lengthens, the flow
rate decreases until the columns weight just balances
the pumps force and there is no flow. This height is the
total head (usually expressed as feet of head).
FLOW RATE Usually expressed in gallons per minute
(GPM) for large-volume pumps; in gallons per hour
(GPH) for small-volume pumps.
DYNAMIC SEAL Seal located at the shaft end of the
pump drive.
HECK VALVE Allows liquid to flow in one direction
only. Generally used in discharge line to prevent reverse
flow.
DEAD HEAD Ability of a pump to continue running
without damage when discharge is closed off. Only
recommended with centrifugal pumps.
DENSlTY (specific weight of a fluid) Weight per unit
volume, often expressed as pounds per cubic foot or
grams per cubic centimeter.
FLOODED SUCTION Liquid flows to pump inlet from
an elevated source by means of gravity. Recommended
for centrifugal pump installations.
FLOW A measure of the liquid volume capacity of
a pump. Given in gallons per hour (GPH), gallons per
minute (GPM), liters per minute (I/min), or milliliters per
minute (ml/min).
FLUIDS Include liquids, gases, and mixtures of liquids,
solids, and gases. For the purposes of this catalog, the
terms fluid and liquid are both used to mean a pure
liquid or a liquid mixed with gases or solids that acts
essentially like a liquid in pumping applications.
FOOT VALVE A type of check valve with a built-in
strainer. Used at point of liquid intake to retain liquid in
system, preventing loss of prime when liquid source is
lower than pump.
HEAD A measure of pressure, expressed in feet of
head for centrifugal pumps. Indicates the height of a
column of water being moved by the pump, assuming
negligible friction losses.
PRESSURE The force exerted on the walls of a container
(tank,,pipe etc.) by a liquid. Normally measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) for positive displacement
and metering pumps.
PRIME A charge of liquid required to begin pumping
action when liquid source is lower than pump. May be
held in pump by a foot valve on the intake line, or by a
valve or chamber within the pump.
SEAL A device mounted in the pump housing and/or
on the pump
shaft, to prevent leakage of liquid from the pump. There
are three types:
1. LIP A flexible ring (usually rubber or similar
material) with the inner edge held closely against the
rotating shaft by a spring.
2. MECHANICAL Has a rotating part and a stationary
part with highly polished touching surfaces. Has
excellent sealing capability and long life, but can be

damaged by dirt or grit in the liquid.
3. PACKED Multiple flexible rings mounted around the
pump shaft and packed together by tightening gland
nuts; some leaking is essential for lubrication.
RELIEF VALVE Usually used at the discharge of a
positive displacement pump. An adjustable, springloaded valve opens when a preset pressure is reached.
Used to prevent excessive pressure buildup that could
damage the pump or motor.
SEALLESS (MAGNETIC DRIVE) No seal is used;
power is transmitted from motor to pump impeller by
magnetic force.
SELF-PRIMING Refers to pumps that draw liquid
up from below pump inlet (suction lift), as opposed to
pumps requiring flooded suction.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY The ratio of the weight of a
given volume of liquid to the same volume of pure water.
Pumping heavier liquids (specific gravity greater than
1.0) will require more drive horsepower.
STATIC DISCHARGE HEAD Maximum vertical
distance (in feet) from pump to point of discharge with
no flow.
STRAINER A device installed in the inlet of a pump
to prevent foreign particles from damaging the internal
parts.
SUMP A well or pit in which liquids collect below floor
level sometimes refers to an oil or water reservoir.
TOTAL HEAD Sum of discharge head, suction lift, and
friction loss.
VISCOSITY The thickness of a liquid, or its ability
to flow. Most liquids decrease in viscosity and flow more
easily as they get warmer.
Impeller
Discharge
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Inlet
Volute (body)
10
10-65
PUMP DATA
CORRECTION FACTORS
1
2
3
4
HEAD IN FEET
5
6
7
8
9
10
CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (at bep)
VISCOSITY CORRECTION CHART

Example - Viscosity
WHERE
BHPvis = Viscous brake horsepower

Determine BHPvis when pumping 66 usgpm at 80 ft. of S.G. = Specific Gravity
3960 = Constant
50% NaOH with a pump at 48% Eff. with water.
Qw = Capacity pumping water (USGPM)
*S.G. = 1.53 *Given from other tables
Cq = Capacity correction factor (Fig 1)
*Visc = 78cSt = 120 CP/1.53
Qw = 66 usgpm
Qvis = Viscous Capacity (USGPM) = Cq X Qw
H.W. = 80 ft.
Hw = Head pumping water (ft.)
E.W. = 48% = .48
CH = Head correction factor (Fig 1)
Cq = .84 )
Hvis = Viscous head (ft) = Ch X Hw
Ch = 1.00 ) From above chart
Ew = Efficiency pumping Water
Ce = .58
Ce = Efficiency correction factor (Fig 1)
Qw x Cq = 66 x .84 = 55.44
Evis = Viscous Efficiency = Ce X Ew
Hw x Ch = 80 x 1.00 = 80.0
BHPvis = (cq X Qs) X (Hw X Ch) X S.G./3960/Ce/Evis
Ew x Ce = .48 x .58 = .2784
BHPvis = 55.44 x 80.0 x 1.53/3960/0.2784 = 6.16 H.P.
10-66
PUMP DATA
PERFORMANCE CORRECTION CHART
CORRECTION FACTORS
CAPACITY AND EFFICIENCY
HEAD
2
3
4
5
6
HEAD IN FEET (FIRST STAGE)
7
8
9
CAPACITY IN 100 GPM
10
10-67
CONVERSION FACTORS
Conversion Factors
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10-68
INDEX
Index
A
Acrylic Sheet
Actuated Ball Valves
3-15, 3-16, 3-17,
Air & Gas Venting Valves
AM Series Stainless Steel Probes
Angle Valves
Aquametrix Shark
AquaTap Recirculating Laboratory Faucets
6-33
4-13
3-21
3-33
5-27
3-26
5-25
5-21
5-23
5-20
5-22
2-21
4-36
B
Ball Check Valves
3-3
Ball Valves
3-2, 3-4, 3-13, 3-14, 3-32
Basket Strainers
6-18
8-28
7-20
Blue Standard Imported Valves
3-30
Bolted Flange Bulkhead Fittings
7-15
Bolted Flange Fittings
7-15
Butterfly Valves
3-3, 3-9, 3-14
Butt Fusion Machine
2-20
C
3-25
Calibration Cylinders
6-48
Captor Containment Systems
7-8
Centrifugal Pumps
6-6, 6-20
Check Valves
3-3, 3-14, 3-20, 3-24, 3-31
Chemcock Valves
3-25
Chem-feed Engineered Skid System
6-40
Chemical Injection Quills
6-47
Chemical Resistance Chart
10-33
Chemical Resistance Guide
10-31
Chlorine Analyser and Turbidimeter
5-7
Clear Braided PVC Hose
8-4
Clear PVC Hose
8-3
Closed Top Total Drain Tanks
7-12
Column Internals
9-18
Compact Econo Ball Valves
3-4
Composolite Fiberglass Building System
4-30
8-17
Compressors
4-33, 4-34
Conductivity/Resistivity Instruments
5-12
5-26
Cone Bottom Tanks

Constant Flow Valves & Optional Connections
Contain-It
Conversion Factors
Copolymer PP Sheet
CPVC
Corzan Sheet
CPVC Pipe
Expansion Joints
Gate Valves
CrossFlo Multi-port Valves
7-13
3-36
1-58
10-68
4-8
4-6
1-26
1-12
3-22
9-14
1-27
3-5
D
Damper Regulator Mechanism
Diverter and Muliport Valves
Double Containment Systems
Dual Containment Mini-Captors
Ducting
9-12
6-39
3-35
1-57
7-7
Duplex Bag Filter

Duplex Head Pumps
6-12
6-45
4-30
Fiberglass Duct
1-62
9-13
1-62
9-14
9-10
9-9
E
Economic F-440 Series Flowmeters
Electric Actuated Ball Valves
Electric Actuated Butterfly Valves
Eliminator Type LTH 2000
Eliminator Type LTV 1500
Engineering Data
Expansion Joints
5-5
3-15, 3-16
3-17
9-20
9-20
9-19
10-23
1-12
F
Fabricating Torches
Fans
4-21
4-33

9-5
9-5
9-5
9-2

8-15
9-5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
INDEX-1
INDEX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Fiberglass
Building System
Gritted Plate
Handrails
Ladders
Pipe, Duct & Fittings
Structural Shapes and Plates
Threaded Rod and Nuts
Filling & Metering Controls

Filtration
Carbon Treatment Chambers

Cartridge Filters
Filter Bags
Filtration Systems
Filter Chambers
Filter Sleeves
Filter Vessels

Fittings
4-30
4-29
4-29
4-30
1-62
4-26
4-20
3-36
6-23
6-11, 6-24, 6-25
6-11, 6-12, 6-14
6-11, 6-27-6-29
6-22, 6-23, 6-28
6-24
6-13
9-13
Ball Dome Fittings

7-15
8-28
Bulkhead Fittings
7-14, 7-15
Clear PVC Fittings
1-22
8-17
CPVC Fittings
1-27
8-15
Fiberglass Fittings
1-62
Flange Fittings
7-15
2-3
Gray PVC Fittings
1-18
HDPE Fittings
1-50
9-10
LXT Schedule 80 Fittings
2-14
Metric PVC Fittings
1-24
8-14
PVC Fittings
1-3, 1-14, 1-18, 1-22
1-44
Signet Installation Fittings
5-16
SUMOTM 7-17
White PVC Fittings
1-14
Fixed Speed Pumps

6-33, 6-42
Flexflo A-1600 Metering Pumps
6-35
Flexflo Star III Metering System
6-35
4-16
Flexible Tubing
8-11
Flexi-Joint Connections
7-15
TM
Flexmaster
7-17
Flex-Pro Chemical Resistance List
6-39
Flow & Level Indicators
3-35
Flowmeter with Rib Guided Float
5-6
Flow Sensors and Instruments
5-8
3-26
9-5
9-5
Full Port Swing Check Valves
3-24
2-8
INDEX-2

Fusion
BCF Plus Fusion Machine
Butt Fusion Machine
Electro Plus Fusion Machine
Fusion Tools
IR Plus Fusion Machine
Socket Fusion Machine
2-8
2-2
2-3
2-20
2-20
2-9
1-47
2-20
1-54
2-20
1-54
G
Gate Valves
Glass Backed Sheet
Glossary of Terms
Grating
Grating Accessories
Pultruded Grating
3-22
3-33
8-11
4-14
10-58
4-25
4-24
Guidelines For Processing and Machining Plastics 10-5

1-62
H
Hand Held 1/2to 4 Fusion Tool
Hawk Products
HDPE
HDPE Fittings
HDPE Specifications & Material Standards
HDPE Pipe
Heavy Duty Bulk Head Fittings

High Capacity Flowmeters
Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps
Horizontal Leg Tanks
Horizontal Volute Pumps
Hose Clamps
1-47
5-31
1-50
10-60
1-48
7-14
9-2
5-4
4-9
4-7
6-20
7-10
6-21
8-10
I
Immersible Pumps
6-4, 6-5, 6-8
Industrial Polyethylene
1-55
In-Line Units Flowmeters
5-2
9-14
9-10
9-9
10-8
Instrumentation
5-25
5-21
5-23
INDEX
Aquametrix Shark
5-20
5-22
Chlorine Analyser and Turbidimeter
5-7
Conductivity/Resistivity Instruments
5-12
5-26
Flowmeters
5-2, 5-4, 5-28
Flowmeters with Rib Guided Float
5-6
Flow Sensors and Instruments
5-8
3-33
Hawk Products
5-31
5-13
Limit Switch
3-12
Machined Panel Mount Meter
5-3
Multi-Parameter Instruments
5-7
Panel Mount
5-3
5-11
5-14
5-16
Signet Other Products
5-15
5-13
J
9-15
L
Laboratory Ball Cock Valves
Laboratory Faucets
Laboratory Turrets
LabWaste Custom System Accessories
LabWaste General Specifications
LabWaste System
Limit Switch
Liquid Dispensing Assemblies
LXT Schedule 80 Fittings
LXT Schedule 80 Pipe
3-4
2-24
8-8
2-24
2-11
2-11
2-10
5-13
4-13
3-12
3-26
4-10
2-14
2-12
M
Machined Acrylic Flowmeters
Machined Panel Mount Meter
Magnetic Drive Pumps
Manual Diaphragm Valves
Mass Transfer Packing

Mazzei Injectors
Metal Recovery System
Metering Ball Valves
Metering Pumps
5-4
5-3
6-10, 6-21
3-19
9-15
9-17
9-17
6-32
1-54
6-26
3-4
6-35, 6-44, 6-45
Metric PVC Fittings

Micro-Flo Flow Verification System
Mixers
Model 75 1/2 - 2 Fusion Tool
Model PC Proportional Feed System
Multi-Parameter Instruments
Multiport Valves
1-24
6-44
6-30
1-47
6-46
5-7
3-6
N
Narrow
Natural
Natural
Natural
Vertical Storage Tanks

Polypropylene Pipe
Polypropylene Schedule 80 Fittings
PP Piping System
7-6
1-39
1-40
2-18
O
Oil Collection Tanks
7-9
7-9, 7-11, 7-12
P
Paddlewheel Flowmeter
Panel Mount
Penductor Sparging Eductors
Penductor Systems
Perforated Sheet
Pipe
Clear PVC Pipe

CPVC Pipe
Double Containment Pipe
Fiberglass Pipe
Gray PVC Pipe
HDPE Pipe
LXT Schedule 80 Pipe
Plastic Lining/Core Piping
Polypro Pipe
PP Piping Systems
Pre-Insulated Plastic Pipe
PVC Pipe
PVDF Piping Systems
White PVC Pipe
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Bolts, Nuts and Washers

Lining/Core Piping
Material Digest
Piping Standards
Rod
5-28
5-3
6-31
6-31
4-15
6-36, 6-37, 6-38
5-11
1-21
1-26
2-8
1-62
9-13
1-17
1-62
1-48
9-14
9-9
2-12
1-39
1-59
2-2
2-18
1-60
1-2, 1-13, 1-17
1-35
2-8, 2-19
1-43
10-19
1-13
4-20
1-59
10-2
10-30
4-17, 4-18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
INDEX-3
INDEX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pneumatic Actuated Ball Valves

Pneumatic Actuated Butterfly Valves
Pneumatic Actuated Diaphragm Valves
Polyethylene
Penductor Sparging Eductors
PE Tubing
Polypropylene

Natural Polypropylene Schedule 80 Fittings
Natural PP Piping System
Pleated Filter Cartridges
Simona Copolymer PP Sheet
Simona Homopolymer PP Sheet
STD PP Piping System
Pressure By-Pass Valves

Pressure Gauges Guards
Pressure Reducing Valve
Pressure Regulators
Pressure Relief Valves
Pressure Retaining Valve
Proportional Flow Control
Pultruded Grating
Pumps
3-16, 3-17
3-18
3-19
4-9
1-55
4-10
6-31
8-7
9-13
2-2
8-8
1-39
1-40
2-18
6-25
8-14
4-8
4-7
2-18
3-27
6-30
3-28
3-29, 3-31
3-27
3-27, 3-28, 3-30
3-27
5-14
3-8
4-24

6-33
Centrifugal Pumps
6-6, 6-20
6-39
Duplex Head Pumps
6-4
Fixed Speed Pumps
6-33, 6-42
Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps
6-20
Horizontal Volute Pumps
6-21
Immersible Pumps
6-4, 6-5, 6-8
Magnetic Drive Pump
6-10, 6-21
Metering Pumps
6-35, 6-44, 6-45
6-36, 6-37, 6-38
Pump Data
10-63
Quick Service Pumps
6-6
Sealless Vertical Pumps
6-20
Variable Speed Pumps
6-43
Vertical Immersible Pumps
6-9
PVC
Chemkor Schedule 40 Gray PVC Fittings

Chemkor Schedule 40 Gray PVC Pipe
Chemkor Schedule 80 PVC Fittings
Chemkor Schedule 80 PVC Pipe
Chemkor Schedule 40 White PVC Fittings
Chemkor Schedule 40 White PVC Pipe
INDEX-4
1-18
1-17
1-3
1-2
1-14
1-13
1-12
Clear PVC Pipe

1-21
Clear PVC Static Mixers
6-49
Clear Schedule 40 PVC Fittings
1-22
4-16
1-24
1-62
9-9
9-10
PVC and CPVC Shapes
4-19
PVC S80 Expansion Joints
1-12
PVC Duct Collapse Pressure
10-61
PVC Globe Valves
3-26
PVC Hose
8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-6
8-13
1-35
1-22
Simona PVC Type I Sheet
4-2
Simona Versadur Clear PVC Sheet
4-5
Simona Versadur PVC Type II Sheet
4-4
Spears PVC Gate Valves
3-22
PVDF

+GF+ SYGEF Plus PVDF Piping System
+GF+ SYGEF STD PVDF Piping System
PVDF Natural Sheet
2-8
2-19
2-19
4-15
1-44
1-43
R
Rectangular (PCO) Tanks
Rod
Plastic Rod
Round Welding Rod
7-10
10-19
4-17, 4-18
4-12
S
Schedule 40 Clear PVC Pipe
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Fittings
Schedule 40 Gray PVC Pipe
Schedule 40 White PVC Fittings
Schedule 40 White PVC Pipe
Schedule 80 Clear PVC Pipe
Schedule 80 PVC Fittings
Schedule 80 PVC Pipe
Self Aligning Ball Dome Fittings
Sheet
Acrylic Sheet
Clear PVC Sheet
Copolymer PP Sheet
CPVC Corzan Sheet
Fiberglass Gritted Plate
1-21
1-22
1-18
1-17
1-14
1-13
1-21
1-27
1-3
1-2
7-15
4-13
4-5
4-8
4-6
4-30
4-21
4-29
INDEX
Glass Backed Sheet
Perforated Sheet
PVC Type I Sheet
PVC Type II Sheet
PVDF Natural Sheet
4-14
4-9
4-7
1-55
4-13
4-10
4-15
4-2
4-4
4-15
4-11

5-16
Signet Other Products
5-15
Simplex Bag Filter
6-12
Simplex Plastic Basket Strainers
6-17
Single Union Ball Valves
3-2
7-4
3-7, 7-18
Solenoid Valves
3-3
Solvent Cement and Primer
1-36
5-17
Specialty Tanks
7-10
Specialty Tubing
8-9
Static Mixers
6-49
STD PP Piping System
2-18
Steinel HG 2000E Electric Heat Gun
4-35
Steinel Reduction Nozzles
4-35
Stopcocks
3-25
Storage and Handling of Thermoplastic Piping
10-7
Strainers
Basket Strainers
Y-Strainers
6-17, 6-18, 6-19

6-16

7-19
SUMOTM 7-17
Super Bloc True Union Ball Valves
3-2
Super C Compact Ball Valves
3-4
Swing Check Valves
3-24
Tank Controls
Tank Fittings and Adapters
Tank Heaters
Tank Stands
Used Oil Collection Tanks
Vertical Open Top Containment Tanks
Vertical Tanks
Tapping Saddles
Thermoplastic

Storage and Handling of Thermoplastic Piping
Thermoplastic Fabrication
Thermoplastic Installation Instructions
Thermo-Sealing (Socket Fusion) Instructions
Threading Instructions for Thermoplastic Pipe
Captor Containment Systems

Closed Top Total Drain Tanks
Cone Bottom Tanks
Dual Containment Mini-Captors
Horizontal Leg Tanks
Open Top Flat Bottom Tanks
Open Top Total Drain Bottom Tanks
Retangular (PCO) Tanks
Synder Tank Systems
Specialty Tanks
Tank Accessories
1-12
5-13
10-19
10-7
10-3
10-7
10-15
10-21
Three-Way Valves
3-14, 3-20
2-23
Tie-In Components
2-22
Tiger-Flex Pool and Spa Hose
8-2
Torches
4-33, 4-34
1-54
9-17
9-17
True Union Ball Valves
3-13, 3-20, 3-21
True Union Multiport Isolation Ball Valves
3-5
True Union Multiport Lateral Ball Valves
3-6
True Union Two-Way Ball Valves
3-7, 3-8
Tubing
Economical Flexible Tubing
High Temperature Flexible Tubing
Series E Instrument Grade PE Tubing
Specialty Tubing
Tubing Interconnect Components
Vac-U-Flex Tubing
8-11
8-11
8-11
8-8
8-7
8-9
2-22
8-12
T
Tanks
7-22
7-14
7-21
7-11
7-9
7-9
7-5
2-23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
U
7-8
7-12
7-13
7-7
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-11
7-10
7-4
7-2
7-10
7-18
7-19
7-16
UHMW-PE Rod
Universal Ball Dome Fittings
Urecon/Fabco Pre-Insulated Plastic Pipe
4-18
4-11
7-15
1-60
V
Vac-U-Flex Tubing
Valves
8-12
Actuated Ball Valves

3-15, 3-16, 3-17,
Actuated Butterfly Valves
3-17,
Angle Valves
Ball Valves
3-2-3-8, 3-13-3-17, 3-20, 3-32,
Butterfly Valves
3-3, 3-9,
Check Valves
3-3, 3-14, 3-20, 3-24,
3-21
3-18
3-26
3-34
3-14
3-25
3-31
8
9
10
INDEX-5
INDEX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Chemcock Valves
Constant Flow Valves
Diaphragm Valves
Gate Valves
Imported Valves
Multiport Valves
Needle Valves
Pressure Reducing Valve
Pressure Relief/By-Pass Valves
Pressure Retaining Valve
Solenoid Valves
Swing/Wafer Check Valves
Three-Way Valves
True Union 2000 Valves
Valve Automation
Venting Valves
Y Pattern Valves
Variable Speed Pumps

Versatile F-450N Series Flowmeters
Versatile F-451 Series Flowmeters
Vertical Pumps
Vertical Tanks
Volute Pumps
3-25
3-36
3-19
3-20, 3-26
3-22
3-30
3-5, 3-6, 3-35
2-23
3-28
3-29, 3-31
3-27, 3-28, 3-30
3-27
3-32
3-10, 3-24
3-14, 3-20
3-20-3-21
3-11
3-33
3-14, 3-25
Y
Y Check Valves
Y Pattern Valves
Y-Strainers
3-14
3-25
6-16
Z
4-31
4-31
4-32
6-33, 6-43
5-5
5-4
6-9, 6-20
7-5, 7-9
6-21
W
Wafer Check Valve
Wegener Spark Testers
Welding
Laramy 30-10 Basic High Speed Torch
Laramy 30-102 Fabricating Torch
Laramy 30-200 Torch and Compressor
Laramy Custom Welding Tips
Laramy Economy Compressor/Torch
Laramy Universal High-Speed Tip
Laramy Vari-FT/RS Self Contained Torch
Round Welding Rod
INDEX-6
3-10
4-37
4-37
4-38
4-38
4-38
4-38
4-37
4-36
10-8
4-33
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-34
4-34
4-34
4-12
4-37
4-37
4-38
4-38
4-38
4-38
4-31
4-31
4-32
Conditions of Sale
TERMS
PRICES
All prices shown are subject to change without notice

and should be confirmed with FABCO. These prices do
not constitute an offer to sell. All are based on standard
domestic packaging and do not include special overseas
packaging or other requirements. Dealer, Contractor and
OEM discounts for volume orders are available for most
product lines.
PLACING ORDERS
NOTICE TO BUYER
INFORMATION
FABCO will endeavour to furnish such advice as it may

be able to supply with reference to the use by buyer
of any materials purchased, but FABCO makes no
guarantees and assumes no obligation or liability for the
advice given verbally or in print or the results obtained.
Buyer assumes all risk and liability which may result
from the use of any material, whether used singly or
in combination with other products. No suggestion for
product use shall be construed as a recommendation for
its use in infringement on any existing patent.
To expedite handling of your order, please use the

combination of part number, size and brief description.
Our minimum order is $25.00 net.
PRODUCT WARRANTY
All products not manufactured by FABCO carry the
original manufacturers warranty. Copies are available on
SHIPPING
All shipments are FOB shipping point except those qualified request. All products manufactured by FABCO will be free
materials which carry mill shipment freight allowances. of defects in material and workmanship for a period of one
The term FOB shipping point means the carrier accepts year from shipment from FABCO. If found to be defective
all responsibility upon accepting the shipment at our by us, we will repair or replace the nonconforming parts
dock. Therefore, any claims for damage or loss must be or goods at our option or return the purchase price at our
option. Notice of a defective product must be given to
settled between you and the carrier without delay.
FABCO in writing immediately upon the discovery of such
defect and include a copy showing proof of purchase.
BILLING TERMS
FABCO will not be liable for special or consequential
Prior credit approval and nondelinquent status are damages in any claim, suit or proceedings arising under
necessary before shipping on open account. Our open this warranty, nor will FABCO accept any liability for
account terms are net 30 days. A 2% per month (24% claims for labor, loss of profit, repairs or other expenses
per annum) charge is made on accounts exceeding 30 incidental to replacement.
days. All taxes required by law are computed and added The Product Warranty expressed above is our only
to your invoice. Our minimum billing is $25.00 net.
warranty and may not be verbally changed or modified
by any representative of FABCO. The offer to repair or
replace nonconforming goods within warranty does not
EXPORT SHIPMENT
FABCO will be happy to handle your export order. We cover defects caused by shipping damages, damages
will offer prompt replies on your inquiry including Pro caused by improper use or installation, or by the buyers
Forma Invoice, CIF Port of Unloading, and export crating attempts to use the products beyond their mechanical,
on all our products. Terms and Letter of Credit drawn on thermal or electrical capacity. All freight costs incurred in
a Canadian bank. Address your inquiry to Export Dept. shipping parts to or from FABCO, or to the manufacturer
if necessary, are at the expense of the customer.
at our Maple, Ontario office.
FABCO reserves the right of product substitution to meet
market shortages.
CLAIMS & RETURNS
Claims for shortages or inaccurate filling of orders

must be made to FABCO within ten days after receipt
of goods. Include a copy of the invoice or shipper on
which the goods were purchased. You will then receive
a Returned Goods (RG) authorization number. There
is a 25% restocking charge on any standard goods
returned for credit or exchange, when the error is not
ours, providing such goods that are returned are in new
and saleable condition, are returned on a prepaid basis
and the returned goods do not exceed ten percent of the
original ordered quantities. Goods returned without the
RG authorization will be refused. Any custom fabricated,
hand fabricated or specially ordered products are non
returnable.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
INDEX-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Application for Credit

NAME: ______________________________________
DATE:
ADDRESS: ____________________________________
A/P CONTACT: _________________________________
A/P TELEPHONE: _______________________________
__ ___________________________________
EMAIL: ______________________________________
_______________________________________
FAX:
________________________________________
PST:
________________________________________
AMOUNT OF CREDIT REQUESTED: __________________

SALES TAX NUMBERS:
GST: ___________________
LEGAL NAME
OF COMPANY: __________________________________
COMMECEMENT
OF BUSINESS: _________________________________
COMPANY OFFICERS:
1) _________________________
TITLE:
_______________________________________
2)________________________
TITLE:
_______________________________________
OWNERSHIP:
CORPORATION
PARTNERSHIP
SOLE PROPRIETOR
OUR TERMS OF PAYMENT ARE STRICTLY NET 30 DAYS. YOUR APPLICATION FOR CREDIT IS YOUR
AGREEMENT TO ABIDE BY THESE TERMS. OWNERSHIP OF GOODS OR SERVICES PURCHASED SHALL
REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF FABCO PLASTICS WHOLESALE (ONTARIO) LIMITED UNTIL PAID IN FULL.
TRADE REFERENCES:
(SUPPLIERS WITH WHOM YOU ARE CURRENTLY DOING BUSINESS)
1) NAME:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
EMAIL:
FAX:
2) NAME:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
EMAIL:
FAX:
3) NAME:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
EMAIL:
FAX:
BANK REFERENCE:
NAME:
ADDRESS:
EMAIL:
PHONE:
CONTACT:
FAX:
I THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY GIVE AUTHORITY TO RELEASE BANKING AND TRADE

REFERENCE INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR THE APPROVAL OF CREDIT.
SIGNATURE:
TITLE:
FOR OFFICE USE ONLY:
DATE: ________________
APPROVED BY: _________________________
CREDIT LIMITED: _____________
CUSTOMER NUMBER: ____________________
TERRITORY CODE: _______________
INDEX-8
DISCOUNT CODE: ________________
NAICS: ________________

Fabco 50th Buyers Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fabco 50th Buyers Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1: PIPE AND FITTINGS

SECTION 2: PURE WATER, INSTITUTIONAL AND LAB PIPING SYSTEMS

SECTION 3: VALVES AND VALVE AUTOMATION

SECTION 4: PLASTIC SHEET, ROD, GRATING AND WELDING EQUIPMENT

SECTION 5: LIQUID MONITORING

SECTION 6: PUMPS AND FILTRATION

SECTION 7: TANKS AND ACCESSORIES

SECTION 8: FLEXIBLE TUBING, HOSE & FITTINGS

SECTION 10: ENGINEERING INFORMATION

Corrosion Solutions for Today's Industry

TANKS AND ACCESSORIES

Schedule 80 PVC Pipe

Variable area Flowmeters

FLEXIBLE TUBING, HOSE &

PLASTIC SHEET, ROD,

VALVES AND VALVE

Snyder Tank Systems

Pool and Spa Hose

PUMPS AND FILTRATION

Corrosion Resistant Pumps

2175 TESTON ROAD

12938 148 STREET

5000 AUTOROUTE (400)

SASKATOON: BRANCH COMING SOON!

FABCO 50TH ANNIVERSARY BUYER'S GUIDE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST OR ONLINE AT

Schedule 80 PVC Pipe  1-2

Natural Polypropylene Pipe 1-39

SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE

Swimming Pools and Spas

Stocked in 10 or 20 lengths, bell and plain end

OUTSIDE MAX. INSIDE

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 80 PVC FITTINGS

**CUSTOM SADDLES ARE AVAILABLE UP TO 24**

CLAMP-IT AND EXPANSION JOINTS

Variable grade pressure sewer systems

PVC & CPVC S80 Expansion Joints

6 TRAVEL EXPANSION JOINTS

12 TRAVEL EXPANSION JOINTS

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC PIPE

Swimming Pools and Spas

Stocked in 10 or 20 lengths, bell or plain end

SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC FITTINGS

Chemkor Schedule 40 White Fittings

(SPG X MALE SLIP)

Toronto, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Vancouver, Montreal

SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC FITTINGS

1 1/2x1 1/4x1/2 401199W

2x1 1/2x1 1/2

SCHEDULE 40 WHITE PVC FITTINGS

Schedule 80 PVC Pipe

Schedule 80 PVC Pipe 1-2

Natural Polypropylene Pipe 1-39

CUSTOM SADDLES ARE AVAILABLE UP TO 24